ee ee oon CT el ae ee ee . GSTS LOT PAILS SSF, arr ere - - ° oe MWe, oe, "e “, ~_ a ee ‘ ~ et ani Aa SS NSRRNSRRASSS SER EROe TER RDER Ry aos wessen ee Bye . SN ee Agsdage TNA AR EEE DAR SAD NERS was8 ai | Sot ea DS ese : is. New York State Education Department NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ost ANNUAL REPORT He | 1907 aol In 3 volumes VOLUME 1 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 AND APPENDIX 1 . ie _ TRANSMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE JANUARY 30, 1908 - ow ALBANY | - UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK | 1908 I9I3 1917 IgIg 19I4 Igi2 1918 IgIo IQI5 IgII 1909 1gt6 STATE OF NEW YORK EDUCATION DEPARTMENT Regents of the University With years when terms expire WHITELAW Reip M.A. LL.D. D.C.L. Chancellor ~ New York St Cratr McKetway M.A. LL.D. Vice Chancellor — Brooklyn Dantret Braco Ph.D, LL.D. — =] = =) = =e Puiny T. Sexton LL.B. LL.D: = = > 2 ae T. (GuriLrorp SMItH MA. .C. Bo 1 Die sae ae WituiaM NotrincHaM M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. — — -— Syracuse CHarLEs A. GARDINER Ph.D. L.H.D. LL.D. D.C.L. New York ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. — Albany EDWARD LAUTERBACH M.A. LiLo 9 =. == Newer ae EKuGENe A. PaHitein LL.B. LL.D. === 22 =) = New Var Lucian L..SaHeppen LL.B. LGD. 25 = ee eee Commissioner of Education ANDREW S. Draper LL.B. LL.D. Assistant Commissioners Aucustus S. Downine M.A. Pd.D. LL.D. First Assistant FranK Rowuins B.A. Ph.D. Second Assistant Tuomas E. FINEGAN M.A. Zhird Assistant Director of State Library James I. Wver, Jr, M.L.S. Director of Science and State Museum Joun M. Crarxke Ph.D. LL.D. _ Chiefs of Divisions Administration, HaRLAN H. Horner B.A. Attendance, JAMEs D. SULLIVAN Educational F-xtension, WILLIAM R. EastMAaN M.A. M.L.S. Examinations, CHARLES F. WHEELOCK B.S. LL.D. Inspections, FRANK H. Woop M.A. Law, FRANK B. GILBERT B.A. School Libraries, CHARLES E. FitcH L.H.D. Statistics, Hiram C. Case Trades Schools, ARTHUR D. DEAN B.S. Visual Instruction, DELancEy M, ELLIs ars e aoe, TEL Pt ee a. a) - cc rt = t3 ; -* a Gh oie ay Siw ‘ ay = State OF NEw voun No. 31 IN ASSEMBLY JANUARY 30, 1908 61st ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM VOLUME 1 To the Legislature of the State of New York «We have the honor to submit herewith, pursuant to law, as ¥ the 6rst Annual Report of the New York State Museum, the i 3 report of the Director, including the reports of the State : ~ Geologist and State Paleontologist, and the reports of the State a Entomologist and the State Botanist, with appendixes. St Crain McKetway Vice Chancellor of the University ANDREW S. DRAPER — Commissioner of Education CONTENTS VOLUME 1 Report of the Director 1907 PAGE Datrod action vs. 0e een ac aGorinks posi eee ne ee 5 I «-Condition*of the scientiiie collections... ....44-4-00 2. oe 6 ID “Report onthe geological surveyiees: isl...) enue tea ee 10 Geological: Surveyicc sateen oa) lle De ipsa a ee 10 Seismological station: ..09 eee ac ets © eee iene ee 35 Mineralogy. cas phic secs s ee arr ME EM A A oe Nea oe SUR 39 Paleontology yo ia-cise ... 0.50. os2 115 Paleontology ....... Ree 0S) TS SEARS 25 ey eae OO a 121 Field meeting of American x IMOCES EN G0 Sar et a 123 SCOlWSIStS... SETA a RRS 5 Ci ¢ Cte } ‘eg ate FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9QC7 25 Distribution of the drift. Some facts have already ,been given in the description of the glacial lobes. No general estimates of the thickness of the drifts are offered. These it is believed are sure to be delusive. It may be said in a general way that in the Adiron- dack portion of the area the drift is apt to be thick in the valleys and it is generally thin on the slopes and summits as would be ex- pected. In the Sacandaga basin south of Northville and over the region of the Great Vly the drift is of unknown thickness and out- crops are rare. Naturally the drift is very massive along the belt of the interlobate moraine, and south of this moraine extending from about West Perth eastward for 7 or 8 miles there is a broad flat topped plateaulike mass of till sometimes showing sandy phases. _ The north edge of this region is near Broadalbin and the south near Perth, the ridge averaging perhaps 3 to 4 miles in width. It is on the high ground between the Mohawk and Sacandaga basins and it is seen as a conspicuous profile from all high points south of the Mohawk river. It is historic in the sense of having carried the ancient highway of Johnstown to Saratoga. It is conjectured that it has been a great overridden moraine of an earlier age but this suggestion is offered doubtfully and with hesitation. South of this region toward the Mohawk river, especially in the region between Galway end Amsterdam the drift is thin. Around Johnstown east- ward and westward it is comparatively massive. So is it also at many points in the Mohawk valley. South of the Mohawk it inclines to be thick near the river but averages thin wherever the glacier overrode the higher sandstones which lie south of the black shales. An exception, however, appears several miles about Charleston Four- corners where the geological map shows almost no outcrops and where the drift must be comparatively massive. An interesting belt of drumlins exists in the vicinity of Gloversville and Johnstown. At Johnstown these drumlins make up a large part of the territory, show altitudes of from 50 to 150 feet and are the most conspicuous elements in the topography. The same is true northward and north- westward of Gloversville to the base of the Adirondacks. A few of these drumlins are peculiarly massive and noble in proportion, making an aggregate of great ellipsoid swells which command the attention of the observer. The same forms are found eastward of Gloversville and along the road from Gloversville to Mayfield and curiously these forms in some cases emerge among the sands of the interlobate moraine. Some of these are seen between Gloversville and Broadalbin, the sands sweeping around the base of the drumlins and in some cases partly up on one side or one end. Many of the 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM drumlins are conspicuous for groups of large boulders turned on their eastern slopes. The axis of the drumlins is in a way east- west but within the field of the Sacandaga glacier some of them tend towards the northeast-southwest direction as do the drumlin- oid forms about Mayfield. Thus the drumlins and drumlinoids fall into perfect harmony in direction of trend with the glacial striae. The till of many of these drumlins is comparatively light and sandy but this may be said also of the ground moraine in gen- eral in the vicinity of the crystalline rocks. Indeed the ground moraine everywhere in the region follows the usual law of glacial deposits in showing the close kinship to the bed rocks from which it has been so largely derived. This has a conspicuous bearing on the agriculture of the region and it will be found, for example, that the drift around Johnstown partakes especially of the character of the underlying black shales and the soils are consequently rich and the region agriculturally prosperous. A similar belt, productive for the same reason, is found south of the Mohawk river for a width of 4 or 5 miles in the vicinity of Scotch Church, Minaville and Glenville. On the higher sandstone hills the drift, as already in- dicated, is not only thin but partakes of the poverty of the sand- stones so far as its productive capacity is concerned. Lake deposits. Some of the most interesting accumulations of the district were made in standing water. These include small areas of high level sands, evidently in pools or lakelets sustained by retaining walls of ice. An example of this is found west of Hagadorn’s Mills, a tablelike deposit which has been cut in two by the waters of the Kenneatta. Another of these level sand deposits likewise dissected by a stream, is found southwestward from Bene- dict and another conspicuous example lies just westward from Edin- burg. In the eastern part of Gloversville is an area of flat or gentle sloping sands or clays which are doubtfully interpreted as deposits of a lake surrounded by a glacial moraine and waning glacial ice. Deposits of Lake Sacandaga. This name is given to a body of water which evidently occupied the depression now known as the Great Vly. Its water was apparently held in place by the massive drift in the region of the interlobate moraine and by the receding ice of the Sacandaga in the direction of Batchellerville and Conklin- ville. ‘The basal deposits of the Vly are undoubtedly sediments of this lake overlain by large accumulations of swamp and vegetable material. The most interesting and distinctly formed delta of the district was built by the issuing waters of the Sacandaga glacier we SAS =i a. a; ae eee eee as WW ae , PF mR fae. Pe Shas, aie 1 FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR [907 a7, at and south of Northville. Most of Northville village lies upon a flat table which is a remnant of this deltas The delta can be traced for about a mile north of Northville heading against the great recessional moraine to which reference has already been made. South of Northville it has been largely dissected and much of it swept away by the Sacandaga river. Slight remnants are seen on the east of the river but the major parts of it are on the west. Be- ginning with the flat sandy area on which the resort known as Sacandaga Park is situated and extending southward to a point eastward from Cranberry creek and past Ogden’s creek toward Northampton some small areas of till emerge from the silts of the delta near its edge and from Sacandaga Park to Osborne’s bridge much of the old delta area is occupied by terraces and flat plains and old channels of the Sacandaga river. Lake deposits of the Mohawk valley. hese include conspicuous deposits of sand, silts, clay and gravel at altitudes varying from 440 to 460 feet, in some cases a little higher. These are found about the Lower Cayadutta and west of Fonda. They extend from Fultonville to the Schoharie creek south of the river. They are found conspicuously along the north side of the river and east and west of Tribes Hill. They also appear at the golf grounds of the Antlers Club and along the river on the north side of Amsterdam, » and east and west around Port Jackson. These deposits are con- spicuous and they are to be seen at Hoffmans Ferry. In the great delta on the north side there are minor exhibitions of them south- eastward to Rotterdam or a little beyond. These silts and sands evidently represent waters at an altitude of from 440 to 460 feet and the determination of a barrier by which such waters should be maintained has been one of the most puzzling questions of the in- vestigation. No entirely satisfactory answer is at hand, but it is the best belief of the writer that the barrier was ice in the vicinity of Schenectady. It is not necessary to believe that the entire strip of the valley from Schenectady westward was in the earlier stage occupied by these waters continuously, for at some points in the vicinity of Amsterdam, for example, there are the accustomed clays containing scratched stones and there are sands and gravels of such irregular character as to lead to the conviction that the waters in which they were deposited were in the immediate presence of ice, which could have been no other than a local remnant ice tongue extending up the valley from the main glacier which still lingered in the region of the middle Hudson. These deposits at similar 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM levels are found to the westward of the area now under considera- tion, nearly or quite up to Little Falls. It seems very probable that the capacity of stagnant ice to maintain a barrier has been greatly underrated. Such ice is often covered with debris. The streams which would flow over it, proceeding from a recent glaciated region would naturally be so overloaded that they would tend to aggregate rather than to erode. No spillways or water-swept areas at the proper altitude have been found on the hill flats westward from Schenectady although some search has been made for them. The problem demands further study but the evidence is conclusive that lake waters in front of a waning ice tongue occupied a long section of the Mohawk valley at about the altitudes indicated. There is some evidence that such conspicuous accumulations for example, as the great sand flat “west of Fonda” is not altogether and perhaps is not largely a delta of the Cayadutta creek, for on the very borders of the Mohawk river on the south edge of the lacustrine accumulation is found at least one locality cross-graveled, dipping to the northward, whereas, as further north and toward the head of the supposed delta, the deposits are silts and fine sands. This points to the suggestion that the deposited part at least was made while the immediate valley of the Mohawk was occupied by a _ _ remnant glacier from which these gravels were derived. _ Deposits of Lake Albany age. The waters of Lake Albany ex- tended up the Mohawk valley. The writer is not aware that this fact has been sufficiently recognized, but by consulting the contour maps of the valley it will be seen that the waters of Lake Albany at an altitude of 340 or more feet would extend far up the present course of the river. This also carries with it the interesting con- clusion that the Iroquois drainage which swept down the Mohawk valley and is believed to have deposited as a delta the Schenectady and Albany sands, must have been a drainage following the belt of still water through a long stretch of the Mohawk valley. A number of deposits of coarse gravels have been identified in the area as probably belonging to the Lake Albany stage. It could not have any reference to the present or recent work of the river and they do not seem to belong to the earlier 440 to 460 foot stage already described. Such deposits of coarse gravels occur down at Yosts where they have been largely excavated by the New York Central Railroad. They form a stone ridge east of Randall, south of which ridge is an interesting old channel of the river waters. They occur again in the hill about 40 feet in hight which extends >t i ae & 4 : . Aas Ne il a a Rn es a alo ee oy Ve Ne we PO GT oy Cy SE Sea ONT Rae > tk Od a. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR [1907 29 northeastward from Fort Hunter and they are found conspicuously developed as appears by the map, from Hoffmans Ferry toward Schenectady. Doubtless these deposits were much more extensive than they are at present, having been largely swept away by the waters of the river after Lake Albany. subsided. Reference has been made to the heavy tills of the Mohawk valley. These are basal and massive on both sides of the river. At certain points as already described, they are capped by the lacustrine silts and sands of the higher level, but in many cases these sands, which must have sloped down to the flood plain level originally, and amassed tills, _ have been swept away along the lower slopes so that in cross-section we should have massive tills sloping from the upland down to the river. At certain points, as east of Fultonville and along all! the lower parts of the city of Amsterdam, are belts of water-swept till. Along these lower grounds of the city of Amsterdam till is very thin, bed rock near at hand, and east of the city are fields of boulders which apparently are remnants of tills of which great Iroquois currents have removed finer materials. For many miles along the Mohawk river the deposits of the drift are exceed- ingly steep. They are almost cliffs and there is an entire absence of morainic contours. These forms could not have been constructional in the glacial sense. When these tills were dumped into the Mo- hawk valley they must have been purely morainic forms resulting from a melting down of the ice tongues which occupied the valley. It would seem that these slopes of till with their occasional covers of the customary silts have been powerfully undercut by Iroquois waters, giving the steep slopes of the present, but it must also be recognized that that undercutting could not effectively take place until there was some subsidence of Lake Albany waters allowing effective current action by the grade stream carrying the drainage of the glacial Great Lakes. These facts and suppositions involve a problem concerning the Iroquois drainage and the waters of Lake Albany which deserves further and more final investigation. An interesting remnant of the Lake Albany silts is found near South Schenectady along the waters of the Normans kill. Here, near the region of the Amsterdam quadrangle is a small embayment of Lake Albany waters and therefore a reentrant area of sands which joined with the greater area that appears in the Schenectady quadrangle. Schoharie lake. An interesting development of lacustrine sands and clays is found along the Schoharie river from Esperance up stream fcr some miles. In looking for a cause of these lacustrine 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM accumulations it was discovered that by the dumping and filling process already described a great till barrier had been formed across the Schoharie valley just south of the small village of Burtonsville. That till barrier raised the waters of the Schoharie above that point to a higlit of about 100 feet greater than at present. The till- has been ctit away down leaving cliffs largely of till but also in part, on the concave side of the bend, cliffs of bed rock. It would appear that this raising of the waters must have extended about 20 miles -up the Schoharie from Esperance and that the lake was maintained there in the immediate postglacial times until the barrier could be cut away. There is apparently a well marked delta belonging to this lake above Central Bridge and along the valley towards Coble- skill. The conditions of this lake above Schoharie village need further study for their full elucidation. Areas of marsh and obstructed drainage. It was not practicable to distinguish in the mapping between areas of existing marsh and areas of soft meadow which represent recent or comparatively recent lake filling. These areas, however, serve in an interesting — way to show the obstruction of drainage caused by glacial deposits and a moment’s inspection of the map would show that where the deposits are conspicuously massive, as along the belt of interlobate moraine, the areas of marsh and lake fillings are conspicuous. It 1s quite possible that many small areas apparently due to recent lake filling, may have been areas also occupied by small lakes of glacial age. This, however, can not be determined unless there are chances for suitable excavation or exposure of the materials. Thus along Auries creek about 2 miles southwest of Glen is a Hat ground about a mile in length which would naturally be taken as a combination of lake filling and flood plain but a chance section made by the stream shows massive lacustrine clays containing | glaciated stones and therefore demonstrably representing a lake of glacial age. Summary. The field investigations for these four quadrangles, Broadalbin, Gloversville, Amsterdam and Fonda, are practically completed and seem to show conclusively the presence of the two great glacial lobes already described with a massive interlobate moraine with scant evidences of any recessional moraine in the case of the Mohawk glacier, but at least one conspicuous belt of reces- sional moraine in the case of the Sacandaga glacier. The retreat of the ice is marked by the presence of glacial waters, notably small high level sand plains of the Sacandaga. delta, the high level lacus- FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 31 trine silts and sands of the Mohawk valley, the gravels and sands of the Lake Albany and Iroquois stage, and the lacustrine clays of Lake Schenectady. Postglacial modifications of the glacial deposits are conspicuous along the valleys of the Mohawk and the Schoharie. Curiously along the Mohawk there is nothing that can be called ordinarily alluvial terrace. Meanders are practically absent while along the Schoharie terraces meanders and abundant oxbow chan- nels are typical and conspicuous. These differences point to radical _ differences in the history of the major valley as compared with that of its tributary, and these differences have to do, it would seem, with the marked lacustrine conditions and great lake outflow that belonged to the Mohawk valley. As already intimated the © conclusions here announced by Professor Brigham and the hypothe- sis suggested need explanation and confirmation by close study of surrounding areas. It is desirable to know the westward and southern limits of the Mohawk lobe. From the general appear- ance of the topography it would seem that the powerful glaciation of the Mohawk region must have ceased not far south of ihe boundary of the present area. The map of the Berne quadrangle south of the Amsterdam quadrangle seems to show interesting con- ditions which it has not been possible to study in the field. Near the middle of the quadrangle there is a conspicuous bifurcation in the trends of the drumlinoid or linear forms of topography, indi- cating apparently a push to the west as a part of the flow of the Mohawk glacier already described, and a push to the south along the lines of the Hudson valley. It is conjectured that a study of this area in the field will show corresponding directions of the glacial striae and that here may perhaps be found a point of con- spicuous divergence between the Mohawk and Hudson river lobes of the glacier at a certain stage of their activity. Industrial geology Mines and quarries. The third of the series of annual bulletins reviewing the progress of the mineral industries in the State was published in July of the current year. There is a steady demand for information relating to the mineral resources, such as is given in these publications, and the continuance of their issue seems ad- visable. The statistics collected for publication in the report indicate a material growth in the importance of the mining and quarry in- dustries during recent years. The total output of all materials re- 32 NEW ‘YORK STATE MUSEUM ported by the individual producers was valued in 1906 at $37,118,430, the valuation being based on the crude or first marketable form of the products. The corresponding total for 1905 was $35,470,987 and for 1904 it was $28,812,595. ‘The varied character of the in- dustries is shown by the fact that there are some 35 different ma- terials produced in commercial quantities. Among the more notable developments recorded in the last report are those relating to the iron ore, gypsum and salt industries, all of which have possibilities for expansion greatly beyond present proportions. These mineral statistics are gathered and tabulated with ultimate care. It is believed that they present the most accurate analysis given to the public of the condition of mineral production in this State. They are published with promptitude and as ey as pos- sible after the close of the calendar year. Iron ores. ‘The description of the iron ore resources of the State has been an urgent need for some time. The previous reports of Emmons, Putnam and Smock are out of print and besides are wanting in many particulars to make them representative of present conditions in the technical and scientific branches of the subject. Field work preliminary to a new investigation, was started in 1905 by the Assistant State Geologist and has been continued as oppor-. tunity offered during subsequent seasons. Owing to the size of the territory that has to be covered by field work it has been deemed advisable to issue a separate report on each of the larger districts, whereby an earlier publication of the results will be assured. The Adirondack magnetites will be described in the first report, the preparation of which is now practically completed. In this part of the worl: the cooperation of Prof. J. F. Kemp has been secured. He has kindly undertaken to prepare a description of the Mine- ville district which he has recently mapped in connection with the survey of the Adirondacks now being carried out under the direc- tion of the State Geologist. _ The investigation of the Adirondack magnetites has brought out much that is new concerning their geology. The important prob- lems bearing upon the character of the rock associates and origin of the so called nontitaniferous magnetites have been studied with care, and while they are extremely puzzling, it is believed that — progress has been made in their elucidation. The walls inclosing this class of ores belong to the feldspathic gneiss series which it © has been found includes both igneous and sedimentary derivatives. There may be distinguished, thus, two main varieties under which all of the occurrences probably are included, though in a few cases i ha he Se vane wv 5 al FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 33 the evidence is insufficient at present to place the magnetites defi- nitely with either. The igneous rocks which carry the ore belong / to several types, ranging from acid granites on the one hand to granites poor in quartz, syenites and even more basic phases that approach the gabbro-anorthosite group which contains the titanifer- ous ores. It appears very probable that there is a close relation in the geological occurrence of both classes of ores found in the igneous rocks, since the latter show the most intimate connection in their e fundamental characters. Like the titaniferous class, the low- titanium ores (they are not strictly nontitaniferous) are native to the wall rocks and have formed in their present place by some process incident to the cooling and consolidation of the latter. - Magmatic segregation has perhaps been influential in some instances, as has already been pointed out by Cushing, but the mineral asso- ciations cf most of the magnetites point to gaseous or gas-aqueous agencies as the more important factor in the process of formation. The ore bodies originated previous to the dynamic stresses which - have affected the whole region and thus have been drawn out and alined parallel to the general foliation. The magnetites found in the sedimentary gneisses differ from the others in several respects. They are always pyritic and have, as associated minerals, garnet, scapolite, sillimanite and usually much hornblende. Their origin is doubtful as the evidence bearing upon it is subject to different interpretations. —They may be ancient beds interstratified with the wall rocks or later introductions due to ground waters or insula- tions set up by the igneous invasions. They are frequently cut by granitic masses and they are possibly an older series than the other magnetites. _ The mining industry of the Adirondacks has grown considerably in the last two or three years. The outlook for its future seems’ quite promising. Not only are the low-titanium ores being de- veloped on a larger scale than previously, but there is a good pros- pect that the titaniferous deposits: will soon be worked on a com- mercial scale. The new enterprise at Lake Sanford, mentioned in the issue of this report for 1906, has been active during the current _ year in carrying on investigations; productive operations only await the construction of a railroad to the locality which is in a now inac- cessible part of the Adirondacks. In accordance with the recommendation made in my report of last year the Legislature granted a specific appropriation for the exploitation of the Clinton hematite ores of central New York. It was therein pointed out that a large body of these ores lies almost 34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM wholly undeveloped along a belt of country more than 1oo miles in length, east and west between Clinton and Wolcott, that it was of first importance to the iron industry in this State to determine prob- abilities of variation in the volume of this ore body in its dip and local variations in the quality of the ore. To ascertain these facts borings are necessary at various points south of the observed or buried line of outcrop. The more numer- ous such borings are the more accurate the deductions will be. It would be well if series of such holes-could be put down at points from half a mile to 2 miles back of the outcrop at alternating in- tervals of about 5 miles, but the present provision will not cover the cost of so much drilling. We are therefore now engaged in putting in with diamond core drill a single series of holes which will have an approximate average depth of 175 to 200 feet and which have thus far been located about 2 miles south of known surface outcrops. The outcome of this undertaking will have to be deterred to the next report. Oil snales. An undeveloped source of eventual wealth to the State lies in its vast deposits of densely black, bituminous shales which reek with the components of natural gas and petroleum. These beds of black shale lie in the Devonic system of western and southwestern New York, particularly in the Genesee and Portage divisions of the Upper Devonic and are to be found in outcrop quite freely from Canandaigua lake westward to Lake Erie. Preliminary efforts have been made this year to ascertain the available hydro- carbon content of these shales for the purpose of instituting com- parisons between them and similar shales like those of Scotland which are today distilled for the commercial production of petro- leum, paraffin and ammonia sulfate. The method of treatment of the Scotch shales and the products resulting may be thus briefly stated. The oil is distilled at a temperature of about go0° F. The spent shale is then heated to about 1300° F. to increase the yield of ammonia and permanent gases from the shale. The Scotch shales yield on an average 25 gallons of crude oil and 45 pounds of ammonia sulfate per ton. : | The first distillation of the crude oil! yields: 1 Green naphtha. This is treated with sulfuric acid and caustic soda yielding “shale spirit”? or naphtha. 2 Still coke; a valuable smokeless fuel, the production of which has now become an extensively capitalized industry. : 3 Green oil; the source of paraffin. Go ee a ee . ee. 4 a am FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 35 The oil is tested with sulfuric acid and caustic soda and is then ready for the second distillation, by which it is fractionated into light and heavy oils, the latter containing solid paraffin. ‘The light oils are used in making four grades of burning oils. The parafin is obtained from the heavy oil by cooling below 32° F. and straining out by means of filter presses. The paraffin is then subjected to further treatment producing paraffin wax. The value of the products of the Scotch shale industry is up- ward of £2,000,000 annually, and is rapidly increasing. The results derived from the analyses made of the New York shales are too incomplete to afford adequate basis of comparison as the method of distillation employed seems not that best adapted to the problem. The indicated proportions of fixed carbon and volatile hydrocarbons are apparently less than in the Scotch shales, but it is not certain that a more exact treatment with care to prevent volatilization of the hydrocarbons would not give a different result. At all events the resuits obtained are sufficiently encouraging to justify further pursuit of the inquiry. SEISMOLOGICAL STATION The seismological station of the State Museum has rendered efficient service throughout the year. Except for occasional stop- pages of short duration — usually less than an hour each — due to the necessity of making readjustments from time to time, it has been operative continuously since March 10, 1906, when the instru- ments were first installed. One of the chief objects of the records is to secure information relative to the character and frequency of earth tremors in the vicinity of Albany, which are set up by distant shocks. This line of investigation has never before been carried on anywhere within a radius of several hundred miles from the station. The results ‘thus far obtained have shown the locality to be well adapted for receiving records and have already thrown considerable light on the subject. With the present equipment the larger earthquakes throughout the world are registered within a few minutes of their occurrence. It is hoped also that the observations may afford in- formation as to possible earth movements of local nature. These have not been detected as yet, though it is considered more than probable that there are slow oscillations going on within the neigh- - _ boring region which in the course of time will manifest cumulative > Fe ae effects of sensible magnitude, The observations must be continued 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM over a considerable period to form a basis for the study of these movements. The importance of seismological investigations is rapidly gaining recognition in this country; stations are now planned or under: installation at Cambridge, Mass., New Haven, Conn., and Ann Arbor, Mich., as part of the scientific equipment of the several uni- versities at those places. In the near future there will thus be a series of stations covering the northeastern section of the country quite completely, as observations are now made also at Cheltenham | and Baltimore, Md., and Washington, D. C. It may be suggested that the work might be materially advanced by coordination of the different observing points, and it is hoped that some arrangement of the kind will be effected. In this manner the detection of the small local movements which are apt to be confused with the feebler — tremors of distant origin would be specially facilitated. : The Albany station has been called upon frequently to supply information regarding earthquake occurrences, both for the press and for scientific purposes. Records have been available some times. long before the arrival of telegraphic dispatches from the centers. of disturbance. It has also been possible to demonstrate the non- existence of many reported shocks in ‘the neighboring region. The observations relating to the San Francisco and Valparaiso earth- quakes have been supplied to the California Earthquake Commis- sion and the International Seismological Association for use in the _preparation of their reports. | The year just ended was the first for which a ee series of records has been obtained. In all, 19 disturbances, large and small, were registered. A tabulation of the data is given herewith, ac-_ companied by notes explanatory of the individual occurrences. Similar information covering the period March 1o to October 1, 1906, was included in the report for that year. “ois The character of the records traced by the instruments differs in each case, and it is not possible to give all the elements for every disturbance. Some of the more remote shocks which are apparently of relatively small proportion cause only feeble vibrations indicated by a slightly wavy line as traced on the recording cylinder. The record of larger earthquakes, on the other hand, is usually resolvable into several portions of distinctive character from which deductions may be made, according to well known principles, as to the distance traveled by the waves, and the direction and relative magnitude of | the disturbance. A SEISMOGRAMS : July 1, 1907 North-south vibrations a . . . . * . | Preliminary tremors S:14 A.-M: : We -< July 1, 1907 ° Tast-west vibrations Ss oaTTSSCSCS™C“# SNCS 7 a : : {P Date September 2, 1907 North-south vibrations pe a ST e ry Wir SY oa ‘sat 7 Beginning of violent disturbance 11.38.AM. ie preliminary (remove “Hele September 2, 1907 East-west vibrations fies i co ah P AVAVAVAC=CAWAYAYAPAVAIW Nicci iV mtaVaeaea¥ ASAE Vasa RENE, | 1 SED -— Vy SESIMOGRAMS Kingston earthquake January 14, 1907 Fast-west vibrations ? 7‘ 7 . 7 Fi 7 7 . 7 = 7 ry ; eS Ree ts Mexican earthquake April 15, 1907 North-south vibrations - a = [\prm— f Preliminary tremors 1: 144 The pointer ran off the limits of the paper at these two Spaces April 15, 1907 East-west vibrations _—————— _— (er [a ieee WAV; WaW WANG AWAWAW ates AVIVA AWWA WAV 0 eee ON OU WA OO AN rl TUT VV Van os BESS Wah Se : ete es a 4 ers Ree ‘ eh tut us the paper at these two spac The pointer ran off the limits of « anoitsrdiy cli C ye eine Aa deh iat CART ed pty ee o : c eeu t id € A “y ete | heat eenaneeeerremmeentignmmekinn dit a caeting iy = nna ane or aeepee” raven a ee bh A sae lhl Sash ie ghey hh ters = . ; gnedrrleib Inolorv o grantigad . pene wre nee vans el mneieamaney tibia ficleiiidih sails spon o atrial sil seacbhrirncs piers Cage ene poner pre mnt Te i: MA Stet eroms} yroninrile FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR i907 37 A description of the instruments in use at the station has been given in a previous report. The important constants applicable to the interpretation of the records are as follows: Latitude, n. 42° 39’ 6”; longitude, w. 73° 45’ 18”. Weight of each pendulum, in- cluding arm, 11.283 kilograms. Distance of center of gravity from rotating axis 84.6 centimeters. The period of the pendulum (time required for a complete swing) averages 30 seconds, with variations of two or three seconds from the mean. The recording arm has a multiplying ratio of 10. The base of the instruments is approxi- mately &5 feet above sea level. RECORD CF EARTHQUAKES AT ALBANY STATION OCTOBER I, 1900 TO : GCTOBER =5,*- 1907 Standard Time nl eee Beginning Max. Dae Soh utes principal Maximum ampli- preliminaries part de 1906 hie: His eae ae |. Semibrale mm eet eo” 28) pm. 3... pe EO, ,30 I Nov. 14 He aap. 1. F EAT 7 ee. .=3 Pug) ans ae Ceaacte) Seah Dec. 22 is 3G o.peime bi 2") 08 2 15 Al ao 10 Dec. 2 Pe 30. Pp. tie £2 52 Lae 6.52 34 & 1907 Paeeeer se 7 53 aml 7 ss 72 36 8 24 8 Sie e | to) 43 alms 1° 25 I 26 2 ey 6 fae t4. |). 3°47 p.m. a See lar ee 12 Es Maes 36 |- 5 56° p. ni. . a: ae, S. ph. 15 E845 asi.) “x 194 gee Bae O a May 28] I0 oo a.m. ; ae =) us Mayes) 8 -.02---a..m. ae So: 3r2 9 oO ea nen ets) 55° a.m. Le at 2. Wee ene Au FO” 3 p.m. ne nae 5 3 2 Wiame-25-[ ~ 1-25 p. m. Sie ee oe 2. 12 coh Wea) = S TAS arm,| 8 ~ 23 8 284 ae 15 50 Bie ot? y- 1t . 40-.a,.10; 1 on meee TS DP. WA.) =e pepts 2) FE 12 arm.| rx 364 ETARgS Sg. 00 p. ™.| ge Sept. 23 |)..4 946° p.m. z ee 3.7 a Amplitude over 150mm maximum exceeding the limit of registry. October 1. A slight movement lasting a little over an hour and registered only on the north-south pendulum, showing the direc- tion to be nearly at right angles. The same disturbance was noticed .~ at the stations at Washington, Isle of Wight and Perth, Australia. Its origin was not definitely fixed, so far as has been learned, but it was probably in the southern Pacific or Indian ocean. November 14. A small disturbance, probably centered within 2000 miles of Albany. Slight shocks were reported in New Mexico > and Kingston, Jamaica. 38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM December 3. A series of minute vibrations producing a wavy line. Disturbance was of West Indian origin. December 22. A very characteristic record of a macroseism. The east-west component was the larger with a maximum amplitude of 10 millimeters as compared with 6 millimeters for the north-south component. The duration of the preliminary tremors indicated a source from 6000 to 10,000 miles distant. A heavy earthquake was reported in Russian Turkestan in the vicinity of Lake Balkash at 11.20 p.m., and when due allowance is made for time difference and transmission of the waves, the relation between the record and this disturbance becomes apparent. December 23. Registered mainly on the east-west machine, with an indicated distance of 4500 miles from Albany. A distinct occurrence from the preceding, perhaps originating in the Cordil- leran region of Mexico or South America. ; January 2. The same disturbance was recorded at Laibach, Austria, a little later than at Albany. Its center was somewhere in the Pacific. January 4. A distant shock of unknown source. January 14. The earthquake which destroyed Kingston and had its focus in the vicinity of that city. ‘The record of the waves was scarcely proportional to the reported intensity of the shock, showing only vibrations of small compass without any distinct divi- sion into preliminary and main portions. The first waves to arrive © were apparently the main ones, as the destructive shock occurred at 3.35 p. m., according to press dispatches, or 12 minutes before the beginning of the record. This would indicate a velocity of about 3 kilometers per second which is the average rate of travel of the larger waves. - March 31. Faint vibrations of undoubted seismic character. An earthquake was reported in Turkish Armenia on this date, but the accounts are so vague that no connection can be established certainly with the Albany tracing. : ; April 15. Remarkable for the magnitude and duration of the main tremors. The irdicated intensity of the shock exceeds that of any recorded before or since by the seismograph. The two com- ponents have nearly the same amplitude in their principal parts, though the east-west machine shows a longer absolute period of disturbance, the north-south pendulum ceasing to vibrate at 2.20 a. m, The pointers of both pendulums swung completely off the cylinder. The earthquake seems to have been centered south of Mexico City FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 39 in a sparsely inhabited region, which accounts for the small datnage and loss of life that ensued. May 28. Slight trembling indicated on the north-south pen- dulum, continuing at intervals until 5 p. m. May 31. Faint tremors of seismic nature. June 1. Small disturbance, coincident with a slight shock in Ecuador. June 4. A distant earthquake traced for over an hour on the north-south pendulum. june 28. Small tremors. July 1. This disturbance would seem to have been a severe one, and perhaps 5000 miles distant in a southerly direction. The Havana station reported its passage at 7.43 a. m. It was probably submarine. August 17. A thickening of the line traced by the north-south instrument, breaking into minute waves 20 minutes after the be- ginning September 2. A very distant shock, as shown by the long duration of the preliminary tremors and by the continuance of the record for an interval of nearly four hours. Vibrations much more pronounced on the north-south machine. The Isle of Wright sta- tion reported its passage later than American stations so that it undoubtedly came from the Pacific. September 23. Vibrations of small amplitude throughout. September 24. North-south pendulum showed a condition of slight instability, due to a small earthquake. Disturbance recorded at Washington. A MINERALOGY In the section of mineralogy, the research work has included an. investigation of the crystal forms of the calcite from Rossie, St Lawrence co., a study of the crystal forms and twinning habit of the new occurrence of calcite from Sterlingbush, Lewis co., anl a study of the minerals from Newcomb, Essex co. The work on the Rossie calcite which yielded- two forms new to the species and 12 which are new to the occurrence, has amply demonstrated the value of detailed crystallographic study on a large number of specimens from localities even as well known as this one. The work on the Newcomb minerals, which is still in progress, has already yielded a new form for arsenopyrite and three new forms for wernerite as well as a ratio for the axial elements of the latter mineral very close to that determined by vom Rath.! The tourmalin crystals *Pogg. Ann, 1863. p. 119-254, 262. 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM from Newcomb have also proved of interest as showing several rare crystal forms. A case containing a few examples of the large and unique calcite crystals from Sterlingbush has been installed in the corridor of the fourth floor of the Capitol where the fine pink and purple colors of these specimens show to excellent effect. The packing for storage of the large collection of New York minerals was completed and a system of labeling for the boxes has been devised by which newly collected material can be readily sorted into its place when the entire collection is reassembled. A collection illustrating the recent work of the museum in miner- alogy was exhibited at the last annual reception of the New York Academy of Science at the American Museum of Natural History in December. ; The mineral collections have been enriched through the gift of. Mrs J. V. L. Pruyn of a collection illustrating the minerals from the vicinity of Mount Vesuvius, and by the gift of Mr H. H. Hind- shaw of a large collection of minerals from Lyon Mountain, Clin- ton co., N. Y., which latter amply supplements the material previ- ously acquired by the museum from this interesting locality. A - beautiful series of minerals from foreign localities was obtained from Dr F. Krantz of Bonn. The field work of this section has resulted in the collection of a number of handsome specimens from the graphite mines in the vicinity of Crown Point and Ticonderoga, Essex co., of a series of over 50 specimens of tremolite from a new locality near Gouver- neur, St Lawrence co., and of a large number of specimens of calcite for exhibition and study from the limestone quarries at Smith’s Basin, Alsen and West Camp. 3 _ An important addition to the series of gem minerals from New York, comprises 26 crystals of diopside from the well known locality at DeKalb, St Lawrence co. These average 15 millimeters in diameter, the largest measuring 35 millimeters across the basal sec- tion. “They are, for the most part, transparent and of a fine emerald green color. They were obtained by the Assistant State Geologist from Mr Calvin: Mitchell of DeKalb Junction. PALEONTOLOGY Early Devonic faunas. In all of my recent reports reference has been made to the progress of investigations and correlation studies of the New York early Devonic faunas and those of the i Ss eee TEP ae moo etna : as 41 wly liffi- the this the vait- now vork ress. ‘lop- the past state stern : de- ssils been State ’ the ‘ocks ‘berg ‘rops y by. Hall ! and Vork f the mak- ‘e by ‘ed a n re- ilyses | sec- ts of d the iation gions >ssion fforts skany Plate 8 OE EEE 4 li The hexactinellid sponge Hydnoceras bathense : & Clarke. 1/6 natural size. This and the following plat | show a series of slabs recently put on exhibition. About 250 sponges have been made visible by care- I ful preparation and others lie buried in the rock. The blocks represent a small portign of a great sponge plantation, in the Chemung rocks at Bath, N. Y. 40 from Newcc rare crystal : A case col crystals fron fourth floor these specin The packi minerals was been devisec sorted into 11 A collectic alogy was e: Academy of in December The mine Mrs¢] sVecs. vicinity of } shaw of a lz ton. Con Nien ously acquir beautiful se: from Drake The field © number of | vicinity of ¢ of over 50 §] neur, Sila calcite for € Smith’s Basi _ An import York, compr at DeKalb, diameter, the tion. “They < green color. trom Mr Ca Early De has been m: studies of tl wly liffi- the this the vait- now york ress. slop- . the past state stern -; de- yssils been State oil & Clarke ges ossil spon Bi oo aS fan) = acs or +3 ee as \o aS 8 vo Hydnoe 40 from New rare crysta A case ¢ crystals fr« fourth floo these spec The pac minerals w been devis sorted into A collec alogy was Academy + in Decemt <> “The saan Mrs J. V. vicinity of shaw of a ton co., N ously acqi beautiful from Dr . The fiel number o vicinity 0: of over 5¢ ner oF - calcite fo: Smith’s B _ An imp York, corr at DeKal diameter, tion. “The green colc from Mr Early | has been | studies 0: _— = FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I907 AI St Lawrence gulf region. The work has progressed more slowly than could have been anticipated largely because of the great diffi- culties involved ir executing the plates in accordance with the accepted standard of our lithography. The first volume of this ' memoir covering especially the geology and paleontology of the Gaspé region of Canada has stood complete in type for a year await- ' ing the production of these plates. The illustrative matter is now finished and it will be possible to distribute this part of the work _ within a short time. Meanwhile the second part has gone to press. This second volume is concerned with these faunas in their develop- ment in New Brunswick and Maine and particularly recounts the aspects and character of the faunas in New York. During the past year a very significant addition to the Oriskany faunas in this State _ has been made by the discovery in Orange county along the eastern limb of the Skunnemunk mountain syncline of a considerable de- velopment of this horizon in which the preservation of the fossils is instructive and the species full of interest, as many have been seen for the first time, others mark the first appearance in this State of forms recorded from more eastern localities. When Professor Hall was elaborating the paleontology of the Helderberg and Oriskany formations the development of these rocks in the Appalachian region of New York south of the Helderberg mountains did not contribute materially to his stores. The outcrops in this region had been delineated with approximate accuracy by . _ Mather but in all his paleontological work in New York, Hall _ seldom got far away from the undisturbed rocks of the central and western districts of the State to which he was early wedded. Work was later done in this Appalachian region by N. H. Darton of the United States Geological Survey (which can not be regarded as mak- ing any advance in accuracy upon that done 50 years before by Lieutenant Mather) and by Dr Heinrich Ries, who constucted a map and report of Orange county recording interesting data in re- gard to details of stratigraphy without attempting close analyses on the basis of paleontology. In the instructive but involved sec- _ tions entangled in Appalachian folding the arenaceous deposits of the Lower Devonic have generally passed as “ Oriskany ” and the calcareous beds beneath as “ Lower Helderberg,” a discrimination which is no longer accurate or adequate. In late years the regions have been given careful study at certain points and the succession of the faunas closely analyzed. Perhaps the first of these efforts _ was that made by the writer to portray the character of the Oriskany 42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fauna of Becraft mountain, the sole outlier of this stage on the east 2 of the Hudson river. This was followed in the year 1903 by two important contributions, one by Stuart Weller on the Paleozoic rocks and faunas of New Jersey, in which he discussed the sections at the entrance of the western or Port Jervis-Otisville branch of the divided Paleozoics of eastern New York and those further south in his own state; another by Gilbert van Ingen and P. E. Clark on the ‘ Disturbed Rocks in the Vicinity of Rondout, N. Y.” [Mus. Bul. 69] in which all the precise determinations were made by Mr van Ingen. In 1905 Prof. H. W. Shimer published the paleontology of the — section at Port Jervis known as Trilobite mountain [Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Orange County, N.. Yo Muss Bulls sel: Prof. George H. Chadwick has recently brought together some results of further examinations made for the State Museum, of the sections at Rondout and southward into Greene county, with the special aim of elucidating the composition of the Port Ewen fauna. Though these results have not been put in final form the author’s determinations are of very considerable interest. The Port Ewen beds, to rehearse briefly the history of this strati- graphic unit, are a series of thin limestones and gray lime shales, which, in the Appalachian region of New York and New Jersey lie immediately below the Oriskany silicious limestone and upon the ~ Becraft limestone, bear the lithic character of the New Scotland lime shales and carry a large percentage of Helderberg fossils. It is a division not recognized by the early geologists in their partition of the “ Lower Helderberg ” and it is entirely absent from the suc- cession west of Schoharie. Its earliest recognition as a definite unit was by Prof. W. M. Davis in 1882 who termed these rocks whose position he determined as above the Becraft limestone, the “Upper shaly beds ” contrasting them in this designation with the “ Catskill or Delthyris shaly limestone” below. Professor Davis did not attempt to delimit these beds and did actually, according to Professor Chadwick, include in his division some part of the “Upper Pentamerus limestone.” The writer in a joint publication with Professor Schuchert [Science, Dec. 15, 1899], recognizing the distinct unit character of these strata termed them the “ Kingston beds,” later substituting for this term. which proved to have been employed by the Canadian geologists for a quite different formation, the name Port Ewen beds from their exposure near Port Ewen FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR i907 43 station on the West Shore Railroad. The character of the fauna of these Port Ewen beds has not been well understood and it was _ this problem that carried Professor Chadwick into the field. ee ah. ed ele _ Through the efforts of Mr Chadwick and Mr Shimer we have now a fairly adequate idea of the composition of the fauna of these beds. Though, as already stated, the preponderance in the census of the species so far as known, is Helderbergian there is a noteworthy percentage of species that may be regarded as normal or at least usual to the calcareous Oriskany above. Various others have been recognized as passing upward from the Helderbergian into this Oriskany and Mr Chadwick in his closest analyses of the assem- blage has pointed out its generally decadent condition as a Helder- berg fauna. - There are also other species of very first import which have and probably must continue to be regarded as index fossils of the Oriskany formation. Chadwick determines Megalanteris marr obecachia Stessana, Leptocoelia~ flabel- See eptostrophia oriskania,. Brachyprion Mmeieeanid Bb. schuchertanum. He indicates also the perige. ocemttence Of Spirifer arenosus. Professor Shimer determines Spirifer murchisoni and Meris- telhaclata. It becomes now a question for very careful consideration whether a fauna lying beneath the normal position of the Oriskany beds and carrying such fossils as these, can with propriety be regarded a Helderbergian fauna notwithstanding its preponderance of Helder- _berg species. Upon this line of inquiry the recently discovered Oriskany fauna already referred to will throw additional light but the evident earlier immigration into the eastern New York region of Oriskany species than had before been noted is not in anywise out of harmony with the evidence of their association in the Gaspé basin at the northeast. ! Monograph of the Eurypterida. It has long been the writer’s purpose to prepare a revision of these remarkable crustaceans which ) occur in a variety and abundance in the rocks of New York unequaled elsewhere in the world. The Bertie waterlime outcrops in Erie, Cayuga and Herkimer counties and the Salina (Pittsford) shales in Monroe and Orange counties have now afforded a really extraordinary manifestation of the profusion of these creatures. Fifty years ago James E. De Kay and Professor Hall had described the commoner forms of these crustaceans Eurypterus and Pterygo- tus from the Bertie waterlimes, and Messrs Grote and Pitt some fa ed AA NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM years since published in the bulletins of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences accounts of supposed additional species occurring in these rocks at Buffalo. With the exception of the latter practically all accounts of these fossils in this State have been published in the reports of this institution ; some notices in the Palaeontology of New York, volume 7; Mr Clifton J. Sarle described the remarkably interesting species from the Salina beds of Pittsford in Museum bulletin 69 and the writer the extraordinary fatina from the Otis- ville shales in bulletin 107. The collections of the museum representing these genera: Eurypterus, Pterygotus, Eusarcus, Hugh- milleria, Stylonurus etc. are very extensive. All of the material described by Mr Sarle and the writer is here and recent additions to the specimens from these localities run up into hundreds of examples. Large collections have also been made by us in recent years from the localities in Herkimer county. The museum of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences is the possessor of most com- manding collections of eurypteroids from the Bertie waterlimes in that city, which have been greatly enlarged of late by the enthusiastic interest of Mr Lewis J. Bennett, president of the Buffalo Cement Co. from whose quarries nearly all the specimens of. these Bertie waterlime crustaceans scattered through the museums of the world, have come. In later years Mr Bennett has provided that all speci- mens taken from his quarries go into the museum of the Buffalo Society with the result that these collections have become fairly stupendous and vastly illuminating. The courtesy of a formal vote of the trustees of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences has~ enabled me to feel confident that this fine material will be subject to my use. It is my hope soon to reach a time when these investi- gations may be taken up for uninterrupted pursuit. Meanwhile — progress is made as occasion affords. Bre Mastodons. In my report for 1907 I gave a summary of records cf discoveries of mastodon remains in this State since the date of the first finding of the bones of the Mastodon ameri- canus a short distance below Albany in 1705. The list there given afforded evidence of about 60 distinct occurrences of these skeletons. Last year I supplemented this record with four items. During the past season another discovery has been made. A brief notice of this follows and thereafter some notes of interest on other remains. 1907. Perkinsville, Steuben co. This skeleton was found in August last by John Morsch on his farm near the west end of ne i ee 4 ee 2 ; FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 45 Perkinsville swamp and 34 mile north of the railroad station of - Portway. This swamp is a nearly equilateral triangle about 1% miles on the side. It occupies a shallow depression in a mass of morainic drift of unknown depth at the head of the Cohocton -~ valley and is adjacent to the west side of a low ridge that separates _ the drainage area of the Cohocton river from that of the Cana- _seraga creek. It has an altitude of 1360 A. T. The surface layer of the swamp is black muck to a depth of 6” —1’, beneath which is a bed of nearly white marl 6” — 0’ in thickness. The bones were found about 26 rods from the highway and 4 or 5 rods from the north edge of the black soil or border of the swamp. In digging _ about a small boulder Mr Morsch came upon one of the larger leg bones and proceeded to take out the remains of the skeleton. These bones lay largely in their natural position and while perhaps the numerical two thirds of the skeleton were preserved, the more con- spicuous bones were fragmentary or wanting. At the conclusion of the excavation it was found that all four legs and feet, a large number of ribs and vertebrae, parts of the shoulder girdle and one ramus of the lower jaw with teeth had been recovered. The skull with tusks, greater parts of pelvis and scapulae were gone. It would seem that the animal in sinking into the mire had been left with the more protuberant portions of the body, the head probably thrown up and back, exposed to the air and inviting the attack of rodents. The absence of these parts when all the other bones had so compactly kept together, left little likelihood of thei being found in any other part of the swamp. The preservation ot the bones recovered was excellént for mounting and it is to be regretted that the specimen just missed being a desirable acquisition to a scientific museum. 1876. Pike, Wyoming co. [See Report Paleontologist, 1907 2 p. 932]. I append here some additional data concerning the Pike skull taken from a recently published account [Guide to the Gene- see Valley Museum, Letchworth Park, by Henry R. Howland, 1907, p. 5]. : These remains of a mastodon were found in the summer of 1876 in cutting a farm land ditch on the farm of Charles Dennis, on the outskirts of the village of Pike, which is about 7 miles from Glen Iris, and through which flows the Wiscoy creek, one of the tributaries of the Genesee river. The tusks were fortunately quite perfect and with them were found a part of the skull, some verte-_ -brae and some foot bones. In order that these remains should be properly preserved they were at once purchased by Mr Letchworth 46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM who caused them to be mounted at the natural history establish- ment of Prof. Henry A. Ward in Rochester, N. Y. The prompt action taken in the matter resulted in the preservation of this valuable relic which was returned to Pike and allowed to remain on exhibition at the Pike Seminary until the completion of the Genesee Valley Museum Building in 1898. In 1904 the seminary building was destroyed by fire. The measurements of the Pike inastodon are as follows: Length of skull, measured in a straight line fron: back to front..43% inches Length ot tusks, measured alone lowercunve. 22... 5-ee- 2 ee 9644 inches Greatest cireumterence of the tusks... 0 2 ae ee ee 23 inches I append here some historically interesting observations on the occurrence of mastodon bones in America made by Dr Johann David Schoepf in his Reise durch eimge der mittlern und siidlichen veremigten nordamerikanischen Staaten, nach Ost-Florida und den Bahama-Inseln, unternommen in den Jahren 1783 und 1784, volume 1, pages 408-15, 1788. This is a work of extraordinary interest which has been quite overlooked by siudents of American history. Its author was a surgeon in the Hessian forces sent over by George III and remained after the consummation of peace to travel through the country and collect scientific materials. The narrative gives a lively, anecdotal picture of the domestic and community life of the times interspersed with interesting reflections on the new government. Dr Schoepf was the author of other more technical works arising from his American experiences. He wrote a treatise on American Materia Medica, on the Reptiles of the country and was the first man of science to produce a special treatise on the eeology of North America. His Beytrage sur Mineralogischen Kenntnisse der Ostlichen Theils von Nordamerika und semer Ge- birge published in 1787 is characterized by acute observation and keen interpretations of geological phenomena. It was 50 years in advance of the times and wholly ignored by the first American workers in the same field. Of these books only his Materia Medica was translated into English. German was unpopular, it was the language of the hated Hessians and of the Hanoverian house. So these very illuminating and interesting volumes have been buried as deep as Captain Kidd’s treasure. Among the natural rarities of the Kentucky regions, the many large teeth and bones belonging to an animal no longer existing in all America have long excited the wonder of all travelers. The place where they were first discovered in great heaps is a low hill, on the east side of the Ohio, 2-3 miles from its banks and about 584 miles below Fort Pitt, measured along the course of the river. At the sources of a littie brook ances there are extensive salt licks, the FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTCR 1907 47 heavy tread of the buffalo herds which gather there, with help of wind and weather, have uncovered these bone heaps which are buried only a little way beneath the surface. The mass of bones is said to be very considerable; to judge only from what lies bare or projects from the surface, some estimate that there must be the ribs of at least 12-15 animals. How many more yet may not be buried under the earth? It was perhaps a numerous herd of beasts that here found their common grave. As to the former owners of these bones, the native Americans have just as little knowledge as the opinions of the most learned students of nature have imparted. On account of the immense size of the bones and of the elephantlike tusks found among them the natural inference has arisen that they are remains of elephants formerly native in this part of the world or by accident brought here and destroyed, and one is all the more justified in the opinion, which has in itself nothing contradictory, as in so many other regions similar elephant bones have been discovered where the race of elephants is as little native as in America. By exact comparison between these bones from the Ohio and other bones and teeth from living elephants, certain variations have been marked which raise new doubts. Particularly it has been found that the thigh bones on the Ohio are thicker and stouter than those of the wel! known elephants; that the tusks are often some- what twisted and especially that the crowns of the molar teeth are furnished with wedge-shaped elevations which the present elephant does not possess. For these, and especially the last reason, the learned Dr Hunter! believes himself justified in assuming that these American bones and teeth must have belonged to a flesh-eating animal larger than the known elephant. From their relations to the bones found in Siberia, Norway and other northern lands of the old world, Raspé seeks to make it appear probable that they are the remains of a great animal (elephant or not) which was of a special species and originally was adapted to colder regions, the whole race of which has from unknown causes now become extinct.? With this view Daubenton and other savants agree and Mr Pen- nant believes that this still undetermined animal may yet be en- countered alive somewhere in the interior unknown regions of America, and calls it therefore in his synopsis, the American ele- phant. If now, remains of the hippopotamus have not to some extent on the Ohio been mixed with those of the elephant and hence given rise to errors, this idea needs further elucidation. In Pittsburg | saw in the possession of an artillery officer a thigh bone, a molar and a tusk which he had himself brought from that region. The thigh bone, though quite dry and here and there with Se hilos: i ranssi7oe: *v. LVAilt. * Philos. Trans. 1769. v. (LIX.. Dissertatio epistolaris de Ossibi‘s & Dentibus Elephantum, aliarumaue Belluarrm, in America _ boreali etc. obviis, quae indigenarum belluarum esse ostenditur. J. C. Raspé 48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM some of its substance lost, weighed not less than 81 pounds, was — 3 feet, 9% inches long; in the middle where it was comparatively flat its circumference was only 20 inches but on the lower joint 2 feet, 6% inches. The tusk was 3 feet long, 4 inches in diameter at the end, but it was not entire. I could see no evidence of its being twisted. The molar tooth which I received as a gift, weighed easily 6 pounds and the crown was armed with three wedge-shaped elevated processes.! : : The first two pieces were given to the library in Philadelphia _ where I afterward had the opportunity of seeing them. As an incident it may be observed that the officer referred to, in order to fetch these three pieces from their locality a few miles from the boat on the Ohio, paid one of the soldiers a slight pourboir of 1000 paper dollars equivalent in value to 2400 Rhenish florins. Besides the molar referred to I have seen in Philadelphia in the collection of Mr du Sumetiére, several others, found in other parts of America. These were all quite similar and some had the elevated processes of the crown particularly sharp, while in others they were low. If this style of tooth only were always found among the elephantlike bones discovered at various separated places in America, then the assumption that they belonged to an ancient race of American elephants would be much strengthened. It has recently become known that the spot on the Ohio is not the only one in North America where similar” remains of these animals are found. Teeth have been discovered on the Tar river in North Carolina, near Yorktown in Pennsylvania and in Ulster county in New York. Catesby mentions an elephant tusk dug up in South Carolina; Kalm an entire skeleton in the country of the Illinois and others have been found in South Amer- ica. ‘The largest collection of the Ohio fossil bones is in the pos- session of Dr Morgan of Philadelphia. On account of the trackless distance it was formerly very difficult to obtain these remains which had to be brought by a long circuit down to New Orleans and then up to Philadelphia by sea. Now the settlement of Kentucky affords better prospect of an early and more exact knowledge of the remark- able bone deposit. It would be superfluous to repeat the various theories which have been advanced to explain the occurrence of this accumulation of remains of so very strange an animal. Floods, marvelous changes of climate, of the earth’s ceftter of gravity and of its axis, have been invoked.. The American hunters satisfy them- selves with the explanation that these were real elephants killed off by a hard winter which they were not able to withstand and to sun- port their opinions they point out that often an extraordinarily 1 This molar is now in the very fine scientific collection of Privy Coun- selor Schmidel of Anspach and both in respect to weight as well as in . entire structure entirely different from the elephant’s tooth with which the Privy Counselor has compared it. The molar of an elephant which ~ Mr Sparrmann has described, weighed only 414 pounds. ae FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 49 severe winter kills off other species of animals specially acclimated to this part of the world. It is easy to see that such a restricted cause could have no effect in accumulating the deposits of these animals in the tropic South _ America. No one, however, has been happier in his theories upon this problem than the author of the Essai sur lorigine de la popula- tion de | Amerique, volume II, page 298, who regards all these bones (whether in jest or earnest, no one knows) as nothing more than the remains of a troop of fallen angels (equipped with six-pound - back teeth!) which, according to his notion, were the original inhabitants of the earth in its primitive and glorious state, until, _ because of their transgressions they were condemned to universal destruction near their own earthly habitation, whereupon the rest of the purified planet was cleaned up for the reception of the present _ improved race of mankind. Devonic crinoids of New York. The work on the New York crinoids has shown a fauna of exceptional and unexpected interest. Thus far nearly 40 genera have been recognized, some for the first time in Devonic rocks and the number closely approaches the total genera hitherto known from the Devonic rocks of the world. The group of the Inadunata is well toward completion and many draw- ings of the species made. These investigations are being made by _ Mr Edwin Kirk. Paleozoic corals. Excellent progress has been made by Dr T. Wayland Vaughan on the anaylsis of the genera of the Paleozoic corals. Dr Vaughan labors under the disadvantage of endeavoring to rescue the results of previous attempts made here to ~ define and illustrate these fossils but his efforts give promise of an _ eventually satisfactory outcome. Devonic fishes. A monograph of the Devonic Fishes of New _ York by Dr Charles R. Eastman was issued during the year as _ Memoir 10. This work affords a comprehensive survey of present _ knowledge of the fishes obtained from the rocks of this State and _ though these remains are in many instances in highly incomplete - condition, it has laid the foundation of future study of these organ- isms. Moreover the author’s wide acquaintance with his subject has given his general conclusions more than ordinary interest and ’ force. Under the title “ Zoological conclusions” problems of the evolution of the fishes are discussed, such as the origin of the eel- 1In the severe winter of 1779-So0. a great number of roe deer were found dead here and there in the woods in the interior of America and “its mountains; often many together near the frozen springs where they were accustomed to drink or to lick salt. A multitude of birds and other animals were also killed that winter. ee a a re ern EE EEE EE EEE EEE EEE EOE EE eee ee 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shaped fishes among races which have not progressed, the origin of the paired fins and the development of the effective fins. The chap- ter entitled “ Geological conclusions ” is of special interest as indicat- ing the distribution and migrations of the early fish fauna and may well be reproduced here. | GEOLOGICAL CONCLUSIONS Re. It will be convenient to include under this head certain topics whose practical bearing is of chief interest to the geologist, although the evidence involved is partly zoological, and in still larger part geographical, or paleogeographical. We refer to such matters as relate to the areal and vertical distribution of Devonic fish life, the dispersion of new types and varieties, migration, succession and occasional recurrence of faunas, and indications furnished by the fossils themselves in regard to climatal and physical conditions, either those of local nature, or others prevailing over wide areas. Thus, by way of illustration, we are able to affirm from the general complexion of ancient faunas, that the climate of arctic regions was notably warmer during the Devonic and late Paleozoic than at sub- sequent periods. We are in possession, also, of a large fund of evidence regarding migrational movements, and can delineate with great exactitude a number of physical barriers that were interposed to lines of migration. Means are at hand in very many cases for distinguishing between free swimming inhabitants of the open sea and other forms whose structural organization proves them to have been bottom feeders, mud grovelers, or frequenters of estuaries and fresh-water lagoons. Manifestly inferences of this nature are of far-reaching geological significance, besides having a direct practical application. Finally, a knowledge of the relations of successive vertebrate faunas is an important corollary to the information we have concerning fossil invertebrate faunas, the two categories being mutually complementary, and taken altogether are essential to a natural classification of geologic formations. We may consider first some of the more general conclaaionds derived from a study of the distribution of Devonic fishes, having special reference to those of New York State. In the first place it is necessary to bear in mind that the Devonic faunas of the interior | of North America announce themselves as belonging to two distinct types, one being more or less confined to the eastern, and the other to the west central United States and Canada. Or, to put it differ- ently, it is possible to recognize within the interior of our continent two more or less distinct geological provinces of the Devonic, differing from each other and from the more remote areas lying to the westward (Cordilleran and continued border provinces) 1 their respective faunal characteristics. The eastern interior prov- ince, which has received the name of Appalachian, is typically represented in New York State, but extends westward into Ontario and Michigan, and southwestward into the Ohio valley ree \ FOURTH “REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 SI en __~ forming circumscribed areas known as the Cumberland and Indiana basins. The western interior province is represented typically in Iowa, and was more or less effectively separated from the eastern during early and Middle Devonic time. Its limits are coextensive with the so called Dakota sea, which was open to the northwest during the mid-Devonic through Manitoba, the Mackenzie Basin, and across Behring straits into Siberia, but was probably closed to .the northeast. The suggestion has been made, and indeed been re- ceived with some favor, that intercommunication existed during the mid-Devonic between the typical Iowan and Eurasian faunas by means of a northeasterly passageway through Manitoba, Hudson - and James bays, Greenland, Spitzbergen and circumpolar regions. More recently, however, weighty objections have been opposed to this theory, and it has been asserted very emphatically by Professor _ Schuchert that there is not the slightest reason to connect the Hudson and James Bay Devonic with that of the Dakota sea (or western intercontinental province). It is further denied by the same author that this latter province was in connection with a southern ocean, ex- tending into Brazil, until Hamilton time. On the other hand students are agreed that communication was maintained between the Appalachian province and that of the southern hemisphere during the mid-Devonic. Concerning the pathways that were open _ between the Appalachian and Eurasian provinces during the Middle -and later Devonic there are still some differences of opinion. It will be observed accordingly, that the Devonic in this country was preeminently an era of provincial development of marine faunas. Furthermore it appears that diversity in this respect is more strongly marked in the Appalachian region, where there were varying conditions of sedimentary deposition, than in the Cordilleran and continental border regions, where these conditions were more uniform. Thus, in the eastern province, as Professor Williams has pointed out, diversity and alternation of deposits are accompanied by numerous successive and distinct faunas; in the extreme western regions, uniformity of prevailing calcareous sedimentation for long periods is characterized by the abnormally long continuance of many _ Devonic species; and the central continental province, midway _ between the two, is marked by the unmistakable recurrence of _ Devonic species well along into the Carbonic. Another noteworthy _ feature of the Devonic which has been developed very fully and _ clearly by the painstaking investigation of Dr Clarke is that faunal - changes within the ancient Appalachian sea are sometimes so pre- - cisely indicated that it is possible, as in the case of the Portage group, to trace the boundaries not only of local provinces, but of local subprovinces characterizing the stage in question. Thus, the _ Genesee province of the Portage is divided into Chautauquan .and _ Naples subprovinces on the basis of differences in their faunal facies; and an interesting peculiarity of the Naples subprovince is that, as stated by Dr Clarke ‘““with contemporaneous faunas of the Appalachian gulf” its fauna “has in its purity no organic relation, direct or sequential.” 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM It is very necessary to understand this matter of the provincial character of Devonic faunas in North America. Also, in tabulating _ the facts of distribution, one must keep in mind the inferred lines of intercommunication between those provinces that were connected, as well as the position of barriers between others that are known to have been separated. The data upon which our information in - regard to these matters reposes have been brought together chiefly by workers in invertebrate paleontology, and as the evidence at their disposal is enormous as compared with that obtained from a study of the vertebrates alone, no deductions drawn from the latter are likely to prejudice the results depending upon a different class of remains. In point of fact, no discoveries of fossil fishes have yet been made which tend to contradict or discredit conclusions. already established on the basis of fossil invertebrate evidence. The known distribution of the former is in all respects consonant with, and one is tempted to add, confirmatory of the principles that have been formulated from a study of the latter. We find simply that the more mobile free-swimming contingent of Devonic faunas followed the same routes and penetrated, probably with greater facility, into the same areas as the slower moving invertebrate associates of the original fauna, wherever we are able to trace its migrations. Nevertheless, some facts relating to the distribution of Devonic vertebrates stand out with such distinctness as to attract particular attention. The earlier Devonic horizons in New York State are singularly deficient in fish remains, and the faunas that appear suc- cessively in the Meso- and Neodevonic are introduced with little or no foreshadowing, save that the members of the Hamilton fish fauna are largely a residuum or evolution product of the preceding Onondaga congeries. Clearly, however, the Mesodevonic fish faunas are not indigenous in the Appalachian basin for we meet with practically the same assemblage in rocks of equivalent age elsewhere, as for instance, in the Eifel district (Calceola beds) and Bohemia (étages F* and G't-G?) ; and besides, the Oriskanian fauna contains no elements, so far. as known, out of which the Onondaga might have developed. The vertebrate portion of the latter is, therefore, quite unmistakably an immigrant fauna. That it did not come in from the northeast may be asserted with equal confidence, for none of its members are represented in the maritime provinces | of eastern North America, nor indeed, in the Lower Old Red sand-. stone of North Britain, Greenland or Spitzbergen. As in the case of the majority of invertebrates, the Onondaga fish fauna came in from the west, and in course of time very probably withdrew westward, many of its characteristics persisting into the Hamilton of the western interior province. The Hamilton piscine fauna is so obviously the descendant of the preceding Onondaga, and these two together have so much in common with the Eifelian, Bohemian and Russian Mesodevonic, as to confirm in the strongest possible manner the contention of Professors Clarke and Schuchert that the ~ Ulsterian and Erian should be recognized as divisions of the Middle Devonic. — FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 53 Attention has been called by Professor Schuchert to the similarity between the Middle Devonic fauna of the Hudson Bay region, and that of the Mississippian Onondaga. A number of considera- tions are proffered to show that while each of these faunas has its _ individual facies, yet both are of that type which characterizes the _ American, in contradistinction to the Eurasian province; and more- _ over, they differ both in horizon and facies from the Stringocephalus zone of western and northwestern Canada. It is inferred, accord- ingly, that the Hudson Bay Devonic area was entirely shut off from communication with the Dakota sea, but on the other hand it is _ thought probable that intermittent connection existed between the _ former-basin and the Mississippian sea. An opening is also posited _ by the same writer, lasting throughout the Devonic, between the _ Appalachian and Eurasian provinces, the route leading through the so called Connecticut straits, thence along the Gulf of St Lawrence and across the Atlantic. Having established what seems to him a reasonable basis for the propositions just stated, Professor Schuchert sums up his conclusions in regard to Middle Devonic faunal distribution in the following paragraph: “The Onondaga fauna is the outgrowth of the Oriskanian fauna of the North Atlantic type plus the migration during Onondaga _ time of other North Atlantic forms by way of the Connecticut _ trough and invasions from the far south through the Indiana basin. _ The Hamilton fauna is the descendant of that of the Onondaga plus - North European migrants by way of the Connecticut trough, South American arrivals by way of the Indiana basin, and slight invasions from the Dakota sea by way of Traverse straits. These three openings then remained .in existence during the greater part of Upper Devonic time.” This rather full statement in regard to conceptual waterways has _ been made not for the purpose of criticism, but in order to synthesize as far as possible certain elements of apparently conflicting nature. The test of a sound judgment is its ability to unify various and sometimes even dissonant concepts. In the present instance it _ becomes necessary to reconcile with the evidence furnished by De iclderbergian and Oriskanian invertebrates in favor of an invasion from the northeast, certain other evidence that appears at first sight Biecordant. namely, the failure of any Lower Devonic vertebrates _ to take part in the migration. As will be seen from an inspection of the faunal lists, the abundant and rather diversified fish _ fauna occurring in the synclinal basin of the Restigouche ~ near Campbellton, N. B., is without a single representative in rocks of Lower or Middle Devonic age in the Appalachian province. No traits are observed in the Onondaga or Hamilton fish - faunas which can be ascribed to an immigration from eastern 3 Banda by way of the putative water route “called by Clarke the _ “Appalachian strait,” and by Dana the “ Connecticut trough,” which _ is supposed to have been open during the late Siluric and greater _ part of the Devonic. None of the Appaiachian Mesodevonic verte- _ brates can be regarded as the genetic descendant of forms that 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM existed at an earlier period in the maritime provinces in eastern North America. ‘The problem is to reconcile this diversity of evi- dence without contradiction, and it is believed that a solvent will be found in Dr Clarke’s recent determination of the Gaspé sand- stones as of later than Oriskanian age. In his sketch of the geology of Percé, published in 1904, Dr Clarke declared that the fairly rich marine fauna of the lower beds about Gaspé Basin reveals evidence of both early and late Devonic age, and that the prevailing sedimentation is of the same aspect as — characterizes both in New York and Europe the deposits of the Devonic or Old Red lakes and lagoons. This preliminary statement strikes at the root of the whole matter, and sounds the keynote of an interpretation which has since been more fully evaluated by the skilful New York State Geologist. The results of his extended investigation of the invertebrate paleontology of the Gaspé Devonic remain as yet unpublished, but an idea of their general import may be gathered from the following extract from a private communica- tion, which we are enabled to present here through the courtesy of Dr Clarke “The profusion of evidence that has been obtained from a study of invertebrate paleontology seems indubitably to indicate that the Gaspé sandstones are not of the geological age assigned to them by Logan and the Canadian geologists generally. That is to say, they are not Oriskanian, for, though they contain certain Oriskany species, these are the survivors of the earlier limestone faunas of that region persisting during the incursion of a distinctively Ham- ilton Lamellibranch and Brachiopod fauna from the southwest. Dawson subdivided the Gaspé sandstone into three parts: the lower division coordinated with the Oriskany and Onondaga; the middle, equivalent to the Hamilton group; and an upper conceived to be equivalent to the Chemung. This entirely arbitrary subdivi- sion was based upon the distribution of the terrestrial flora, and is not, I think, in any way borne out by the present evidence. The weakness of the comparison lies in the attempt to correlate with true marine deposits the very heavy mantle of sands of telluric, delta or lagoon origin conformable in every way physiographically to the Old Red deposits elsewhere, the few marine fossils which it contains being the accumulation of overwash from outside during times of stress. Ells and Low have suggested the probability that the fish-bearing beds at Scaumenac and Campbellton were laid down in an area separated from the more northerly region by barriers of old land, and in my judgment this is an entirely probable condition, not eliminating the possibility of connection between the two basins at some point further westward.” - ; Indeed, as early as 1883, it was noted by R. W. Ells that a number of invertebrate fossils from the northern limit of the Gaspé Devonic were “ strongly typical of the Hamilton formation,” thus leading to the inference that “the Gaspe sandstone series, of the coast, is - probably of the same age, though the absence of typical shells in a large portion of it makes their separation more difficult.” The FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 55 same author had previously described the beds at Campbellton, N. B., before they were found to contain fish remains, and had pronounced upon their equivalence with the lower part of the Gaspé sandstones. This opinion was based upon evidence of paleobotany, and, having been confirmed a few years afterward by J. W. Dawson, is now generally accepted. Indeed, Logan seems to have entertained simi- lar views as early as 1863 [Geol. Can. p. 450]. As for the plant and fish-bearing beds at Scaumenac bay, on the Quebec side of the Restigouche, these are asserted by Dawson to be ‘no doubt the equivalents and continuation of the upper part of the Gaspé sand- stones.” In the absence of a more precise indication of their age, these beds are commonly referred to as Upper Devonic, and their vertebrate content favors that conclusion. In the light of Dr Clarke’s coordination of the Gaspé sandstone series with rocks of Postoriskanian age, we are no longer required to look in that direction, nor to the probably contemporaneous Camp- bellton fauna for the origin of the Onondaga fish fauna found in New York State. On the other hand it may be conceded as rather more likely that there was some movement among vertebrate organ- isms in the reverse direction, for such an hypothesis would account for the presence of a typical Onondaga species, Machaeracan- thus sulcatus, at different levels in the Gaspé series (Logan’s Divisions 1 and 6). The genus Cephalaspis is common to both the Gaspé series and Campbellton beds, and together with the majority of forms from the latter horizon_is indicative of Old Red sandstone conditions. Reverting now to the Hudson Bay Middle Devonic fauna, we find that, as listed by Whiteaves, it is unmistakably of about the same age as the Onondaga. According to Schuchert, its faunal facies “is more that of the Mississippian type than any other known in Bamerica. This similatity is therefore held to indicate that there was at least intermittent connection between the two basins during Onondaga time, and persisting well into the Hamilton. It is ad- mitted, however, that the question as to how the stream of migration _ entered the Hudson Bay area during the Middle Devonic is not so _ easy to answer. Precisely at this point some light is thrown on the ' problem by vertebrate paleontology. A number of specimens of Sereacropetalichthys sullivanti (=M-~- rapheide- Tabis) are recorded by Bell and Whiteaves from the country immediately west and south of Hudson and James bays. This exclusively Onondaga species (Mr Schuchert inadvertently calls it _ a Hamilton fossil) is most abundant in Ohio and Indiana, and _ decidedly less common in New York State. The same genus, repre- sented by some two or three species, occurs also in the Eifelian Devonic, which is equivalent practically to the Onondaga, and in the slightly earlier horizon in Bohemia designated as étage Gt. No trace of it occurs, however, in the Mesodevonic of the maritime provinces of eastern North America. One may readily infer that _ this genus and its various associates are indigene in Bohemia, a part of the vertebrate fauna from étage G! being inceptive in étage F. 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Thence it spread northeastward into Russia, westward into the Eifel District, and northwestward into the Hudson and James Bay region. From this latter region we may suppose it to have passed south- ward through Ontario by means of a passageway connecting with the Appalachian gulf over the area that is now occupied by Ohio and Indiana, where the fauna reached its climacteric. The most conspicuous elements of the fauna are Arthrodires and Ptyctodonts, groups which began immediately upon their introduction to attain a most remarkable development. Throughout the Hamilton and later Devonic, conditions must have been eminently favorable in the Appalachian sea for the further specialization of armor-clad Dip- noans of the type represented by Dinichthys and its congeners. Like their earliest predecessors, they became of greatest importance locally in Ohio. The wide interest to all concerned with the philosophy of paleon- tology and the far-reaching significance of such detailed investiga- tions as are brought together here, are very effectively set forth in the following paragraphs. . There are no other means for attaching significance to a truth | except by perceiving its relations to other truths. Thus far we have been concerned principally in assembling, and to some slight extent in correlating recognizable truths; in a word, facts of observation have been brought into orderly array. The next step is to examine them in their bearing upon other known facts, to deduce their gen- eral significance, and to assign to the results a commensurate worth in surveying the whole field of paleontological inquiry. ‘The ulti- mate yield of scientific study is the fruition of philosophical ideas. To obtain a large perspective of the body of facts at our disposal, it is desirable to marshal them in different ways, and to examine them from different points of view. Their relevancy from a geological standpoint needs consideration, with the object of draw- ing from them conclusions of geological import. In still larger measure it behooves us to consider them as an increment to zoologi- cal science, compacting its substantial framework and vastly extend- ing our knowledge of the evolutionary history of organisms. Are we proposing to ourselves an explanation of life, our vision must include not only living matter as we find it today, but also those manifestations of it that existed in the remote past. Side by side with the development of the individual we must examine the evolu- tionary history of the race. The more we learn of vital processes now operating, the better able are we to understand their operation in times anterior to our own. Comparisons that are enlightening when made between members of the modern fauna may often be profitably extended so as to include members of extinct faunas. Where the time element acts as an impediment to our studies it must be eliminated so far as possible. Zoology of the past does not differ in essence from zoology of the present, any more than ancient history differs fundamentally from modern. _ es ee ee i ? a, SY See ee FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTCR i907 5? Among other large problems that suggest themselves in reviewing our knowledge of Devonic fishes are those relating to the habits and mode of life of the creatures represented, their adaptation to physical environment, the effects of such adaptation as manifested in their structural modifications and subsequent racial history, and finally the important topics of migration and geographical distribu- tion. All of these issues, though subsidiary to the main theme, offer nevertheless fruitful fields for exploration. It would take us too far astray from the immediate purpose of this paper to consider all of these matters seriatim, particularly as materials are already at hand for those who may wish to pursue them further. For instance, in regard to the habits and mode of existence of ancient forms of fish life, many suggestive hints are contained in the writings of Claypole, Dollo, Jaekel, Kemna and others. A large and very important literature exists on the subject of faunal migrations in general, and geographical distribution, which will be referred to later. The question of adaptation to environ- ment has been less fully treated than others in the above category, since, from the nature of the case, our information is more deficient in this respect. The viewpoint, however, is exceedingly instructive, and such light as is obtainable from it is most welcome. ‘That we have not overstated the truth must be clear to all who have gained a right understanding of the working of this principle in analogous cases. As convenient an illustration as any is furnished by human history. One of the notable phenomena in the annals of mankind, and one of the most beneficent in its subtle and far-reaching conse- quences, is the marvelous civilization attained by the ancient Hellenes. Yet the unfolding and superb blossoming of the flower of Greek genius, together with its rare beauty while it lasted — this surprising spectacle utterly fails of comprehension except as we take ~ account of influences of heredity and environment. ‘To understand Athenian character and habits, or to attempt to account for that civilization which flourished, as Milton says, Where on the Aegean shore a city stands Built nobly, pure the air, and light the soil, it is above all things imperative to understand the conditions of Attic soil and climate. For as soon as one inquires critically into the physical surroundings of the classical Athenian, one discovers that his culture is not primarily dependent upon his peculiar character, but is very largely the resultant of his outward circumstances, and influenced to a marked degree by his climate. . One perceives, there- fore, that ample justification exists for the following statement, taken from a very readable work on classical antiquity (Tucker’s Life in Ancient Athens), with which we will conclude our remarks on this head: “From the bare facts that the Athenian lived in a land which supplied a frugal and simple, but sufficient and wholesome diet, in a climate which makes for sociable outdoor life without producing languor, in an atmosphere which sets off whatsoever things are 58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shapely and beautiful, ona soil furnished with a plentiful supply of excellent material for plastic art — from these simple facts should we start before we attempt to understand those ways which char- acterize what is loosely called his ‘ civilization.’ ” There is yet another way in which we may view the sum total of facts resulting from paleontological inquiry, or even the small part of it which is here brought together. We may seek to interpret our collection of facts from the humanistic standpoint. Granted that this knowledge does not appreciably affect our vital interests, what is it worth to us in other respects? How far does knowledge of this sort tend to enlarge human consciousness? Does reflection upon it tend to vivify our perception of the workings of natural law? And if so, does there not arise from fulness of perception a keener sense of the nobility and dignity of the relation man bears to the wonderful planet he inhabits, and is there not a quicker response on his part to the suggestions which that clarified sense awakens? ‘There can be but one answer to this last question. It is inevitable that there should be a prompt and vigorous response from within when once it is realized that “ whatever else man may be, he is the sum of a series of actions linked with all that has gone on before upon this earth.” The experience is no less common in paleontology than in other sciences that, after one has gained suffi- cient insight, ideas and impressions of a certain sort enter our minds, sharpen our vision, and enlarge our mental horizon by elevating us to a summit of observation unattainable before. Pos- sibly there belongs to paleontology an even larger quota of these emancipating conceptions than is true of other sciences, in view of its predominant historical interest — being, as it were, a limitless extension of universal history. To realize to some extent what the loss of these emancipating conceptions would mean to us, it is only necessary to contrast the olden-time idea of creation with modern evolutionary beliefs. Or, regarding the paleontological record as the continuous unfolding of © consciousness, whose beginnings are coeval with the origin of pro- toplasm, and whose crowning resultant is man, we may picture to ourselves the contracted outlook, the void in our knowledge, and the impoverishment of ideas that would be our portion in case no documents had been preserved to instruct us of the far distant past. Imagine our loss were the records of early human history obliter- ated. What would be our poverty had the grandeur of Rome been dissolved into a mass of meaningless ruins, had the splendid story of Greece and Athens been blotted out, had we remained uncon- scious that Marathon was ever fought, or that such a one as Socrates had ever lived; had we no line from Homer, no thought from Plato, no inspired word from Palestine vibrating through the ages! Again let it be said that conceptions of ‘this nature are not foreign to the scope or peculiar province of paleontology. They are, in fact, inherent in all science; they are not mixed with it, but combined with it, and hence do not properly form either its distillate or residuum. If there be any who question how far these ideas are relevant to the Se a ee ee - etd yo FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I907 59 study of fossil fishes, we may be allowed to recommend all such to read the lives of Louis Agassiz and Hugh Miller, especially the recent character study of the latter by Mr Mackenzie (1906). An answer is recorded there so plainly that he who runs may read. Wherever the work of Miller is remembered and appreciated, it is not for the value of his discoveries, nor for his contributions to science, but for the native shrewdness, clearness, intensity and discernment with which he drew philosophical conclusions from the study of nature. And his impulse in this direction was first quickened and set in motion by his discovery of fish-bearing nodules in the Old Red sandstone of the north of Scotland. We can not forbear in this connection to quote the following passage from an address delivered a few years ago by M. Albert Gaudry, president of one of the sections of the French Academy: “ Quand on passe a Cromarty, dans le Nord de 1’Ecosse, on aper- coit une colonne érigée en l’honneur de l’ouvrier carrier Hugh Miller ; en cassant des pierres, l’ouvrier de Cromarty admirait qu’on y trouvat des créatures fossiles, et il en tirait des pensées si hautes qu’ il est devenu un des paléontologistes célebres de la Grande-Bre- tagne. Beaucoup de gens sont comme Miller: c’est chose étonnante que l’ardeur avec laquelle, dans tous les pays du monde, on brise les roches pour surprendre les secrets des temps passés: batis hier, les Musées de paléontologie sont aujourd’ hui trop petits.” Graptolites of New York. At this writing the second volume (Memoir 11) of the monograph of the Graptolites, prepared by Dr Rudolf Ruedemann is leaving the press. Volume 1 (Memoir 7) on the species of the earlier rocks was issued in 1905. The present work embraces the later forms and completes the subject embracing most if not all species reported from the United States of this interestiug and long extinct group of organisms. In this volume there are altogether 149 species and varieties of graptolites described. The greater part of these come from the upper part of the Lower Siluric (Champlainic), the great majority from the Trenton shales ; a smaller part from the Siluric zones distinguished in the upper part of the Lower Siluric, which broadly correspond to the Black river. —lower Trenton, middle—upper Trenton, Utica and Lorraine beds. All of these can be correlated with well known Euro- _ pean zones. In view of the fact that the slate belt of eastern New York has furnished a practically complete succession of graptolite beds, ex- tending from the top of the Cambric to nearly the top of the Lower Siluric, the conditions of deposition of graptolite beds are fully investigated and the conclusion reached that graptolite shales are, as a rule, deposited in the same region for longer intervals than most other fossiliferous rocks, This leads to the inference of the 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM origin of their beds in deeper parts of the sea than most of the fossiliferous rocks. This conception is found to be in full accord with the views held by Suess, Neumayr and Haug in regard to the deeper sea origin of the deposits in geosynclines and is also appli- cable to the Paleozoic Appalachian geosyncline, as far as the Lower Siluric era is concerned. The graptolite shales of the Appalachian geosyncline reappear in Arkansas and the Indian Territory and again in the Rocky mountains, but are absent in the’vast intervening area. These facts suggest that the Appalachian and Rocky moun- tains geosynclines were connected in the south by a westerly bend of — the Appalachian geosyncline now buried in the Gulf of Mexico or | the Gulf States, a northern embayment of which is, however, still exposed in Arkansas and the Indian Territory. A syneptic view of the genera of the graptolites of the Uniked States 1s given. This brings out graphically the fact of three suc- cessive culminating periods of the graptolites, each marked by the appearance of a new group or order that has given to the class a new lease of life by advancing to a new structure. The first of these is the dichograptid culmination in the Beekmantown shale; the next the dicellograptid-diplograptid climax in the Trenton shale and the last the monograptid culmination in the Siluric. The structural | and phylogenetic causes of these culminations will be made-the subject of a separate study. A separate chapter is devoted to the morphology of the spines of the graptolites since these represent one of the striking features cf numerous forms. It is found that in the great majority of forms the spines are placed distinctly on the most exposed parts in response to stimuli from the environment. In many others (dwarfed phylo- genetic forms) a general spinosity is clearly but an expression of . waning vital power and in a third important group, the most typical representative of which is Glossograptus, a general spinosity is produced by a tendency to repetition of the lateral spines commonly found in any graptolite at the sicular extremity. In Lasiograptus and related forms finally the spines were found to result from the — suppression of thecal structures caused by restraint of environment, or in an endeavor to lighten the periderm. | Another chapter was invited by the multitude of forms of the appendages of the sicular extremity of Climacograptus bicornis occurring in the Normanskill shales. It was found that the several varieties based on the forms of these appendages are all connected by transitions and represent one complex system mark- FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 61 ing the climacteric period of the species. In a further chapter the ‘possible influence of the presence of spines on the development of _a retioloid structure in the periderm is investigated and the inference attained that even the spinose forms of Diplograptus possess in - their thick periderm a layer of retioloid meshes, and of stronger ledges, and that the development of this layer is roughly propor- _ tional to that of the spines. This cause has cambined with the .tendency of the rhabdosomes to become lighter after the floating and swimming habit had been adopted, and produced the order _ Retiolitidae with a reticulate periderm. _ The dilatations, “disks,” wings or vesicles of the nemacaulus of _ Diplograptus, Climacograptus and Cryptograptus are separately con- sidered and evidence brought forward to show that they were 4 inflations of the outer periderm of the nemacaulus through which _ the virgula or axis passes uninterrupted. | The verification by a recent investigation by Schepotieff, of a ' former observation by the writer, that the axis of the sicula (the _ virgula) passes through the nemacaulus and into the rhabdosome, is discussed in a further chapter. Other chapters on the morphol- ogy of the graptolites are devoted to the asymmetric section of the _ thabdosome in some graptolites (as Climacograptus typi _ calis), to the axes of the Dicranograptidae, the morphology of the thecae of the Dichograptidae and Dicranograptidae. _ In a part entitled “ Notes on Phylogeny ” the phylogenetic rela- - tions of the Leptograptidae and Dicranograptidae are first discussed and the derivation of Dicranograptus from Dicellograptus shown. an is argued that the branches of the Dicranograptidae formed Boecther always a more or less slender double spiral whereby certain _ advantages of the arrangement of the thecae and a great elasticity of the suspended rhabdosome were attained, but at the same time the strain at the further (sicular) end where the two branches are _ connected, increased ; hence the formation of the biserial portion in ‘Dicranograptus to strengthen this end. __ A synoptic and synonymic list of graptolites recorded from North America concludes the general part of the memoir. A Devonic brittlestar In a recent publication’ I called incidental attention to the dis- covery by D. D. Luther of specimens of Helianthaster in the Portage _ (Cashaqua) shales at Interlaken, N. Y. a village lying on the divide _ * Report State Paleontologist 1906, p. 36. ~ 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM between Seneca and Cayuga lakes. The discovery was an inter- esting one as the genus had not before been known in the American Paleozoic rocks, but no attempt was then made to analyze the struc- ture of the specimens. A halftone plate of the better of the two individuals found was given and the intimation made that the species was not identical with the German H. rhenanus F. Roemer, the only form hitherto referred to the genus. The publication of this figure induced Prof. H. P. Cushing of Adelbert College, to call my attention to a slab of similar fossils in his possession which had years ago been acquired by the late Samuel G. Williams while pro- fessor of geology at Cornell University. This specimen has been placed in my hands; it is from the Portage beds at Earl’s quarry, Ithaca. : We have now five individuals of this species of Helianthaster, the two from Interlaken of which one displays the ventral aspect of the arms and the other appears to be an external cast of the same side of another individual; both of these are damaged about the oral region. The Earl’s quarry slab carries three individuals all in ven- tral aspeet, and all casts. Of one of these the mouth partouame missing but in the other two they are retained, in one particularly well. Not long ago I was successful in obtaining a magnificent specimen of Helianthaster from Bundenbach which has admirably lent itself to preparation and which elucidates some points of struc- ture not recited by Sttirtz in his admirable account of the structure of H. rhenanus and is indeed of much more commanding proportions than the material illustrated by that author. As this genus is a novelty in New York paleontology it is of interest to call attention to these recent discoveries with such detail as the preservation of the specimens permits. Helianthaster, from its original description by F. Roemer! was a hardly recognizable genus. It was only after Sttirtz rediscovered and analyzed the species from the Bundenbach shales that an approximate conception of this very commanding ophiuran was attained? and it is in the light of these determinations alone that the specimens here con- sidered can be intelligently interpreted. A In regard to Helianthaster rhenanus the description given by Roemer in founding the genus [op. cit. p. 147] was based on specimens pyritized but involved in the shale in the usual mode of preservation of the Bundendach starfish and no attempt was * Paleontostaphica, 1602). v.04). . * Paleontographica. 1885. 32. 81, pl. 8, fig. 3, 3a; 1880,:36.: 216, pl 2G; Gat 14, 15); USaeepls: 27/18. Ted ~ ™, 4 , re Hs Pa j Can” ae el P {a ye ee is nd SE a tt i CL AE PS i a ln, a a i a is Io Plate areata Palak yi Roemer ced; Helianthaster rhenanus F. entral aspect the v showing 7) slightly redu > , pl. 36, aleontographica, vy. figure (P. tirtz’s Ss ~ Saennios mnie | Petes. pee ee MR e base of each arm is narrow, long and acute, much more 63 ix and not the assigned ‘PER1H) imerous _ mostly 2 of the st equal Ierican ptical. yalum ‘e more pared to ompared on none inct evi- 2 closely t of the reserved ig inter- stead of us it is inct and mounced lich take ojections irable te ke the~ ength ot vation as is repre- he latter stinguish ssigns to row and member ting oral ate these of these angle at extreme / / x. | iN Ves . "they pets ‘ geet i oT an ACU NAY gy trey oS Vets CHORE be FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 63 “made to solve the difficult problem of removal of the matrix and exposure of structural details. Roemer figured the best but not the largest cf his specimens [pl. 28] and the number of arms assigned by him to this species is 16. Stiirtz finds this number also (14-16). At all events the species is large and its arms relatively numerous in contrast with other Paleozoic ophiurans. The disk is mostly covered by the converging arms and the length of any one of the "latter from the point where it becomes free to its tip is almost equal ‘to the axis of the disk which in both the German and American specimens seems not to be normally circular but often elliptical. = the New York specimens, Helianthaster gyalum mov, are Simaller than H.rhenanus., The arms are more “numerous and appear to be quite uniformly 24-25. Compared to HH. rhenanus they are relatively short, but very long compared “with the size of the disk which is much suppressed, and on none of the specimens, all showing the oral surface, is any distinct evi- “dence of it visible, so deeply do the arms cut into it and so closely do they lie together. Notwithstanding this apparent retreat of the i disk the madreporiform plate is very large. This organ is preserved in but one example and but here it overlaps two adjoining inter- Brachial angles and the mouth parts pertaining thereto. Instead of being a flat or concave elongate plate as in H. rhenanus it is “highly convex and circular; its surface markings less distinct and coarse than in that species. _ The great oral aperture is margined by a series of pronounced “jaws” or sharp projecting elevated angles the sides of which take ‘origin from the margins of adjoining arms. These oral projections ‘are sligintly expanded at their tips into blunt points comparable te but smaller than the “ Hocker” of H. rhenanus but like the RS parry small spines projecting inward. The solidity and strength ot _ these mouth parts is indicated by their prominence and elevation as : Bsn in figure. It is probable that in this expression there is repre- “sented a combination of dorsal and ventral structure with the latter ! Pp edominant by compression. Stiirtz has been able to distinguish the dorsal and ventral details in H. rhenanus and assigns to “the former a pair of divergent thickened crescentic narrow and vertical plates departing from the axis of each arm and each member joining cne of the adjacent pair, thus producing the projecting oral processes. In our specimens it is not possible to discriminate these | structures further than to recognize in them a combination of these ral plates with the spinous oral processes. The reentrant angle at | the base of each arm is narrow, long and acute, much more extreme is i: a -. a ye 64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM : { in these respects’ than Amen + or henanu s and very much more elevated. In the structure of the arms there is essential agreement with that described for H. rhenanus. On the ventral aspect there are. two rows of plates “in corresponding condition to each other, which never touch along the arm axis.” Apparently in H. gyalum there is a slight tendency to alternation of opposite ventral plates as shown on the mold of these structures in the Ithaca specimen. The separation of these series of ventral plates is exhibited on the mold as a solid uninterrupted ridge representing a longitudinal slit. The lateral plates are well defined and bear several spines each, in con-_ tradistinction to the German species which is described as having but a single spine on cach lateral. F A comparison of Sturtz’s — complete adaaes of. H@ rhenanus and the specimen of Helianthaster from the Bunden- bach slates obtained by-me as that species, leads to the impression that they are not the same. The differences will be seen on exam- ination of the figures here given of each. Stiirtz’s H. rhenanus has the free arms relatively very long, the disk correspondingly small, the reentrant angles of the disk heavily plated. The last named structures seem entirely absent on my specimen though the specimen presents a very clear oral surface; moreover the arms number 28 in contrast to the usual 14-16 of H. rhenanus, and both lateral and dorsal plates are enormously spinous. I think the differences are sufficiently distinctive to justify the designation of this species aa H. roemeri. ; FIELD MEETING OF AMERICAN GEOLOGISTS The Geological section (E) of the American Association for the Advancement of Science held a summer field meeting at and near Plattsburg, N. Y., July 3-11, inclusive, to which all members of the Geological Society of America and the Association of American Geographers were invited. The itinerary for these meetings was planned and guided by members of the staff of this survey and as the excursions and addresses were most instructive and given under most favorable skies to a large company of geologists, an account of the proceedings, taken from the report of the secretary, Dr F. P Gulliver io nea 27 1997] is inserted here. Covey hill. This ie of some 30 miles from Mooers, N. Y., across) the Canadian boundary was exceedingly interesting to all students ' ojejd w41o0ft10doipeul sy} pure : « SMUL,, PoyeAaa oy} SUIMOYS SustUTIeds oY} JO OO JO pjow Y ‘un, eAS 194SeyY}Ue =| ee x Helianthaster gyalum. A slab bearing a number of specimens: from the Portage beds, Earl’s quarry, Ithaca wae PE FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 65 of glacial geography. ‘The marine and glacial shore lines were visited on the route westward from Mooers, and the party stopped for lunch in “ The Gulf,” near the two lakes which show the location of the gorge that represents the ancestor of Niagara. The noon talk, given by J. B. Woodworth, who has worked out the glacial history of this region, was on - | Abandoned shore lines At “ The Gulf” Professor Woodworth spoke in substance as fol- lows: “ The Gulf” and Covey hill north of it constitute a locality of critical importance in the study of water levels in the Champlain and St Lawrence valleys. ‘The Gulf” pertains to the closing stages of the great ice-dammed lakes which formed in front of the ice in its retreat from the territory of the United States. When _ “The Gulf” was being excavated by a powerful torrent of water, _ the ice sheet still hugged the northern side of Covey hill, itself the northermost spur of the Adirondacks. The waters which entered “ The Gulf” came from the west, the region of Lake Iroquois, whose waters would have taken this path after the ice retreat offered a lower outlet than that at Rome. The waters passed from “ The Gulf” into Lake Vermont, the preglacial lake occupying the valley. of the present Lake Champlain. Lake Vermont could not at this stage of its existence have risen above "the surface of the water in the waterfall pools of “The Gulf.” The lower lake is now 645 feet above sea level. The sea could not at this latitude have stood higher than the bottom of “ The Gulf.” With the further retreat of the ice from the northern slope of : o i Covey hill the water, which had previously discharged through = “The Gulf ” on the south side of the hill, flowed around the north- os : ' — oh Site vo ie ai che M) Ae aie 4 Fi b) oes 7 tens a -- a ‘ i eels 7 ve sir’ ) ad LPN 4 , ? fan Wa erst ™ 4 vere , - 4 ern slope of the hill and emptied into the sea. The salt water came in, and the history of the great glacial lake was completed. Signs of wave action occur on the Champlain side of the Adiron- = dacks as high as 720 feet, but these higher water levels do not continue about the northern side of Covey hill north of “ The Gulf.” __ A good heach is continuous from the Champlain valley about Covey hill into the upper St Lawrence valley with an altitude of 450 feet at Covey hill. Higher signs of probable wave action occur up to 570 feet, merging into beaches evidently made by torrential waters confined between the hillside and the retreating ice front. “The Gulf” was properly understood by Ebenezer Emmons to have been made by a powerful torrent flowing where now no stream 66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM can flow. Gilbert, with the knowledge of the glacial theory, sought for a torrent spillway along the retreating ice sheet, and considered “The Gulf” the outlet for the glacial waters. “ The Gulf” there- fore is an integral part of the wonderful story of the great glacial | lakes, and the political chance which has drawn the boundary line between Canada and the United States across “ The Gulf” serves doubly to remind us of its living type, the gorge of Niagara. On Thursday, July 4, those who had taken the preliminary trip to Covey hill drove from Mooers southward to West Chazy along many abandoned shore lines, at elevations varying from 300 to 600 feet above the present sea level. At West Chazy others joined the party from Plattsburg, and all met on Cobblestone hill, where a halt was made for an hour to study the remarkable beaches of cobbles show- ing pronounced bars, spits and hooks, at levels of 600 feet and ovér above sea level. , These beaches of heavy glacial detritus were laid down in a fresh- water glacial lake, when the ice stood a short distance north of this point, by the waters discharging from the northwest over Flat Rock — from the Altona spillway. Thence the party drove across the nah Potsdam sandstone over the Altona spillway, where striking evidences were seen of the scour- ing action of torrential glacial waters. After lunch at a spring of , water running from the Potsdam sandstone in the spillway the party listened to a.talk by, Prof. H. L: Fairchild on | Lake Iroquois extinction Lake Iroquois was the great glacial water held in the Ontario basin while the Laureatian ice mass occupied the St Lawrence valley and forced the overflow by the Rome outlet to the. Mohawk and Hudson valleys. This original Iroquois outlet was effective for several thousand years, and determined the water level for nearly the whoie existence of the glacial waters. When the ice body weakened, and the front receded on the salient which projects northeastward from the Adirondacks into Canada, a lower escape for the ice-dammed waters was opened across the Covey hill ridge, precisely at the International boundary. “The. Gulf,”as it is locally known, 1s a sreat cut in Potsdans sandstone, long since noted by Emmons and Gilbert, and recently described by Woodworth. The present altitude of the head of the Covey outlet is over goo feet, but at the time it was opened the | locality was about 460 feet lower than today, and the initiation of epvury “[IfF{ AsAoD fo odojs yjtou “yovog VI 93eId vprur’) ¢ IH AeaAog fo odoys yy SOU 6 yoo epeury ‘I[I_{ A9A0D —_ o> ae “KON “euoiry TY IUO}SITCQO*) ‘1eq fo puo poAtne ZI 93eId a C ' dinjoid UL YOooysET “HE “D Jossoforg “A “N ‘“VuoiyY TY suoj}sojqqopD At s. ik Et & { QI 23eId a FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 67 the river flow must have been inferior to the Rome level, which is - now 440 feet. After at least many centuries of flow this predecessor of the St Lawrence river, carrying the overflow of the second stage of Iroquois waters (or Hypo-Iroquois), was extinguished by the ice recession opening a yet lower pass, on the north slope of Covey hill. This third phase of the Iroquois waters was short-lived and — of rapidly falling levels, the river flow past the ice front only terrac- ing the sandstone slope. When the waters were lowered about 450 feet below the Gulf channel, they became confluent with the oceanic waters, and the Ontario basin was occupied by the Gilbert gulf, a branch of the Champlain or Hochelagan sea. | _ On Friday the parties from Mooers and Plattsburg met at Chazy where Professor Cushing and Dr Ruedemann showed the visiting geologists many interesting features of the Chazy limestone, the local succession of beds, the characteristic fossils, the faults, and the dissection which have produced the present topography. After supper, while waiting for the train to Plattsburg, the party sat on the hotel porch and listened to a talk by Dr R. Ruedemann on _ The Lower Siluric paleogeography of the Champlain basin _ The relations of the faunas of the Beekmantown, Fort Cassin, Chazy, Black River, Trenton, and Utica beds to those of the At- lantic and Pacific basins and the Mississippian sea were discussed, _and by means of these relations the probable marine connections of the Chazy basin and the Levis channel with the oceanic basins traced. It was suggested that the Beekmantown sea, while extending as far as the Newfouncland embayment, held an American epicontinental fauna; that the Fort Cassin fauna did not reach Canada, but flourished in the Appalachian trough to the south of the Chazy basin, aad also spread westward into the epicontinental sea. The typical Chazy fauna is thus far recorded only for the Chazy basin 7 and the southern Appalachian trough. It extended as far as the Mingan islands, and came probably from the Atlantic basin. There is also evidence that it had some connection with the American epicontinental sea. The Biack River and Trettor faunas, while largely American in _ their aspects, contain European species as the first of the Lower _ Siluric; and the connection of the Trenton sea with the Atlantic ocean can not be doubted. In Utica time the channel became so 68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM - wide that an oceanic current could enter the epicontinental sea from tne northwest, bringing with it new faunal elements, and spreading ~ mud shales over a large area of eastern North America. The evidence ofa deeper sea in the Levis channel, furnished ag the series of. Lower Siluric graptolite shales, was also presented, and the relations of the graptolite shales to the mobile parts of the earth crust, the geosyuclines, briefly mentioned. Friday evening the party went to Cliff Haven, 3 miles south of Plattsburg, where the authorities of the Champlain Assembly had placed at the disposal of Section E the New. York cottage, in which the party were delightfully housed for five days. Excursions were made each day to various points, and in the evening all re- turned to the broad piazzas of the cottage, where they sat and dis- cussed the various trips, within a few feet of one of the striking | fault-line scarps of the region, looking out over the waters of Lake Champlain. On Saturday morning, July 6, the party gathered on the steam launch kindly furnished by the State of New York, and under the guidance of Professor Cushing, Dr Ruedemann and Professor Hud- ~ son, took a charming sail on Lake Champlain. The party visited Crab and Valcour islands and studied the Palezoic sediments which are there so beautifully exposed with their many interesting structural features. At noon the party enjoyed the delightful Hisnitaligy of Prof. and ~ Mrs George H. Hudson of Plattsburg at their charming camp on Valcour island. After lunch a talk was given by John M. Clarke on , : Lake Champlain Dr Clarke spoke of the origin of the Lake Champlain valley as — the result of a series of downthrown fault blocks having the evident aspect of a graben. He referred to the later evidence as confirm- atory of Logan’s conception of the Lake Champlain fault and indi- cated that this origin was borne out by the present attitude of the downthrown Paleozoics against the abrupt eastern scarps of the Adirondack crystalline shield. | Reference was also made by the speaker to the possibility that the geographical name Trembleau, which designates the prominent headland and mountain ridge just south of Port Kent, embodies the record of an ancient seismic disturbance, and with this as a text fuller reference was made to the Canadian earthquake of 1663 | ee ee ee “RON ‘tnooje A ‘purjostoy oyedsny 61 93e[q DR ONE PMB) AWS Wal 12S) a aD) 12 TY OZ 93e1d % . * + - + : ay. 9% rs / ? = FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 69 which appears from the records preserved in contemporary docu- ~ ments to be the severest disturbance this continent has ever suffered from terrestrial dislocations. This earthquake was evidently a movement of the Paleozoics against the crystalline shield along the course of the St Lawrence river or the St Lawrence fault, and its destructive efiects from Montreal down to Tadousac were tre- mendous. It seemed to the speaker quite reasonable to infer that this displacement must have been continued along the contact line of the Paleozoics and the crystallines in the direction of the Cham- plain fault, although the historic records for this region are very meager. After lunch the party divided, one portion spending the afternoon on the shores of Valcour island studying stratigraphy and paleon- tology. The others sailed southward to the delta of Ausable river, where a landing was made and photographs taken showing some of the recent shore-line changes. Thence this party sailed across the lake between Stave and Providence islands, and then northward along the Vermont shore, returning to Cliff Haven. In the evening in the auditorium of the Catholic Summer School the one formal gathering of the Plattsburg meeting took place. The Rev. John Talbot Smith LL.D., president of the summer school, welcomed the geologists in the name of the authorities of Champlain Assembly and introduced the vice president of Section E, Dr Alfred C. Lane, who gave his vice presidential address on the “ Early Sur- roundings of Life.” Prof. B. K. Emerson thanked the authorities of the Champlain Assembly for their hospitable reception of Section E. On Sunday various features of the local geology were visited by members of the section. Others attended services at the chapel on the grounds. _ At noon the party were entertained most delightfully by the Hon: - Smith M. Weed and his family at his summer home on the shores of Lake Champlain. In the afternoon another sail was taken in | a steam launch on Laxe Champlain. In the evening Prof. George H. Hudson, of the Plattsburg Normal School, showed the laboratories and some of the work of his stu- dents. The members then met in the science classroom, and listened to an informal talk by Professor Hudson on “ Blastoidocrinus and its Type,” illustreted by 50 lantern slides. The slides of Billings’s type were from negatives possessing an amplification of 10 diam- eters, and showed in a remarkable manner many points of structure 7O = NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM not before noted in the specimen. The outer folds of the hydro. spires were seen to extend under the interbrachials to the edges of the bibrachials. The position of the stem was shown to be not normal, as Billings supposed, but thrust up into the coelomic cavity and separating the basals from the radials. There were no features to show a specific difference between the Canadian type and the more perfect Valcour island specimen, but the type served to corrob- orate in a clear manner much of the detail worked out from the latter and published in Bulletin 107 of the New York State Museum. On Monday, July 8, the party went by train from Plattsburg to Lyon Mountain, and spent the day studying the magnetite mines under the guidance of Mr Newland. After lunch the section lis- tened to a paper by D. H. Newland on The iron ores of the Adirondack region Four varieties of iron ores are found within the limits of the Adirondack regicn, each constituting a more or less independent class of deposits as regards geological associations and mode of origin. The varieties are as follows: (1) nontitaniferous magnet- ites, (2) titaniferous magnetities, (3) hematites, (4) limonites. In respect to the relative age or period of formation, it is probable that the magnetites of class 1 are the oldest, since they antedate the metamorphism and structural disturbances that affected the region during Precambric times. ‘The titaniferous ores were formed before the oldest of the fossiliferous rocks of the region (the Potsdam sandstone) was deposited, and are generally regarded to be con- temporaneous with the igneous inclusions in which they occur. The hematite ores are probably later than the Potsdam; while the limo- nites have the character of bog ores and are relatively recent sur- face concentrations. The nontitaniferous magnetites are the most widespread of all the ores in their geographical distribution, and have been in the past and still are the main source of supply for the region. Ina strict sense they are hardly deserving of the name that has been applied to them by geologists, since they nearly always carry titan- ium, though the amount is small, usually but a fraction of one per cent. These ores are found in all parts of the Adirondacks, except the central which is occupied by the great gabbro-anorthosite mass. They are associated with different members of the Precambric crys- talline series including gneisses of igneous derivation with the mineralogy of granites and syenites, with gneisses of doubtful re- FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I907 71 lationships, and with the schists and limestones of the sedimentary (Grenville) type. Their origin is obscure, a problem that has been fruitful in discussion and theorizing among geologists. It is doubt- ful if any one of the explanations that have been advanced is satis- factory as a general basis for the whole group; rather it would seem that the varying conditions surrounding the character and associa- tions of the deposits indicate that they have been formed by a com- plexity of processes which may have differed materially in individual cases. The titaniferous magnetites are distinguished from those of the preceding group by their higher percentage of titanium, which ranges from about 3 or 4 per cent, as a minimum up to a maximum of 10 or 15 per cent, and by the fact that they are always inclosed by basic igneous rocks of the gabbro family. They have been de- scribed by Prof. J. F. Kemp as basic segregations formed during the cooling and consolidation of the wall rocks, an explanation that is generally regarded as correct. Some of the largest deposits of iron ores in the region belong to this class, those of Lake Sanford being specially extensive. After a long period of inactivity, due to the difficulties encountered in smelting the ores in the blast fur- naces, attention is now being directed to the deposits with a view to their utilization. It has been found that the ores in some cases at least are not simply magnetite carrying titanium uniformly through its mass, but that they consist of a mixture of magnetite and ilmenite, the former having almost no titanium, a condition that is favorable to their commercial treatment. The hematite ores are practically limited to the western Adiron- dack region of St Lawrence and Jefferson counties. In this area the Grenville schists and limestones attain wide development, form- ing an interbedded series which has been upturned and sharply folded. Granite intrsions are numerous, but there is a noticeable lack of the basic igneous rocks that occur abundantly in the central and eastern Adirondacks. The ore bodies consist of lenticular, tabular, or irregular masses inclosed within belts of the schist and limestone, or lying along the contact of these rocks as at the Cale- donia mine. Stringers and larger bands of ore often extend out from the main bodies for considerable distances into the foot and hanging walls. The deposits have originated, without much doubt, by a process of replacement. They grade at the borders into the wall rock and frequently inclusions may be found that show com- plete transition from the rock to the ore. Where the walls are 72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM schist, the ore often preserves the appearance of banding and cleay- age, and not uncommonly carries a small percentage of graphite, the only mineral that seems to have successfully resisted the solvent action of the iron-bearing solutions. As to the source from which the iron has come, the explanation advanced by C. H. Smyth jr, merits full acceptance since it meets the conditions surrounding the geology of the deposits. His theory is that the iron has been derived from pyrite and magnetite, which occur abundantly in the schist in the immediate vicinity of the ore bodies. By oxidation the pyrite would yield ferrous and ferric sulfates, which would be readily taken up by the underground circulations. Free sulfuric acid would also result and react upon the veins and disseminations of megnetite. By reaction with the limestone and the minerals of the schist, the solutions would de- compose and the iron precipitate as carbonate and limonite. By subsequent alteration these minerals have been changed to hematite. Residual masses of carbonate are occasionally found in the deposits. Whenever the Potsdam sandstone is found in contact with the ore, the lower layers show a deep iron stain, evidently the effect of impregnation by the iron-bearing solutions. The fcurth class of iron ores, the limonites, are not of much im- portance in the Adirondack region. The deposits are, as already stated, superficial accumulations due to the washing and leaching of the neighboring rocks and soils. They seldom, if ever, exist of sufficient size and richness to repay working, at least under present conditions. : On Tuesday an excursion to Keeseville and the Ausable chasm was made by train and tallyho. Professors Woodworth and Cush- ing showed the party the marine delta of the Ausable river, the former lake shore lines, the post-Hochelagan gorge of the Ausable river cut in Potsdam sandstone, the Potsdam conglomerate, the northern slope of Trembleau mountain, and the anorthosite. In the evening at the Champlain Club Prof. H. P. Cushing dis- cussed the Evidences of physical oscillations during the Cambro-Silurian in northeastern New York as broug!:t out by a general study of the stratigraphy of the region. There was a great Potsdam subsidence on the northeast, diminishing to zero westward. The succeeding Beekmantown depression en- croached further on the land than did the Potsdam on the southern Pa ae ee th tal Ww Te ee ane pane A ee ee ee Oe Pees eT Pee ie ! FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 73 ; margin of the region, but like that was greatest on the northeast. During the Beekmantown occurred an uplift which caused cessation of deposition in all the region except the eastern border, confining the later Beekmantown and the Chazy deposits to that district. Oscillation then occurred between the Beekmantown and the Chazy, pinching out the Chazy to the south. Depression then ensued on the south and west, and the Lowville beds were deposited. The Black River limestone followed, this being the first formation found on all three sides of the region, which indicates connecting waters and similar conditions on these sides. In the following Trenton time it seems likely that the waters nearly cverspread the entire present Adirondack region, though shore-line conditions and small subsidence are. SUE EIS of the Mohawk valley region. | | Utica shale conditions came in from the east, and gradually en- croached westward on the Trenton, so that the one thickens as the other thins, the Trenton thickest on the west, the Utica on the east. Following the Utica came the uplift which brought most of the region above sea level. On Wednesday, July 10, the party regretfully bade goodbye to the hospitable authorities of the Catholic Summer School, and took the delightful sail down Lake Champlain. At Baldwins, the steamboat terminal at the northern end of Lake George, the party were met by Prof. J. F. Kemp, by whom they were guided in the Lake George valley. The first stop was Hague, where the graphite bed at the Lakeside mine was studied. The bed is 10 feet thick, and consists of a graphite schist in which graphite supplies the micaceous mineral. Feldspar, quartz and a little pyrite constitute the associated minerals. In physical aspect the beds appear but slightly changed from a shaly sandstone. The floor and roof rocks are a garnet-feldspar gneiss with much silli- manite. The pegmatitic phases are frequent. The several methods of origin, organic; hydrocarbons akin to petroleum; the influence of eruptive rocks, etc., were passed in review. The forms of occurrence of graphite in the Adirondacks, in crystalline limestones, pegmatite veins, and schists or quartzites were set forth. The in- variable association even of the graphite-bearing pegmatites with Grenville sediments was emphasized, and the schists seemed most probably a metamorphosed carbonaceous sediment, or one which had been impregnated with a heavy oil. 74. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The party next visited the potholes on Indian Kettles point, 2 miles north of Hague. ‘These interesting relics of the glacial epoch are on a rocky point, and 15 feet or more above the present lake. In the evening a brief exposition of the local geology and phys- iography was given by J. F. Kemp, and illustrated by manuscript maps. ‘Ihe sediments of the Grenville series are the oldest rocks, now greatly metamorphosed. A syenitic series of eruptives, the most extensive of the local formations, succeeded the Grenville, and these are also greatly metamorphosed. ‘There are also rocks inter- mediate between syenite and gabbro; true gabbros and granites. Lastly came a few basaltic dikes. There are no late Paleozoics in the region, but the Potsdam and Beekmantown are near or in the Lake George basin. The physiography was believed by the speaker to be chiefly due to block faulting, which was freshened up by the ice-sculpturing of the glacial epoch. _ The next morning the party proceeded to Huletts, and visited an igneous contact on Tafts point. At Huletts dock interesting peg- matites and the effects of shearing and faulting were seen. Three ~ sets of displacement could be detected. The party were kindly taken about the lake by Dr Smith Ely Jeliffe in his launch, adding greatly to their pleasure and profit. After lunch in the charming summer home of Professor and Mrs Kemp the members continued south through the lake and dispersed. III REPORT OF Tok State BOrAaNisk: The State Botanist reports that the interval between the collecting seasons of 1906 and 1907 was devoted to office work which consists of the examination and identification as far as possible of unidenti- fied collected material and the accumulated contributed material, the preparation of the annual report and the incorporation of the new material in the herbarium. The field work has been principally a continuation of the investigation and collection of specimens of the Crataegus flora and mycological flora. Of the former, considerable collections have been made in two specially prolific localities, one near Corning, Steuben co., the other near Clayton, Jefferson co. Collections here were made both in the flowering and in the fruiting period oi these plants. The identification of much of this material has not yet been made. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 75 The season of 1907 has been singularly like that of 1906 in its unfavorable influence on the mushroom crop. [Frequent rains with prevailing low temperature occurred early in the season. ‘These were followed by a long period of dry weather which was exceed- ingly unfavorable to mushroom growth. Notwithstanding these adverse conditions about 25 species of fungi have been added to the list of already known New York species. Of these, seven appear to be new or undescribed. In addition to these, eight species of flowering plants have been added to the State flora, but four of these are introduced plants. One alga, one hepatic moss and Io lichens are among the additions to the flora. Most of these addi- tions are due to the interest and activity of correspondents. Speci- mens of plants of various kinds, representing 125 species not new to the herbarium, have been collected. These serve to illustrate better and more completely the range and variation of their respec- tive species. A list of the names of these and of those new to the herbarium accompanies this report. Tests have been made of the edibility of several species of mush- rooms. Eight of these have been approved and added to the list of edible fungi of New York, bringing the whole number up to 101. Descriptions and colored figures of these will be given in accordance with the plan recently followed. ; In answer to requests for information concerning plants either personally or by letter, 891 identifications of species have been made for 86 applicants. Stewart H. Burnham, assistant, has disinfected the collections of 1906 which needed such treatment, labeled and arranged them in their proper places, assisted in conducting the correspondence of the office, in the identification of specimens and in giving to inquirers the desired information concerning them. He has continued the work on a card catalogue of the fungi described by the State Bot- anist and prepared a list of these for publication. Species added to the herbarium New to the herbarium Ajuga reptans L.. Clitopilus subplanus Pk. Biatora prasina Fr. Crataegus anomala Sarg. Biatorella simplex (Dav.) B. & R. C. plana Sarg. Boletus niveus Fr. C. suborbiculata Sarg. Centaurea solstitialis L. Cronartium ribicola Dietr. Getratia glauca CL.) Ach. Diaporthe parasitica Murr. Chaetomium sphaerospermum C. & E. | Flammula pulchrifolia Pk. Cladonia bacillaris (Del.) Nyl. Galium erectum Huds. Clitocybe subcyathiformis Pk. Hygrophorus coloratus Pk. 76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM H. lacmus Fr. | Pholiota duroides Pk. Hypocrea polyporoidea B. & C. Physcia hypoleuca nee Tuck. Lactarius minusculus Burl. Polyporus spraguei B. & C Leaia piperata Banker Polystictus montagnei Fr. — Lecidea platycarpa Ach. Rinodina oreina (Ach.) Mass. Lophiotrema semiliberum (Desm.) Russula aeruginea Fr. Lotus corniculatus L. Sphaeropsis lyndonvillae Sacc. Metzgeria conjugata Lindb. S: persicae F. GB. Monilia crataegi Diedicke Stereocaulon coralloides Fr. Myxosporium necans Pk. Stropharia bilamellata Pk. Nolanea suaveolens Pk. © Trentepohlia umbrina (Kutz.) Born. Parmelia cetrata Ach. Tubercularia davisiana: Sacc. P.. perforata (Jacq.) Ach. Viola vagula Greene Not new to the herbarium Aecidium clematidis DC. Dasystoma virginica (L.) Britton Ae. grossulariae (Gmel.) Schum. Deconica bullacea Bull. Agaricus arvensis Schaeff. Dryopteris goldieana (Hook.) Gray Alsine longifolia (Muhl.) Britton Eleocharis ovata (Roth) R. & S. Amanita caesarea Scop. Erysimum cheiranthoides L. JAX formosa GiGi: Erysiphe polygoni DC. A. phalloides Fr. Euphorbia polygonifolia L. A. rubescens Fr. Flammula lubrica Fr. Amanitopsis farinosa Schw. _Fraxinus lanceolata Borck. A. vaginata (Bull.) Roze F. pennsylvanica Marsh. Aronia nigra (Willd.) Britton Fuligo ovata (Schaeff.) Macb. Aster divaricatus L. | Fusisporium destruens Pk. -A. panic. bellidiflorus (Wiilld.) Galium mollugo L. Blitum capitatum L. Habenaria blephariglottis (Willd.) Boletus albocarneus Pk. He ciliaris.” CL) Br. B. castaneus Bull. Helotium citrinum (Hedw.) Fr. B. chromapes Frost Helvella infula Schaef. B. clintonianus Pk. Hydnum fennicum Karst. B. elbensis Pk. H. septentrionale Fr. B. nebulosus PR. Hygrophorus borealis Pk. B. ravenelii B. & C. H. ceraceus Fr. B. subaureus PR. H. coccineus (Schaef. ). B. subtomentosus L. H. marginatus Pk. Calvatia elata (Mass.) Morg. H. pratensis (Pers.) Fr. Cantharellus cibarius Fr. Hypholoma candolleanum Fr. C. cinnabarinus Schw. H. capnoides Fr. C. floccosus Schw. . H. incertum Pk- C. minor PR: H. subaquilum Banning Carya amara Nutt. H. sublateritium (Schaeff.) C. glabra-odorata (Sarg.) Lactarius camphoratus Fr. Castanea dentata Borkh. L. insulsus Fr. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. L. oculatus (Pk.) Burl. Clitocybe amethystina (Bolt.) L. subdulcis Fr. C. candicans Fr. L. varius Pk. C. daccata ‘CScop ia Lentinus spretus Pk. Clitopilus caespitosus Pk. Lenzites separia Fr. Collybia acervata Fr. Lepiota acerina Pk. C. dryophila (Bull.) Fr. Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch C. lacunosa Pb. L. glabellum Pk. - C. platyphylla Fr. L. subincarnatum Pk. Conringia orientalis (L.) Dum. Marasmius glabellus Pk. Cortinarius torvus Fr. M. minutus PR. Crataegus bissellii Sarg. M. subnudus (Ellis) Pk. C. uniflora Moench. - Mycena rosella Fr. Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. Panus torulosus Fr. Cystopus amaranthi Berk. Paxillus involutus-Batsch FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR i907 Tie - Phlebia radiata Fr. / _ Pholiota aggericola Pk. P. caperata Fr. P. discolor Pk. ‘P. praecox Pers. Polyporus adustus Willd. P. betulinus Fr. -P. caesius Fr. P. cuticularis (Bull.) Fr. Polystictus biformis Klotz P. pergamenus Fr. Psilocybe conissans Pk. Puccinia andropogonis Schv. P. coronata Cd. Russula crustosa Pk. decolorans Fr. . emetica Fr. fallax Fr. obscura Rom. ochrophylla Pk. pectinatoides Pk. squalida Pk. . uncialis PR. . variata Banning . virescens. Schaef. Salix serissima (Bail.) Fern. Thelephora palmata (Scop.) Fr. Tricholoma personatum Fr. T. vaccinum Pers. 72d Pd PP _ Trees represented by trunk sections in the State Museum collection Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Acer pennsylvanicum L. A. rubrum L. A. saccharum Marsh. A. saccharinum L. A. rubrum L. (curly grain) Aesculus hippocastanum L. Ailanthus glandulosus Desf. Alnus incana (L.) Willd. Amelanchier canadensis T. & G. Aralia spinosa L. Betula lenta L. B. lutea Miche. B. nigra L. B. papyrifera Marsh. B. populifolia Marsh. B. papyrifera Marsh. bark) Carpinus caroliniana Walt. ~ Carya alba Nutt. C. amara Nutt. C. microcarpa Nutt. C. porcina Nutt. C. sulcata Nutt. Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh. Celtis occidentalis L. Cornus florida L. Chamaecyparis thyoides Ce BSP. Crataegus punctata Jacq. C. erus-galli L Diospyros virginiana L. Fagus americana Sweet Fraxinus americana L. F. nigra Marsh. F. pennsylvanica Marsh. Gymnoclados dioicus Koch Juglans cinerea L. oe oniora- E. Juniperinus virginiana Ee. Larix americana Michx. Liquidamber styraciflua L. Liriodendron tulipifera L. (unblackened Magnolia acuminata L. Morus rubra L. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Koch Picea rubens Sarg. Pinus echinata Mz1ll. P. resinosa Ait. P. rigida Mull. P.-strobus: L, Platanus occidentalis L. Populus candicans Ait. P. deltoides Marsh. P: dilatata. Ait. P. grandidentata Mich-x. P. heterophylla L. P. tremuloides Miche. Prunus avium L. P. pennsylvanica L-f. P. serotina Ehrh. ; Quercus acuminata (Michx.) Houda alba L . coccinea Muench. . marilandica Muench. . minor (Marsh.) Sarg. . palustris Muench. . platanoides (Lam.) Sudw. prinus L. rubra. ). velutina Lam. Rhus typhina L. Robinia pseudacacia L. Salix amygdaloides Anders. S. nigra Marsh. Sassafras officinale N. & E. Thuja occidentalis L. Tilia americana L. Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Ulnus americana L. U. fulva Miche. U. racemosa Thomas Viburnum lentago L. lel elelele|elore AS “ - NEW yoRE STATE MUSEUM Species still unrepresented Acer negundo L. Pinus divaricata (Ait.) Sudw. A. nigrum Miche. P. virginiana Mill. Carya tomentosa Nuit. Populus balsamifera L. Fraxinus lanceolata Borck. Quercus macrocarpa Michy. Gleditsia triacanthos L. Tilia heterophylla Vent. Picea canadensis (Mill.) B. S. P. T. michauxii Nutt. P.-marianas( Mall) Ba See: IV REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST The State Entomologist reports that the climatic conditions of 1907 have departed widely from those of normal years and, as a result the development of animal and plant life was exceptionally late. Warm weather finally came on very rapidly and all vegetation grew at such a rate that insects appeared unable to inflict material damage in many cases, consequently there has been an unusual dearth of injurious outbreaks, particularly in the early part of the year, and presumably due largely to this cause. An exceptional event was the capture by Dr Theodore P. Bailey of this city, of two specimens of the exceedingly rare Leucobrephos breph- cides Walk; the specimens were taken the last of April in St Lawrence county and deposited in the State Museum. Fruit tree insects. The San José scale is one of the most serious insect enemies of the horticulturist. The spréad of earlier years has continued, and in places where very little effort has been made to check its ravages, the scale has become extremely abundant and in some instances at least, has practically ruined the crop. Our experiments of earlier years show very clearly that a lime-sulfur_ wash is thoroughly effective in destroying the scale as well as bene- ficial in checking certain other insect pests and fungous diseases. We have steadfastly insisted that it was wiser to use some such material than to employ the more easily applied mineral oils or preparations of the same, known as “soluble oils,’ because the latter under certain conditions may seriously injure the trees. This has been done in the face of a determined effort by interested parties to introduce oils and oil preparations as the most available remedies _ for San José scale. Despite the fact that these last named materials are valuable under some conditions, it remains true that we must still rely in large measure upon the lime-sulfur wash for the control cf this pest. Our conservative recommendations, we be- lieve, have deterred many from seriously injuring valuable orchards by making injudicious use of the more dangerous oil preparations. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 i 79 The operations of the grape root worm in the Chautauqua region have been observed during the season and, in our judgment, there is a marked improvement over the conditions of earlier years. This change 1s partly due to the higher price of grapes. and the conse- quent better care and fertilization given the vineyards, though it is probable that natural conditions have been of material service in reducing the numbers of this pest. It is still true that this enemy is abundant in limited areas, and danger of serious injury to vine- ~ yards here and there is by no means past. _ Shade tree protection. Continued devastations by several shade tree pests have necessitated the giving of considerable attention to this phase of economic entomology. A _ bulletin on the white marked tussock moth and the elm leaf beetle, our two most injurious species, was issued in May and a number of warning articles sent to the press throughout the State. The general result has been highly beneficial and much interest has been aroused. The agitation of earlier years secured the appointment of a forester by the city of Albany. This official was placed-in charge of the trees, and the spraying with poison resulted in marked benefit, despite the hindrances incident to work of that character. The city of Troy, through municipal agencies, accomplished considerable along this line. Before very long a number of other cities will be compelled, by the severity of insect depredations, to adopt some protective meas- ures or lose many valuable trees. The experience of the last decade has demonstrated beyond all question the possibility of protecting our trees from injuries by such leaf feeders as the elm leaf beetle and the white marked tussock moth. It is practical to spray the trees so thoroughly that even in localities where the elm leaf beetle and the tussock moth caterpillars are rather abundant, there will be no serious injury to the foliage, and those interested in this work should insist upon the maintenance of such a standard. Gipsy and brown tail moths. The work of last year in watch- ing for the appearance of these insects within the borders of New York State, has been continued. Many caterpillars of various species, all native, however, have been sent in by different corre- spondents, some fearing that they had found one or the other of these pests. These fears, we are pleased to state, were groundless and, so far as known to us at the present time, neither of these species has obtained a foothold within our boundaries. Several days in June were spent in the New England territory infested by these species, investigating in particular the recently se) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM undertaken work of destruction by means of parasites. Thousands of these beneficial parasites have been brought into this country, taken to the laboratory at Saugus, reared to maturity, the dangerous hyperparasites destroyed and the beneficial forms liberated under conditions favorable to their- multiplication. Our investigations showed that certain of these European enemies had survived the winter and that there is at least a fair prospect of considerable benefit resulting from this systematic importation of natural enemies. The general situation is distinctly more encouraging than was the case last year. A general campaign of repression has been con- ducted most vigorously and the beneficial result therefrom is easily seen in Boston and vicinity. Furthermore, the Federal Department of Agriculture is cooperating with the Massachusetts authorities in an effort to prevent the further spread of the gipsy moth in partic- _ ular. This latter phase of the work consists largely in keeping all highways free from caterpillars, so as to make it impossible for automobiles to carry these leaf feeders into uninfested regions. The gipsy moth is being combated strenuously in Rhode Island and Connecticut and there is a very strong probability that the few insects in the last named state will be speedily exterminated. Forest insects. There were two outbreaks the past season of exceptional interest. The striped maple worm, Anisota rubi- cunda Fabr. was very abundant on sugar maples in Berlin and Stephentown, Rensselaer co., stripping the leaves from large blocks of forest and proving injurious over hundreds of acres. The snow-white linden moth, Ennomos subsignarius Hubn. was extraordinarily abundant on beech trees in the Catskills, de- foliating large areas in and about the township of Hardenburgh. Both of these outbreaks are unusual, as neither of these species has been injurious in New York State for some years. Detailed accounts of these insects have been seca and will be published | in the Entomologist’s report. Aquatic insects. The studies of our frie insects have. been continued. Dr James G. Needham has completed his report on the work done at Old Forge, N. Y. in 1905, and it will be pub- lished as an appendix to the Entomologist’s report. The mono- graph on the Stone flies (Plecoptera) begun by Dr Needham several years ago, is nearly completed and will prove an addition to our knowledge of this group. Dr Cornelius Betten, who has been study- ing the Caddis flies (Trichoptera) for the past six years, has nearly completed his report upon these forms. The investigations of these a FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 81 two gentlemen relate to a group which is of great economic yl ance owing to its value as fish food. Gall midges. This group comprises among its members, sev- eral insects of prime economic importance, such as the Hessian fly, the wheat midge, pear midge and some other destructive forms. Furthermore, there is every probability that some other of our _ native species may become -destructive in the near future. Our _ investigations have already disclosed hitherto unsuspected injuries by members of this group. We have succeeded in identifying several European forms not previously known to occur in this country. During the season we succeeded in rearing over 100 - species, a considerable number of them proving to have been un-. described. The State collections in this group represent probably over 600 species. We have already described over 250 new forms, and it would not be surprising if, after working over the material, there were nearly as many more to characterize in addition to those previously described by other workers. The classification of the American species has been in a chaotic state, making it practically impossible to identify many of our forms. Our work, now well in hand, will revise the classification of this group. The rearing of these insects requires much time and attention, and the success achieved last season was due very largely to the work of Assistant Entomologist D. B. Young. The collecting of the insects and the galls in the field also requires considerable time, and much of this work has been attended to by assistant I. L. Nixon. Mr J. R. Gillett was engaged throughout the summer in making microscopic mounts of these insects, some 2000 slides being pre- pared. Publications. Numerous economic articles have been con- tributed by the Entomologist to the agricultural and local press. The large number of new species of Cecidomyiidae taken in 1907 made it advisable to issue preliminary descriptions of some, and a paper issued in advance of the report, entitled “New Species of -Cecidomyiidae,” published January 30, characterizes 179 new species. The second volume of Insects Affecting Park and Wood- land Trees, New York State Museum memoir 8, appeared February 25 and has repeatedly proved its usefulness during the past season. The demand for information respecting shade tree pests led to the issuing of a special bulletin on the white marked tussock moth and elm leaf beetle, Museum bulletin 109, which appeared May Io, while the report of the Entomologist, owing to delays, was not issued till July 16. | f- 82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Collections. The special collecting and rearing of Cecidomyii- dae by members of the office staff, has resulted in very large addi- tions to this group, which are particularly valuable because many of the forms are represented by both sexes, and in not a few in- stances by the larvae and the gall from which the insects were reared. Other additions to the State collections have been large, there being a total of over 10,000 pinned specimens. A number of very desirable species have been obtained through exchange. The additions to the State collection during the past three or four years have ranged from 10,000 to 15,000 pinned specimens, all of which have to be properly labeled, assigned to their various groups and eventually determined. There has been, since the pres- ent entomologist took charge of this office, an approximately six- fold increase in the size of the State collection. A large proportion of the curatorial work in connection with arranging the collections devolves upon the assistants, and it is a pleasure to state that material progress has been made along this line. Assistant Ento- mologist D. B. Young has, during the past year, given considerable time to classifying the parasitic wasps, Ichneumonidae, and a por- tion of the Braconidae and also Hymenoptera belonging to the following groups: Pompilidae, Larridae, Bembecidae, Nyssonidae, Philanthidae, Pemphredonidae and Crabronidae. He has also done more or less incidental work with the Diptera. Assistant I. L. Nixon determined and arranged a number of the solitary bees, Andrenidae, assisted in arranging the Ichneumonidae and deter- mined and arranged many of the Curculionidae. In addition he went over the Hill collection, noticed below, repairing and arrang- ing many of the specimens and is responsible for a portion of the catalogue of this collection. 7 The Hill collection, an exceptionally valuable addition to the State collections, was received through the generosity of Erastus D. Hill, Carrie J. Hill Van Vleck and William W. Hill, heirs of the late William W. Hill, who desired that their father’s work should be maintained as a permanent memorial of his labors in entomology. This collection consists of some 19,000 specimens, representing ap- proximately 3500 species and is in excellent condition. It contains a large number of native species as well as representatives from Europe, Asia and Africa. The catalogue of the species is included as an appendix to the Entomologist’s report. 4 oft 2 \ —— oO ee FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 83 V REPORE ON THE ZOOLOGY SECTION Research and field work have claimed the major attention of the Zoologist and the Taxidermist during this year. It has not been deemed worth while to consume much time upon the exhibition collections, in view of the complete rearrangement which will be necessary with the occupation of the new building. As usual the birds have received the chief attention. The New York series has been restored to order and many new mounts replace old ones. A portion of the older material replaced is available for loan to schools. The avifauna of the State is now represented by all but 17 of the species recognized as occurring within our borders, an increase of 17 since the last report. Among the species thus added are some specially noteworthy, such as the record specimens of European linnet and yellow-billed tropic-bird for which we are indebted to the generosity of their owners, and New York speci- mens of Gyrfalcon and passenger pigeon. A specimen of scaled petrel is also among the accessions. Several of the forms still missing are not rare, but no specimens of satisfactory quality have been proffered. In order that the friends of the museum may be aware of its needs, the list of these lacking species is subjoined: Skua, Megalestris skua (Brunn.) Trudeau’s tern, Sterna trudeaui Aud. Black-capped petrel, Aestrelata hasitata (Kuhl) Booby, Sula sula (Linn.) Black brant, Branta nigricans (Lawr.) Barnacle goose, Branta leucopsis (Bechst.) Eskimo curlew, Numenius borealis (Forst.) Burrowing owl, Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea (Bonap.). Skylark, Alauda arvensis Linn. Holboell’s redpoll, Acanthis linaria holboelli (Brehm) Baird’s sparrow, Ammodramus bairdii (Aud.) Lark sparrow, Chondestes grammacus (Say) Lawrence’s warbler, Helminthophila lawrenci (Herrick) Brewster’s warbler, Helminthophila leucobronchialis (Brewst.) ' Palm warbler, Dendroica palmarum (Gmel.) Townsend’s solitaire, Myadestes townsendi (Aud.) Bicknell’s thrush, Turdus aliciae bicknelli (Ridgw.) From the hypothetic list the following six species, three less than last year: | Lesser fulmar, Fulmarus glacialis minor (Kjar.) European teal, Nettion crecca (Linn.) Masked duck, Nomonyx dominicus (Linn.) Cory’s least bittern, Ardetta neoxena Cory Cooper’s sandpiper, Tringa cooperi Baird European green-finch 84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM A group of Sora rail has been completed and awaits casing. _ A family of black bears, consisting of a female with two cubs, and a male, is being mounted by the Ward Natural Science Estab- lishment, after sketches submitted by Mr Charles Livingston Bull. The female is shown in an attitude of protection for the young against the possibly unfriendly intentions of the male. Mr Bull entitles his drawing “ The Intruder.” The Taxidermist is engaged upon a mount of the muskrat and its haycock nest, showing the construction of the interior. The Zoologist has continued his studies of the Arachnida, and has completed a synoptic check list and key to all the known acarians, phalangids, pseudoscorpions, pycnogonids and xiphosurans occur- ring within the borders of our State. This work will be offered for publication as soon as the illustrative diagrams have been pre- - pared, and will be followed shortly by the list of New York spiders compiled last year, which requires some additional keys, thus giving a complete index to the present knowledge of our arachnid fauna. In the prosecution of this labor he has been impressed by the need for systematic work upon our species of mites, and especially the gall mites, or Eriophyidae. As an appendix to the check list he is preparing a list of all the forms of mite galls and their host plants recorded from this country, together with a number of new forms occurring in the collections; of this list of nearly 150 forms. of galls, only about one fifth have had their mites described and named. A | collection of pressed specimens of these mite galls has been com- menced and contains many interesting Cecidia. A large collection of the spiders, mites and other arachnids of the State is now avail- able for study. 7 | The reserve collection of Unionidae, or fresh-water mussels, has been partially rearranged and made available for use in illustrating the forthcoming report on those forms. This rearrangement should be completed as rapidly as possible. It is already evident that the State collection of these forms is unusually large and sym- metrical, a fact which its scattered condition did not reveal. The Zoologist terminated his official connection with the museum on September 15th, but his interest and good will still bind him to it, and he hopes to complete the check lists above mentioned at an early date. ; Birds of New York. The first volume of this work covering the general and introductory discussion and specifically the accounts of the water birds with 39 plates in color, is practically ready to yh aa F . é 2 d - Mt @ a © * he ant 7 : f ; " ' i i} i , ¥ Hy a " | 4 . ‘ ¥ "4 ie J \ - Te, Ak yi , \ 4 ’ * a ' t ; x 4 4 i * bee toe Oe? ay . x) yc —_— . A, ‘ « pe: Gull bel i le " a , . t 3 » ‘er ‘ ' ’ . » ; ‘ ee eee ee end — fis ° oy ; am “2 ae 3 SS EE — FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 85 communicate for printing. The scope of the work is such as to make it necessary to devote two volumes to the memoir. The preparation of the second volume is well forwarded and it is ex- pected that the entire work will be in press during the coming year. VI REPORT ON THE ARCHEOLOGY SECTION The wampums of the Iroquois Confederacy. By virtue of the action of the Onondaga Nation in 1898 in electing the Uni- versity of the State of New York the wampum keeper of the “Five Nations and Six Nations, and each of them” and by the purchase of these wampums at that time through the Onondaga Nation as keeper of all the wampums of the Iroquois Confederacy from the funds of the State Museum, these invaluable archives of the Confederacy have come into the custodianship of the Director of the State Museum, to whom, by the action of the President of the Onondaga Nation, has been transmitted the historic title Ho-san-na-ga-da — Keeper of the Name. Although complete records of these wampums have been kept in the manuscript files of the museum it seems well to make the record more permanent and decisive by introducing in this place photographic copies of each piece of wampum received at that time from the chiefs of the Onondaga Nation. These illustrations are herewith given. Work of the section. As an organized department of the State Museum, the Archeological section began on October 19, 1906. The work which devolves upon this section has necessitated its sub- division into several subsections as follows: archeology, ethnology, anthropometry and osteology, and philology and folklore. Each of these branches is necessary for the preservation and study of the prehistoric and recent relics and remains of the New York aborigines. The work necessary to carry on each of these branches is nothing less than enormous as will be realized when it is stated that it is required that one person, the Archeologist, carry on field work in archeology for at least four or five months of the year, collect ethnologic specimens from the Indians, study, classify and catalogue all the archeologic and ethnologic material acquired, study, measure, record and catalogue all the features of the human remains exhumed from the ancient graves and ossuaries, to collect and record legends and ceremonial rituals and songs from the Indians, and to transmit proper reports covering these activities. Plate 21 ay NMetional Cog, ril gy Lx} Ononpaca CastLe, NewYorK ae TO. ALL TO WHOM THESE PRESENTS MAY COME, GREETING: In recognition of the fact that on the age day of June, 1898 the. Ononpaca’NaTiIoNn did elect the University of the State of New York THE KEEPER OF THE WAMPUM AND THE WAMPUM. RECORDS of the ONONDAGA NaTION and of the Five NATIONS and the Six NATIONS, and did at that time sell and convey with the duty and oe to keep, hold and recover ail the national wampums of said nations; the State of New York, was designated by said Uni versity as the eietaeian of said ee and that pay- ment for said wampur a was made from the funds of said State Museum, and also of the fact that , by virtue of chapter 493 of the laws of 1896, the New York State Museum ts the custodian of all Be atin records and relics in the possession of the State whose custody 1s not otherwise specifically provided for by law: inview of which facts THE NewYork STATE MUSEUM iS THE CUSTODIAN OF THE NATIONAL WAMPUMS And FURTHER, In recognition of the fact that the State Museum, a department of the University of |, Baptist THOMAS, CHIEF OF THE ONONDAGA Nation, by virtue of the authority in me vested, do hereby give and bestow upon THE DIRECTOR OF THE NewYoa. State Museum and Upon his successors in office or authority during their term of service forever, the nome : O-SEN-NA-GEH-=TEH © ie Ac da Name BEARER ‘ ; ¢ api i ‘ which name shall be recognized by alt |roaueis Nations and by all people as the official Onondaga title for € CUSTODIAN OF THE WAMPUMS OF THE |ROQUOIS GF THE STATE or NewYork Done at Onondaga Castle, Tey’ By, es whe weet / Lave oct my Zand in the imine a8 and seal this 22°? daw oY lanuary t2 the year our Lord 1908 4 J “ a hard Hi Kble La. tee ote, (fbitet fy Tcoaa Wart Ai Fak, Verb Dresiident of th Dron dagas awe s-wnerk, i) ite nh — mati i tt a tins ig 7 % Cc 66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM It is also necessary for the Archeologist to instal new collections and rearrange old ones. Condition of the collections. The archeologic material which has been accumulating for the- past 60 years has never been system-_ atized nor properly arranged. This is due largely to the fact that until now there has never been a permanent curator and, largely also, to the fact that there has not been adequate space nor proper cases for the arrangement and exhibition of the specimens. Prob- ably two thirds of the material is in storage and has been packed ~ so long that we are unfamiliar with our own resources. The Archeologist has rearranged the ethnological collection in the Capitol so as to present a systematic exhibition of specimens illustrating costumes, weapons, ornaments, ceremonial objects, silver work, games and articles used in the preparation of food. An arbitrary arrangement of things by classes, such as wooden objects, metallic objects, etc., is objectionable. Of greater human interest and scientific value is the arrangement according to use. This system we are following. : Archeologic and modern ethnologic material should not be ex-— hibited in the same cases. We have, therefore, endeavored to separate the two classes as far as crowded conditions would permit. The rearrangement of the archeologic material is a work which has just begun. The task of cataloguing the specimens is well under ~ way. No museum serial catalogue has ever been prepared and nearly all of the specimens are without adequate data and means of identification. This is a matter which is to be remedied at once. Publications. The value of the work of the archeological — section of the museum depends upon the facts and specimens which it discovers in the field and upon the method by which knowledge of - these facts and artifacts are brought to public notice. Bearing this in mind the Archeologist prepared a bulletin illustrating and de- scribing the collection which he secured during the season of 1906. This work is entitled Excavations in an Erie Indian Village and Burial Site at Ripley, Chautauqua Co., N. Y. As a work it has had a very favorable reception among the recognized a chee of the country. Archeology as a science has often been regarded as having small practical bearing upon the needs and requirements of practical life. This is not entirely true and to awaken a wider interest in the work the Archeologist has in preparation a publication which it is be- lieved will appeal to a wide circle of interests. This work, Art ¥ ee eo 1 Council summons, calling the clans to a meeting.. This belt is said to be a memorial to the clan laws of Hiawatha. By some it is considered an alliance belt sealing a pact between the Seven Nations of Canada and the Iroquois. 2 Treaty belt. Originally there were five diagonal bars. 3 Remembrance belt. Records the treachery of a French missionary at Onondaga who sought to summon the French army from Canada. It is an admonition against the French religion. 4 Caughmauwaugua belt. Records an alliance between the Caughmau- wauga tribe and the St Regis band. The crooked lines indicate that the former had forsaken the old ways for the white man’s religion. 5 Condolence belt of the Senecas once held by Governor Blacksnake. It was used in mourning councils in the ceremony of raising the new names and new sachem to office. 6 Huron alliance belt, said to symbolize the alliance of the Hurons with some other tribe. After the overthrow of the Hurons in 1650 it became a Seneca belt and was taken to Canada after the Revolutionary War. Lan -- ‘ spegeeagets : ba rigeangerdnarrengt repp ys met H eegece ly reagan i f rh 7 a srepet il empipeate | irohees - BOBELERRLELE 6; ~~ i eeeenaeret!¢ ~~. a epee! vik 4 m eihewbesti us tiecceeegsite |) ~~ : idapisesaneer aitatenat EUs guD eBags FN tapopDag swan sega RaseeL rt ‘ i - MTT heonenpe ri cep papi: tia — —-* ) a | Land ee at as a { ey ic ah resutisioey by edo PRET Sree: dest) i i i ih y ? Veh 4 Ay}, uMenee nieran Shr ae i Mh Hi ses maya ear eae ta ea a ee A eh 4 PAs pers etronn nes PRET ar rT Plate 22 3 ean pn) Na Fi ee Re OGL EA RM NTL fate? a CHIL of nT wm } Vee wit rer Wy todd att Ye sans * - oe . - 3 ee ee . TCU 77 wt nC ae ei |, $1 Renameneis Benes UB} Plate 23 “ ‘ m8 a ‘ / ice igi root f i Te i Fe CIEL ETT TTL Ue MRLESL Pes cl 1 ELL a Ly ir | P| ' ' faery} a. . ry ! ia , DOGG fe sbsd Pet Tee DrvateRea ITeeleNeS MEER i) Wes WW wus, 7 ay; Ideas MLL) a : ae oi ied) Lag? LORWPALUpRBOREAINL LOH Badstonsgand, } 2th iy i hinbinewy CAN LBD Ws; the ie fa) ee 1 Same as figure 3, plate 22 2 Same as figure 5, plate 22 y . og Say. E ie oe te ae us rt : ie or = : trediae A : iva Sipe : “ a j ? PPT UPS) Be LP ee | (pOarss, 330 \ (. /AMUNSOSEAGDA! 8I9NNGS. SORenoT GeeLYDMOLTUONMAML OpAGLE \GoggguatRAMIIE¥opiR 2007 gograneesredtesutes!. 290" \trmUBeusyoa) yyy 995 ARAL ST bt a ere eo OP A ae eed CuRers sega ie soONSRIiaes ymed = agmswomasagaedeggs’| Memeel | aaRee ae igaganien "0409 Bopiabaspyegeeegsa: i) gt) aye Fe rt he BOGGS) migepeiapaemenss i. 0kts °. MGTREeamaeiee ! |. O88) oy ae eeeecginomeaeD *) 19-80 590 Gane VONGAIY. 4 SDs) 230800 SRO TRU hnoee 14. TL UMGMRiemtsOde | \ PMOROMMMa WTA Cy kT Bcearcaecngnane BLEIISTETTLET ED GMT ITP TIT PLT RTP PRC Ct ee ST er rer hy eer i £84) 05a agopn ash 195018) 'LBN8908 ipoaeiya aes ‘aden ‘4 VAG aTspagaggsaG = Bindy §=c Renew em. 9 Pe lint (uit re | ~Nnaan tnsn, OOeme TOM ON UO. 008 R830. 'M/RORNGEgAL ay IeaaDe njsUijam, GAEDAESIN OIBIUUNSGT* pardy (pita waesuemNdNEENN jc) ata ang . Seen cat tad als 2k Bs Wado snirinsgr Ure, ¥ 4 . i aemmemnnmnamenmnnemensants tent > sammmntadl in naming . ip) cD) : (a0) 5 & CB) QA Ss 8 re) (5°) (=| a9} O oO ae} 55} may eS) no) (cD) ida} i) & ss OQ, | (a9) 5 ma a rt) U1 (e) e oP v Oh i= ihe ees HE (B) (2) N N WD) 25) 9°) — i=" Es oO Hw ha} op aes) Ww) Ss) gE 3°] Y), N BROT EI focrare “Lee meres wre ccre Lit Cire f r z { ererarc tsi) TERME TRE: - Tit & aT i terror VO anegp qinceti et frrere sg ; realrce ag are et Mil sales a WT Taad We Ped he ne Ha piney At rar aereryac’ Ci cn Br arey v > ae J WS [es ( ’ es are cr eB: real irri ef ; cf arene er are r cramer! rraere dg! RAL Bs! 4 grea rPLRORELSS ; eres f \ J biel Fe PORE | coe te t Cert a ! stafrl tia erry ‘rte it Add “@eCRE £07 wasrts nls rer if "OCROraRAL REDE ot PRE! (¢ Peer eAT Oey 8 bit t res cy cei aed? eagerly of ony” pera reraqeerrracad 1 zreeratstede= sae eeRES TS EOTR aint peoreey 8 yr arse ery . : epGeumgvecar i a Bogen regeggees' 8 if TE 0 eeguen@e ar © 00° a8 8 eeeiaiite “decG no aL 0 ogtmnere J 7 PLease | @ top-gr'si’. ANGEL 908 aire tt aca ie sara racawriie reaveara rerieseta Pere Mer CPM eC Oe ECO ET Em ie MB CRC EE Bu wre OCR Peer ge Fawerricy wae ie tt Vheemsecciaragen” “EVV PEC mergrcr Cree ere eens SBPEGCM TC ERE RE Kens CORT PaTETORTMER CERT ONE Ler geal te Perrier cee re repr creeees | Lida Oboe Uns eee Cee te TD PREP AREOPOROECCE TTT CEEOL ba TWh Serr(C CERT Rc Or rear e eosigag FOCePECPEL ECC C EME ATE ALE te Tt; dae Tee j vf 9h cere rear ay Wikaa i000 Smee (errr ® OeCeRRT ESE Fi 1 perkeescrr|ge @ beGeeg ges! fie lt ees Tee ue OTRBRA S™ERGSi ce! B SeR( Best ira §e Baa Fire: 8 @ orricrrrs "ES BUR GIA CER Bar ose areee "CRU OEE! ane BEBE | TAIT en a aan ied Gat ea A ae inne tes wef’ if pet me “ow ag" CHF; ae, atitiaditiae La reacee. racer A ae i i rpare ‘4 areal "er ee ce enerees Bae } Were ope aerduarrerg ree per regs *e ‘vee vottonweren. , | tat eensenese 6 jergry? 4 bi “tl FOO etbe rar wei we gs ia AU UAE Ta i ae 2s- —-— ~ a) -= tS Ba r Ceread( ney gerr ee VCEC eM ipiran . 18 POF CVE Arrears yee are Ame Cee ge) Shee el LY lta ore pt te ; fate acd ogeuanese 8 ne" popteegees gn i 64 (39) bo o hae) oo S fS S > CD) Ouree roo} ~ Ss 2) q om | ce Jey fH d to represent an endlessly grow national belt and the largest known, being 31%4 inches long and 50 beads ‘Oo e 3 fe) O LD) = ~ ue ie) . vo =| s ) toy?) 3g 5 ip) — E~ od A. =a vo ey 5 He O Sos Sit Se a AE mae oo _—) ay 8 4 he CD) a) ee wo 5 ei) aN op a e Se RS ee (DB) > aoe Za “— i! pg gone ect eset uoT}IIT[OD YW ‘] ayn] ‘Aio}jod JO UOLVJUSIWLUIO FO 9S6ULI SUIMOYS SptJoYys}og uviquinjo)-jsod Ayqvqotg ‘“sMotA OM} :punow wor odid AjutoV py 9€& 93e1d FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 , 87 and Symbolism of the New York Indians, it is hoped, will fill a want felt by artists, designers and craftsmen in general. It will set forth the forms of artistic creations, decorations by incision, quill embroidery, bead work, carving, stamping, painting and metal work devised by the New York Indians. | Public interest. That public interest in the archeology of this State is steadily increasing is attested by the large numbers of inquiries received by mail and by the number of visitors who person- ally state the inquiries. Full replies in all cases have been given. Collections acquired. Several valuable collections of arche- ologic and ethnologic material have been acquired for the museum during the past year. Among these are collections from W. H. Hill and M. R. Harring- ton, of New York city; and L. I. Fitch of Manlius, N. Y. The Hill collection embraces a number of valuable pieces of ‘silver work such as disks and crowns, bead work and two. pieces of _ wampum, one a belt and one a wristlet. The Harrington collection is one of the most valuable acquired for many years and consists of ethnologic material purchased from the Iroquois on the Grand River reservation in Canada. Many of the specimens were lacking in our collections and could not be obtained among the New York Iroquois. The Fitch collection consists of Onondaga archeologic material obtained from Pompey Hill, N. Y., and includes specimens that range from the prehistoric forms down to articles of modern time. The Archeologist visited the Indian reservations during the summer and acquired a number of valuable objects which up to this time had not been represented among the ethnologic series. Among these objects may be mentioned prayer rattles, ceremonial headdresses, an Indian silversmith’s outfit of tools, blow guns, cere- monial robes and mats. FIELD WORK IN ARCHEOLOGY, 1907 Following out the plan to thoroughly examine each culture dis- trict in New York State, the field researches in archeology during the season of 1907 were made in the territory reputed to be that of the Eries. The coast or lake shore culture having been examined last year with splendid result, it seemed advisable to examine the region upon and about the Chautauqua hills. Numbers of sites had been noted here and for at least 60 years it had been a territory interesting to archeologists, although no excavation had ever been 88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM made systematically. Excavations made 30 years ago in some sites — had yielded large quantities of human remains and the ploughing of other places had produced annual crops of relics in others. Nothing definite was known of the character of these places, nor of the stage of art and culture represented by them. Commonly they are described as being the remains and artifacts of the Eries whom history places in this region. A survey of Chautauqua county led to the discovery that there were at least three distinct cultures or successive occupations of this region differentiated by very wide characters. There seems some evidence also of a fourth occupation. The oldest occupation definitely traceable is that characterized by the notched and shoul- dered arrow point and spear point, by the total absence of pottery and bone implements, by the absence of pits except a few shallow ones containing charcoal only. The village sites of this culture and occupation are situated alike on hills and in valleys and seem to have been spread out rather than close together. On sites of this description the gorget, bird and banner stone and other polished slate articles have been found, although most of the celts are of the common type, that is, symmetrical and equilateral. Stone pipes are sometimes found, some of which are of the mound-builder type. Mounds in which these same articles have been discovered seem to indicate that the mounds are relics of this occupation. These mounds are nowhere as large as those of Ohio and Wis- consin, and seldom exceed 50 feet in diameter and 8 or Io feet in hight. On sites of this description grooved axes are sometimes found although they seem to have heen acquired from another culture elsewhere by trade or otherwise. The human remains of the occupation are extremely rare and probably none have ever been found suitable for measurement or comparison. The second distinct culture is that known as the Huron-Iroquois and is susceptible of two divisions, the prehistoric and _ historic. The historic or second stage of this culture is undoubtedly Erian, but the prehistoric or first stage is better termed Huron-Iroquois and differs from the second in several material points. . The third culture or occupation traceable is that of the Con- federated Iroquois, presumably the Senecas who held tracts of land here during the late part of the 18th and early part of the roth centuries. This occupation was not of long duration nor are its evidences widely traceable. The early Huron-Iroquois occupation is characterized by in- closures surrounded by low walls of earth, by ossuary burials, by FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 89 triangular arrow points, by a lack of notched spears, by a lack of objects buried in the graves, by their pottery, by shallow pits contain- ing no bone objects nor bone refuse, but frequently some pottery and flint chippings. The earth inclosures vary in area from less than an acre to 5 or even 7 acres. When convenient, points of land extending from a terrace out into the valleys were fortified at the neck and cut off from the general plane. ‘The earth circles or in- closures and fortified necks are locally termed “ Indian forts” and some undoubtedly were such. Some old writers have called them “ceremonial rings” and have expatiated on the wonders of the “true circles.” Investigation, on the contrary, demonstrated that only a few approach true circles and adduces no evidence to prove them of a ceremonial character.’ Often they have been erroneously regarded as works of the Mound Builders. The later Huron-Iroquoian occupation becomes more specific and is recognizable as the Erian. It differs from the older occupation in that the burials contain flint and shell objects, pottery of different form and decoration. Refuse, that is broken bone implements, pots- herds, rejected flints and entire objects, evidently swept in acci- dentally, is found in abundance in pits and sunken fireplaces. The later Erian occupation, the historic, that is to say those sites which yield objects of European manufacture, differ noticeably from the earlier sites in several respects. The pottery seems to have undergone a gradual change until the Eries were destroyed, the most varied forms and decorations being of the historic period. Early in the month of May a preliminary examination was made of some of the earthworks in that part of Chautauqua county lying south of the Chautauqua range of hills in the Allegheny-Ohio watershed. The outlook seemed a promising one, judging from the abundance of earthworks visited and reported. The Cassadaga valley was of especial interest and a season’s campaign of investi- gation was planned for this region. Upon the uneven stream-cut hills that rise from the ancient lake bottoms were found every- where traces of an early people which seemed eminently worthy of study. How numerous are the fort sites may be suggested when it is stated that from a hill just over the town line in Charlotte are to be seen the sites of seven and possibly eight fort and camp sites. McCullough earth inclosure. One of the sites to which con- siderable attention was devoted is situated in a sugarbush on the Martin McCullough farm, lot 38, Gerry township. Here sur- go NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM rounded by a swamp from which rise sloping hills is a rise of land some 3 feet above the swamp level. Upon this rise of ground is an oval or rather kite-shaped earthwork 1297 feet in circumference. The wall is now from 22 inches to 24 in hight and is composed of the earth which was scooped from an outer ditch bordering the wall. This earthen ridge first attracted the attention of Obed Edson who some 50 years ago was engaged in running the lot lines. Some mention of it is contained in the various county histories to which he has contributed or written. Numbers of men distin- guished in archeologic science have visited the place and more than a dozen years ago representatives of the Smithsonian Institution made some investigations there. To the west of the earth wall rises a small knoll which appeared to be composed of glacial sand and to the north running through a little valley is a brooklet. Within the wall are numerous pits or depressions 5 or 6 feet in diameter -and 3 to 9g inches deep. These, upon examination, proved to be shallow refuse pits with an original depth of from 1 to 2%4 feet. A rather remarkable pit is situated almost in the ~ center of the inclosure and measures 157 feet in circumference with a depth of 5 feet. The earth wall is surrounded on its outer side by a ditch which is at present but little more than a foot below the normal level of the surface. The wali at present is on the average | 8 or 9 feet through at the base and the crest of the ridge rises 2 feet in places. The ditch and wall are entirely visible in lot 38 and the wall may be traced in lot 30 where the ground has been cultivated for several years. An enormous white pine stump stands on the northwestern side of the wall. A cross-section of this stump was made by Hon. Obed Edson and more than 400 rings were counted. At the northwest corner of the earthwork where the stump stands, the surface of the ground is 20 feet higher than the brook bed which lies to the north 25 feet distant. At the lot line on the east the earth wall takes an abrupt turn almost at right angles and runs about parallel to the line for 450 feet. Within the inclosure at about its mid point is the bowl-shaped depression, previously mentioned. This pit is 5 feet deep and 50 feet in diameter. In area the inclosure is about 3 acres. It was found after some expenditure of time that very little in the line of movable material data bearing on the original inhabitants could be hoped for. Specimens of the arts and manufactures were few and fragmentary. However, bearing in mind that the problem was to discover the identity and characters of the builders of the Plate 37 LONG SLOPE E. yall) "Wp, ih Sag i, Hy E yf) HM = Y), By — x aoe \ ee \ —S \ = LOT 30 ws S= Sy — SN — aS EN \ Level = S Se S5= SSS Ww wy, \ a eae 2, STE ~ > = hd & ae EARTH ENCLOSURE... BRS es aa Seoe x £ iN Lot line NV S ¢& Center, Pit x Sy, 3 A Cie S = ice Z S SWaa Sj a a “ats R Level — igi Le dll, NG = A SPIT Yj; =a “me Zs we lly Ws Y ie ZS S Me Mr Yj <> Bw y Ln Wi poe 7) Z ae, Z Ne hep ly, 2 yt S y; Ps age ia A Na ae oa, eco Z /f fe A SUS aa Saar : GY, AM M0» A Se en so Zz (% fo N, P See re z a My = me, al) Z Yj. SS tN, wf 4\ers Z hog ay = iii!) BA ‘WT 38 Sie be Liz yj) / / W/, Zz eet ee ey SL ( 2Y a) Wy (_ a | < SZ \ eal ty, Vii yy ye SR A G2 y — ie WL We CLE Ee Ny eS GP “ae Zz —— “i =a BURIAL KNOLL ———— Py —=— eee = ———— —_— SS eee z —S F = ——— 3 Ss CZ aa — So Z = Tey, Poe Mee. ——— ZE —— Z | Z NKEMWOM MANS vs = linyjt * Z, ye } re VN “\ y BZ, 2 MAP y a THE Mc CULLOUGH FARM SITE 7 GERRY Plate 38 View looking over the burial knoll. Ossuary 5 was found near the stump shown in the left-hand corner of the picture. - 9 4 i . t Ay “, ‘ ‘ » - * . . . 5 - c é ': : | e by, ai * mone FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IY07 gI earthworks, it was deemed advisable to continue until it could be thoroughly studied and every important fact obtainable brought to light. Since the area within the inclosure refused to divulge all the desired information, it was sought to discover the burials and wring from the crumbling bones of these swamp dwellers some word or fact to dispel the mystery. Burials - Post holes were dug in the ridge to the west of the earth-walled inclosure to discover, if possible, whether or not there were any burials, it being the spot most suited for graves, in point of accessi- bility. The surrounding ground was swampy and the loam but a few inches in depth when a stiff clay or hard pan was encountered. The knoll on the other hand was dry and sandy. After 40 tests had been made, running from the brook on the _ north in a southerly direction, an area of disturbed earth was found and a trench staked out for systematic excavation. Following the rule the trench was 1 rod wide. Trench I was run over the crest of the ridge from south to north. Burial .1, was found at 16’ in the middle of the trench 20” below the surface. A root-eaten skeleton of a young female was dis- covered. The skull was crushed at the top. Only the skull and upper ribs and upper arm bones were found. The other bones were not to be found. The head lay to the northeast, face north- west. 28” southeast and above the head was an ash pit 18” deep. It was filled with white ashes. The superincumbent soil was sandy and intermixed with bits of charcoal. _ Burial 2. At 16’ on the west side of the trench, 36” below the surface and opposite burial 1, burial 2 was discovered. The skele- ton was that of an adult male and lay in a flexed position. Measure- ments of the skeleton as it lay led to the following data: 33” from top of skull to heel; knee to back, 9”; pelvis to top of head, 33”. The soil was strewn with charcoal bits and potsherds. A black fibrous phosphate was noticeable in the grave soil. Two empty graves were found between this burial and the next (No. 3). Their character as graves was shown by the soft, loose and disturbed soil which lay surrounded by the hard, undisturbed | grit. It was an easy matter to shovel out the grave soil because of its looseness, without disturbing the wall of the grave. Only a few fragments of bones were discovered in these empty graves. Burial 3. Discovered at 34’ on the west side of trench 1, 26” g2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM down. Skeleton was that of an infant 8 or 9 years old. The skull was crushed. The body lay in a grave outlined by a row of flat stones placed upright on edge. Orientation: head, east-southeast ; face north-northwest; right side, flexed. Body lay east-southeast by north-northwest. From top of head to end of toes 2’ 3”. Black phosphate in grave. Ash pit south of skull at. 18”. Grave soil much disturbed. Burial 4, was found at 33’ on the east side of the trench. The depth was 25” and the grave outline 60” by 35”. A decayed male skeleton lying in the usual flexed position. Orientation: head, south-southeast; face west-southwest, left side. The skeleton as it lay measured 36” from top of head to heel and 15” from knee to back. The superincumbent grave soil was much disturbed. An ash pit 2%’ in diameter and 1’ deep was found just south of the grave. 3 Between graves 3 and 4 there was a streak of disturbed earth 30” deep, as if the entire ground had once been turned over to this depth. There was a thin separating wall as if there had been two other graves here. . Burial 5. At 40’ on the east side of trench 1 the tops of two | boulders were struck and a few inches north of them a heavy bed of white ashes. Beneath the ash bed, 11” from the surface of the ground the tops of several skulls were touched. Careful excavation revealed a small ossuary containing the remains of parts of 14 skeletons. | The bones were placed in a rectangular heap measuring horth- east to southwest, 2’ 4”, by northwest to southeast, 1’ 8”. The large bones, femora, tibiae, etc., lay northwest and southeast. Six skulls were arranged around the top of the ossuary and beneath them were four others, all broken. When the bones were removed 27 femora were found which would indicate parts of 14 individuals. The earth had packed about the outer bones and had not fallen’ into the interstices of the bone heap below. The area of the dis- turbed earth was, in diameter, 4’ 6”. The two boulders south of the ossuary had probably been placed as hidden markers. Large stones had not been encountered before in the sand of the knoll. Just beyond the ossuary to the south was a large ash pit 48” in diameter. 7 3 ; In depth the ossuary was 16”, or from the top of the ground to the bottoms 27 a. es Burial 6. This grave was discovered at 37’ outside Of trench I, on the west side. It was 36” deep, 36” wide and 55” long. Grave 2, McCullough site ite gh s {cCullou h Grave 3, Ossuary 5, McCullough site Saat Rake se FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I907 93 This grave unlike the others seems to have been an original burial, that is to say, the earth had not been overturned more than once. The other graves seem to have been used several times, the bones being removed for ossuary burial or other disposition, and a new peody interred therein. The skeleton was that of an adult ae of mature years, (about 60). A heron’s lower mandible was found at the forehead as if it had been used as a hairpin. The earth had packed about the limbs and neck and left in the clay-mixed sand a cast of the body. A black phosphate surrounded the bones, the remains of the animal tissue. Measurements of position gave the following data: knee to back, 17”; atlas to os innominata 2’ 5”; atlas to end of tarsus, 3’ 2”. Orientation: head east; face, south; left side, flexed. Bones in good condition except those of the two lower arms. Burial 7. Another grave was opened at 44’ on the west side. It was 30” deep and contained only a few decayed vertebrae and a deposit of grave dirt. The larger bones had probably been re- -moved for ossuary burial. Burial 8. At 49’ on the west side, grave 8 was found. It Was 19” deep and contained a few decayed bones, part of a femur and the crushed remains of a child’s skull. Over this grave _ was a layer of shale slabs. At the south end of the grave was a boulder 12” in diameter. It was 18” below the surface. The skull lay with the top east. A large piece of shale lay _ directly beneath the pelvis. Between this grave and the next was aieeacn ped. 7 deep. Burial 9: At 50’ in trench 1 touching the line on the east side, 20” below the surface, the top of another ossuary was uncovered. Excavation disclosed a bone pile 48” from north to south and 33” - from east to west. Unlike burial 5, the first ossuary, this was a promiscuous heap of bones cast without order upon a group of 20 skulls arranged in -an oval. Four inferior maxillae, 6 broken femora, 5 humeri, a number of ulnae, radii, vertebrae, an astragalus, tarsus, ribs and pelvis were found in the heap over-the skulls. Of the 20 skulls, 10 were male and 9 female. Parts of another skull were found, but the sex could not be determined. Over the ossuary was a glacial boulder about 18” by 18” and a covering of shale and fossiliferous Chemung rock. 04 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Four craniums from the ossuary were in good condition and four others in condition for measurements. All are interesting for the characters they exhibit. Burial ro. At 50’ on the west side of trench 1 was an emipty grave 24” deep. Over it had been cast a quantity of broken stone. ~ From the north wall of the ossuary, running north for a foot was a top layer of burned stone. The earth here had not been disturbed. . Trench 1 was temporarily abandoned at 54’ and a parallel and adjacent trench run on the west side. Burial a1.. At 5’ im the middle of treach 2 burialeegees discovered. The grave area was 4’ by 4’ and the depth 2 feet. The skeleton was that of a female. The skull was crushed. The arms were flexed to face, the left hand being under the left cheek. Orientation: head, east; face, south; left side, flexed” Meae thrown back. Burial 72. Burial 12 was at 10’ in the middle west side of trench 2. It was an empty grave with disturbed earth to the depth of 48” Burial 13. Grave 13 was on the east side of trench 2 at 31’. It was 28” deep and contained as decayed root-eaten skeleton of an adult female. Aréa: of grave, 3” by 4”: Orientation: head, east; face, north: Hexed: There was a small ash pit at the head of the grave. Burial t4. Found at 43’ in the middle of trench 2. This grave was 28” deep and 3/ by 3’ in area and coutainetl a male skeleton in a poor state of preservation. The tibiae were noticeably platycnemic. ; Trench 3 ran parallel with 2 on the west. Burial 15. Grave 15 at 4’ on the west side of trench 3 was 19” deep, 19” wide and 30” long. There were no bones except the broken skull and the neck vertebrae. Orientation: head, east-southeast; face, south-southwest. Burial 16. Burial 16 at 44’ on east side of trench 2 was 36” deep and contained the pelvic bones and sacrum of a young adult. No other bones were in the grave. This fact seems to point to a removal of the skull and larger bones for reburial. | Burial 17. At 36’ in trench 3, 18’ south of nests T, pit-5, fae third ossuary was discovered. Six skulls were arranged in the form of an ellipse and the other bones thrown in the opening. These bones besides arm and leg FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 95 bones, included ribs, pelves, phalanges, astragali tibiae, and verte- brae. There were two female skulls. Burial 18. This burial was in the middle of trench 3 at 19’ and _ 18 south of the ossuary (17). On the bottom of the grave a few potsherds were discovered but no visible trace of bone. The problem of the many empty graves in the burial knoll was at first a puzzling one. Some graves contained.a few ribs, some a pelvis, one or two arm bones and teeth and others were entirely empty except for traces of bone dust. As a hypothesis the theory was then advanced that the parts of skeletons, the larger limb bones and skulls had been removed from _ the graves and deposited in the ossuaries; that the graves had been _ left, open or filled, for use again. The ossuary burial is a Huron, or perhaps more properly a Huron-Iroquois custom, and has usually, perhaps entirely, been held a mere matter of superstition _ or ceremonial custom. The presence of empty graves and over- _ flowing ossuaries suggested the theory of the economic utility of _ the ossuaries. The virgin earth being difficult.to dig, but once dis- _ turbed never packing as hard as before, it would have been a matter of labor, time and space saving to exhume the remains of the dead and reinter them in an ossuary, and to use the empty graves again ‘as burial places. These theories are only tentative and not to ie regarded as estab- lished until numbers of other places shall have shown the same characteristics. It is also of importance that more than one ob- server should have noted them. Excavations within the inclosure. The ground within the earth wall has not been disturbed since its aboriginal occupation except in places where sugar boilers had been erected. _ Over 120 basinlike depressions were scattered over the surface and varied in diameter from 3’ to 10’, and in depth, from 6” to a foot. These pits were examined to discover their purport. Only six yielded anything in the way of relics. These consisted of flint chips, fire broken stones, pottery fragments and arrowheads. The earth was not disturbed in any case, except in that of the deep middle pit, for a depth of more than 30”, the underlying soil being hard and impenetrable by crude implements. ‘Middle pit. This pe was carefully excavated. The soil was _ disturbed for about 9” below its modern surface except at the bottom where there was an ash pit 4’ in depth and 4’ in diameter. Mingled through the soil of the large pit was found a quantity of pottery, 96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM flint and jaspar chips, heat cracked stones and a number of tri- angular flint points. In the ash pit at the bottom, objects of the same character were found. The presence of this large central excavation presents the prob- lem of its purpose. To solve this question a number of hypothet- ical answers are adduced for consideration: Ist, it may have been a central refuse pit; 2d, it may have been a place of assembly, its gradual slope affording a seating place; 3d, it may have been an inner stockade; 4th, it may have been a reservoir into which water was conducted from the spring on the hillside to the east; 5th, it may have been excavated to obtain earth for filling in the northwest corner of the inclosure which is low and sloping toward a small gully which drains a spring marsh. A careful examination of the ground showed that the northwest corner had been filled in, presumably with the soil excavated from the central pit. This examination also led to the several consider- ations. ‘That the pit was not a reservoir is shown by the fact that ashes and refuse matter were found within it, though not in large quantities. That it was not a reservoir is also indicated by the fact that no ditch or outlet could be discovered. However, one may have existed and the pit been a reservoir previous to its use as a refuse dump, if such it was. The refuse matter in the pit did not occur in such quantities that it would be differentiated from “ oc- cupied soil” elsewhere, so that it may have been an inner stockade or place of assemblage. ; . Extent and character of occupation. There is evidence enough | to point out that there was no long occupation of the site, the surface soil being but slightly disturbed to any depth. This evi- dence also suggests a settled occupation only in winter. The shallow pits seem to have been dug during the frozen season by alternately thawing and digging and in many instances also, to have been the sunken floors of lodges. If animal bones had been buried some would have remained as human bones did elsewhere in the site. This suggests that they were cast on the surface and after- ward devoured by animals or lost by decay. 3 Purpose of the earth wall. The earth wall and trench are palpably parts of a fortification. From the crest of the wall, with- out doubt, rose a line of palisades which surrounded the inclosure. — Indeed traces of these post holes were discovered all along on the ridge. One of the strange facts which at once appears a ctirious anomaly is that if this inclosure had been a fortification why such a position ~ FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I907 97 should have been selected, when, from the hillock to ‘the. west, arrows and stones or other missiles could have been easily thrown into the wall-protected inclosure. This very thing would have rendered the fort of little use in times of war or invasion. Two considerations then appear: first, that it was not a true fortifi- cation designed to protect the inhabitants from men only, but made for a protection from the wolves and other wild beasts which in- fested the region even in historic times; or second, that the enemies of the age held the acres of the dead as sacred spots and would not under any provocation desecrate the burial ground on the hill to use it as a vantage point from which to assail the living within the inclosure which the burial knoll overlooked. Camp site outside of inclosure. To the southwest of the burial knoll rises another glacial kame which in length runs east and west. This kame contained Ito large ash pits, the one on the summit being 5’ deep and filled with carbonaceous earth, burnt sandstone and ‘charred corn. Between this kame and the inclosure, the earth had almost everywhere been disturbed and there was a heavy mixture of white ash and charcoal as if the vegetation and trees had been burned over many times. No implements were found here except a celt at the west end of the kame. The soft mellow loam here also suggests its employment as a garden spot, possibly a cornfield. Charred corn was found in some of the pits. Age of the remains. Several considerations determine the age of the remains. The absence of European articles at this place is a good indication that it is prehistoric. The difference between the characters of the occupation and those of the early historic Eries points out a pre-Erian or early Erian people. That they. were early Iroquoian is evident from an examination of the artifacts but that they were early Erian is manifest by certain differences in form of culture and occupation. The remains would seem to be at least 500 years old and even a greater age may be ascribed. No detailed description of the osteological remains of the aborig- inal inhabitants of New York has even been attempted. It is the plan of the archeological section, therefore, to begin a systematic study of all the human remains which can be obtained within the limits of the State and finally issue a more or less complete report upon the subject. There is indeed a great need for such a guide, for the scientific value of such data has been almost entirely overlooked. A detailed study of the osteological remains found 08 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM at the locality described (Gerry) is being made in the laboratory, all the approved osteometric measurements and indexes being taken. Although this work is but partially completed at this writing, it is possible to give some of the figures and a few descriptions of the various morphological characters which the bones exhibit. Crania. The crania, for convenience in study, have been ranged in three classes as follows: brachycephalic, with indexes above 80; mesaticephalic, with indexes between 75 and 80; and dolichocephalic, with indexes below 75. ‘ is It is not possible in a preliminary report of this kind to describe at length each skull or give the various minor measurements. Type skulls of each group will, therefore, be taken. ‘Specimen 4503, a male taken from burial 5. This skull is the best preserved of any found and is the heaviest, weighing 24 ounces. It is that of a person of mature years, between 50 and 60. The teeth which remain are well preserved, but there are cavities in the superior right canine and in the adjoining premolar. On the right side in the upper jaw the molars are entirely lacking and the matrices filled. The third molar on the left seems to have been lost a short time before death. The first premolar on the left is abnormal in that it grows out at an angle. This has resulted in it being worn obliquely and protruding over the premolar beneath. On the opposite side the premolar is normal in form, but between it and the canine there is a supernum- erary tooth. The denture of the lower jaw is normal and there — are no cavities in the teeth which remain. On the left side all the ‘premolars are gone and the matrices healed and closed. On the right side one molar and the other teeth remain. ee The inferior maxillary is well preserved. It is remarkable for the squareness of the chin, the mental tubercules on either side being pronounced. They flare out from the body of the maxillary and give the chin a width of 57 millimeters. | The sigmoid notch is crescentic and not parabolic. In breadth, measuring from the crests of the coronoid processes, the jaw is 107 millimeters, and a line drawn from a point midway between the angles to the point of the chin gives a length of 70 millimeters. The palate is worthy of note because of its several peculiarities. The transverse suture has entirely united and several spinous processes have formed on each side of the sagittal suture. The posterior palatine canal on the right is larger than that of the left due to the absorption or the retarded growth of the septum. These Plate 41 Two views of skull 4503, from grave 6, McCullough site. Breadth index, 71.6 ed i 7 2 } \ } 4 . ih FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 99 canals are not normal in form. ‘The external base of the skull presents several other interesting features, one of which is the form of the foramen magnum. An examination of the upper portion of the skull shows that the sutures have begun to amalgamate. This is especially noticeable in the coronal suture where it disappears after touching the tem- poral ridge. On the left side, however, there is an excrescence formed by two spinous processes that arise a millimeter above the plane of the alesphenoid. These excrescences are thin and cal- careous and appear to be the result of an injury. The supraciliary ridges are heavy and their surface covered with fine convolutions. The frontal bone slopes back and the forehead is low. The occipital region is full but asymmetric, the left side being larger. The nasal bone curves sharply out from the face lifting rhinion above the plane of dacryon. This suggests a wide and prominent probocis which must have appeared in life formid- able as accentuated by the beetling brows. The whole appearance of the skull with its many ridges indicates an extraordinary mus- _ culature. A list of the principal rectilinear measurements follows: -Maximum length, 187 mm Basi-prosthionic length, 98 mm Maximum width, 134 mm Nasi-prosthionic length, 76 mm Basal hight, measured from basion | Bi-zygomatic breadth, 137 mm to bregma, 141 mm Bi-stephanic, 118 mm Auricular hight, 120 mm Orbital hight, 38 mm Horizontal circumference, 525 mm Orbital width, 45 mm Auriculo-nasal length,95 mm Nasal hight, 55 mm | Auriculo-prosthionic length, Ioo mm Nasal width, 26 mm Basi-nasal length, 108 mm INDEXES . Bart <<" Measurement Decimal indexes Classification Breadth 134 7 Dolichocephalic : 187 Hight 141 75.4 Metriocephalic : 187 | eiweolar: =. - 98 90.79 Orthognathous 108 Nasal ee Ty Re Leptorrhine I0O NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Part Measurement Decimal indexes Classification Facial 76 748.1 Chamaeprosope eva Stephano-zygomatic 118 86.1 Phenozygous 137 Orbital 38 84.4 Mesosmic case Capacity 1649.2 ccm Specimen 4550; an adult mature male. The facial portion is missing and was probably lost during the process of ossuary burial. The sutures are distinet but the coronal is in an advanced stage of synostosis. On either side this suture is not visible below the tem- poral ridge except for a centimeter on the tieht sides Puewees orbit has a wide supraorbital notch which the right does not present. The supraorbital ridges are similar to those on the other male skulls and the glabella full. The frontal dome slopes back and there are no eminences. On the right side of the temporal, the squamous suture has united posteriorly with the parietal for a dis- tance of 25 millimeters. On either side the alesphenoid has united with the parietal. On the right the temporal ridge is not well de- veloped although on the left it is plainly visible. There is a Worm- ian bone at the point of union between the parietals and the occip- ital bone, and two a centimeter above the point where the superior temporal line touches the lambdoid suture. Below are enumerated the principal measurements possible in this specimen. Millimeters : Millimeters Maximum. lengtli.. acces eee [95 0| -PaSiON-MASiON <<). cu. c eee 102 These measurements give the following indexes: are Data Index Classification Breadth 133 81.6 Brachycephalic 163 Aveolar 98 96 Orthognathous 102 Nasal 26 58.3 Platyrrhine 48 Orbital 38 G5 Megasemic : 42 | Capacity indeterminate Femora. There are a number of morphological variations in — the collection of femora which command attention at once. The more striking anomalies only will be mentioned here. They are those termed the third or supernumerary trochanter and platymeria. Each of these characters is found in a large percentage of the femora, the supernumerary trochanter in about 40 per cent and platymeria in 60 per cent. For the several variations which these femora present a brief description of several is here appended. Specimen 4522; right femur, probably male, weighs 914 ounces. It is heavily built and has a heavy gluteal ridge for a distance of 6 centimeters below the lesser trochanter. The superior. extremity is normal (Indian) though the digital fossa is deep. Plate 43 Two views of skull 4551. Index, 76.6 Plate 44 views of skull 4552. Index “745 — ee —~— eS SS Po ee | a FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q07 103 There is a tuberosity of slight elevation resembling a third tro- chanter and below it and extending within 35 millimeters in a dia- metrical plane of the superior arterial foramen is the hypotrochan- teric fossa. Its depth is accentuated by a flangelike projection of the shaft. The femur is not especially platymeric, index 74.3. The lower portion of the femur is apparently normal although the external tuberosity is large, but this seems a characteristic of many of the femora. Specimen 4505; a typical shaft. It is 428 millimeters in length and weighs 10% ounces. In color it is a straw yellow and like all the other bones bears no sign of fossilization. The neck is long and the ball bears a deep lozenge-shaped fossa of the interarticular ligament. The linea aspera is heavy and above the arterial foramen becomes the gluteal ridge, the width of which is accentu- ated by the flangelike projection on the anterior border of the shaft. Above this ridge is the third or supernumerary trochanter. The sagittal diameter of the shaft is 24 millimeters and the transverse: 34, which gives the platymeric index 70.6. Specimen 4516; a short heavy femur with a length of 435 milli- meters and a weight of 11 ounces. The upper portion is heavy and abnormal in several characters. The neck is short and the great trochanter heavy. These characters give the upper portion of the femur a wide, heavy appearance and the upper part of the head or ball rises scarcely a centimeter above the top of the great trochanter. The portion of the ball surrounding the fossa of the interarticular ligament is flattened and the fossa is small. On the internal side of the ball at its juncture with the neck there is a depression 12 millimeters in length and a millimeter wide. The digital fossa is deep, wide and filled with small tubercles. The cavity reaches down along the intertrochanteric ridge to the lesser trochanter. The shaft is not platymeric. Specimen 4513; a large shaft, probably male, with a length of 470 millimeters and a weight of 11 ounces. It is noticeably platy- meric and has an index of 63.1. Part of the great trochanter is broken and with it the upper part of the external border of the ‘shaft. An elevation in the bone just where it is broken seems to indicate that a third trochanter had been broken off. Tibiae. One of the peculiarities of the tibiae which is at once apparent to the most superficial observer is the transverse flattening -of the tibial shaft which gives it a saberlike appearance. This anomaly is present in 75 per cent of the tibiae from Gerry and 104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM therefore must be regarded as a character normal to the-race. The platycnemic tibiae are all those of adults, those of adolescents being less pronounced. The indexes taken from specimens range as follows: Number Length Diameters Index 4540 broken - “20° -=39 51.3 4700 broken IQ —34 55-8 4540 broken 23 -39 50.4 — 45360 B 390 © 21.5-38 560-0:5 4530 A 381 21.5-38 ; 50.6 . Aggo = >. 402 23. 338 60.5 A541 376 3 22 -30 | 61.1 4542 355 22 —36 OL 2 4544 367 227735 - 62.09 4543 398 25 -38 68.4 4547 330 2488 72.7 4545 365 Ze eas FBT Humeri. An examination of the humeri frum the Gerry site © revealed a percentage of 4o with the perforated olecranon cavity. In the Edson-Reed donation from the Dennison site are 19 humeri, 12 perforated and 7 nonperforated. This gives a percent- age of 58.3 perforated. The tibiae from the site are greatly flat- tened, some giving an index of 18mm—35mm== 51.7. That the per- forations are natural and not due to a decay of the septum is patent from a microscopical examination of the edges of the per- forations where the external osseous surface appears unbroken. In some of the nonperforated specimens the osseous septum is of tissue thinness and is translucent when held to the light. Where one of these has become broken the fracture line is radically differ- ent from the border of natural perforation. Some superficial in- vestigators have endeavored to explain these perforations by the disappearance of the septum by decay, but even a hasty examination fails to justify this assumption. Artifacts. Pottery. The specimens of pottery secured in the Cassadaga valley consist entirely of fragments. Several crushed pots, however, may be restored. In thickness this pottery is less than that from the shore of Lake Erie. It is mostly tempered with pulverized shell and is comparatively light in weight. - The incised designs are few and simple in character and are of the early Iroquoian style. Nearly all the specimens were found in ash pits, although a few fragments were found in a grave filling, — Plate 45 Platymeric femora. The third trochanter is especially noticeable in the hird and fourth specimens. wt Plate 46 Platycnemic tibiae from the McCullough site. index of 54. The fourth tibia has an rte Plate 47 Perforated humeri from the McCullough site, Gerry, N. Y. ‘Pows1ojtod Bssoy UOURIDIIO dy} aALY OM} 4SET oy} Inq [TV ‘31S uostuuaq oy} wosz troup] ae rg oe tay 1 area ; a ee eee ye ee ee oe ae ee! 2 - ea | oe FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 105 Stone objects. Articles of stone were not numerous and at the Gerry site only three celts were found and these outside the inclosure on the higher ground. No hammer stones or anvils were found but arrow chippings and triangular flint points were fairly numerous. Bone objects. No bone implement or object of any descrip- tion was found in the village site and the only bone object found whatever was the heron bill near the forehead of the male skeleton in grave 6. Sites examined A list of the earthworks and village sites examined in Chautau- qua and Cattaraugus counties follows. From two to five days or more were spent in the examination of each in order to determine their character and the culture represented. 1 An earthwork situated on a bluff at the confluence of a small brook with Mill creek is described by the old inhabitants as a cir- cular work with a deep d¢pression it. the center. This is situated on the Margaret Harris farm. No part of the earth wall remains although the excavation in the center is yet visible. It however seems natural rather than artificial. Few traces of occupation could be discovered although several days were spent in testing and excavating. Some flints and fire-cracked stones were strewn on the bank above Mill creek, but there were no pits or pottery. This work is mentioned in State Museum bulletin 32, Aboriginal ~ Occupation of-New York, as no. 24 in Chautauqua county. 2 There was an extensive earthwork and village site in the heart of the village of Sinclairville. Cheney’s plan and description are erroneous. The site-was examined and a map made from an actual survey by Hon. Obed Edson of Sinclairville. This earthwork belongs to the prehistoric Huron-Iroquois, and triangular points and pottery are found each year as the lawns are graded and gardens tilled. 3 The Edmunds site. An interesting camp site, discovered on Pine hill is situated on the Edmund’s farm in the town of Char- - lotte. 27 pits were opened here and a quantity of pottery found. Two crushed pots were found in pits on the nose of a sandy | projection that ran out from Pine hill into the valley of Edmund’s brook. One large pit had a stoned floor and was walled with slabs of shale. This was evidently a cache or storage cellar. The _-Edmund’s site is about one mile from Cassadaga creek and is sit- uated between the Dunkirk, Allegany Valley & Pittsburgh track 106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and the Dunkirk road. At the foot of the hill just above the little flat washed out by the brook a large ash bed was discovered. ‘This ash bed is 27’ by 47’ in dimensions and 36” deep. It was filled with carbonized material and disintegrated sandstone and drift boulders. Several of these large ash beds- were examined in the locality but nothing which would give a clue as to their purpose could be discovered. 4 The Dennison site in the township of Gerry lies about a quar- ter of a mile from the Charlotte township line. It is crossed by the old Chautauqua road, but now may only be traced by careful exami- nation. This work was explored and partially excavated in 1887 by Hon. Obed Edson of Sinclairville who donated to the museum some of the human remains which he had taken from a large ossuary here. The site is of the early Iroquoian type and no occu- pied soil could be discovered. 5 A site on which a group of 12 pits are still visible is situated on the Sears farm near the site previously described. Nothing could be discovered in the pits although All were excavated. 6 The McCullough site on Gerry hill has already been described at length. 7 A glacial kame near Cassadra lake has a row of pits across the top. These were opened, but nothing except a few kernels of charred corn, a few flint chips and fire-broken stones remains to tell of their Indian origin. 8, g, 10 Three places near Cassadaga lake were examined. All were old sites of early Iroquois culture. tr At the head of Cassadaga lake upon the dividing ridge of the watershed a small camp site was discovered. 12 An interesting ash bed situated on the H. Carlson farm in lot 46, Gerry, was examined. This bed is upon a little promontory that juts out into the vailey of a small stream sometimes called Phelps pasture brook and is easily discovered by the low mound of black earth which rises a foot or two above the surrounding surface. : The bed is.40’ by 45’ im -dimensiogs and A> decpaue: iam composed of a light sandy soil intermixed and colored black by large quantities of pulverized carbonaceous material. Large num- bers of sandstone blocks and granite boulders cracked and crumbling are distributed through the mass. A large white pine stump 4% feet in diameter crowns the bed so that the work is plainly not that of white people. Numbers of these ash heaps are found through- out the county and form a problem yet to be solved. pa eee FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 107 13 One of the largest earthworks in Chautauqua county was situated on the old Partridge-Harris farm in the village of Gerry. The wall of this work has been plowed down but originally inclosed an area of about six acres. Excavations here revealed deep dis- ' turbances, but none of the pits contained bone objects nor pottery in any quantity. Hammerstones, celts, potsherds, arrowheads and a pipe stem were found in the occupied layer. 14 Some most interesting sites are to be found in the valley of Clear creek in the township of Ellington. The “Old Fort” in Ellington village is one of the most notable in Chautauqua county. Several days were spent here examining the inclosure for pits and burials. Several large ash pits were opened and a quantity of pottery and a dozen arrow points, triangular type, were found. The culture is early Iroquoian and prehistoric. The earthwork is oval in form with a gate at the eastern end. It is situated upon a steep hill which runs out into the valley and as a strategic position is almost ideal. An examination of the map herewith presented demonstrates this fact. 15 The Boyd site is situated near the line of lots 47 and 39 in Ellington and is found upon a level plateau which forms the edge of a stream-cut terrace just above the valley of Clear creek. This fort was described by T. A. Cheney in the 5th Annual Report of the State Museum, but his survey does not appear entirely accurate. No deep pits were found here and the occupied layer was thin. Culture: Early Iroquoian, prehistoric. 16 Opposite this site upon the terrace on the opposite side of the valley, 1700 feet distant, is another earthwork. This work, how- ever, is a circular one. Excavation revealed that it was of the early Iroquoian culture with triangular arrow points and early pottery. No long occupation. 17 A circular fort in the town of Clear Creek had a large central pit but was not available for excavation. 18 Between the “Old Fort” and Ellington and the Clear Creek fort is a glacial kame which contains what appear to be old burials. Here notched and shouldered points and a gorget were found. Ig Several small camp sites were visited and examined in Cone- wango in Cattaraugus county. 20 A site on the Marshall farm in Sherman. 21 A mound at Findley lake on the Hill farm. 22 Large pits in numbers at the head of Findley lake. 23 Pits in Kennedy near the Randolph town line. 108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 24 A large mound on the Cheney farm in Poland. - 25 Two mound sites at Falconer. 26 An old burial site in Victoria on Chautauqua lake. 27 Two mounds at Vandalia, at the confluence of Chipmunk creek and the Allegany river. 28 The sites of the mounds at the mouth of Olean creek. 29 Mound on the Sunfish property in Great Valley. 30 Earthwork site at Point Peter on Cattaraugus creek. 31 Village site in Elko. 32 Burial site at Old Town in Elko. 33 Village site at Onoville on the Allegany. 34 Village site on the banks of Clear creek in Erie county. 35 Earthwork on Zoar hill in Otto. 36 Earthwork on the McNeil farm in Westfield. : 37 Village and burial site on Chautauqua creek, Westfield. 38 Two fort sites on the Almey farm in Gerry. | 39 Earth ring site and occupied kame 40 rods distant from 38. 40 Site at High Banks near Irving. 41 Silverheel’s site on the Cattaraugus reservation. Probably early Seneca. Excavations conducted here by the owner of the property yielded some interesting specimens of entire pottery and bone objects. These objects will be acquired for the State Museum. The results of the examination of the foregoing sites are reserved tor fuller description. Two important facts may here be stated with propriety. ec Ist, That the Senecas occupied western New York west of the Genesee, having fixed villages long before the .Revolutionary War. The date of these sites may be fixed shortly after 1656. This fact is supported alone by the testimony of archeology and the evidence is too overwhelming to be disputed. 2d, That the Senecas in western New York, west of the Genesee, made pottery and flints at the same time when they used European articles extensively. Iron, glass, broken china ware, flint chips, broken pottery and bone implements have all been found in the same pits. Notable accessions Wampums. A wampum belt 22 inches long and 8 rows wide was purchased from W. C.: Hill of New York city. The design Ee ee ee ee ee ee ey ee 7 ¥ \ ! FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I907 IOQ consists of six diagonal bars of white beads, three bars on each side of a central cross, the arms of which radiate from a central square composed of eight white beads. The beads are strung on a vegetable twine, probably hemp. ‘The belt is said to have come from Oldtown, Maine, where it had _ been held by the Penobscot Indians. It is said to be of Iroquois manufacture and to be a “ condolence belt.” It is a command and summons to a condolence council at Onondaga, represented by the central cross. A wristband of modern stringing is another wampum piece of interest. It is said to have been an old Mohawk wristband which has been restrung to preserve the design, the original warp having _ decayed and become broken. ; ; The Archeologist secured on the reservations several ceremonial Wampum strings of considerable interest. One is a string of purple beads hung from a streamer of black ribbon in five strands of thirty- _ two beads each. At the end of each string is a small piece of deer- skin. This wampum is said to have been a Seneca condolence string, that is a string used in the ceremony of a mourning council. Another string of purple wampum divided in two strands is repre- sented as the “death horns.” It was held by a sachem until his _ death when it was passed to his successor in office as a symbol of name and office. : _ A string of mixed purple and white beads arranged in two strands is a “name.” One strand consists of beads arranged as follows: _ 2 purple, 1 white, 2 purple, 1 white, 2 purple, 2 white, 4 blocks the same, then 5 purple, 2 white, ending with 1 purple bead held on the string by a small knot of yellow ribbon. The other strand consists of bars of 4 purple beads with a white bead interposed between. A faded purple ribbon holds the beads on the linen string. A “runner’s” or messenger’s summons composed of 50 purple _ beads strung on gut and tied to a notched stick is a condolence council call. There are four notches on the stick which mean that four days’ time is given in which to appear at the council. ‘A Canadian string of mixed disk wampum and colored beads forms an interesting mate of the disk string secured in 1898 by Mrs H. M. Converse. The string is strung on heavy cotton thread and there are knots of colored ribbon tied at intervals. Mr M. R. Harrington who secured this piece says that it is the last Tutelo _ name string and obtained with great difficulty. The Tutelos are an adopted captive tribe originally of Siouxan culture. ‘ er . a ae oe ere Pee Le. "= IIo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Silver ornaments. The Archeologist secured nearly a hundred silver brooches of various sizes from the Allegany Senecas. These brooches are of various sizes and forms and furnish a valuable addi- tion to the State collection. ; A collection of 19 large silver disks ranging from 6 inches in diameter down to 2 inches was included in the Hill collection. These disks are represented as Algonquin ornaments secured at Oldtown, Maine. In this collection were two silver crowns one of which is the largest in the State collection. Some rare brocches were included in the M. R. Harrington col- lection. In this collection also was a pair of earrings very similar to those figured by Morgan in the early Museum reports. Several pairs of silver earrings of interesting form were pur- chased from the Indians by the Archeologist, Some of the speci- — mens have glass gems in settings. Possibly the most valuable ethnological acquisition was a set of Indian silversmith’s tools, purchased from a brother of the last Alle- gany brooch maker, George Silversmith. The outfit consists of small iron and steel chisels, made by the silversmith himself. A massive blowpipe of brass, store hammers and files were included. The silver used for brooch making was obtained by beating Cana- dian silver coins to the desired thinness when the pattern was traced on and cut out with the chisels. A set of earring and ring punches form an important part of the outfit. Several Indian made finger rings were also acquired and are the only specimens in the State collection. Masonic emblem. One of the most interesting specimens of the white man’s art found on an Indian site is a large Masonic emblem of copper found by Luke I. Fitch on an old Onondaga site near Pompey, Onondaga co. The square and compasses in the emblem are surrounded by a belt embossed with the roses of York © and the Scottish thistles. Several Iroquois Indians late in the 18th century and early in the 19th were Free Masons, notably Brant and Red Jacket. Whether the emblem was worn by some Indian or by a white man is not known, but the probabilities are that it was lost by some colonial soldier or agent sent among the Onondagas. Several Masonic brooches of Indian make are in the museum collection cf Iroquois silver work. Set ne aes a ee a ~ ~ = ss ~ pm) we ioe ) = — = aos oa Tiled LEREPEL h rei ee TR oe an OT ae Wampum articles acquired during 1907 I Council belt. 2 Wrist band. 3 Name string. 4 Messenger’s summons. 5 Condolence wampum. 6 Chief’s horns Plate 50 4 Metallic ornaments acquired during 1907 I Silver head band. 2 Silver brooch. Pattern conventionalized from Masonic emblem. 3 Masonic emblem in copper from village site near Pompey. 4 Algonquin disk brooch in silver. 5 Seneca brooch in silver. FOURTH REPORT OF THI» DIRECTOR 1907 Ii! VII A STATE HISTORICAL MUSEUM - Section 22 of the University Law as amended to 1904 reads in part as follows: State Museum: how constituted. All scientific specimens and collections, works of art, objects of historic interest and similar property appropriate to a general museum, if owned by the State and not placed in other custody by a specific law, shall constitute the State Museum. The State of New York has made provision for the acquisition and preservation of historical records but these only in the form of documents, written or printed, of which the State Library has now become a vast treasure-house. The Bureau of Military Statistics pertaining to the department of the Adjutant General has brought together by voluntary cooperation an extensive store of military relics, in very large part memorials of the Civil War; the State Historian is authorized by law to “ collect, collate, compile, edit and prepare for publication all official records, memoranda and data relative to the Colonial Wars, War of the Revolution, War of Eighteen Hundred and Twelve, Mexican War and War of the Rebellion, together with all official records, memoranda and statis- tics affecting the relations between this commonwealth and foreign powers, between this State and other States and between this State and the United States.” He is not empowered to acquire other historical materials than the data above referred to, nor has he authority of law or appropriations to acquire historical “ objects ” as distinguished from records, memoranda and documents. There is thus no department of the State which has adequate authority, breadth of scope and available funds for acquiring and conserving “ objects’ of historical importance, in distinction from histofricai _“ documents,” except the Education Department through the agency of the State Museum. Importance of a State historical museum Throughout the history of the commonwealth no systematic effor: has ever been made on the part of the State to conserve the relics of its history. -In the early career of the State Museum a good many objects pertaining to the early culture of the community came into its possession, but in the development of the museum, - I1I2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM materials regarded as of more purely scientific character were con- sidered as the proper field of the institution and its activities in acquisition were restricted to that scope. The sphere of its func- tions is now broadened by the University law above cited. The State has shown an appreciative spirit and most laudable activity in the acquisition or protection of places with historic asso- ciations. With or without volunteer private cooperation, it has taken over historic property, marked with commemorative monu- | ments sites of momentous and critical events in its history, raised imposing memorials on its battlefields and statutes to some of its distinguished sons. The spirit which has inspired these results has been born and nursed into expression by a multitude of patriotic societies, some of general, others of more local scope. But further than this in the conservation of its historical materials the State has not gone. It has left wholly to local civic associations the conservation of the relics of its history. There is scarcely an intel- ligent community in the State which has not an historical society engaged not merely in retelling the often half remembered story of local events but conserving the materials associated with the early stages of its progress and the personal careers of its distinguished citizens. 7 2 It would be impossible to estimate the value of the collections of these societies to the student of New York history and the edifica- tion, satisfaction and pride with which these are contemplated by the citizens of this State. But these results have been achieved alone by private organizations moved by the same proper spirit — which may justly require of the State that it conserve the monu- ments of ats own cultures. | : If there is ever to be a State Historical Museum certainly it is time to inaugurate it and if the effort is made it should be made persistently, with a clearly defined purpose in view. Time is pass- ing. New York has behind it 300 years of successive cultures and back of that the cultures of the aborigines. It is no longer easy to acquire the relics of these cultures. In another generation they will all have passed into the possession of public or private museums. It is with the relics of the different settlements rather than with its critical events that an historical museum should concern itself. Such collections of historical objects should depict in the truest and most realistic fashion the modes and means of living in each successive phase of culture, should reproduce by proper association a faithful picture of domestic life and habitudes. The educational FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 113 value of such demonstrative collections would be of high quality and an essential supplement to the training of the schools. New York need not, because of its relative youth, invite the diffi- ~ culties which have confronted other countries with longer histories, in the formation of historical museums. The making of such col- _lections has always been too long deferred. But New York may well follow the example and hope for the results which other nations have achieved in this direction, for in all the countries of Europe are no collections of whatever character of so general interest and instructiveness to the public as the Historical Museums such as those of Amsterdam, Hamburg, Berlin, Nuremberg, Zurich and Basel. ae Plan for a State historical museum There is a vast difference between a miscellaneous assortment of historical objects, each out of its proper association with only its individual story to tell or its personal associations to invite atten- tion, and an historical museum scientifically arranged with its objects all brought into their proper historic perspective. There are thousands of valuable historic relics in local collections of the State, which must by the very nature of the conditions under which they are brought together be left to tell their story as best they can by themselves. There is but one method however in which such objects can be made adequately to present their full signficance and that is the method of proper association. As an outline of what a State historical collection might be the following suggestions are made. . 3 sh. In general, a portrayal of the successive or contemporaneous cultures in this State by a reproduction of the mode of life and dress in the various phases of our civilization. For such purposes a series of rooms assigned to the various cultures would display 1 The domestic life of the aborigines: an Indian lodge appro- priately equipped with the daily utensils of the aborigines, the squaw — at the hand-mill; the potter molding clay vessels and pipes, the brooch maker and the arrow maker with their equipments. It would be vastly to the credit of a State like New York, the home of the Iroquois Confederacy, the earliest and mightiest of all aborig- “inal leagues, the seat of momentous events in Indian and frontier history, the founder and supporter of the State Museum which is the possessor of priceless and unexampled collections of Iroquois culture relics and the official custodian of the archives of the Six Nations, to go still further into the realistic portrayal of Indian life IIl4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and customs by the reproduction of certain important ceremonials and councils of which there remain today but stories on printed pages. New York could afford to keep this romantic period of its history before the eye and transmit it in reasonable fulness and force to posterity. | 2 The domestic life of the Dutch culture, represented by one or two rooms, say a living room and kitchen equipped with the utensils and materials appropriate to the period of the Dutch settlement. 3 Some portrayal of the German culture of the upper Hudson, Schoharie and Mohawk valleys —a culture which though transient left a recognizable impress on the community. Also of the Huge- not settlements in Ulster county and the lower Hudson valley. 4 Rooms equipped with the furnishings of the English colonial revolutionary period before the invasion of the French influence. 5 An adequate representation of life on the frontier of Central Western New York before the extinction of the Indian land titles and the Massachusetts claims. Such a carefully coordinated collection would naturally be supple- mented by other materials which could not be placed in such asso- ciations but would help to complete the portrayal of past cultures. In the geological department of the State Museum an earnest effort is being made to bring together materials which will. demon-_ strate the historical development and present working of such in- dustries as depend upon the natural mineral resources of the State. In this undertaking a willing and appreciative cooperation with the producers of the State has been elicited. With the very best reason the State Museum may hope for an equally zealous cooperation of the citizens in the formation of an historical collection. There are still to be had from the descendants of the older families of this State many historical relics; few are treasured, more are not. Some are merely harbored for their associations, many are lying in garrets and barns. An appeal to the patriotic instinct coupled with an assurance that such relics if placed in the State’s custody will not only never be deprived of their personal associations, but be placed in their proper surroundings, should not fail to be effective. It is submitted that such an historical coilection as is here outlined for New York should exist and that the acquisition of such mate= rials by the State should not be delayed. There is no historical col- lection in America arranged on such a basis as here suggested. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 II5 VIII PUBLICATIONS A list of the scientific publications issued during the year 1906-7 . with those now in press and treatises ready for printing is attached hereto. The publications issued are 14 in number on a variety of topics covering the whole range of our scientific activity. They embrace 2472 pages of text, 213 plates and 38 maps (3 colored). The labor of preparing this matter, verifying, editing and cor- recting is onerous and exacting. Taken altogether it excellently in- dicates the activity and diligence of the staff of this division. Annual report fo ihird Report of the Director, State Geologist and Paleon- tologist for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1906. I86p.. Contents: | Introduction V Report on the zoology sec- Condition of the scientific col- tion lections constituting the VI Report on the archeology : State Museum section II Report on the geological sur- VII Publications vey VIII Staff of the Science Division ‘Geological survey and State Museum Mineralogy IX = Accessions Earthquake records x Appendixes ~ Limestone caverns of eastern A Localities of American New York Paleozoic fossils Paleontology B Type specimens of Paleo- Special problems zoic fossils. Supplement 3 III Report of the State Botanist | IV Report of the State Ento- | mologist Memoirs 2 No. 8 Insects Affecting Park and Woodland Trees. By E. P. Felt. v.2, 548p. 22pl. Contents: Enemies of evergreen or coniferous Insects of minor importance affect- trees ing forests trees (continued) Work of bark borers in pine Fungous beetle Certain structures of scolytids Natural enemies of bark borers Borers ) Leaf eaters affecting deciduous Twig borers forest trees Ambrosia beetles Frequenters, usually injurious, of Leaf feeders deciduous forest trees Insects of minor importance affect- Frequenters, usually beneficial, of ing forest trees deciduous forest trees Insects affecting deciduous trees Plant galls and gall makers Borers in living or relatively Less destructive insects affecting sound wood or bark evergreen or coniferous trees Borers in dried, usually manu- Supplemental bibliographic and de- factured wood scriptive catalogue Borers in decaying wood or Explanation of plates species found under decay- Index ing bark 116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 3 No. 10 The Devonic Fishes of the New York Formations. By C. R. Eastman. 2236p. Contents: Introduction Conspectus of species, arranged according to their geological oc- currence Tabular key to systematic descrip- tions Systematic account of Devonic fishes, principally from New York and Pennsylvania T5pl Summary and conclusions Zoological conclusions Geological conclusions with re- marks on the distribution of De- vonic fishes Explanation of plates Index Bulletins Geoiogy 4 No. 106 Glacial Waters in the Lake Erie Basin. Q maps. Barrchild. /88p. 14 pl Contents: Introduction Literature Area. Maps Geography. Topography Outline of glacial history Ice margins; moraines Ss No. 107 Geological Papers. Contents: Postglacial Faults of Eastern New York. J. B. WoopwortH Stratigraphic Relations of the Oneida Conglomerate. C. A. HARTNAGEL Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Formations of the Skunnemunk Mountain Region. C. A. Harrt- NAGEL Minerals from Lyon Mountain, Clinton ‘County: - Hrrpert * P. WHITLOCK On Some Pelmatozoa from the Chazy Limestone of New York. GroRGE H. Hupson 388p. s6pl. Glacial drainage channels Local glacial lakes Greater glacial lakes Shore lines of the greater lakes Deltas and lake plains Index 5 I map. Some New Devonic Fossils. JoHN M. CLARKE An Interesting Style of Sandfilled Vein. JoHNn M. CLARKF . The Eurypterus Shales of the Shawangunk Mountains in East- ern New ~-York. JoHn- “M: CLARKE A- Remarkable Fossil Tree Trunk from the Middle Devonic of New York. Davin WHITE Structural and Stratigraphic Fea- tures of the Basal-Gneisses of the Highlands. CHARLES P. BERKEY Index ce, 6 No. 111 Drumlins of Central Western New York. Py H. ies Fairchild. 58p. 28pl. Contents: Introduction: general description - Areal distribution Orientation Relation to larger topography Relation to underlying rock strata IQ maps. Form and dimensions Dimensions Composition and structure Rocdrumlins Concentric bedding By Tale Sera ye se ey bo ew patel ai) Sak nn ft FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 _ 1 ae Contents: ; Formation: theoretical mechanics Special features (continued) a Dynamic factors pertaining Channels among the drumlins to the ice body Summary b Factors relating to the drift Age of the drumlins held in the ice Thrust motion of the ground c Factors of external control contact ice - Drumlin forms and observed re- Origin lations Dynamics Relation to moraines _ Drumlin forms Special features Depth of the drumlin-making ice Syracuse island masses Drumlins of Ireland Montezuma island groups Bibliography -» Nondrumlin areas; open spaces | Index 7 No. 115 Geology of the Long Lake Quadrangle. By H. P. Cushing. 88p. 2opl. I map. Contents: Acknowledgment Topography Situation and character Glaciation General geology Economic geology Rocks Petrography of the rocks Rock structures - Index 8 No. 112 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York. 3d re- port. By D. H. Newland. 82p. Contents: Preface Clay (continued) Introduction : Crude clay Mineral production of New York Emery in I904 Feldspar Mineral production of New York Garnet in 1905 Graphite Mineral production of New York Gypsum in 1900 Peat Iron ore Petroleum Notes on recent mining develop- Pyrite ments Quartz Millstones Salt Mineral paint Sand-lime brick Natural gas Slate Arsenical ore Stone Carbon dioxid Granite Cement ; Limestone Clay Marble Manufacture of building brick Sandstone Other clay materials Trap New manufacturers of clay ma- Talc terials | Zinc. and lead Pottery . 5 Tndex 118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Paleontology g No. .114 Geologic map of the Rochester and Ontario Beach Quadrangles. By C. A. Hartnagel. 38p. 1 map. Contents: Introduction Sequence of events preceding the deposition of the rocks of the Rochester area Formations (continued) Clinton formation Niagara formation Salina formation Formations Index Medina formation : ieee Entomology to No. 109 White Marked Tussock Moth and Elm Leaf Beetle. Bycdi Pele “e4p sole Contents: Introduction Elm leaf beetle (continucd) White marked tussock moth Distribution Description Description Life history and habits Food plants Natural enemies Remedies Elm leaf beetle Food plants Life history Natural enemies Remedial measures Explanation of plates Index 11 No. 110 Report of the State Entomologist for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1906. Contents: Introduction Fruit tree insects Shade tree problem Gipsy and brown tail moths Aquatic insects Gall midges Publications Collections Office work Nursery certificates Voluntary observers General Notes for the year Fruit insects Bo tany 152p: ol: Notes for the year (continued) Garden insects Shade tree insects - Forest insects Miscellaneous Voluntary entomological service List of publications of the Ento- mologist Contributions to collection Appendix New species of Cecidomyiidae Addenda Explanation of plates Index é 12 No. 116 Report of the State Botanist for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1906. 108p. Contents: Introduction Species added to the herbarium Contributors and their contribu- tions Species not before reported New extralimital species of fungi Remarks and observations T2pl. Edible fungi New York grophorus New York species of Russula Explanation of plates Index species of Hy- FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 II9 Archeology 13 No. 108 Aboriginal Place Names of New York. By W. M. Beauchamp. #36p. Contents: Introductory Difficulties in determining ab- original names Composition of local names Authorities on language Local names Albany county Allegany county Broome county Cattaraugus county \ Cayuga county Chautauqua county Chemung county Chenango county Clinton county Columbia county Cortland county Delaware county Dutchess county Erie county Essex county « Franklin county Fulton county Genesee county Greene county Hamilton county Herkimer county Jefferson county Kings county Lewis county Livingston county Madison county Monroe county Montgomery county ‘' New York county Niagara county Oneida county Onondaga county Ontario county 14 No. 113 Civil, Religious and By W. M. Beauchamp. 118p. /7pl. monies of Adoption. Contents: General nature of councils Character and power of chiefs Wampum in councils The condoling council Troquois ceremonial manuscripts Variations in the songs The dead feast Lecal names (continued) Orange county Orleans county Oswego county Otsego county Putnam county Queens county with part of Nassau Rensselaer county Richmond county Rockland county St Lawrence county Saratoga county Schenectady county Schoharie county Schuyler county Seneca county Steuben county Suffolk county Sullivan county Tioga county Tompkins county Ulster county Warren county Washington county Wayne county Westchester county Wyoming county Yates county General names New York Pennsylvania New Jersey © Canada Miscellaneous Additional names List of authorities Index Mourning Councils and Cere- Adoption Religious councils Nation councils Supplementary Authorities Index Geological maps 15 Rochester and Ontario Beach quadrangies 16 Long Lake quadrangle I20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM IN PRESS Memoirs 17 Early Devonic of Eastern North America 18 Graptolites of New York. Pt 2, Graptolites of the Highee Beds | : Bulletins Geology and paleontology 19 Later Glacial Waters in Central New York 20 Geology of the Geneva-Ovid quadrangles Archeology 21 An Erie Indian Village and Burial Site - PREPARED Maps of the following quadrangles showing rock ees Cazenovia Honeoye-Wayland Phelps ~ Auburn Theresa Remsen Morrisville IN PREPARATION Maps of the following quadrangles showing rock geology Caledonia % Moravia Chittenango Alexandria Highlands Genoa Maps of the following quadrangles showing rock geology ~ Amsterdam-Broadalbin-Fonda-Gloversville ~ Rouse Point _ Schuylerville Paleontology Monograph of the Devonic crinoids Genera of the Paleozoic corals _ Descriptions of Devonic plants Entomology Report of the State Entomologist for the fiscal year ending Sep- tember 30, 1907 Botany | Annual Report of the State Botanist for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1907 FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 121 IX Setaeh OF THE SCIENCE DIVISION AND -STATE MUSEUM -The members of the staff, permanent and temporary, of this division as at present constituted are: ADMINISTRATION John M. Clarke, Director Jacob Van Deloo, Director's clerk GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY John M. Clarke, State Geologist and Paleontologist David H. Newland, Assistant State Geologist Rudolf Ruedemann Ph.D., Assistant State Paleontologist C. A. Hartnagel B.S., Assistant in Economic Geology D. Dana Luther, Field Geologist — : Herbert P. Whitlock, C.E., Mineralogist George S. Barkentin, Draftsman William S. Barkentin, Lithographer Joseph Morje, First clerk H. C. Wardell, Preparator Anna M. Byrne, Stenographer ~C. J. Robinson, Clerk Martin Sheehy, Machinist Temporary assistants _ Precambric geology Prof. H. P. Cushing, Adelbert College Dr C. P. Berkey, Columbia University Stratigraphic gesiogy Prof. T. C. Hopkins, Syracuse University H. O. Whitnall, Colgate University _G. H. Hudson, Plattsburg State Normal School Prof. W. J. Miller, Hamilton College Geographic geology Prof. Herman L. Fairchild, Rochester University Prof. J. B. Woodworth, Harvard University Prof. A. P. Brigham, Colgate University I22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Paleontology Dr C. R. Eastman, Harvard University David White, United States Geological Survey Dr T. Wayland Vaughan, United States Geological Survey Edwin Kirk, Columbia University BOTANY Charles H. Peck M.A., State Botamnist Stewart H. Burnham, Assistant, Glens Falls ENTOMOLOGY Ephriam P. Felt B.S. D.Sc., State Entomologist D. B. Young, Assistant State Entomologist I. L. Nixon, Assistant Anna M. Tolhurst, Stenographer J. Shafer Bartlett, Page Temporary assistants Dr James G. Needham, Lake Forest College Cornelius Betten, Lake Forest College John R. Gillett, Albany ZOOLOGY George H. Chadwick, Zoologist . George L. Richards, Taxridermist =~ Temporary assistants E. Howard Eaton, Canandaigua Dr EF. J. Letson, Buttalo ARCHEOLOGY ; Arthur C. Parker, Archeologist Maintenance. The provision made by the Legislature of 1907 for the maintenance of the scientific work ir all its branches and for the payment of all permanent and Upon services was $46,840. ee ee oe aS FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 123 » 4 ACCESSIONS ECONOMIC GEOLOGY Donation Picton Island Red Granite Co. New York. Cubes (12”) of red and pink granite, polished, from quarries on Picton Island, near Clayton 2 Ross, James. McCormick, S. C. Specimens of manganese ores from McCormick, Re Cora Uae. Tg EI nr Mean RM eB alate Oe 27 Warren, Prof. C. H. Boston, Mass. Specimens of titaniferous magnetite from eM Har TER ECO byte Ves es nc Sere ae ote Oe ee he ow aearare Seoie oe a 8 Collecticn Assistant State Geologist. Iron ores and associated rocks, Minerva, Ren PRIA crc Ree Be OE EE gos os Le ele pete ana wee aaa OF 3 ime@res aid rocks, Port Leyden, Lewis county. ................... 6 Assistant in Economic Geology. Clinton hematite, Furnaceville Iron MeO ATO. 8 crs se os ee eae eee eee Jat Basar eae 6 Clinton hematite, Fair Haven Iron Co., Sterling Station ............ 5 Specimens of shale showing fauna from layers directly above the Clin- BER e EE RIGID SEALNQU ee 8s aac) os Se ee wines gw et eee ee 50 Clinton hematite, specimens from iron bed directly above the Penta- Seaprelncstone, Second creck, Sodus.........20200. cee wesc acees 5 Clinton hematite, from Mareness Cagwin farm, Verona.............. 0) Clinton hematite, from Timothy Smith’s farm, Verona.............. 2 Clinton hematite, from James Wilson farm, (Klein ore bed) Verona.. 3 Clinton hematite (fossil ore from upper bed) E. W. Claus farm, ER 2 re cok SE aE SSR ae oe 10 ER ree ee ie ee a ke 137 PALEONTOLOGY Donatien Gillard, John. Stafford. Fossils from Stafford limestone, Stafford.. 250 Purchase Breger, C. L. Ithaca. Fossil, sponges from the Ithaca beds, Cornell Reber ULHAGA fo. ps4 es esc wes etaufe + 1S Ee OR ore Se ne te 40 Grebel, Wendler & Co. Geneva, Switzerland. Eurypterus eR MTR nyse oar a, SAE PD EE ade Oi ced winters: Ss Sicke Soa het beaie Shc ats Seen 4 IME ECR BIO EES FE Mg ene hie Nerd GP Ure sv fe 6 one Pyroxene in microcline : 52 Lae ken ee F Titanite OT soy DUE. Ge Reo as Re Oo nen eae Shee Epidote and _ stilbite ele stent Ng 20, Uden tts enw Fie I Epidote in microcline = Sica: tl doeegdos Ra I Pruyn, Mrs J. V. L. Albany. -Pyrite, Elba, _ Italy Bee pets, Sa See 7 Quartz de chat peda sess se! Hematite SO AEs Be 0a ay pe ie 26 Amphibole (asbestos), Cokin Abe Spee te eae ee ee Celestite and+biotite inUlava, Monte Somma, Waly. io...: 1. os eee ee Epidote, Crocé-di- Monde = Italy. 25.2.3 ces eee ee Wollastonite and amphibole, Vestivius crater, Maly . 52-5, Vestivianite and muscovite “Bosco Reale) “italy: 222.5. os 0 eee Gypsum, Renita, “Viale cecsts cietere eieeritee xcceeie Pyroxene in lava, ‘Lortedel sGrece; tally a. ee tn ee eee epics Chrysolite in lava, Vicinity of Vesuvius, Ttady-. ac2o'5 4 sateen Quartz, orthoclase and: biotite, Sorrento, Italy... 24 © aoe eee : Chrysolite, Capo di Sebastiano, THtal¥ . sci oS Sate es ae ee Volcanic rock, vicinity of Vesuvius, Ttaliy.< saan Sei Pee ee Limestone, vicinity of Vesuvius, Italy PS Sie, ede eee aa eee ae Muscovite, Capo di Quaglia, Italy Cea So shee nie te a eC cee a E CI oe Pe On FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9QO7 Garnet, vesuvianite and anorthite, Capo di Quaglia, Italy .......... I Biotite and chrysolite, vicinity of Vesuvius, Bear ns Sho tatdalnn seca: I Garnet and vesuvianite, Vesuvius, Italy ................ Se SBE I SI ein SOR Melly 20's ois sees wie aie e's mee a Fab Oe nee I Epidote, Torre del Greco, REET rae tar ee abe cai I Chrysolite and quartz, Capo Mr pnnevatels Riae toe oS ois ene ae Sones I ena linestone,» V-esuviis, ltaly.....2 2.2... cee eee ee EES I emote (specular). Monte. Sommia,’ Italy. .. 0... 05c0.0g ccc secures 2 Vesuvianite, garnet and anorthite, vicinity of Vesuvius, Italy.,..... I eeemiaune aod eatriet,. Vesuvius, Italy... 0.0. ee eee as, a ee eeveoie 10 lava, Si Giorsio a Cremano, Italy. ........ 06a. eee eee I een sas vid CAICIVG. V CStivilis, THaly. oni. oc eee ec ce eee bees I Deereeeciignis. Italy ooo. 2 cl en bec ce ie ve ee be eee sy ae: See I Peete and: epidote, Vesuvius, Italy. 2... 20. eos ee ek ae ee eee ee I Ee POSES OE pes re aia ee a a aig I meerogie mand heimatic, Vesuvius, Italy: .. 022.2005. cae cee ee eee I pene s au eartet, “Vesiuvitis, “Italy... ov. 00isieed hes Pace cee csees I Peete ee lavas Monte comma, ltaly 322 52 a ee a se ee I Wollastonite and amphibole, Vesuvius, Italy..................2 0005: 2 Wesivianite, Vesuvius, Italy... -. 2.2.2 ee. ele cee ede ee ete I Wollastonite and muscovite, Vesuvius, aaty et Ahad . 2 oi. 8Slc le eee: I Pummenig igs, Capo di. pcbastanon.225°..4,.-% <- 23 ose0l2 b. 0.50 20. I mameeicn tt lava VCS (tv 1195, bial yun 8 visi cs wlers 3 ie oars tite nto Sa ee Ok I Garnet and muscovite, Vesuvius, AISLE ety 2 sane ae wee eg eng te a ee I Chrysolite and biotite, Miesupetinee atcthy foo gees ot Ok ae So Henlaroa ss I Leucite in lava, Torre del Greco, Italy RNS Behe Na Od 3" ieee lait ee asd I Vesuvianite, Vesuvius, Tiyan ree a, a Ae He Se ig Rc aE 2 Amphibole (horn blende), NS copie tial ge on iets nie. c a cae at eee I Mueaatie. N-CSiyipis, Italy. 2. 3s oe leon cee ecco we a" Sc thtey | Anorthite, Vesuvi ius, Ttaly Be eee ge Bie eee Bs a Aces ate Se ve aac Se I Chrysolite SHG pyIOxXene~ Somastiano.. dialy 2 yess) eae ese Becca SEetae al Biotite and feldspar, Capo di Monte, Italy............... BINS ae oe I Garnet and muscovite, Vesuvius, Italy SEA pape, So tte apie ae Benge sae I Chrysolite and muscovite, Vesuvius, cya creek ee Cees Oa ots he ea I eae sein MiGs Litwin ae ge tc te bee 2 Pepe Ien erie Aeawicn oN CS tty its: I iaiye, 125 nd a ie reds oe e's wee ce 2 ere hee Vitis) OO) IP -SeCDASIIANO... sens f. . . e ck ce oe wee ene 10 matin On lava, Vesivins.» ltaly i, 00. - a). oc. cd ce ee ne wo at5 Meemit@ic ane qiuscovite, “Vesttvins, lialy. 22. .2.2.2.. 6. J. ca eos I Nephelite and amphibole, Vesuvius, Italy Se hse pe pty ues. uae s I Amphibole (tremolite), vicinity of Mont Blanc, Switzerland........... I Dolomite and pyrite Bs Fi eS yh ot, ewe I Rhodochrosite = f ye ke he eee I Amphibole (bissolite) > T SEann Lees I Epidote oS a Peg Ps ae SEN I Galena and sphalerite “ e, Pr Sie ae kee ai I Garnet ie ? - ee gk 2 Axinite oe oh ep Ree PR at a ACE I Tourmalin ¢ zs eigen, Bee I Pyrite make Pek a eer eta ae 5 Fluorite c= - ena he need ate I Quartz s 3 oh, eee eae. 2 Quartz (smoky) Bs * Es Ui 8 peated eee I Serpentine e re PAG ieee ee I Epidote ee . Tae eee I Siderite ca = nie le ae ee I Galena “ es aE enh ered age I Realgar . Z Pe cae gene I se Sats die es = Calcite = ‘“ ‘ Ber 126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Malachite, vicinity of Mont Blanc, Switzerland slates nie 0 tn se Toccoa eee I Staurolite and cyanite ee i MU Dh aS) ela ers tinh ere oA I Lapis Lazuli os eis ara er Pena aero. a: I Amphibole cd BP EN Rn aes ene ® ait es eee I Aragonite es A is Ae I Chalcopyrite fs TPR aN DOR Ge Shas eos eee a Molybdenite i Poe aa a 1, aot ioe ae eee ae ee I Siderite | ~ OME SH) nag te oe ee I Azurite, ‘Chessy, France. F252 ae oe een ee I Purchase Hodge, Capi..R.S.. Antwerp... Millenite; Antwerp... 222 fee eee ais Hemiatite, Antwerp 2a. oe eae ee ne eee eee 20 Ankerite SO Sp Blah Ee eae aos dle eee Reng eee ee 19 Chalcodite Mis ray” Senet Sistah Se eh DS Se Oo A ete ee 25 Quartz Me a ladhans Bi ctela tate ps is a ater ens te ea og 2 8 Dolomite OP he SE aaa ada cating Sa Oe acne en 3 Goethite SSE a ASA cae Sa haloes seleieaaca ee Cane es ee a 5 ‘Calcitess er ree ere ee eo 10 Newbury, J. O. Ripley. Garnet in gneiss, Ripley.........2./.... 20. I Comptoir Min. et. Geol. Suiss, Geneva. Danburite, Piz Casanel, SPA oles es ee eR a ES gc es eee I Krantz, F. “Bonn, Germany: Calcite, Egremont; Mnefand=: 223.4, =e 2 Barite -and: dolomite, -Esremont, Eneland=..--..:- > sas oe eee I Calcite; Ith, Brunswick.Germany <> Ys ton. ss ee eee I Annabergite, Eaurrum;+Greece, 2/5 cea ee eee I Apatite adularia and quartz, Rhone glacier, Switzerland a ei ee 2 Aximite, Obira, Province of Bango, Japan..... Sits, bale aetna ee I Hessite and cold, Botes, I ransylvania- 4. .22 2 I Opal (precious) pseu. after glauberite, White Cliffs, South Australia. 1 Beryl (aqua marine) Minas Geraes, Brazil....... Saddle ee a 1 Liroconite, Wheal Garland, Cornwall’ 2.2236. 30 ee I Wagnerite,” Werfen- Salzburg, Ausitia...... 22. 406-5 eee eee eee I Boracite, Hohenfels, Hanover, Germany... 22. oe eee a 2 Halite with liquid inclusions, Hildesia, Hildesheim, Germany......... I Collection Members of the Museum staff. Calcite, Sterlingbush............... 1000" Assistant State Geologist. Amphibole (tremolite), Gouverneur........ 4 Assistant in Economic Geology. Calcite in limestone, Accord....... I Mineralogist. Zircon in orthoclase and quartz, Crown Point.:.2 2. 49 Biotite in orthoclase and quartz wie ee ee! Mica (altered) eee ees gee: f Quartz Say Acree ene Sees Pyroxene (large), Lead hill mine,- Ticonderoga.........:-.......~.-* 2 Pyroxene and graphite s SY. Goes GO a ee Se Z Wernerite ie AS See og Lae ema eee on hee Zircon in microcline, Spar bed ama Sa MeN psc. 5 5 5 Muscovite in microcline ce OEY LCE oe Ae I Tourmalin (large), Buck ~ pond, Ticonderoga’ 1.0. eee arena Tourmalin At IER Le Sa ees 8 1This number is estimated. The material is contained in packages (barrels and crates) and weighs 12 tons. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 127 \ Amphibole (tremolite) Buck Mt pond, Ticonderoga............... 3 Serpentine in calcite “1 ee ae ae santos oct nis c I Amphibole altering to serpentine, Buck Mt pond, Ticonderoga....... I NE aro er cae SET ce Ss ote SOE ae kere ake Se we hele wale De 19 Beeman ie Pett Ss = BASIN. oo. i. co ce le Oe down ce qn eee severe I Calcite = De Ee ES ae i es at ee ro, Con aria CER a ria 10 SUES SE uc cf 0S San ee oe 5 FE) SETS S'S eg DEN ISVs 13 0) 07 33 RRM RinE GT Eo ES Bes arcs cj2't bie nite Waele Me we wea 2 7 Peele (remote), Gouverneur. 1... 2. fideo. ee ea eet wes 51 Amphibole 3 laoseerystals, Gouverlentts 2302S. ese 30 Pominoles (actinonte), Gouvermeur 2.2.2.5 .56 2.0.5. eee ce ee eee’ 5 Cushing, H. P. Cleveland, O. Corundum Ces ieee Craigmont, On- Bes We SN ee ene 4 Borgndum in-syenite, Craicmont, Ontario, Can... .... 2.2.0.0 eee ee I Wernerite in syenite ay # cia URE, Wy etn BC SEs acces 1 oi eh I Wernerite e Ni fer A a eR eos eget 2 Nephelite altering to sodalite, Bancroft a ge peer Ren i 2 LOE PEL Wh ies Re See 2041 ENTOMOLOGY Donation Hymenoptera Hilton, Miss Hazel C. Cid} Chatham." “Splhex schnie wim.o nea Linn., adult, Aug. 20 Brown, L. F. Cobleskill Pelecinus polyturator Dru, adult, “Sept. 5 Mitchell, Miss E. G. Washington, D. C. Andricus seminator Harr., wool sower, gall on oak, June 10; A. ?petiolicola Bass., oak leaf stalk gall, June 23, from East Orange, N. J. Burmbam, S: BH. Albany. Andricus singularis Bass., oak leaf apple gall on oak, June 17; Rhodites bicolor Harr., spiny bullet gall on rose, June 17, from Shushan, N. Y.. Coleoptera Bosue, Virgil. Albion, Xyleborus dispar Fabr., pear blight beetle, adult on peach, June 4 Pee. Wake Clear Junction, N.-Y. Lachnosterna ? fusca Froh., May beetle, larvae attacking roots of seedling pines, Aug. I9 Woodruff, E. S. Wawbeck. Lachnosterna ? fusca Froh. May beetle, larvae on roots of evergreens, Aug. 27 Peck, C: H.. Albany. _Plesiocis cribrum? Casey, adult on Poly- porus on spruce, May 21, from Woburn, Mass. Pearsall, R. F. Brooklyn. Acoptus suturalis Lec; Piazurus oculatus Say; Conotrachelus anaglypticus Say; Iphthi- 128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM mus opacus Lec; Oncidetres cingulata, say.) ogee parallelus* Say; Corymbites hamatwus- Say¢.°G eo once inerassatus. Dej; Dicaelusy dilatatiuse Sayean one philus sibiricws Mots; CalosSoma externutm oa ype ome fas Sse fr autall) Saloon niles cal Alexander, Charles P. Gloversville, has contributed a number of species, some extremely desirable, in return for numerous identifications. Diptera Alcott, D. W. East Greenbush. Olfersia americana ean, adult on barred owl, Oct. 25 Clarke, Miss C. HH: Boston, Mass’. Agromyza (?) aeneiv emeame Fall, larvae, aNovy- a2 Cockerell, T. D. A. Boulder, Col. TPrypeta_bageloy 1s aeemeiee galls, June 24, from Florissant, Col. Joutel, L. H. New York. A number of Cecidomyiid galls Thompson, Dr M. T., lately deceased, formerly of Clark University, Worcester, Mass. A number of Cecidomyiidae, mostly bred species Clarke, Miss Cora H. Boston, Mass. Cecidomyiid galls taken mostly in the vicinity of Magnolia, Mass.,'a few near Boston Bryant, Owen. Cohasset, Mass. Numerous Cecidomyiidae Mitchell, Miss Evelyn G. Washington, D. C. Cecidomyiid galls, mostly from the vicinity of Washington a: Tucker, E. S. Plano, Texas. Cecidomyiidae from Kansas and Texas Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A. Boulder, Col. Cecidomyiid galls and adults Fletcher, Dr James. Central Experimental Farms, Ottawa, Can. Several Cecidomyiid galls ene: Jarvis, Prof. T. D. Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ont. Numer- ous Cecidomyiid galls ~ Willing, T. N. Regina, Sask, N.-W. T. A number of Cecidomyad galls : Criddle, Norman. Treesbank, Manitoba, Can. A number of Cecid-. omyiid galls and bred adults : ; | Howell, J... Highland Falls. Cecidomyia verrucicola OF linden leaf galls on linden or basswood, Nov. 14 Fisher, W. S. High Spire, Pa. Asphondylia conspreua Ono galls and larvae on Rudbeckia laciniata, Aug. 18 Forbes, Prof. S. A. Urbana, III. Neo cer ens rhodophaga cae adult and larvae, Dec. 8 Stowell, E. Channing. Dublin, N. H.. Taenidrhynchus per- turbans Walk., adults, July-30; Eucorethtra underwoous Undw., larvae, Aug. 28 Marshall, D, T. Hollis, L. I. - Culex piprens Linn., house mosquito, adults, Sept. 23; Cultcada sollicypams Walk sal sien mosquito, adults, Aug. 3 Pearsall, R. F. Brooklyn. Tipulidae, several species; Pediscia albivitta*Walk; Xyilotayvecons sO SS. one a. C: FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 I29 Lepidoptera Hill collection ‘This is an exceptionally valuable addition to the State collections, con- sisting of some 10,000 specimens, representing approximately 3500 species. It is in excellent condition and was donated by Erastus D. Hill, Carrie J. Hill Van Vleck and William W. Hill, heirs of the late William W. Hill of Albany. The catalogue of this collection is given in the Entomologist’s report. mao A. J. Manila, P. I. Attacus atlas Linn, adult, Sept. 17 meeeene, FE. J. Centre Berlin. Anisota rubicunda Fabr., green striped maple worm, on maple, Aug. 12; Heterocampa gut- tivitta Walk., on maple, Aug. 12 7 Hill, Mrs Alex. Hiland. Palenville Epizeuxis denticulalis Harv., adult, July 31 f Seeamns, . W:- A: Centre Berlin Heterocampa -guttivitta Walk., larvae, on maple, Aug. 22 Ghew Jj. M. Newburech Ennomos stbsignarius - Hubn., snow-white linden moth, adults, Sep. 9 é eae T. ~_P. Albany. Leucobrephoss brephoides Walk., adult, April, from St Lawrence county _ Lackay, W. E. Rensselaer. Phobetrom pithecium Abb. & Sm, -hag moth caterpillar, larvae on maple, Sept. 17. fimestcd e.. Bb. Blauvelt: Zeuzera pyrina Fabr., leopard moth, on apple, Oct. 30 Alexander, C. P. Gloversville Eucosma scudderiana Clem, larvae on solidago, Feb. 27 Eldridge, C. E. Leon. Ancylus nubeculana Clem, arple leaf 3 folder, larvae on apple, Sept. 17 ' Knox, Miss A. A. New York city. Mompha brevivittella - een and -M: eloiselia -Clem.,. adults on Oenothera Seana tilora, Oct.-16 4 Sears i KF. Brooklyn. Philopsia -nivigerata - Walk; Piaewoced exhumata .Pears cotype;.Mesolucuca-im- mont aw eetrophora fluctuata Linn; .Ortho- _oaewmias exornata Walk.;°. Sicya.mactlarta~ Harry Pomecerd settdropiaria Walk: Plagodis serimaria ies. = phlogosaria: Guen., Jan; 21, from Indian Valley, Cats- kill Mts 7 Ss Hemiptera -Barger, Mrs Milton. St Lawrence county. Phylloxera caryae- ~ caulis Fitch, hickory gall aphid, galls on hickory, May 27 Hagen, C. W. Sparrowbushe Empoasca mali LeB., apple leaf hopper, adult on apple, July 1 . Kidder, G. S. Port Henry. Myzus cerasi Fabr., cherry aphis, adults on cherry, July 12 | Guyett, F. E. Rensselaer. Nectarophora pisi Kalt., pea aphid, adults on peas, July 13 meatowe, C. D. Pisgah Forest, N. C. Chermes pinicorticis Fitch, pine bark aphis on pine, Afr. 30 130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A. Boulder, Col Phoenacoceus mar= latti CklIl, on date palm, Mar. 30, from Tempe, Arizona Fletcher, Dr James. Central Experimental Farms, Ottawa, Can. Aspidiotusforbesi John. cherry scale, adults on basswood, Apr. 25 Wohlers, R. Williamsville.“ Aspidiotus ostreaeformis C€ur- tis, European fruit scale, adults and young on plum, May 8 Courtney, N. J. Cornwall-on-Hudson. Aspidiotus pernicio- sus Contst.,.San José scale on apple; Apr. 15 Stone, D. D. Oswego. Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst. San José scale, adults on currant, May 30 Peck, ‘C:. H..- Albany.” -Auwtlaca‘s pis © o's ae Benches tese ae adults and larvae on raspberry, Mar. 29 Hicks, Isaac & Son. Westbury Station. Chionaspis pinifoliae Fitch, pine leaf scale, eggs on pine, Nov. 9 : Merritt, Mrs Douglas. Rhinebeck. Gossy par ia spuria Wioee elm bark louse, females on elm, June 15 Orthoptera Fairman, C. E. Lyndonville Nyctobora holosericia)Kige, giant cockroach, adult, July 1, from Albany Mallophaga Alcott, D. W. East Greenbush: Docophorus syrnii? Pack. adult on barred owl Oct. 25 ashe Chadwick, G H. Docophorus syrnii? Pack. on barred owl, Nov. 13; Haematopinus antennatus ? Osb. on gray squinzer Nov. 8; Lipeurus baculus Nitzsch on pigeon, Nov. 4;_L Li- peurus sp. on Gadwall duck, Nov. 4; Goniocotes compar Nitzsch on pigeon, Nov. 4; Trinoton luridum Nitzsch on Gad- wall, Oct. 30; same, on duck, Nov. 8; same Burrow Golden eye Corrodentia Voelckel, Emil. Wakefield, New ,York city. Atropos divina- toria Fabr., book louse, adult, Oct. 30 Mairs, Mrs Edwin H. _ Irvington-on-Hudson. Psocus venosus Burm., adult on decayed vegetable matter, Aug. 24, from Washington, Conn. : Exchange Diptera Johnson, Prof. C. W. Boston, Mass. Neaspilota achilleae Johns., N. -albidipennis “Loew, N> vernon rac teem Trypeta palposa Loew Stetomyia, tenure meee Chaetopsis apicalis Johns, Tetanops luridtpemua Loew., Melierta obscuricornis Loew. Rivellia brews fasciata- “folnss oR. Yq, wader (iasie nasa vies Thelaira leucozoma -Panz, Paraprosenas ap teal ise ica Echi- nomyia Plorum “Walk, Opsidia gonioides Coq, Chae- FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 , 131 mambaria atripennis Coq, Sturmia nigrita . Town, Moperyinyvyia .polita Town; Actia pilipennis Fall, Trichopoda plumipes Fabr, Alophora aeneoventris Mot Hydropharus eldoradensis. Wheeler, H. viridi- flos Walk, Neurigona lateralis Say, Agonosoma un1i- fasciatum Say (bicolor Loew.), Psilopodinus comatus Boom, Mallophora orcina Wied, Erax maculatus Meee iatetralis: Macq), Laphria canis. Will, L. seri- meaesay, Atomosta puella Wied, A. sayii Johns. Cero- Paimia Macrocera Say, Nicocles pictus Loew., Dero- mviate platyptera Loew. Stichopogon-argenteus Say, Holopogon guttula Wied, Holcocephala calva. Loew., Lasiopogon terricola Johns, Cyrtopogon lutatius Walk, Psilocurus nudiusculus Loew., Laphystia sex- Bemeiaia oly, Leptogaster annulatus Say, Li pictipes Loew., Geron calvus Loew.,’°G. sigma Coq; Systoechus Sweiriis® Walk. Anthrax ceyx -Leew., A. edititia Say, meteetier abr, Eh xoprosopareremita O.:S., Tabatus Seeeopunctatws Macq, LT: recedens Walk, T. sparus Whitney, Chrysops nigrilimbo Whitney. Melander, Prof. A. L. Pullman, Wash. Caenia spinosa Loew,, 7 Parydra quadrituberculata Loew, P. limpidipennis Loew., Hydrellia hypoleuca Loew, Paralimna appendi- feed oew, lt ephritis variabilis ‘Doane, T. finalis foow, ee nsina humilis Loew., Spilographa -diffusa snow, -epedon armipes Loew. Tetanocera plumosa Berges t. pallida Loew, Sciomyza pubera Loew., S. mie terall — >. humilis Loew.. Criorhina scitula Will., = metota flavitibia- Bigot, Eristalis temporalis Thom, : Peeeocetdentalis Will, HE. bastardii Macq, .Volucellta a esturiens Fabr., Mesogramma boscii:Macq, Syrphus a fipersipes Macq, Platychirus chaetopodus- Wil. Bhrysoraster stigmata. Will, -C. lata Loew., Chrysa- toxum derivatum Walk. Orthoptera Britton, Dr W. E. -New Haven, Conn. Spharagemon bolii Suse 4 saxatile Morse, Psinidia féenestralis~ Sery. Seetreticas fiarmofrata Harr, Paroxya. flortdana fae Orphulella speciosa Scud, O. pelidna Burm. ZOOLOGY Donation Mammals Alexander, C. P. Gloversville. Say’s bat, Myotis subulatus IRI ae ere re er Ne NS ho ne tyne v Cw 0) OE I Paine, J. A. Tarrytown. Deer mouse, Peromyscus leuco- . REPEC Mee Ord G ett SPS CHISCHEL). ode. 2 sc ss hs, Sele en wikis owe I Wales, Mrs L. J. Kenoza Lake. Little brown bat, Myotis Bre tiue ws “Le; Conte). ... 0.6 cee nia tune Rh ook Canis Se ee 132 NEW YORK STATE. MUSEUM Birds Alexander, C. P.- Gloversville. Winter wren,. Anorthura hiemalis’ (Vreill.) 4520) Saree oe or ee eee Saw-whet owl) Nyctada acadica ((Gmel)): (22. eee Ashbury, L. O. Auburn. American hawk owl, Surnia ulula caparoch (Miuill.). 0.2.02 fet A eee ee Se ee Northern pileated woodpecker, Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola. Bangs )..230. 222. ee eee Badger, Geo. B. Amityville. Turnstone, Arenaria interpres (Titan. ) «2 on eG ncn tee eS ee ee ae See Se Richard, Will. Cody, Wyoming. Northern phalarope, Phalaro- pus: lobatiws Ghinnay tee se ee Wilson’s phalarope, Steganopus tricolor (CVieillk). —. 2 American avocet, Recurvirostra americana (Gmel.)...... Western willet, Symphemia semipalmata inornata Btewst. 23 oo ed Se ae ee ee eee Townsend’s solitaire, Myadestes townsendii Ae Rothaupt, Geo. Jerusalem, Albany co. English sparrow, passer domestic ws (Linn:), albinistic specunen.. ~~ 2-.25400- 02) eee Thayer, Gerald: Monadnock, N. H. European linnet, Acanthis canna bina. (iuinn.); taken at ‘Scarboro, N> Yin 1604 5neee N.Y... SIGE VECOPE et ES CREE on Se ee ee . Vroman, Wilson N. State Department of Agriculture. American gos- hawk; Accrpfiter atricapi lias) OWilsac.- <2. eS eee Ward’s Nat. Sci. Estab. Rochester. Ring-necked pheasant, Phasi- anus... torg tua tas aCGmel) e255 pene eee eee Whaley, Robert. Sterlingbush. Red-shouldered hawk, Buteo < sik Gh aati. Rede) Ce ey Reptiles and batrachans Alexander, C. P. Gloversville. Ring-necked snake, Diadophis punceta tas. (Linn) oreo ce a ee eee Brown snake, Storeria occipitomaculata (Storer).... Red-backed salamander, Plethodon cinereus ery- thr onetus (DeRay).. tence eee iwhes Bale Shee Striped-backed salamander, Spelerpes bilineatus (Green).. Dusky’ salamander, Desmognathas fn s5cus 7 ORot). ee Wood frog, Ranassylyatica( ke Gonte). ee ee eee Cook, John. Albany. Ring-necked snake, Diadophis punct atus (Linn) 01. ie ate bao Bion Se TS ee ee Young, D. B. Albany. Blue-spotted ee eae Plethodon glutinosus (Green)? ee] Fish Higgins, T. F. Schenectady. Common gurnard, Prionotus- carolimus Gann. 2. “alee Gia: oh palaces Lance OMENS RE ie ae Arachnida Alexander, C. P. Gloversville and Johnstown. Numerous sendings of spiders and mites, including many forms new to the collection, and some undescribed species. Not yet fully listed. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 - Beach, Mrs Chas. Catskill Mountain House. Spider, Epeira Prestt Netat eltatiie be VOMOW? VAT. 2. oko ene accel eae a eee acie ee Chadwick, Miss Nathalie. Catskill. Spider, Steatoda bore- NS ENE ee Sec Pte eee aay See id Se foe ks wv dd eSs we Bee Congdon, Miss L. C. Catskill. Grass spider, Agelena naevia MAR or a ea SOY ORGS a aie Nee eee dd sci h eS ess oT LE VRE SSS eS URE, Been sive petit ibaa soot ara nae aOR ea Bean sou, Albany. Crab spider, Xysti¢us sps;....:......... Dobbin, Frank. Shushan. Galls of Eriophyes on alder leaves...... Duncan, George T. Rochester. Heteropoda venatoria (Linn.) eM PRE EEE SPUR TSS ah, ener s ROIS Sins owes ence ad aha a ol AEs oo melee Fletcher, Dr James. Ottawa, Canada. Gall of Eriophyes on S pir- be eee Oe ie et aaa USING CES . 21S RASS oe oi hn oa, e clea ee o. Foster, Miss Marion. New Paltz. Galls of Eriophyes aceri- DS EIS ARES eG SS SUR ee SR be CS Su ener Na ae eae ee eee Hall, C. K. East Schodack. Sides Poecirastrix ChHentz).4:... Joutel, L. H. New York city. Galls of Eriophyes on ash and popiar-. Little, Miss E. W. C. Menands. Triangle spider, Hyptiotes MIRROR CT VCU Ee peas te erst spas fiers aie a nd Wee ave, Octet ae oa Us Mirguet, John, and Laird, James. Rochester. Spiders and phalan- pmMEmnI EC lean, a ia te ee Rs oe wg a ae ea Poeun Mitchell, Miss. East Orange, N. J. Galls of Eriophyes aceri- Pe arene TT pl ees ee od Se ee AS es ds Sale e@eeiw Cb aa ke Weeks, A. H. Jamaica, L. I. Two sendings of spiders, not fully _ SOELY . 2 eipe sie PR Se eine hr pen ee i ie Wilke, A. F. T.. Paterson. _Golden-rod spider. Misuemena aeewearia, (Hentz) 2... Oo Ree Bra co edd 5 ae ee a nae ee M yriapoda and crustacea Alexander, C. P. Gloversville. Several sendings not yet classified. Chadwick, Mrs C. S. Catskill. Shrimps, Asellus communis Mollusca Alexander, C. P. Gloversville. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) Pewee tay al vo,La eas: 1 CSay ye. Sessa Stew din coc nisee tae Pea ae a pL ab a Cae), 25 eee Ae Sewn ve Ee ae ee Pav om yous carolinensis (Bose): -... Reel rene hee ° Peete VL at es Ca Mupre si 1S, ( binney) i328. . Siw ke See rd Gow AS. OAV. HODITGUE) fies cose 2. alene geutote se Cats x Bree tina Ova 1 hs SF Oteut Cal 1a Ma nea. ooo. oc Sekt ee ees ee ee a STO Ske AY) oro se. cee aE Ve eR EES PETES TSM rye Sais Sao gh vor Ro GOR RI LN oc ge a Alan eae ae am Egan Piet ne tt Ae CPi ee Sf i ole wood ie Pisnuorbis “bicartnatus Say...... Pee CIN eae ave RS Le Letson, Dr E. J. Buffalo Society of Natural Science. Polygyra eT a TEU TE Se ES TA Soy Re ei ee ages ee a ee ee Pen a eee eet FiO uly Poy Sl a tea oe oS 8, bl aia Sea wwe wine Re ae ache PEN PIE OS CSS AVEN oie Pie Sok re ox le a aed we we nk Eel) pac A reeled COU Ec or eee eae cage ee te tN es fiber Gone RT We ake GS 0 Pa ae eee a ee 133 17 15 134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Lam p's 711 is-2v e nt Neos tireC barnes) ne er ah te en ee Leam psa liays Psd teecoc as) Camm ee Lam p's tlas~. di @aqven t4 nits eames) eee ene eee Lampsilis ‘alata s(Say) Rieti ee ee Lampsilis @f acAlis CBannes): 3s. ceateee ee eee ObBovarta jc lLinp'srs*CUea)ee yo eee eee Strophitas ‘eden tains Saye ae ea ee Symphy nota oan pr esisia. il Cay a ee S‘y-mip hy nO %a\ -orois ta tia’ (Rates ee fee a Aliasmidonta “cal ceo! us beac Urnio ‘¢1-b bo'sws, "Barnes. ae ee oe ee ee Quadra a fun dal aea\ sCBarmes).n. eee eee Purchase Birds Ashbury, L. O. Auburn. Gyrfalcon, Falcor usticolus gyr- falcon (Clana. Meee se or ee Coale, H.. K.- Chicago. Black rail, Porzana- jamateensis CGmiel eS Sars Eo Se RES eR Se oe Ge ie > tc ees Eaton, E. H. Rochester. Blue geese, Chen. caerulescens (Titania) soe ec cic e BN a cet en 2 American egret, A‘rd¢aveer etta Gimel))) oe oe ae a eee Langille, Rev J. H. Kensington, Md. Yellow-billed trogic bird, Phaethon americanus (Grant) taken at Knowlesville, N. Y.; htst NOVO State recordin os han ee Re ee Parker, Foster. Cayuga. Black-bellied plover, Squatarola Squatar ol a. Chines ees ee eee eh ee eee, ee eee Turnstone, “A rienarra iter pres -(loimn.)ics-. 3. ae Rose-breasted grosbeak, Zamelodia ludoviciana (Linn). Van Valkenburgh, Edward. West Ghent. (per H. J. Richardson) Red-shouldered hawk, Buteo lineat us (Gmel.), albino...... Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester. Ivory ‘gull. Pagophila<“alba.-(Gunni cee 26 ee ee Little ‘gull, anus? nin to St CRaln) 2 eee Yellow-billed tropic bird, Phaethon americanus (Grant)... Pintail,; Dia ttl iara Cc dlta (Wii) eo pe ee de Rufousserested duck Nie ita aa toa) Obie) See en ere White-winged scoter, Oidemia deglandi (Bonap.)-......... White-bellied brant; Branta berniela yolla ne oe acd ma (Brehm) 702053 5 Lee ie ee ee Red .phalarope, GCrymophiltis. imiteantas Genin) Red-backed sandpiper, Tringa alpina pacifica (Coues.).. Passenger pigeon, Hectopiste€s) Migratorims Coumn yj]. Red headed woodpecker, Melanerpes erythrocepha- bus. Cine) Vee eet. TE aS eos va, doh ate Re US ie Nene nc ark da cae Webster Co., F. B. Hyde Park, Mass. Whooping erane)/ (Gr ms america ma (Lamm) ot ee ee 2 ees tone a ee Gray kingbird, Tyrannus dominicemnsis, (Gmel.) 2... Chestnut-collared longspur, Calcarius ornatus (Towns.) TL Oe Oe OO on oe ee! ~ FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I907 _ - 135 Worthen, C. K. Warsaw, Ill. Pied-billed grebe, Podilymbus Pea FY SPA TIETS Fo cas aus Ps evar etna ears Si guteiae's eo 0's 2 Perastic deren (obercora ris. patasiticews (Luin)... 1 Saray ol heme a eS aed htt) (Sabie) tans. o. foatic weiss one’s ees I iyad tert 9 Fe t ma max, t ma’ “(Bodd.) os ccd fics F<, fe ee = ee I pact fer. Sterna patacars ae a Corin) oo eS: 1 Black tern, Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis aera Fe ee ee ee Rae ces che Gikine i baw se Reta rn bina ries el ae se acbase Glin.) Fos oo i es Se <4 - Sooty shearwater, Puffinus fuliginosus (Strick'and)...... Belcd peere A esirelata seala ries. 4 Brewst.) 2... c6.00.. os .0 Prawn pecan el ecanrus fas.c irs) Obann:) 3S. oe}. - Mano-war bird.~F regata aquila (Linn:)........ Ne Red-breasted merganser, Merganser serrator (Linn.).. European widgeon, Mareca penelope (Linn.).......... Cinnamon teal, Querquedula cyanoptera (Vieill.).... Harlequin duck, Histrionicus histrionicus Saruuees Pe peta at. acaime font Cla. CPM.) foes soe ee. Ce ee aor mien tais® Ge tt fr eet lyr ett.) , bade. Shiga soa Gk ohio la te Paasee piss Pbes adits autummnualis. (Hasselg.)... 0.05.02. micro ond ea-awdadissam a Gmel.: 2. e000. 5.5.080- 3 Mimeeniic deron, Ardea caerulea. Linn:. ic) s. isc. 045+ Worthen, phalarope, Piaiaropus Jobatus (Linn.)...:.2... Uo LETS URSA ieee ia Bean Sr ces iG) P21 ee a Red-backed sandpiper, Tringa alpina pacifica (Coues) Semipalmated sandpiper, Ereunetes pusillus (Linn.).. Western sandpiper, Ereunetes occidentalis (Lawr.)...... eeeitinees Orda Sten a Pe ta a SLANT ies te cs hers we eo Greater yellow-legs, Totanus melanoleucus (Gmel.).. Western willet, Symphemia semipalmata inornata Ss & = = SS SS Oe SS SS eS Se Ol OSS eS Oe Oe eee le SSD a Els Se Sie a ee cee ee ER 2 ee I Black-bellied plover, Squatarola sig eR eee (Gain ener Semipalmated plover, Aegialitis semipalmata (Bonap).. 1 Witiew spiatiican, Lascopus: lage op u's. .CLinn:) ccs. es I Swallow-tailed kite, Elanoides forficatus (Linn.)..... I Sharp-shinned hawk, Accipiter velox (Wils.)........... I Bamsen S hawk» \ 15 41.6 0. S.w ain's-o'n 1, -(Bonap.)\. o22..0.'Sends. + 2 Northern hairy wocdpecker, Dryobates villosus leu- emamioes tietyske (PROG Pe ce nt) ya fey a See on ee whe ee oe ae HSA I Alder flycatcher, Empidonax trailli alnorum Brewst. 1 Sie ey ethion Wis Vid Saw st Wali tee oa. ce ete Sa wee I Bullocks oriole, [Tetertis:bulliock: (Swains.)}.. 2... 2... I Prrepean guldinch Carduelis) carduelis (Linn.).:-2:. I Sharp-tailed sparrow, Ammodramus caudacutus (Gmel.) 2 Nelson’s sparrow, Ammodramus nelsoni (Allen)...... z Paiuted Miniiten Oval osp hzasc8ris (Linn)... > so hys oe... I Orange-crowned warbler, Helminthophila celata (Say) 2 Northern parula warbler, Compsothlypis americana Ries Clr CRUSOE CN OE 2 Sed eloe toe VAT OR OES ea ood cktwig ad eh Cape May warbler, Dendroica tigrina (Gmel.)......... I 130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Batrachia Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester. Hellbender, Cryptobranchus alleghenvressis) Pasi oe I Fish Duncan, George T. Rochester. Wall-eyed pike, Stizostedion vitreum (Mitch)i02 5. )- 67) eee I Exchange Tucker, E..S°. Lawrence! -Kanz Spiders-20)) eee eee san 16 Coliection .- Mammals to Red squirre: Sciurus hudsontceus loqgma=x (Banesie. oa White-footed mouse, Peromyscus leucopus novebor- ac € ts 1s (CPischer) (2 ae oes ee ae eee ee | Meadow mouse, Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord.)............ Muskrat, Fiber zibethicus (Linn.) (with material for mounted MESES eS a ee a ee ee es ee a ee i isk Woodland jumping-mouse, Napaeozapusinsignis (Miller)..... Big ‘brown: bat; Ves peritil+o ius e¢ ws -(Beanvois,) 2.6 aa I : Birds . Rine-billed -snll-Laras delawarems 1s. (Ord) 24 = ee ee Mallard, Avnas.>bios.¢ has: Cann). 2c eee ee Black duck, Aras, ob sur as(Gmela eo ee ee Red-legged black dick; "Anas obscCtit a Gubtipes 72.) oe Gadwall, Cha wtelasm us; Strep eres (Cloing) 4) tg oct Green-winged teal, Nettion carolinensis (Gmel.).......... Blue-winged teal, Querquedula discors Carin ).2 5 Pinta, Diatila acuta (emn) 22) eee ee ee Lesser scatip-duck, A ythyalaiii ni s~ Glyt) america may (Gmelin eee American woodcock, Philohela minor (Gmel.)...... a es eoae Knot,’ Tring a eamabus inn oe eee Rye aa Ss 2 Least sandpiper, TrTingea aminwtilla (Viel) eee Semipalmated sandpiper, Ereunetes pusillus (Linn.)...... Sanderling, Calidtias arema rial. (inne eee eee Solitary sandpiper, Helodromas solitarius (Wis). oo Bartramian sandpiper, Bartramia longicauda (Bechst.)... Spotted sandpiper, Ac?titts ma culetria-(himn)e 2. eee Black-bellied plover, Squatarola'squatatola (omni) 2-2 American golden plover Charadrius dominicus (Mill.)...... Semipalmated plover, Aegialitis Se re (Boman S. /is7 Turnstone, Arenaria interpres: (an). -o. = Sapa = Oa le nO bP Wb HOH HD AH RRR HH He Dw eI a i FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 Parish pleasant ~- hasivanus colchieuws (Linn,)s.....-.7...% Siarp-shinned. hawk, Accipiter velox -.CWils.) -...006e...0.0...5. Yellow-bellied sapsucker, Sphyrapicus:varius (Linn.)..... Ruby-throated hummingbird, Trochilus colubris (Linn)... Alder flycatcher, Empidonax trailli alnorum (Brewst.)..... Pease divcatcich © mpreonax mimimis, (Baird) <5... 06... .s. Meatowlark Sturnella magna (Linn.)<........ Se eae a meopol, Acanthis linar1a’-(Linn.)<...:. Maneater SPS Tait 2 Mrcatce secpoll, Acanthis linaria-rostrata. (Coues)...... Savanna sparrow, Ammodramus sandwichensis Ssa- ee RMEE CIRO TUN VTS S rs Ss OV eel ps Rahs ere Sess SLR A edie oS wid bonte des Grasshopper sparrow, Ammodramus savannarum pas- mC eME OU Nite rye erie Pe aw SN Sd SoS ES 2 os Se Ds Sharp-tailed sparrow, Ammodramus caudacutus (Gmel.). Seaside Sparrow, Atmmodramus maritimus (Wils.)....... White-throated sparrow, Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmel.).. Sone Sparrow, Melospiza fasciata (Gmel.).:.... ee ee Meera MomheeFipiio erythrophthalmus (Linn.).:.....: ea Ra Peim@eriincer, Fitanea ery thromelas .Vieill:............ Beat svaxwing, -Aimpelis cedrorum (Vieill.)........0.60.5.. . Nashville warbler, Helminthophila rubricagilla (Wils.). aeamewerbier Dendroica aestiva (Gmel.). 0... ..00. 0.6.05 Seeecewarpice, Dendroica coronata -(Linn.)..o...0¢.0. 02. mastoid warbler, Dendroica maculosa -(Gmel.).. 0.0... 6... Black-throated green warbler, Dendroica virens (Gmel.)... Baemwigter:: Wendt Orca vigorsit-.(Aud.).........:0 003052 Yellow palm warbler, Dendroica palmarum hypochry- RINE ark rat st he Sy RSs Ps a as dg be ew ke wie wae OG Matcehrish, Seiuris noveboracensis (Gmel.)...........5.. Northern yellow-throat, Geothlypis trichas brachydac- SRN IAT ees ee tee ee ee aw aig were Seid soe u od Mee eeons warbler, Vy ilsioniap ws kLla -CWils.). 206 ...0..05.v 6, wvelte © 137 SS S HW SB SH NN HB RB SB WH ED Le] 138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ARCHEOLOGY Donaticn Hartnagel, C. A. Stone pipe stem from Union Springs Cleveland, A. A. Triangular “ bear’s head” stone Parker, A. C. String of condolence wampum Edson, Obed & Reed, Richard. Parts of 5 skeletons Purchase Woodworth, A. R. Springboro, Pa. 35 arrow and spearheads I pestle i Fitch, Luke I. Manlius The following from Ithaca 4 celts I pipe with 4 stem oles 7 smooth perforated coins 1 Martin Van Buren token I penny of 1804 I copper point II brass arrowheads _I iron gun wormer iron awls lead spiral © small lead spirals thimble copper scrap part of a hinge lead seals lead rings with knobs 4 Jesuit rings Masonic brooch “hawk” bells iron knives flint lock bullet mold gun wormer pair shears 4 potsherds 2 awls I beaver tooth I chunk of antler 9 iron awls Hill, Walter C. New York HAHAH ANTI OR RDN DY Rew eZ 1 old Iroquois beaded cap used in { 1847 1 set of 19 old Penobscot silver disks, Oldtown, Me. 2 Iroquois silver crowns 1 bark basket, Algonquin Harrington, M. R. New York false face. Onondaga pack strap, Canadian type drum and 3 sticks large flute, cedar. bone necklace. Cayuga Cayuga [rn eee ce ce oe | Cayuga I pair deer hoof knee rattles gorget with shell string attached. I pick, iron 5 thimbles I lead cylinder copper points 2 brass jinglers 1 phalanx bone 2 bone fishhooks; fine specimens 2 jew’s-harp handles 8 kaolin pipe bowls 2 iron hooks 7 string Indian trade beads I I I I I I I I I I I is string of shell beads wolf’s tooth, perforated elk’s tooth, perforated string of beads bone pipe bowl pendant disk string of beads double-pointed awl, bone knife or awl of bone fish bone awl 3 perforated teeth 12 bone beads 2 wolf teeth 19 awls, bone Lal wampum belt, called the condo- lence belt. Purple background and six bars of white, cross and square in the middle ‘game, platter dice; platter and 6 dice = necklace of buckskin, ete. knife sheath and knife. pair shoe packs. Cayuga scraper for removing snow from clothing string Tuteli adoption wampum wooden bowl Cayuga a | | ee | FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 139 ARTICLES FROM ST REGIS RESERVATION I woman's legging | I carved cradle board I fragment of legging, beaded I bean or sugar bos, bark ARTICLES FROM MUNCEYTOWN, ONT. 2 bark bowls / I bark bag 1 coiled basket 1 bark spoon ARTICLES FROM MORAVIANTOWN, ONT. 2 bowls | I pair earrings 4 wooden spoons | 1 knife I pack strap 8 baskets 1 pudding stick I wooden bowl I tomahawk fragment I pack frame 5 brcoches, silver I splint cutter Collection 20 skulls ( 1 bag pottery from central pit, 40 femora Gerry Parts of 65 skeletons from McCul- I bag pottery from ash deposits lough farm, Gerry 1 bag stone implements 125 potsherds, in 2 boxes 2 celts 50 arrow points IO arrow points 5 spears ; I pottery vessel 2 celts I pipe I crushed pot I pestle I small celt I net sinker 5 hammerstones 2 gorgets from Cassadaga I pipe stem 1 bag flints 1 heron’s bill, from grave I gorget, Irving 2 pottery vessels, crushed Purchase and collection in the field I wampum string, runner’s§ an- 1 large round brooch nouncement 23 square brooches, silver Popais baby moccasins: '° ceremonial overdress I wampum string, condolence or earring and pendant “Horns.” silver and glass ear pendant I pair women’s leggings flute I burden strap Eagle dance headdress, heron 40 silver brooches feathers 2 ladles deer skin gambling mats I paddle buffalo skin ceremonial robe 1 Eagle dance rattle turtle shell rattle I Prayer rattle flute, Logan I pair women’s leggings blow pipe I woman’s dress, ceremonial corn seive basket 20 brooch maker’s tools Lees I ee FO oe oe | ee I40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM XI Appendix A NEW ENTRIES ON GENERAL RECORD OF LOCALITIES OF AMERICAN PALEOZOIC FOSSILS BELONGING TO STATE MUSEUM Alphabetic list of localities Brownsville (Jefferson co.), 3589 Buffalo (Erie co.), 3565 Chazy (Clinton co.), 3580, 3584 Clinton (Oneida co.), 35¢8, 3599 Crabb island (Clinton co.), 3586 Delhi (Delaware co.), 3557 East Canada creek (Fulton co.), 3587 Eskdale, New Brunswick, Can., 3563 Evans Mills (Jefferson co.), 3568, 3572, 3588, 3593, 3608, 3610, 3611. Griswold (Wyoming co.), 3560 Highland Mills (Orange co.), 3600, 3601, 3602 Indian river (Jefferson co.), 3610 Ingham Mills (Herkimer co.), 3594 Ithaca (Tompkins co.), 3556 La Fargeville (Jefferson co.), 3604, 3605, 3609 Lebanon, Ohio, 3567 Le Raysville (Jefferson €0.) 5.98570. 3574, 3603: Lorraine gorge (Jefferson co.), 3596 Otisville (Orange co.), 3564 Perch lake (Jefferson co.), 3571, 3575 Plattsburgh (Clinton co.), 3576 Pulaski (Oswego co.), 3597 Sandy Hill (Saratoga co.), 3595 Sanfords Corners (Jefferson co.), 3588, 3590, 3591 Saratoga Springs 3573. Sloop island (Clinton co.), 3586 ' Smith’s Landing (Greene co.), 3561 Stafford (Genesee co.), 3559 Stone ~Mills (Jefferson co.), 3606, 3607 Swanton, Vt., 3562 Theresa (Jefferson co.), 3558, 3560, 3612 Valcour island (Chaka c0. 9 3570 3581, 3585. Valcour (Clinton co.), 3578 Watertown (Jefferson co), 3582, 3583, 3592 Waterville (Oneida co.), 3366 New York localities according to counties Names in italics are new to the record. CLINTON CO. HERKIMER CO. ONEIDA CO. Chazy East Canada creek Clinton Crabb island Ingham Mulls Waterville Plattsburg JEFFERSON CO. ORANGE CO. Sloop island Brownville Highland Mills Valcour — Evans Mills Otisville Valcour island _ Indian river OSWEGO CO. DELAWARE CO. _La Fargeville Pulaski Delhi Le Raysville Taine SARATOGA CO. 3 Aoi Lorraine gorge eee uffalo 1 Sia ie Pamelia Four Corners ne none Perch lake bape pee Stafford Sanfords Corners Ithaca GREENE CO. Stone Mills WYOMING CO. Smith’s Landing Theresa Griswold Watertown Index to formations Lower Cambrie, 3562 Potsdam, 3610, 3612 Greenfield limestone, 3573 Fort Cassin beds, 3578 © (Saratoga Cans il ae ‘a : ) Pee —_ FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 141 Theresa limestone, 3570, 3571, 3572, | Utica shale, 3595 3617, 3620 Lorraine, 3596, 3597 Potsdam sandstone, 3558, 3568, 3560 | Hudson river group, 3567 Chazy limestone, 3576, 3577, 3579, | Clinton, 3598, 35990 3581 Salina, 3564 Pamelia limestone, 3574, 3575, 3604, | Bertie waterlime, 3565, 3566 3605, 3605, 3607, 3608, 3609, 3611, | Becraft limestone, 3561 3613, 3614, 3615, 3616, 3618, 3619, | Oriskany sandstone, 3600, 3601 3621, 3622, 3623, 3624, 3625 Schoharie, 3602 Lowville limestone, 3588, 3580, 3590, | Stafford limestone, 3559 3591, 3592, 3593, 3594, 3603, 3626 Ithaca beds, 3556 Black river limestone, 3582, 3583, | Oneonta sandstone, 3557 3584 Portage (Cashaqua shale), 35€0 Trenton limestone, 3580, 3585, 3586, | Carbonic, 3563 3587 Record of new localities 3556 Ithaca beds. Cornell Heights, Ithaca. Abandoned quarry on the south side of the highway at the foot of the slope below the trolley loop; Pee abies pir iter have vis > zone, 672 ft AT. - -C._L. Breger purchase, 1906 3557 Oneonta sandstone. Delhi, Delaware co. H. J. Alden purchase 1906 3558 Potsdam. Beekmantown passage zone of the Theresa quadrangle. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 3559 Stafford limestone. Stafford. John Gillard, donor, 1907 3560 Portage (Cashaqua shale). From concretion in Cashaqua shale in bank of Murder creek near Griswold, Wyoming co. D. D. Luther coll. 1906 3561 Lower Becraft (Scutella). Catskill Cement Co.’s quarry, Smith’s Landing, Greene co. G. H. Chadwick, coll. and donor 3562 Lower Cambric. Swanton, Vt. Ward’s Natural Science Establish- - ment purchase 3563 Carbonic. Eskdale, New Brunswick, Can. F. Krantz purchase 1907 3564 Salina. Upper layers of Shawangunk grit along Erie Railroad, 2% miles from Otisville toward Port Jervis. H. C. Wardell coll. 1907 3565 Bertie waterlime. Buffalo. Ward’s Natural Science Establishment purchase 1907 . 3566 Bertie waterlime. Waterville. Ward’s Natural Science Establish- ment purchase 1907 - 3507 Hudson river group. Lebanon, Ohio. Ward’s Natural Science Estab- lishment purchase 1907 3568 Potsdam (Beekmantown passage beds). Evans Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 35€9 Potsdam (Beekmantown passage beds). Theresa, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 3570 Theresa limestone. Le Raysville, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 3571 Theresa limestone (top of). 114 mile east of Perch lake, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 3572 Theresa limestone. Evans Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 142 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 xX 3587 3588 3580 _ 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3508 3599 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Greenfield limestone. Beeler quarry, Saratoga Springs. R. Ruede- mann coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (near base). Le Raysville, Jefferson co... Fi. P: Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone. 114 mile east of Perch lake, Jefferson co. Hi. EF: Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Middle Chazy (base). 1 mile north of Plattsburgh. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Middle Chazy. Sloop island, Lake Champlain. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 seh, Fort Cassin beds. Valcour, Clinton co. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Lower Chazy. South shore of Valcour island. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Trenton (lower 50 ft). Below sawmill on Little Chazy river, Chazy. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Upper Chazy (bottom of). Valcour island. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Black river (cherty beds). Diamond island, Watertown. R. Ruede- mann coll. 1907 . Black river (middle bed). Diamond island, Watertown. R. Ruede- mann coll. 1907 Black river (top). Jones’s quarry, Chazy, Clinton co. R. Ruede- mann coll. 1907 Trenton (loose). Valcour island, Clinton co. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 . Trenton. Crabb island, Clinton co. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Trenton (upper third). East Canada creek, Fulton co. R. Ruede- mann coll. 1907 Lowville (upper). Between Evans Mills and Sanford’s Corners, Jef- ferson co. H. P. Cushing.& R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Lowville. 3% miles north of Brownville, Jefferson co. H. P. Cush- ing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 | Lowville. Section along railroad and south of Sanford’s Corners (bottom of cliff). Hi RP. Cushine’ & Ro Ruedemann coll, 1007 Lowville (near top). I mile south of Sanford’s Corners, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Lowville (upper). Quarry opposite filter plant, Watertown. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Lowville. Evans Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing & R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Lowville. Inghams Mills, Herkimer co. .R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Utica shale. (base). Sandy Hill, Saratoga co. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 | ae Lorraine. Lorraine gorge, Lorraine, Jefferson co. R. Ruedemanr coll. 1907 Lorraine beds. Pulaski. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 Clinton shale (overlying upper iron ore bed). Clinton. R. Ruede- mann coll. 1907 ; Clinton shale (overlying lower iron bed). Clinton. R. Ruedemann coll. 1907 ; 3600 3601 3602 FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 143 Oriskany. Erie Railroad cut, Pine hill near Highland Mills, Orange co. H.C. Wardell coll. 1907 Schoharie (upper layers). Erie Railroad cut, Pine hill near High- land Mills, Orange co. H. C. Wardell coll. 1907 Schoharie. At edge of woods about 300 yards north of Erie Rail- road cut at Pine hill near Highland Mills, Orange co. H. C Wardell coll. 1907 Lowville (base). % mile northeast of Le Raysville, Jefferson co H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). La Fargeville, Jefferson co. H. P. Cush- ing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). ™% mile east of La Fargeville, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone. 2 miles south of Stone Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone. 1 mile east of Stone Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). Evans Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cush- ing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone. 2 miles southwest of La Fargeville, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Potsdam sandstone. Indian River 3 miles north of Evans Mills, Jef- ferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). % mile south of Evans Mills, Jefferson eo. EE P- Cushing coll. 1907 Potsdam sandstone. 2 miles west of Theresa, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). I mile east of Perch lake, Jefferson cs. coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). 1 mile northeast of Perch lake, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). 3 miles east of Perch lake, Jefferson co. coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone. 1 mile east of Pamelia Four Corners, Jefferson co.;41) P.- Cushing coll: 1907 Theresa limestone. 2 miles north of Perch lake, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll.. 1907 . Pamelia limestone (base). I mile east of Perch lake, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone. I mile northeast of Evans Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Theresa limestone. 2 miles northeast of Perch lake, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). I mile northwest of Perch lake, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Pamelia limestone (base). 2 miles northwest of Evans Mills. Teffer- son co, H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 . . Pamelia limestone (base). 2 miles east of Perch lake, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 144 3624 3625 3626 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pamelia limestone (base). 2% miles north of Evans Mills, Jeffer- son co. H.« Pi Cushing. colleiee7 Pamelia limestone. 1 mile west of Evans Mills, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 Lowville limestone (base). I mile west of Le Raysville, Jefferson co. H. P. Cushing coll. 1907 . Record of foreign localities Specimens bearing lemon yellow tickets Siluric. L6venich, Rhenish Prussia. F. Krantz purchase Lower Siluric. K6nigshof, Germany. Ward's Natural = Estab- lishment purchase Cambric. Skrej, Bohemia. Ward’s Natural Science Establishment purchase Lower Siluric. Osek, Bohemia. Ward’s Natural Science Establish- ment purchase Siluric. Beraun, Bohemia. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. Gothland, Sweden. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. Dudley, England. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Devonic. Ferrones, Spain. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. .Drabow, Bohemia. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. . Rotzikill, Island of Oecesel, Baltic sea. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Upper Siluric. Rotzikiill, Island of Oesel, Baltic sea. F. Krantz pur- chase Devonic. Forfarshire, Scotland. F. Krantz purchase Siluric. Gera, Thuringia, Germany. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. Westmoreland, England. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. Skellgill Beck, pap leet England. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. Goni, Sardinia Island, Mediterranean sea. Grebel, Wendler & Co. purchase Siluric. Vallongo, Portugal. Ward’s Natural Science Establishment purchase Lower Siluric. Isvos on the Walchow, Russia. Ward’s Natural Science Establishment purchase Lower Siluric. Angers, France. Ward's Natural Science Establish- ment purchase Cambric. Andrarum, Sweden. Ward’s Natural Science Establishment purchase | Lower Devonic. Eifel, Germany. Ward’s Natural Science Establish- ment purchase Lower Siluric. Hostin, Bohemia. Ward’s Natural Science Establish- ment purchase . 277. Lower Siluric. Etage D, di sta. Benigna, Bohemia. Ward's Natural 278 Science Establishment purchase Lower Siluric. Etage D, d5. Lejckov, Ronan Ward’s Natural Science Establishment purchase a gy aoe ely Gg Ae a a al Te = er x as z a a my > ae EPORT or THE DIRECTOR 1907 145 4. Devonic. 8h German ae F Semis Mayenne, France. F. Krantz onic. ‘Rhisnes, Baas LF; Keats purchase . | Cambric (Shineton shales). Shropshire, England. F. ae Oeeehrise _ Lower Siluric. Girvan, Scotland. F. Krantz purchase - Bel pper Siluric. Muirkirk, Scotland. F. Krantz purchase iric. Naninne, Namur, Belgium. F. Krantz purchase er Permic. Niirschan, Bohemia. F. Krantz purchase 3 2 THE BEGINNINGS OF DEPENDENT LIFE BY JOHN M. CLARKE For a number of years the writer has endeavcred to assemble material from the older faunas which might illuminate the incipient- expressions of dependent life. It is through this avenue only that the problem of the origin of the symbiotic conditions which now pervade all nature can ultimately be approached with hope of resolution. : The dependent condition of individual existence is one of the manifold presentments of organic adaptation which is to be com- _prehended best by comparison of the complicated conditions prevalent today with their simpler expressions in the early life of the earth. Adaptation is in large measure a sociological problem of immediate concern. It is not proper to consider the more serious features of sociological adaptation as merely analogous to organic adaptation. In human society dependence means simplicity, that is, loss of complexity; it reduces moral independence and induces idleness, beggary, misery and crime. Here is no question of analogy, but rather of continuity of mode, of cause and effect, penetrating human society. Such laws as govern its fundamental and primary manifestations are to be sought in the primitive life of the earth. 2 I am fully aware of what extensive data are essential to adequate conclusions in this inquiry and how far-reaching the bearings of the inquiry must be. At this time I should go no further perhaps than to point out some of the very numerous and most instructive expressions of these conditions which it has been practicable t) f riag together, abiding in the hope of eventually collating more copious data. I shall not go too far, however, in suggesting certain obvious inferences which seem entirely justified py these data and by the general principles of adaptation. | Dependent life, whether expressed in the often extraordinarily complicated conditions of parasitism, or in more simple symbiotic manifestations such as commensalism or mutualism or still more simply in the merely fixed condition of the individual through the whole or a part of its life, involves conditions of degeneration. These degenerative effects are relative; they may involve an indi- vidual in most of its essential organs and functions, a genus, a 146 = FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 147 family or an entire class of organisms. Such effects may be re- stricted to only a part or certain parts of an organism and special degenerate organs are recognized throughout the higher forms of nature. Degeneration follows adaptation. It may be primarily the result of special adaptation in the individual for its own protection producing no more than a condition of fixation. This is degen- eracy in essence because it involves dependence. Discovered and perfected by the organism as helpful against its enemies or in the winning of food, it continues into atrophy of organs no longer needed ; such atrophy once begun extends to other organs as the adaptation and dependence become more complete, till in the end all the organs in succession become involved in accordance with the lessened demand upon them; the alimentary, the locomotive, the sensory, ali except those involving the function of reproduction. Nature is permeated with such degeneration. Few, probably no members of the whole vast fauna and flora of the earth are free of the bond of supporting others at the cost of their own effort and vitality. From the protozoa and bacteria to man and the oak every greater or less division of nature is riddled with these dependent or- ganisms. The path of evolution is specialization, chiefly by adaptation; only ogcasionally is evolution progress. The upward march of organic nature is before the eye, palpable, pleading and perspica- ‘cious, but degeneracy is largely unseen, impalpable, sequestered and ignored. Often though expressed openly, even throughout great natural divisions, it is not apprehended. Progress involves complication of structure; simplicity of structuré too often means derivation by degeneration from the complex rather than initiation of upward advance. The total result cf degeneracy in nature and in human society "presents itself to us as the outgrowth of a primitive miscarriage in the normal upward trend of nature which has grown in intensity with the passage of time till now it presents to the phil- osophic mind the appalling condition of a widespread downward impetus throughout the living world whose tendency is to under- _ mine that which still stands upright. Degenerative tendencies in organic and in social life increase and intensify by their own impetus, like a stone rolling down hill: It has not been shown that there is in nature any power to redeem itself when degenera- t48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tive adaptation has once begun, any hope of salvation within the organism or group of organisms, of turning back, recouping and starting again on the upward path. In the face of the counter evidence here set forth, the conclusion is unavoidable that, for a large part of humanity ethical philosophies are inefficient and illusive. The lines of progress in- organic life have steered wide of these dependent existences or have maintained their charted course in spite of them. Great groups of organisms, classes, orders and subkingdomis have been so permeated by degeneracy of growth that their life, 3 lasting, it may be, from almost the dawn of existence to the present, has had no other outcome than to perpetuateadepravedrace. Such a race, however broad its boundaries and long its perdurance, has been entirely outside the general path of that upward advance which has led to the higher expressions of life. I would cite the mollusks as such a great division of organisms. Created free and independent, their almost universal acquisition of shell protection has kept them down to earth or made them grubbers in the mud of the ocean. Only a few of them, by acquirement rather than by endowment, sail the seas, and the floating habit, says a well known writer, is nearly related to the sessile. They have progressed only within the narrow limitations of their own race. Out of them has come nothing better. No lines of progressive evolution lead from the higher organisms back to them, but all pass them by. We do not even know the real relations of the great subdivision of the Mollusca to the molluscoids —the brachiopods and bryo- zoans; whether these are not degenerative expressions from the early mollusks rather than stages along the line of develop- ment to higher molluscan forms. We do know that all have filled the earth and sea of today with representatives in no sub- stantial degree different from their ancestors of the Silurian. Were we to begin an investigation of the degenerate condition pervading nature and to start with man and his more than one hundred species of parasites, there would be but one conclusion of our excursion; it was clearly stated long ago:—the whole creation groaneth and travaileth. ~ In the more innocent expressions of symbiosis termed mutualism — and commensalism, where associations of organisms are purely — b od ; ; Saas tiv « ME Sd Fe hy eee ah ty FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 149 social and apparently harmless or even mutually advantageous to the participants, it is probable that the outcome is infallibly del- eterious. The glass rope sponge (Hyalonema) has its coil of rope, by which it anchors itself to the sea bottom, incrusted and shielded by a coral (Polythoa), which spreads like a thin wrap of felt allabout it, while its ally the Venus Flowerbasket (Euplectella) imprisons a crab in its in- terior behind the bars it throws across its aperture but feeds it with ever changing water currents; worms and anthozoan corals grow to. gether, with the tubes of the former surrounded by the cells of the latter, both sweeping the water currents together for food which may go to either mouth; dead snail shells in which hermit crabs — have taken residence are often beset with sea anemones (Sagartia and Adamsia) whose stinging cells may scare away the enemies of the crab, while the crab favors the fixed anemones by moving his establishment from place to place, thus to new feeding grounds. All these conditions seem on the surface entirely harmless or positively advantageous to all parties involved; that is advan- tageous in the sense that they make life easier, less arduous, dis- courage activity and perfect adaptation. Perfect adaptation, however, advantageous to the individual concerned, is the very expfession of degeneration in symbiotic life. Throughout nature complete adaptation makes for stability and long life, incomplete adaptation for the restless activity which leads to progress. The general effect then of all symbiotic conditions is degenera- tive. They themselves arise from degenerate tendencies and could not exist save that degeneration had already set in. They are expressions of this condition and serve to confirm and transmit this tendency. The fact is tremendously evident that even the most innocent of symbiotic, dependent or attached conditions of growth is the leaven of progressive degeneracy. © It is well known that the critical methods of morphology and _ embryology have been requisite to determine the original ancestral independence of the most debased of parasites. While the doctors of the middle ages wondered over the barnacles and pictured them as growing on trees, dropping thence to the ground transformed into geese, their real nature as debased crustaceans was not un- folded till the life history of the creatures showed that their early stages were free and predatory, and the adult condition one of extreme adaptation by progressive loss of functions and organs. Thus the parasitic and dependent habit is always preceded by a I50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM free and predatory condition. Once the dependent habit is es- tablished the capacity for reaction grows weaker; degenerative adaptation creeps still further back in the life of successive genera- tions and the degradation of the adult state becomes more pro- found. | The all pervading conditions of symbiosis and dependence in ~ living creatures are largely beyond the reach of our present in- quiry. We are endeavoring to seek some clew to the origin of dependent life from its earliest and simplest expressions. The parasitic conditions of the present organic world are complicated in the extreme as a result of progressive and easy adaptation; often two, three and sometimes four hasts are necessary to the full life course of the dependent. Usually these present extreme con- ditions are expressed only by soft-bodied terrestrial organisms. The evidences of dependent life presenting themselves to. the paleontologist must be chiefly of marine origin and wholly adapted to a single host; they must moreover be wholly simple in their expression or may he easily misconceived. ‘There are certain of these simple expressions of long standing; we find them in existing nature and the ancient faunas show that such associations began far back in the history of life. To some of these we shall make special reference. Besides these a multitude of illustrations of dependent and attached forms of organisms can be drawn from every hand in the ancient as well as the recent faunas.. They call for no special illustration but they nevertheless enforce our con- sideration of the origin of this condition. | So far as our facts go there are but few evidences of true parasitic conditions in the Paleozoic faunas. The oldest and clearest is the well known case of the coalition of the limpetlike snail Platyceras and the crinoids. The snail settles down at an early age on the dome of the crinoid, placing the aperture of the shell over the anal vent of its host and remains attached for an indefinite period of its subsequent life. ; It is clear that the snail depends for its food on the waste from the crinoid and the fact that it remains attached for a very con- siderable period of its existence is shown by specimens of the crinoid dome bearing successive scars made by the enlarging growth of the mouth of the snail shell. Though this is the most extreme expression of ancient parasitism known to us, it was evidently of a very elastic kind and by no means affected all indi- FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9O7, I5l viduals of this genus of shells. This combination makes its first appearance in the early Devonic and seems to have become intensified in the great crinoid plantations of the early Carbonic but in either formation the examples of the actual dependent combination are in very slender proportion to the number of individuals. of either snailor crinoid. Some of the snails acquired this habit of parasitic dependence, others evidently did not. Apparently it was in some measure an individual adjustment. Yet the more general de- pendence of this snail Platyceras on the crinoids is indicated by the fact that quite generally Paleozoic strata carrying an abund- ance of the one also abound in the other. Time has not extinguished this affiliation, for the existing seas afford occasional evidence of similar relation between the limpets and the crinoids. Our material seems to throw some light on the inception of this dependent habit. A crinoid, Glyptocrinus, from the Lower Siluricis occasionally found inclosing in its arms a holostomatous snail, Cyclonema, not attached to the dome, for the shell had not the limpet habit of attachment, but lying free in such attitude as to get the full advantage of the crinoid’s waste. True dependence is also indicated by a similar association be- tween the crinoids of the Carbonic rocks and the starfish Onychas- ' ter. The starfish adjusts itself, mouth downward over the anal aperture of the crinoid. Our specimens showing this condition have been-caught in this act of feeding. The flexible character of the starfish made the attachment easily subject to change. This association too is one that time has not cured. Much more abundant than these exhibitions of parasitism are those of the commensal habit as indicated by our illustrations of worms and corals, worms and sponges, barnacles and corals. In the natural and expected course of procedure commensalism is the precursor of parasitism, and commensal associations became established more abundantly and at an earlier date than the other. Such mutual associations among members of the groups here indi- cated have been continued till today, not in precisely similar mani- festation but in like alliances between individuals of the different divisions. | : The protected sedentary condition, effected either by the agency of a special organ, as among most of the old brachiopods during a part or all of their life, or by the cementation of the shell to the rocks or some like object, is so widespread as to here command attention as a still simpler expression of dependent life. That the 152 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM attached condition among organisms involves and expresses degen- eration and necessarily promulgates still further decline, biologists are well agreed.’ An argument therefore to show that groups of attached organisms like the corals, the sponges, the bryozoans, are degenerate and that their apparent simplicity of structure is less a primitive than a derived condition, is not here called for. As we contemplate the earliest faunas of the earth we find that adherent and attached forms of life are in a notably less proportion than-in the faunas succeeding. Bryozoans, crinoids, corals, sponges, attached worms are extremely rare; trilobites and brachiopods enormously predominate. The trilobites were crawlers and swimmers. The brachiopods however were of different habit. The predominating forms were the inarticulate species allied in structure to the living Lingula and, if allied also in habit, burrowed in the mud of the sea bottom with their fleshy pedicles, potentially not actually attached. Some of the genera with long pedicle sheaths may not have had this habit but have been actually attached to solid objects by their arm; this was undoubtedly the habit of the articulate brachiopods also until the time came with the maturity of these creatures when the arm was atrophied and they fell back on the sea bottom, free but still incapable of loco- motion. In this condition, like many bivalves (e.g. Mya, the soft- shelled clam, which les buried in the mud with no power- to get any way but further in) they were potentially attached though actually independent. To the faunas earlier than the Cambric with their probable decrease of attached organisms, we can not appeal. We can, however, still follow the line of our argument into those earlier faunas which still remain unrevealed. In all shell bearing organisms the shell is not a primitive but a secondary development. Primitive organisms, as all considera- tions of biology insist, were shell-less throughout their existence — a conclusion not only indicated by ontogeny but by philosophy. The generally accepted conception that the archetype of organic life was e a naked free-swimming pelagic creature may be supplemented by the proposition that the primitive condition of all organisms even_after departure from the radicle was still naked and free. We must con- ceive that only as the independent soft-bodied animals of the earliest 1See especially Arnold Lang. Einfluss der festsitzenden Lebensweise. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q07 £53 faunas adapted themselves to life in shallow waters did the necessity for shell protection arise for with this change from a free-swimming to a creeping or stationary littoral habit came the lessened capacity for escape by locomotion. As Lang has said, the coast is full of dangers; the waves beat violently against it, the regularly re- turning tide keeps the waters ever moving. From these attacks of nature’s blind forces the creatures must protect themselves. Some, in times of stress, seek deep water, some scuttle into protected spots or bury themselves in the sand, and others catch hold of stable bodies, attaching themselves by suction or fixation. But all these resorts are inefficient without the addition of shell protection; that once achieved, the animals may rejoice and flourish in the play of the waves which brings them nourishment with decreased exertion on their part. The primary step toward a degeneration which in the lapse of ages ‘has led to the dependent life conditions of today would seem with reason to lie in the forced reduction of this locomotive power and adaptation to a sedentary condition -resuiting in the necessity for the formation of a protective shell. ILLUSTRATIONS OF PALEOZOIC SYMBIOTIC ASSOUIA- TIONS The instances here given are some of the more instructive occur- rences of this sort that have come under my notice. They are not in all cases common though they exemplify consociations which are familiar in like groups of the living world: The record of their number will doubtless be much increased as such objects come under closer observation. The collection of such data from the early periods of the world’s life is not likely to be carried too far for it is here, rather than in a profuser and much more complicated later development, that the factors of symbiosis are the more easily legible, : Worms and Corals The coexistence of the tubicolous worms with the corals is one of . the commonest phenomena of present seas. It became established at a very early stage in the earth’s history and in the Devonic coral reefs the habitude had already become widespread and varied. It was palpably less frequent in Siluric times, at least our material would so indicate, and when it does present itself, the expression is quite simple. In most cases it isan elementary expression of commensalism. Worm and coral may start to grow together di- “ 154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM rectly on settling down from the free larval state, or conjunction may be formed by attachment of the annelid larva after the growth of the coral has well progressed; in both cases the growth of the latter engulfs the former save at its tentacled aperture. The coral Zaphrentis or Cystiphyllum and the worm Gitonia corallophila. I give this latter designation to what appear to be chiefly straight worm tubes found in simple cyathophylloids such as those mentioned. The worm has attached itself at any stage of the coral growth and quite often its tubes are found projecting in considerable number from the calyx of the coral disordering the septa by its thickened stereom and taking just the position most advantageous to its feeding with the help of the coral’s tentacles [pl. 2, fig. 1]. Often these tubes seem to puncture the thecal walls of the coral where actually they have become overgrown or left behind by the increase of coral substance. It is not usual to find both of these conditions in one corallite. Plate 2, figure 3, shows _a Zaphrentis with a series of small worm apertures at its base; figure 2 is an enlargement of the thecal wall of Zaphrentis with two apertures one of which shows distinctly the wall of the tube; figure 4 is a Cystiphyllum with apparently short-lived worm tubes established at different growth stages of the coral. - In figures 5, 6 of the same plate are two views of a tube both ends of which seem to open into the calyx of a small Zaphrentis. If I interpret the growth of this worm correctly it started almost concurrently with the coral and like the worm on Pleurodictyum kept both ends up. It will be seen by examination of these figures that the course of the worm tube is singularly erratic; both branches have kept close to the margin of the calyx, one has come pretty straight up, while the other in its late stages made almost a half circuit of the calyx. All the examples above cited are from the Onondaga limestone of the Lower Devonic. The corals Monticulipora and Stromatopora and the worm Gitonia sipho. These compact, stony, massive structures covered with thousands of arms reaching out for new supplies of nourishment, seem to have especially invited the settlement of Straight tubed worms which, for convenience, are Het re as Git ona: si pie. A very striking example is that illustrated in. plate 1, figure 4, where the coral has overgrown the face and eyes of a moulted head shield of the trilobite Dalmanites and a series of worms has started Aa FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 155 growing obliquely upward from the very beginning of the coral (Monticulipora) growth. This specimen is from the Onondaga limestone. A very similar combination is shown in figure 3, plate 1, which mepresents- a, colony of Favosites sphericu'’s (Helder- bergian) with worms of like character. Figures 1, 2 are of a Stromatopora from the Cobleskill (Uppermost Siluric) limestone, one showing the worm apertures on the weathered surface, the other being a polished face of the same -specimen with many cross-sections of oblique tubes. The tabulate coral Pleurodictyum; the worm Hicetes innexus; a sponge, and the gastropod Loxonema (sometimes Pleurotomaria) or the brachiopod Chonetes [see plates 3, 4]. This is a very remark- able and most instructive combination and we have illustrated it quite fully on the accompanying plates. The combination of the coral and the worm has Jong been known and the sandstone casts of the base of Pleurodictyum with the “coiled central body”’ or “wormlike object’? are common in the Lower Devonic (Coblentzian) of Germany and have frequently been illustrated. Pleurodictyum is a compound coral growing in small lens shaped colonies with large cells and the genus is widely distributed in fau-as of Lower and Middle Devonic time. We may mention P. lenticulare Hall of the Helderbergian of New York and its variety laurentinum of the Grande Gréve limestone of Gaspé; P,.convexum Hall, Onondaga limestone; P. proble- maticum Goldfuss of the Coblentzian; P. constantino- politanum Archiac and Verneuil, from the lowest Devonic of the Bosphorus; P.amazonicum Katzer of a similar age in the Amazonas and P.st yloporum Eaton from the Middle Devonic Hamilton shales of New York. The concurrence of the coral and its convoluted worm has been noted in several of the species here mentioned but the varying degree of its frequency is instructive. fis im the earliest species,.P: lenticulare, I have seen the worm tube very rarely, after the examination of a considerable number of examples; in the var. laurentinum not at all; never in the large species P. convexum Hall of the Onondaga limestone. The single illustrations of P. amazonicum and P.constantinopolitanum show its presence but enable one to form no conception of its prevalence. The combination is frequent enough in P. problematicum to have given rise to the specific name of the coral.- The Middle Devonic P. st ylo- 156 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM porum has afforded the material for most of the illustrations here given. Of this very common species in the calcareous shales of the Hamilton I have been able to critically examine several hun- dred individuals and it is safe to say that the worm is present in the majority of examples. Itiseasy to determine its presence on inspection of the tentacular surface of the coral by the contrast between its round tubes and the angular coral cells. All the speci- mens here figured to show the convolutions of the worm have been drawn from actual preparations. The, history’ of the combination in Posty lopor uaa soe follows: At the close of the free-swimming larval stage the coral, in fully eight cases out of ten, selected and attached itself to a dead or living shell of the gastropod Loxonema hamiltoniae. Directly upon fixation or even actually contemporaneous with it was the attachment of the larval worm upon the incipient coral or alongsideit. In many cases, suchas that illustrated in plate 4, figure 3, the worm tube is directly fixed to the gastropod; again it may be free of the gastropod, and separated from it by the thick- ened basal theca [see pl. 4, fig. 1, 2]. With the multiplication of cell growth and the upward trend of the coral, the worm began its convoluted growth, its tube growing as much at one end as at the other. Some of the existing serpulid worms have their eyes on the hinder end of the body at. the tentacuian surface; it is fair to presume that at this early period this advanced stage of degeneracy had not been reached and the tube was thus kept open at both ends. In view of the regularity of coiling shown in some of the commensal worm tubes it is interesting to notice that in this case the worm after making a start, gets its double coil into parallelism for a half to an entire turn and then each arm starts off into a direct course follow- ing the radial path of the coral cells. These branches often pass in and out between the cells, keeping their extremities always at the tentacular surface and very seldom is there evidence of the worm encroaching on the polypite cells. Still this may occur and the worm tube occasionally becomes encased by a young polypite } and holds a position in the center of the cell [pl. 4, fig. 4]. There may be other worms encased in the thickened base of this coral as shown in figures 1, 2, plate 4, but it is not yet clear where their apertures lie as I have never seen but two annelid openings at the surface of the adult coral. It is quite possible ‘that originally opening on the tentacular surface at an early stage of coral growth FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 57 they have been buried in the later accumulations of stereom. There are long tubular passages between the corallites in early growth stages which have not been described in the structure of this coral-genus and in sections these are confounded with worm tubes but in etched specimens such as have here principally served for illustration, their nature is clear. In this interesting combination there is still another member—a small calcareous sponge. It has come to my notice several times. The one here figured was taken from the tube of the worm but whether that is its usual position or whether it may seat itself in one of the coral calyces or whether indeed it is a usual member of the consociation can not clearly be regarded as established. I have given (pl. 4) some illustrations which show how readily the dead parts of these organisms become incrusted with serpulid worms. [Figure 8 is the surface of a part of a dead Loxonema to which a Pleurodictyum had grown and figure 7 shows the inside of an old tube of the commensal worm Hicetes innexus, itself incrusted with minute worm tubes. Interesting as is this instance of commensalism, its most extra- ordinary feature is the amazing evidence of selection by the larval coral of the body to serve as the base on which it isto grow. Ihave stated above that a very evident majority of the colonies of this coral - Pleurodictyum as it occurs in the Hamilton shales are attached to -an organic object and that this organic base in approximately 80 per cent of the cases isa shellof Loxonema hamiltoniae. Occasionally the shell may be a Pleurotomaria of one or another species. I have no record of its being any other than one of these gastropods. On the other hand the German Pleurodictyum problematicum fixes itself by decided preference to the brachi- Geed Chonetes sarcinulatus Schlotheim. I have.ex- amined a considerable number of specimens of this Coblentzian - species but have seen no other shell used for attachment nor have I found record of any other. Though I can not use percentages with referenceto the frequency of this occurrence, this palpable fact remains that as between these two closely allied if not identical corals, one selects a gastropod, the other a brachiopod as its base of attachment. Emphasis is to be put on the word ‘‘selects’’ for among the brilliant examples of selective adaptation none could be more striking than this. The floor of the New York ocean was covered with Chonetes and of the German ocean with gastropods during the life of this coral. Were either wanting in the other fauna, hundreds of other species of organisms lined the sea bottom. The coral was not de- prived of its choice. . 158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Taken as a whole this combination is very complicated commen- salism from a date so ancient as the Devonic, more extreme than any other yet known from the Paleozoic rocks. But we find a somewhat parallel case in the present described by Bouvier as occur- ring in the Gulf of Aden —a coral and a worm growing together, and hidden in the coral substance a gastropod on which both settled down when the partnership began; furthermore there appears to be a small bivalve in association with the worm. Other somewhat similar cases might be cited. The Devonic coral Acervularia and the spiral worm Streptindytes acervulariae; a Siluric Stromatopora with a somewhat similar spiral worm, Streptindytes concoenatus; a Devonic Stromatopora with the spiral worm, Streptindytes compactus. The first of these occur- rences was described some years ago by Prof. Samuel Calvin [On a New Genus and Species of Tubicolar Annelida. Am. Geol. 1:24. 1888]. It is the case of a large annelid whose tube measures § to 1 inch in diameter growing upward in numbers among the cells of the compound coral Acervularia davidsoni Edw. & H. from the Middle Devonic rocks of Iowa. The species has not before been illustrated and I have to thank Dr Calvin for the privilege of introducing the accompanying cut of this interesting commensal (pla, fig. 7]. Another example of these spiral commensal worms (Streptin- dytes concoenatus) is afforded by-the Stromatopora reefs of the Cobleskill limestone (Upper Siluric). The illustration here given [pl.1, fig. 5, 6], affords some idea of how a small mass of Stro- matopora may be quite riddled with these minute corkscrews. This is taken from a single section across a small colony in which it is apparent that these worms have become sessile at different stages of growth in the coral mass as they start at different levels in the colony. It 1s also clear that the worm tube made at least one hor- izontal convolution before starting on its upward spiral growth and it is more than likely that its elongated spiral is due to the require- ment of keeping its tentacular end up at the feeding surface of the growing coral. These tubicolous worms have very plastic tubes and readily adjust themselves to surroundings. In the worm of Pleu- rodictyum (Hicetes innexus) the early spiral form was soon lost, perhaps because the corallites are so large and close that such growth was effectually obstructed. I have given here some FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9O7 ! 159 illustrations of a worm from the Hamilton group described by Hall asso pirorbis angulatusfrom closely attached examples showing but one or two entirely horizontal volutions. — These silica etchings show how quickly in later growth the tube departs from the horizontal position and draws out into a loose spiral even when not confronted by the necessity of keeping its feeding end on a level -_—-with that of some companion organism [pl. 2, fig. 8-11]. ‘The third of these combinations is illustrated by a specimen for which I am again indebted to Professor Calvin. A little colony of y Favosites has had its tentacular surface entirely overgrown with a Stromatopora. Within the substance of the Stromatopora is a multitude of spiral worm tubes not stretched out into loose volu- tions as in the other instances mentioned, but keeping their two or three volutions in close contact and resembling an Autodetus with- out its external smoothly sloping surface. The edges of these tubes are apparently always angular. These little worms have started growth anywhere on the substance of the Stromatopora and instead of growing like a Spirorbis with whorls broadly attached for a turn or two, have coiled closely upward and ceased growth in every case very abruptly. This case is singularly in- structive as showing that the worm failed to keep pace in growth with the coral and confessed its natural limitations of growth, while in the other cases cited the worm apparently has had the ability to adapt itself to this upward growth by stretching out its tube into loose curves and keeping its aperture always clear at the surface. . The little Streptindytes compactus however was not equal i to this struggle for existence except as it planted its successors in- ie es i ok Sah ee oe Stromatopora with embedded spiralannelid tubes. Streptindytes compactus, located at various stages of the growth of the coral. The character of the annelid tube is ~ shown in the enlargement at the right (x 5). The Stromatopora has entirely overgrown a small Favosites colony. Middle Pevonic. lowa 160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM discriminately over the coral at its various levels of growth. How well it struggled to maintain itself is indicated by the presence of fully 30 individuals on a surface of this coral 2 inches square. The single specimen of this species observed is from the Middle Devonic Cedar Valley beds at Iowa City, Iowa. Worms and Sponges We find in more than a single instance among the fossil hexac- tinellid sponges of the family Dictyospongidae evidences of worm tubes attached to the inner wall or cloaca of the sponge and living in a condition of commensalism. Such worms have been observed in the species: Hy dnocetas fu beros fim. vane. see sema and:Prismodictya telum Hall &. Clarke izom the sponge plantations of the Upper Devonic in western New York [pl. 5, fig. 1, 2]. Ina considerable number of individuals of the latter species from the same locality nearly all showed the presence of the annelid commensal and as the surface of the impression left in the sands by the worm tube is in all cases crossed by the reticu- lated skeleton of the sponge it is inferred that the position of the —— FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 161 former was internal. These are silicious sponges allied to Euplec- tella and though we find no parallel expression of commensalism in the living glass sponges, yet Euplectella carries a parasite in the form of a crustacean which in youth enters its open cloacal cavity and remains there so that when the sponge has in adult growth built the terminal or sieveplate over its aperture the crustacean is wholly and permanently caged. A very commanding illustration of the association between the sponges and spiral annelids is afforded by a series of specimens displayed in the British Museum. These I am able to re- produce here by the kindness of the trustees of that Museum from photographs made by permission of the Keeper of the Depart- ment of Geology, through the friendly agency of Dr F. A.Bather. In all these specimens it would appear that the worm, which has made a tube of large dimensions, began its commensal existence early in the life of the sponge and has coiled upward in a very loose spiral about and just within thecloacal wall. Of the figures given here two These and the figureon the preceding page represent silicified sponges with spiral annelid tubes from the English Chalk. In the upper figure (1 ocality unknown) and the lower right- hand figure ( Beckhampton ), the exposed worm tube is coiled about a vertical tube which appears to be the silicified wall of the cloaca. These spirals are obviously in reversed direc- tion. The lower left-hand ffgure is a direct print from a thin section of another sponge in which the position of the worm tube, cloaca and concentric structure of the sponge are shown. Prepared by Dr. Bather. Figures about natural size. British Museum (Natural History) Department of Geology: A. 475; 55117 162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM are of specimens so broken as to expose the interior. Solid flint has replaced the outer part of the sponge body, but in the dis- integrated silica of the interior the tube of the cloaca stands verti- cal with hardened walls about which the worm tube seems to coil like a beanstalk on a pole. The transparent section which is re- produced from a direct print, shows with probably more accuracy the actual distance of the tube from the cloaca. It is extremely instructive to note that the direction of coiling is unlike in the ~ two specimens exposing the spiral, while in the section it wouid be impossible to determine whether the course of the coiling is dex- . tral or sinistral. Barnacles and Corals The barnacles of today express to us one of the extreme reswtts of modification through adaptation to a parasitic condition. I have ventured to suggest on a previous occasion that the Siluric ~ barnacles of the genus Lepidocoleus [pl. 5, fig. 3] are an expression of these creatures before such modifications set in. It isregularly. segmented throughout its length, its biserial row of plates ‘being open on one side only for the protrusion of the appendages. ° The forms known as Turrilepas, Plumulites and Strobilepis of the Devonic, are not of greatly different structure. We know however of fully modified acorn barnacles in the Devonic Protobalanus and Palaeocreusia. The latter is parasitic on a Favosite coral of the Onondaga limestone (Lower Devonic), in which it appears to be embedded by the overgrowth of the polypites rather-than by burrowing its way into the colony as do sometimes the.acorn barnacles of the present [pl. 5, fig. 4, 5]. Crinoids and Cystids with Gastropods We are here presented with what appear to be instances of genuinely dependent parasitism—where an attached orzanism relies upon its host for its nutriment and existence. They con- stitute the earliest instances we can cite of a dependence between organisms that has become essential rather than merely convenient and it is of extraordinary interest because we find some clue here to the origin of the habit. The attachment of the limpetlike gastropod Platyceras to the calyx of the crinoid of the Paleozoic has already been referred to and many instances of it have been cited FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 163 and illustrated.1 This: attachment is so effected that the mouth of the shell is seated directly over the anal aperture of the crinoid so that the former may catch the digestal waste of the latter. Upon this waste the Platyceras palpably sustains itself. So many instances of this conjunction have passed under examination that no question can arise as to the fact that such attachment is solely for feeding purposes. Suggestions which have been occasionally made that the attachment is rather accidental than otherwise, as attachment to some substantial object is the habit of the gastropod, are not borne out by the evidence afforded by multitudes of these cases. Itis quite certain, however, that inthe Devonicand Carbonic faunas where this habit became most prevalent, there was always a predominant percentage of the gastropods that did not lend them- selves toit; nor have we reason yet to conclude that the habit once inaugurated necessarily continued during the remaining life of the individual. It did continue for a considerable period of the shell’s existence as the very instructive figure 6 on plate 6 indicates, the concentric scars being the successive impressions of the lip of the shell as its growth enlarged, while its position relative to the after opening of the crinoid is unaltered. The history of this form of dependence is extraordinary and illuminating. Throughout the Siluric the crinoids and cystids abounded but mollusks of the limpetlike construction of Platy- ceras were few. Moreover the crinoids were for the most part built with slender domes well hedged about by delicate arms, and on these domes the mollusk might have found difficulty in securing a footing. The earliest intimation of the tendency on the part of a mollusk to seek its food from the rejectamenta of the crinoid is afforded by an example of a Lower Siluric Glyptocrinus which holds within its arms and in a feeding posture a shell of the holostomatous gastro- pod Cyclonema bilix. One might regard the occurrence accidental if it had not been observed more than once. In the Upper Siluric, Platyceras had become somewhat more abundant but its numerical development did not reach that of the allied mollusk Diaphorostoma and in plate 6, figure 1, we have an illus- tration of a small shell of this latter genus attached over the after of the cystid Caryocrinus ornatus (Rochester shale). Thus far in time no examples have come to our observation of 1See particularly C. R. Keyes. Synopsis of American Carbonic Calyptraeidae. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. 1890. p. 150. The author here records a long list of these parasitic asso- ciations and especially indicates the effect of this condition in modifying the aperture of - the gastropod. 164 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM attachment between Platyceras and the crinoids. With the opening of the Devonic the development of Platyceras became enormous, so much so that the calcareous phase of the earliest Devonic has been termed the Platyceras stage. The crinoids alsc were common at this time, but cases of any dependent conjunction of the two are extraordinarily rare; the only instance of this early date known to me is that cited by Drevermann from the Cob- lentzian. Little by little, however, the habit was assumed and becoming more frequent in the Middle Devonic it seems to have attained a culmination in the faunas of the earlier Carbonic. During all the ages which have intervened between the Silicified. specimens of Platyceras attached to the dome of Megistocrinus farns- worthi White, from the Middle Devonic of Iowa. The perfect adjustment of the shell to the crinoid is seen in the adaptation of its margin to every irregularity of the surface of the dome. Loaned by Prof. Samuel Calvin Paleozoic and the present there is no record which has come to my notice to prove that this ancient habit has had an uninter- rupted existence. The crinoids and the lhmpets have continued and certainly the detailed records of Mesozoic and Cenozoic faunas should have given some account of this habit had it perdured. We have remarked that the consociation was always an easy one to which even at its hight not all the members of the genus Platy- ceras were compelled. In the absence of demonstration, it may be fair to hold it possible that the descendants of these mollusks really abandoned this form of attachment and rebounded from the degen- erative condition which it involved; this would be a fact of pro- found significance if it indicates that an organism once started on the downward path can take a new hold of life and regain its inde- pendence. Yet we are doubtless not justified in such a conclu- se. FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 105 -sion. inthe present seas all gastropods of truly parasitic habit are parasites on the Echinoderma, the class to which the crinoids belong. Crinoids are few today and appear to be relatively free from these attachments, but their allies, the starfish and sea urchins, are still beset by the gastropods, often so reduced by the degeneration of their condition as to be scarcely recognizable. This far-reaching and general condition of depravity would seem a direct inheritance of the ancient conditions we have portrayed.’ Crinoids and Starfish We have some very interesting instances of association be- tween the crinoids and the ophiuran Onychaster flex- ilis Meek & Worthen. Three of these are here figured, one a copy from Wachsmuth and Springer’s figure of Actinocrinus multiramosus W. & Sp., the others drawn from specimens in the possession of Mr Fred Braun. In the first the starfish has encircled with its arms the dome of the crinoid, mouth downward in such an attitude as to suggest though probably not to demonstrate that it was diligently attending to the waste of the crinoid. As the arms of the crinoid have been broken away the act of the starfish is exposed in allits nakedness. In the specimens of the Onychaster with Barycrinus hoveyi Hall, thearms of thetwo creatures have become completely entangled and fixation for feeding purposes at least is entirely effective. In respect to the end sought and attained this condition is one of parasitism but one still subject to the control of the individual. There seems no reason to assume that the starfish is here endeavoring to suck the life out of the crinoid itself and it would be going further than the facts justify to interpret this demonstration solely as an act of feeding like that of the common starfish of today in its attacks upon the oyster. I quote here some remarks from Wachsmuth and Springer’s North American Crinotdea Camerata [1897, p. 566], concerning the relations of Platyceras and Onychaster to the high domed crinoid MmeneaO erinus: unultir amos s:. Of this large and beautiful species we obtained at Indian Creek and Canton over forty specimens, most of them in excellent pre- servation, with the arms attached; and it is very remarkable that nearly one half of them have either a Platyceras attached to the 1The brothers Sarasin have described a very interesting case of the parasitic attachment of a limpetlike Platyceras to a living starfish, in which the former by an extension of its mouth into a snout which penetrates the test of the starfish, sucks out the nutritious fluids Ergebniss einer Forschungsreise auf Ceylon, v. 1}, While the parasitic condition between che limpets and crinoids of the Paleozic was elastic, this is fixed and beyondrepair. Other living snails parasitic on the allies of the crinoids are interestingly described in the Naéur- wissenschajtliche Wochenschrift, January 17, 1904. 166 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tegmen, or a specimen of Gnysnneer between the arms and coiled around the anal tube. This, so far as we know, is the first instance in which a Platyceras has been found in contact with a Crinoid with a long anal tube; in all cases heretofore noticed the Crinoid had an anal opening directly through the tegmen, and the Gas- tropod was fastened invariably with the anterior portion of the shell over the opening. This led to the supposition, for which there seemed to be good reasons, that the Mollusk obtained its nourishment, in part at least, from the excrements of the Crinoid. This, however, was impossible in the case before us, where the anal tube, with the anus at the distal end, extends out far beyond the tips of the arms, and, so far as observed, bends abruptly to one side, so that neither the opening nor the refuse matter could have been in contact with the Mollusk. In more frequent association with this Ned ante is the Onychaster, and it is worthy of note that this species of ophiuran is rarely found by itself. Nor has it been observed at Indian Creek on any of the other Crinoids, while at Canton it appears also on most of the specimens of Scytalocrinus robustus (Hall), a species with a large ventral tube, and the anus located far down at the anterior side; but with this exception we have not seen it on any other species. The fact that this Ophiurid is only found associated with certain species, and there always under similar conditions, and the frequency of this occurrence, would seem to indicate that the position between the arms of these crinoids was its favorite resting place, in which it either found protection, or some special facility for obtaining nourishment. These specimens are from the Crawfordsville limeshale of the Lower Carbonic (Mississippian), Crinoids and Myzostomum All the known living species of the minute wormlike creature Myzostomum (60 to 70 in number) are parasitic on the crinoids whereon they form galls or swellings by the overgrowth of the test. Similar galls have been noted on both Mesozoic and Paleo- zoic species of crinoids by Bather, Shipley, Fraas and other writers, and they are generally ascribed to the Myzostoma. Coral on a Coral The case of Caunopora. It is now quite generally conceded that — Caunopora which has commonly been regarded as a hydroid coral like Stromatopora, but with sharply defined, definitely walled tubes, is actually a laminate hydroid overgrowing a series of erect tubes like those of Syringopora or Aulopora, carrying oblique dis- sepiments within. Caunopora placenta Phillips isa Devonic species. . : * FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 107 Fistulipora occidens presents a similar coalition of a hydroid coral and the primitive tubulate Aulopora. This species was described from the Upper Devonic Lime Creek shales of Rack- ford, Iowa, by Hall [N. Y. State Mus. 23d Rep’t. 1873. p. 228, pl. ro, p. 9, 10] who recognized the fact that the large pores on the surface of the coral are projecting tubes of Aulopora. An in- teresting feature of this concurrence is that colonies of the Fistuli- pora are quite as frequently without the Aulopora as with it. One may compare with these instances the interesting case mentioned by Whitfield of the recent coral Ctenophyllia, entirely inclosed by a hemispherical growth of Meandrina labyrin- thica (described in Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bul. rgoz. 14: 221). In addition to the instances given above of actual commensal conditions, I am taking this occasion to append a brief account of certain ancient pseudoparasitic organisms of boring habit. These come frequently under the eye of the paleontologist but very little attention has been given to them, occasional incidental references being for the most part the sum of our knowledge of the Paleozoic expressions. The literature of the later formations contains random accounts of such organic relics but I should be going too far afield in this instance to make definite allusion to these.' These boring bodies infesting the dead shells which form a large part of the material of the paleontologist are very likely to be either minute algae or fungi, or sponges of genera producing similar effects to the living Cliona or Vioa. The work of the former has had some notice [see Duncan Quar. jour. Geol. Soc. 1876. p. 205; Kolliker. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zoolog. 1859, 10: 215; Loomis, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 39. 1900. p. 223] and their tubules are recognizable by contrast _by their microscopic size and the occasional presence of hyphal swellings. The total amount of deterioration and disintegration of skeletons caused by these minute organisms was doubtless great even in Paleozoic times. The work of boring sponges, however, on ancient organisms has been a far more effective cause of destruction and waste of dead Shells. There are certain conditions of preservation in which these borings enforce themselves on the attention, especially when the student has to deal with an arenaceous matrix from which all the calcareous matter of the shells has been dissolved leaving sharp 1Very instructive instances of these later expressions are cited in a recent paper by E. Schiitze, Die bohrenden und schmarotzenden Fossilien der schwiibischen Meeresmolasse, Jahresb. d. Ver. f. vaterl. Naturk. in Wiirtt. 63, 1907. -p. 81-84; Bericht ueb. 29 Versamml. 4; B27 a geolog. Vereins zu Worth, 1906; Zeitschr. f. Mineral. Geol. u. Palaeont. ahrg. 1. 168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and clean casts of the borings; or when these natural conditions are reproduced artificially by removing the calcareous material from a lime shale. : Probably the first attempt to characterize with a definite name these undoubted sponge borings was that of McCoy [Brit. Paleoz. Foss. 1855. p. 260, pl. 1B, fig. 1, ra] who illustrated under the name Vioa prisca a series of simple straight club-shaped casts of borings occurring in the shell substance of the pelecypod identified as Pterinea:-demissa Conrad of the Upper Silume. ieee probably safer not to designate these sponge relics by the name of any genus now living and I propose, in speaking of several distinct | forms of them, to employ the term Clionolithes. The straight clavate tubes of Clionolithes priscus (McCoy) usually originate at the edge of a dead shell and expand gently inward; probably the sponge nested at the club-shaped ex- tremity of the hole, drawing the water currents in to itself. It is not always the case that the shell was dead before the work of these borers began. There are several illustrations given here to show that a brachiopod or pelecypod may have been attacked by these sponges at any growth stage and that after the attack had begun the growth of the shell continued. There is a curious simultaneousness in the attacks of these pseudoparasites—all started in at once and frequently one such attack is not followed by others [see pl. 8, fig. 2, 4]. This form, C. priscus, was quite common in the late Siluric and very abundant throughout the Devonice. Clionolithes radicans designates a quite different expression of this boring habit. Here the tubes radiate and branch outward from a center, giving a decided rootlike expression to the resultant very complicated combination of tubes. These branch- . ing tubes often unite, fuse or anastomose producing a somewhat — irregularly reticulated expression. This sponge particularly in- fested the living and dead shells of the brachiopods, finding en- trance less often at the margin than through the pores on the surface of the shell. The complex of tubules is small in comparison with those of C. priscus and it is not unusual to find both of. these forms infesting the same shell. This boring sponge, so far as my observation extends, is restricted to the Devonic. Clionolithes reptans has threadlike vermiform tubes which wander loosely and at random through the shell substance of both brachiopods and pelecypods. he - A FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 16g Clionolithes palmatus, a singular form assuming broad sparsely branched palmate hollow fronds and found only in the pelecypods and gastropods of the Portage group (Upper De- vonic).. Among these boring bodies is another, which judging only from the form of its tubes must have been very unlike the rest. I have _ observed it only in the brachiopods of the Coblentzian sandstone and in order to express its notable difference from the other borings mentioned shall designate it as Caulostrepsis taeniola. In these the borers began at the edge of the shell and the casts of their borings are long, narrow tapelike tongues with an elevated edge all the way around. This corded edge is a continuous tube _while the area between is a narrow flat space connecting the tubes of the loop. I hesitate to assign this curious form to the sponges; it has in miniature a resemblance to some of the worm casts found on the surface of old rocks, but the evident open connexion between the tubes of the loop makes it difficult to allot to this boring its probable maker. Boring pelecypods were not unknown in the early Paleozoic. Instances are rare indeed but a very striking example is the small Modiomorphalike shell Corallidomwus concentricus described by Whitfield from the Cincinnati shales of Ohio [see Geol. Ohio. 1893.7: 493, pl. 13]. The figure given by this author shows a colony of the coral Labechia ohioensis Nicholson per- forated by scores. of burrows in some of which the shell itself is found. Such occurrences have been freely described in Mesozoic faunas and boring insects in the woods of the Tertiary. ~ ATION OF PLATES. 172 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 1 Part of the weathered surface of a Stromatopora from the Cobleskill limestone, Schoharie, N. Y., showing the open- ings of the worm tubes Gitonia sipho . A section of the same colony permeated with such tubes A colony of Favosites sphericus Hall trome@oae New Scotland beds (Helderbergian) with similar tubes A head of the trilobite Dalmanites overgrown with a colony — of Monticulipora. in which is embedded a series of Gitonia sipho. Onondaga limestone, Becraft moun- Pabaino Neo Sections of spiral tubes (Streptindytes concoe- natus) in a colony of Stromatopora. The apparent difference in direction of volution in these is due entirely | to the different depth and angle at which the tubes are cut. From the Cobleskiil liniestone (Upper Siluric) Schoharie. sae . An enlarged restoration of the characters of these worm Pubeson x5 streptindytes acervulariae Calvin: twotugee in a colony of Acervularia davidsoni E. and H. x 1.5. From the Middle Devonie of Roberts-Benae Iowa bit“ he ak ae — en ee ee ee eS = Ssh x-« « ers ay me od o = Se vide: ; FO CEE eH 7 ¥ 174 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 2 1 A calyx of Zaphrentis with a number of tube openings of Gitontia-corad lo pmad a 2 Tubes of the same character opening outward through the lateral walls of Zaphrentis; much enlarged 3 A Zaphrentis with tube openings at the base 4 A Cystiphyllum with short tubes opening outward through ~ the thecal walls 5,6 A Zaphrentis from two points of view to show the course of a tube of Gitonia cora lhe piaba with both ends opening outward in the calyx All these specimens are from the Onondaga limestone (Lower Devonic). 7 Caunopora —-a schematic section showing the Syringopora- ~ or Auloporalike tubes overgrown by the Stromatopora sub- stance; coral on coral’ 8-11 Enlarged figures of Spirorbis angulata Hall,a worm - tube from the Hamilton group of New York. These speci- . mens are silica replacements etched from limestone (Menteth limestone), and show the tendency of the tube to unwind in a lax spiral as soon as fixation is firmly established. PEATE 2: 176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 3 A series of drawings to illustrate the commensalism of Pleuro- dictyum and the worm Hicetes innexus I, 2 Top and side views of a corallum of Pleurodictyum styloporum Eaton from the Hamilton shales of New York. The worm tubes are clearly seen at x-x on the sur- face of the colony. 3 Vertical section of a corallum showing sections of the con- voluted tube near its base 4 The under side of a corallum with impression of the gastropod Loxonema hamiltoniae to which it is attacheds 5 An etching which has removed the base of the coral and shows the initial convolutions of the worm tube 6 The form of the entire tube, drawn from an actual specimen * The -basal -surface of Pleurodicty um, pro peas aticwm attached to” the brachiopod 26 inomeeqies sarcinulatus Goldfuss. This#specimen=ismiomn uae Coblentzian at Stadtfeld. 8 An etching of the basal part of P. st ylo porum showing the chief worm and a wormlike extension which appears to arise from the base of a polypite and turn into an upward course between the cells | © — PLATE 3 Sy U . i” ’ - > . 5 a) +e a us . . fo = ’ 4 at ‘ a q * : f if ‘ ah aes ee ie ea “ ge eee 178 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 4 Continuation of the illustration of Pleurodictyum and Hicetes, ete: 1,2 Sections of P. styloporum showing not only the large worm but the smaller ones in the thickened base of the coral 3 An etching of P. styloporum showing actual attach- ment of the worm tube Hicetes to the a of the gas- tropod Loxonema 4 Thetube Hicetes penetrating one polyp celland passing thence | into another 5 The small sponge found in the tube of the large worm Hicetes 6 Chonetes sarcinulatus Goldfuss, the brachiopod to which P. problematicum usually is attached. (After F. Roemer) 7 The greatly enlarged interior surface of the worm tube Hicetes with slender serpulid worm tubes attached 8 The enlarged surface of part of a Loxonema, covered with small serpulids. This specimen of Loxonema had served as base of attachment for P.styloporum. 9 Loxonema hamiltoniae Hall PLATE 4. i n ‘ wet 180 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 5 1 Hydnoceras tuberosum Conrad var. glossema H. & C. A silicious hexactinellid sponge with markings of worm tubes on the inner side of the recticulum. From the Chemung group (Upper Devonic) of southwestern New York 2 Another silicious sponge, Prismodictya telumdH. & C. with similar worm tubes also from the Chemung group of New York 3 The barnacle Lepidocoleus jamesi of the Lower Siluric (Cincinnati group) showing the unatrophied con- dition of the animal whose segmentation may be regarded as represented by the paired valves which meet at the edge allowing room for the protrusion of the appendages 4,5 Palaeocreusia devonica Clarke, a barnacle buried inacolony of Favosites hemisphericus partly by burrowing and partly by overgrowth of the coral. From the Onondaga limestone, Leroy, N. Y. PLATE 5 ¥3 182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 6 1 Caryocrinites Grnatus Say, a cystid havigees small gastropod (Strophostylus) attached and covering the. apertures of the summit. From the Upper Siluric (Rochester) shale of western New York . 2Glyptocrinus* (decadactylus Hall) nme holostomatous gastropod, Cyclonema bilix, in- closed within the arms in an attitude of feeding at or near the anal apertureofthecrinoid. From the Cincinnati shale 3,4 Cromyocrinus simplex with attached Platyceras of relatively large size, its anterior portion covering the anal aperture of the crinoid while the rest of the lip of the snail extends over the entire hight of the calyx, Carbonic limestone, Moscow, Russia 5 Platyceras enveloping the dome of Arthracantha punctobrachiata Williams [after Hinde, Amaré, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1885]. From the Hamilton group | 6 A part of the tegmen of Strotocrinus regalis Hall showing the successive growth marks made by an attached Platyceras, always keeping its anterior extremity over the anal aperture of the crinoid [after Keyes, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. 1890. pl. 2, fig. 7]. ‘From the Carbonie (Mississippian) of Crawfordsville, Ind. 7 Platyceras infundibulum Meek & Worthen attached to the anal surface of Platycrinus hemi- sphericusM. & W. [after Keyes ut. cit. fig. 10] 8 Actinocrinus multiramosus Wachsmuth & Springer. The calyx with a starfish (Onychaster) fastened to the anal tube [after Wachmuth & Springer wué cit. pl. 55, fig. 3] PLATE 6 \ ui ) wae esedepggyenannstets MASS MN og thes. ene eet senseee 7 apes tATE MUSEUM PLATE 7 1,2 Two specimens of Barycrinus hoveyi Hall with the starfish Onychaster flexilis intertwined within the arms. (Mississippian) Carbonic. Crawfordsville, Ind. From the collection of F. Braun ff heh he ALE MUSEUM PLATE 8 .thes (Vioa) priscus McCoy, cast of in a shell of Pterinea demissa (Conrag oy [after McCoy, Brit. Paleoz. Foss. pl. 1B, fig. 1, 1a] » same. A series of clavate tubes in the shell substance of Leptocoelia flabellites (Conrad) all starting from the margin of the valve at a definite period of growth in the shell. x2. Oriskany sandstone, Highland Mills, Neve 3 The same in a valve of Spirifer from the Chemung group near Sideling hill, Maryland. x 3 4 The same. A valve of Aviculopecten from the Chemung group (Upper Devonic) of Allegany county, N. Y. with a series of borings all beginning at a definite growth stage of the shell beyond which shell growth has continued, indicating that the mollusk was alive when the borings were begun and continued to live while they were making 5 A valve of Spirifer granulosus from the Hamilton shales of New York, with several such borings 6 A tube cast in the valve of the brachiopod Leptos tro- phia perplana (Conrad). The sponge started to bore at the thickened cardinal process of the dorsal valve — and on account of the thinness of the valve was com- pelled to make its tube broader than high. At the inner end the tube spreads out and shows a tendency to divide. x 3. From the Hamilton shales of New York 7 Another example of a flattened tube cast on a thin shelled pelecypod of the Hamilton group, N. Y. 8 Clavate borings in a valve of Leptostrophia oris-— kania, Oriskany limestone, Becraft mountain, N. Y., X 3 Pare &. ae ir a nl ie “ ee ee a ed 188 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 9 1 Clionolithes priscus (McCoy). A specimen of Leptostrophia magnifica Hall, from the Grande Gréve limestone (Lower Devonic) of Gaspé with several straight clavate tubes extending in from the margin of the shell. Where the shell substance has disappeared at the right of the specimen are seen numerous examples of the branched boring, Clionolithes radicans. aClionolithes radicans. An etched specimen of an old shell of the brachiopod Dalmanella super- stes H. & C. of the Chemung shales of New York with a multitude of irregularly branching borings riddling the shell and apparently starting inward from the shell margin. x 8 PLATE 9 Igo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE tro A greatly enlarged view of an etched specimen of the brachiopod Atrypa reticularis Linné, whose outer surface has been overgrown with a monticuliporoid coral and whose shell sub- stance was perforated with branching clusters of the tubes of Clionolithes radicans. From the Onondaga lime- stone, Becraft mountain, N. Y. : PLATE 10 SOO See eee se OS - —_—- oe he 1Q2 PLATE rr 1 Clionolithes radicans, a single cluster of tube casts, x 5 inthe substance of the shell of Atry pa retic- ularis from the Chemung sandstone of Mansfield, Pa. 2 The same. A sSilicified replacement of a tube cluster within the shell substanceof Leptostrophia magnifica ~ Hall, standing in relief on the surface of the valve. From an enlarged photograph, which also shows the casts of the small tubules constituting a proper part of the structure of this shell and through one of which it is prob- able that the sponge entered. From the Grande Gréve limestone (Lower Devonic) Gaspé 3 Clinolithes reptans; sparse, diftuse tubules in the sub- stance of a shell of Leptostrophia oriskania, Oris — kany limestone, Becraft mountain, N. Y. Greatly enlarged re PEATE PY. ‘ - = ; ; = « a = > — se ae ow ee) eS an oo ere a oe 194 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM _ PLATE 12 tClionolithes palmatus. A valve of the pelecypod Loxopteria dispar Sandberger, from the Portage beds (Upper Devonic) of Correll’s point, N. Y. in the substance of which this cluster of frond-shaped cavities hes 2 : 2 The same. A somewhat more diffuse cluster in the shell substance of Loxonema danai Clarke from the same formation and locality. x 5 3 Caulostrepsis taeniola. Stropheodonta cf. gigas McCoy from the Seigener schichten (Coblent- zian) of Seifen. The margin of the brachiopod has been entered on all sides simultaneously by these borers form- ing loop-shaped tubes which are joined by a thin median cavity. Together with these are simple tube casts of Clionolithes priscus. I owe this specimen to - the kindness of Prof. BE. Kayser. 4 The same on. Stropheodonta: prot aena oa Maurer, same locality [after Maurer] 5, 6, 7 Large circular perforations in the valves of brachiopods, probably made by the radula of predatory. gastropods. In figure 5: the brachiopod is Spariter media Hall from the Hamilton shales of New York; figure 6, Meristella from the Oriskany limestone of Glenerie, N. Y.; and figure 7 a small Spirifer granulosws Compad from the Hamilton rocks. In 5 and 7 the hole is on the dorsal valve and has precisely the same position with reference to the shell and the animal within which the gastropod was doubtless seeking. The hole, figure 6, has the same position on the ventral valve of Meristella. It is interesting to observe that the Spirifer in figure 5 and the Meristella in figure 6 succeeded in forestalling the purposes of the enemy by secreting a false floor beneath the hole after it had perforated the shell. Spirifer, figure 7 may have fallen a victim to the attack as the hole is not sealed. These are instructive illustrations of the early acquisition of this perforating mode of attack by the gastropods. 3 oF a a a Ey pasos EAREAAGRLN SACKS SS ie Cen Le. LILLE en 196 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE: 43° 546 - A colony of the coral Favosites niagarensis bss partially overgrown a small plantation of the c coral Amplexus, but not to such extent as to in e ealyces of the latter ; ae ca ee From the Nee formation near Monticello, PLATE tS ee ewe si } te ee oe re ee : -Aviculopecten, -_ plate, 186. INDEX . Aboriginal place names of New | Barycrinus hoveyi, 165. York, IIo. Accessions to collections, 123-39. Acervularia, 158-60. davidsoni, 158. explanation of plate, 172 Actinocrinus multiramosus, 16s. explanation of plate, 182. Adirondacks, eastern, investiga- tions in, I3-I4; iron ores, 32, 70-72. Agassiz, Louis, mentioned, 50. Albany, lake, 28-29. Alexandria quadrangle, 11, 13. American geologists, field meeting Sor, 64-74. Amplexus, explanation of plate, 196. Amsterdam, 20. Amsterdam quadrangle, 21, 30. Anisota rubicunda, 8o. Aquatic insects, 80-81. Arachnida, studies of, 84. Archeology, field work in, 87-108; publications, 119-120; accessions to collections, 138-39. Archeology section, report on, 85- TIO. . Areal rock geology, 10-17. Arsenopyrite, 39. explanation of plate, 184. Bather, cited, 166. Beachia suessana, 43. Beauchamp, W. M., Aboriginal Place Names of New York, 119; Civil, Religious and Mourning Councils and Ceremonies. of . Adoption, II9Q. Beekmantown, unconformity be- tween Brainerd and _ Seely’s group A and group B, 12. Beginnings of dependent life, by John M. Clarke, 146-60. Belfast sheet, Io. Bell, cited, 55. Bennett, Lewis J., mentioned, 44. Berkey, Charles P., geological field work in the Highlands, 15; cited, I16. Berkshires, local glaciation in, 22. Berne quadrangle, 31. Betten, Cornelius, report on Cad- dis flies, 8o. Birds of New York, 84-85. Black River limestone, IT. Blastoidocrinus and its type, 69- 70. Botanist, report, 74-78. Art and symbolism of the New York Indians, 86-87. Arthracantha punctobrachiata, ex- planation of plate, 182. Atrypa reticularis, explanation of plates, 190, 102. Auburn-Genoa quadrangle, to. explanation of Barnacles and corals, 162. : 197 Botany, publications, 118, 120. Bouvier, cited, 158. Brachyprion majus, 43. schuchertanum, 43. Brigham, A. P., investigation by, 17; region under study by, 21; cited, 22, 31. Brittlestar, Devonic, 61-64. Broadalbin quadrangle, 21, 30; sand hills extending across, 23. Brown tail moth, 79-80. Building, new, 7-9. 198 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Bulletins, published, 116-19; in press and in preparation, 120. Burnham, Stewart H., work on botanical collections, 75. Caddis flies, 80. Caledonia quadrangle, Io. Calvin, Samuel, cited, 158; men- tioned, 159. Cambro-Siluric in northeastern New York, evidences of physical oscil- lations during, 72-74. Carmel quadrangle, 16. Caryocrinites ornatus, explanation of plate, 182. Caryocrinus ornatus, 163. Catskills, local glaciation in, 22. Cattaraugus county, earthworks and village sites, 105. Caulostrepsis taeniola, 160. explanation of plate, 194. Caunopora, 166. explanation of plate, 174. placenta, 166. Cazenovia quadrangle, Io. Cecidomyiidae, new species, 81. Chadwick, George H., cited, 42; paleontologic work, 43. Chamberlin, cited, 22. Champlain, lake, form of, an out- ward expression of faults, 15; talk by John M. Clarke on, 68- 69. Champlain valley, water levels in, 19, 65; Lower Siluric paleogeog- raphy of, 67-68. Chautauqua county, and village sites, 105. Chazy beds, coral and stromatop- oroid reefs in, 14. Chittenango quadrangle, Io. Chonetes, 155-58. sarcinulatus, 157. explanation of plates, 176, 178. Civil, religious and mourning coun- cils and ceremonies of adoption, IIO. Clark, P. E., cited, 42. Clarke, John M., cited, 41, 51, 52, Baeena yy S50 TOs) talk. onvaaake earthworks - Darton, Champlain, 68-69; Beginnings of Dependent Life, 146-69. Claypole, cited, 57. Clayton, 21. Climacograptus bicornis, 60. typicalis, 61. Clinton hematite ores, exploitation Of; 532. Clionolithes, 168. palmatus, 160. explanation of plate, 194. (Vioa) priscus, explanation of plates, 186, 188, 194. radicans, 168. explanation of plates, 188, 190, 192. reptans, 168. explanation of plate, 192. Corallidomus concentricus, 169. Corals, 40; and -barnactes; grea: and starfish, 165-66; and worms, 153-60; coral on a coral, 166-69. Covey hill, 19, 20, 65. Crinoids, 150; and cystids with gastropods, 162-65; and Myzos- tomum, 166; and starfish, 165-66. Cromyocrinus simplex, explana- tion of plate, 182. Ctenophyllia, 167. Cushing, H. P., geological wae Il; cited, 12,-33; mentioned, 62> on evidences of physical oscilla- tions during the Cambro-Siluric in northeastern New York, 72-74; Geology of the Long Lake quad- rangle, I17. Cyclonema bilix, 163. explanation of plate, 182. Cystids.and crinoids with Base pods, 162-65. Cystiphyllum, 154. explanation of plate, 174. Dalmanella superstes, explanation of plate, 188. Dana, cited, 53. Nos work, 4I. paleontological —— a | INDEX TO FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 Davis, W. M., paleontological work, 42. Dawson, J. W., cited, 54, 55. De Kay, James E., cited, 43. Depauville, 21. Dependent life, beginnings of, 146-69. ; Devonic brittlestar, 61-64. Devonic crinoids of New York, 49. Devonic faunas, 40-43. Devonic fishes, 49-59, I16. Dexter, 21. _ Diaphorostoma, 163. Dollo, cited, 57. Drevermann, cited, 164. Drift, distribution of, 25-26. Drumlins, in vicinity of Glovers- ville and Johnstown, 25; of cen- tral western New York, 116-17. Duncan, cited, 167. early study of, Earthquakes, record of, at Al- bany station, 37-30. Eastman, Charles R., Devonic Fishes of New York, 49-59, 116. Echinoderma, 165. Economic geology, accessions to collections, 123. Elizabethtown quadrangle, 14. Ells, R. W., cited, 54. Elm leaf beetle, 79, 118. Emmons, Ebenezer, cited, 32, 65, (66. Ennomos subsignarius, 80. Entomologist, report, 78-82. Entomology, fublications, 118, 120; accessions to collections, 427-31: Erie, lake, glacial waters, Io. Euplectella, 161-62. Eurypterida, monograph of, 43-44. Explanation of plates, 171-06. Fairchild, H. L., investigations by, 17, 19, 20; on Lake Iroquois ex- tinction, 66-67; Glacial Waters 199 in the Lake Erie Basin, 116; Drumlins of Central Western New York, 116-17. Fault system of Lake Champlain region, 15. Favosites hemisphericus, explana- tion of plate, 180. niagarensis, explanation of plate, 190. sphericus, 155. explanation of plate, 172 Felt, E. P., Insects Affecting Park and Woodland Trees, 115; White Marked Tussock Moth and Elm Leaf Beetle, 118. Field meeting of American geolo- gists, 64-74. Fishes, Devonic, monograph of, 49- 59, 1106. Fistulipora occidens, 167. Fonda quadrangle, 21, 30. Forest insects, 80. Fraas, cited, 166. Fruit tree insects, 78-79. Gall midges, 81. Gastropods, crinoids and cystids with, 162-65. Gaudry, Albert, quoted, 59. Genesee valley, Upper, review of, 2. Geneva-Ovid quadrangle, to. Geologicai maps, 10, IIO. Geological papers, 116. Geological survey, report, 10-74. Geology, industrial, 31-35; bulle- fis: Of FIO="7,: 120: Gilbert, cited, 20, 66. Gilbert gulf, 20-22. Gillett, J. R., entomologic work, 8I. Gipsy moth, 79-80. Gitonia corallophila, 154. explanation of plate, 174. sipho, 154-55. explanation of plate, 172. Glacial lobes, 22-23. Glacial waters, in western, central 200 and northern New York, 19; in the Lake Erie basin, 116. Glaphurus pustulosus, 15. Glenville, 26. Gloversville, drumlins, 25; lake de- posits, 26. ; Gloversville quadrangle, 21, 30; sand hills extending across, 23. Glyptocrinus, 163. decadactylus, plate, 182. Grape root worm, 79. Graphite bed at Lakeside mine, Hiague,.72. Graptolites of New York, 59-61. Great Vly, 26. Grote, cited, 43. Gulf, the, 20, 65. explanation of Hall, James, paleontological work, Ars cited; Az. Hartnagel, C. A., report on Roch- ester and Ontario Beach quad- rangles, 10, 118; cited, 116. Haug, cited, 60. Helianthaster, 61. gyalum, 63, 64. rhenanus, 62, 63, 64. roemeri, 64. Hematites of Adirondacks, 71. Henderson Harbor, 21. Hicetes innexus, 155-58. explanation of plates, 176, 178. _Highlands of the Hudson, geologi- cal field work, 15-16. Hinds, F. A., mentioned, 21. Historical museum, ITI-1I4. Hoffmans Ferry, 27. Honeoye-Wayland quadrangle, Io. Hopkins, T. C., work on Syracuse quadrangle, Io. Howland, Henry R., quoted, 45-46. Hudson, George H., survey of Val- cour island, Lake Champlain, 14; on Blastoidocrinus and its type, 69; cited, 116. Hudson valley glacier, 24. Hydnoceras tuberosum var. gloss- ema, I60. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM explanation of plate, 180. Hypo-Iroquois waters, 20, 67. ~ Industrial geology, 31-35. Insects affecting park and wood- land trees, I15. Interlobate. moraine, 23-24. tron ‘Ores, 432-34, .yo-72) Iroquois extinction, 19-20, _66-67. Jaekel, cited, 57. Johnstown, drumlins, 25. Kayser, E., mentioned, 194. Kenina, cited, 57. Kemp, James F., investigations in eastern Adirondacks, 13-14; de- scription of the Mineville dis- trict, 32; Cited, 71; mentiomedage Kenneatta, 20. Keyes, C.° R., cited, 163. Kingston beds, 42. Kirk, Edwin, investigations of De- vonic crinoids of New York, 4o. Kolliker, cited, 167. Labechia ohioensis, 160. Lake deposits, of central and western New York, 26; of the Mohawk valley, 27-28. Lakes, see under name of lake. Lane, Alfred C., address of men- tioned, 60. ae Lang, Arnold, cited, 152. Lepidocoleus, 162. , jamesi, explanation of plate, 180. Leptocoelia flabellites, 43. explanation of plate, 186. Leptostrophia magnifica, explana- tion of plates, 188, 192. oriskania, 43. explanation of plates, 186, 192. perplana, explanation of plate, 186. Leucobrephos brephoides, 78. Limonites of Adirondacks, 71. Linden moth, snow-white, 8o. Localities, record of, 140-45. Logan, cited, 55. INDEX TO FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q07 Long Lake quadrangle, geology of, mre 317. Loomis, cited, 167. Low, cited, 54. Lower Cayadutta, 27. Lowville limestone, II. Loxonema, 155-58. explanation of plate, 178. danai, explanation of plate, 194. -hamiltoniae, 156, 157. explanation of plates, 176-78. Loxopteria dispar, explanation of plate, 194. Luther, D. D., geological work, 10; mentioned, 61. McCoy, cited, 168. McCullough earth inclosure, 89-01. Mackenzie, cited, 59. Macoma greenlandica, 18. Magnetites, 32, 70. Maintenance of scientific work, provisions made by Legislature fOr, > 122. Maple worm, striped, 8o. Maps, 10, 119. Mastodons, 44-49. Mather, paleontological work, 41. Mayfield, drumlinoid forms, 26. Meandrina labyrinthica, 167. Megalanteris ovalis, 43. Megistocrinus farnsworthi, 164. Memoirs, published, I15-20; in press, 120. Meristella lata, 43. Miller, Hugh, mentioned, 50. Miller, W. J., work on Remsen quadrangle, Io. Minaville, 26. Mineralogy, report on, 39-40; ac- cessions to collections, 124-27. Mines, 31-32. Mineville ores, 14, 32. Mining and quarry industry - of New York, 117. Mohawk glacier, 22. Mohawk valley, investigation in, 17; moraines, 24; lake deposits, B27 2S. 201 Monticulipora, 154-55. explanation of plate, 172. Moraines, interlobate, 23-24; re- cessional, 24-25. Morrisville quadrangle, Io. Museum, new, 7-9. Mushrooms, tests of edibility of, 75: Mya arenaria, 18. Mytilus edulis, 18. Myzostomum and crinoids, 166. Needham, James G., report on work done at Old Forge, 8o. Neumayr, cited, 60. Newcomb minerals, 309. Newland, D. H., on iron ores of the Adirondack region, 70-72; Mining and Quarry Industry of New York, 117. Nixon, I. L., entomologic work, Si, /O2. Normans kill, 209. Northville, 27. Oil shales, 34-35. Ontario Beach quadrangle, Io, 118. Onychaster, 165. explanation of plate, 182. flexilis, 165. explanation of plate, 184. Orange county, Oriskany faunas, vege, Osborne’s bridge, 24. Palaeocreusia, 162. devonica, explanation of plate, 180. Paleontology, report on, 40-50; publications, 118, 120; accessions to collections, 123-24. Paleozoic corals, 49. Pamelia formation, 12. Phelps quadrangle, Io. Physical oscillations during the Cambro-Siluric in northeastern New York, evidences of, 72-74. Pitt, cited, 43:. Plates, explanation of, 171-06. Platyceras, 150, 162, 165. 202 infundibulum, explanation of plate, 182. Platycrinus hemisphericus, nation of plate, 182. Plecoptera, 80. Pleurodictyum, 155-58. amazonicum, I55. constantinopolitanum, 155. convexum, I55. lenticulare, 155. var. laurentinum, 155. problematicum, 155, 157. explanation of plate, 176, 178. styloporum, 155, 156. explanation of plates, 176, 178. Pleurotomaria, 155-58. Plumulites, 162. Port Ewen beds, 42. Port Henry quadrangle, 14. Port Jackson, 27. Portage, gorge and cataracts at, 21. Portage-Nunda quadrangle, Io. Potsdam sandstone, studies on, II. Prismodictya telum, 160. explanation of plate, 180. Protobalanus, 162. Pterinea demissa, 168. explanation of plate, 186. Publications, 115-20. Putnam. cited. 32. expla- Quarries, 31-32. Rath, vom, cited, 30. Recessional moraines, 24-25. Record of localities, 140-45. Remsen quadrangle, Io. Ries, Heinrich, paleontological work, AI. Ripley, excavations in an Erie Indian village and burial site at, 206: Rochester quadrangle, to, 118. Roemer, F., cited, 62, 63. Rossie calcite, 39. Round lake, fock basin, 17. Rouse Point sheet, 17, 18. Ruedemann, Rudolph, paleonto- NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM logical work, 11; work on Port Henry quadrangle, 14; Grapto- lites of New York, 59-60; on the Lower Siluric paleogeography of the Champlain basin, 67-68; mentioned, 12. Sacandaga lake, deposits, 26-27. Sacandaga glacier, 22, 24, 206. St Lawrence gulf region, study of faunas, 41. San José scale, 78-79. Sanford lake, mining industry, 33. Sarasin, cited, 165. Saratoga lake, rock basin, 17. Sarle, Clifton J:, ‘cihtedj aa: Saxicava rugosa, 18. Schepotieff, cited, 61. Schoepf, Johann David, observa- tions on mastodon bones, soy Schoharie lake, 29-30. Schoharie valley, 23. Schuchert, cited, 42, 51, 52, 53, 55. Schititze, E., cited, 167. Schuylerville quadrangle, 17. Scientific collections, condition of, co: Scotch Church, 26. Scotch shale industry, 35. Scytalocrinus robustus, 166. Seismological station, 35-37. Shade tree protection, 79. Shimer, H. W., cited, 42; paleon- tologic work, 43. Shipley, cited, 166. Smock, cited, 32. Smyth; Grebe yin cited: v2: Spirifer arenosus, 43. granulosus, explanation of plates, 186, 194. medialis, explanation of plate, 194. murchisoni, 43. Spirorbis angulatus, 159. explanation of plate, 174. Sponges and worms, 160-62. Springer, cited, 165. ,* sey BAS LO INDEX TO FOURTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1907 Staff of the Science Division and State Museum, 121-22. Starfish and crinoids, 165-66. State historical museum, III-14. Stone flies, monograph on, 8o. Stone Mills, 21. Streptindytes acervulariae, 158-60. _ explanation of plate, 172. compactus, 158-60. concoenatus, 158-60. _explanation of plate, 172. Strobilepis, 162. Stromatopora, 154-55, 158-60. explanation of plates, 172, 174. Stropheodonta_ cf. gigas, explana- ‘tion of plate, 194. protaeniolata, explanation of plate, 194. Strophostylus, explanation of plate, 182. Strotocrinus regalis, of plate, 182. Sturtz, cited, 62, 63. Suess, cited, 60. Surficial geology, 17-31. Symbiotic associations, tions, 153-69. Syracuse quadrangle, Io. explanation illustra- Theresa formation, 12. Theresa quadrangle, II, 21. Trichoptera, 80. ~ Tucker, quoted, 57-58. Turrilepas, 162. ! Ulrich, E. O., paleontological work, II; mentioned, 12. Valcour island, Lake Champlain, survey of, I4-15. 203 van Ingen, Gilbert, cited, 42. Vaughan, T. Wayland, analysis of genera of Paleozoic corals, 49. Vioa priscus, see Clionolithes (Vioa) priscus. Vioa prisca, p. 168. Wachsmuth, cited, 165. Wampum, of the Iroquois Con- federacy, 85; added to collection, 108-10. Watertown, 21. Weller, Stuart, cited, 42. Wernierite, 39. West Point quadrangle, 16, 17. White, David, cited, 116. White marked tussock moth, 79, 118. Whiteaves, cited, 55. Whitfield, cited, 167, 169. Whitlock, Herbert P., cited, 116. Whitnall, H. O., geological work, 10. Williams, cited, 51. Woodworth, J. B., geological work, 17, 20; on the Gulf and Covey hill, 65; cited, 66, 116; mentioned, 24. Worms and corals, 153-60. Worms and sponges, 160-62. Yosts, 28. Young, D. B., entomologic work, 81, 82. Zaphrentis, 154. explanation of plate, 174. Zoology, accessions to collections, 131-37. Zoology section, report, 83-85. = 7 %; ra -" ae e rae ie % . a i x 2 i 4 t la ig ; f ae ake as ’ a. A J . esc : a +}. * F ’ 4 ay nit wi . ~ i — - ky * 2 . : a i Appendix I Economic geology Be a. — Museum bulletins 119, =a. 123 gy of the Adirondack Magnetic Iron Ores with a Report | | the Mineville-Port Henry Mine Group 3 ee ng and Quarry Industry 1907 Ores of the Clinton Formation in New York State Education Department Bulletin Published monthly by the University of the State of New York Entered at the postoffice at Albany, N, Y. as second-class matter NO. 423 mE BAN YN. Y. APRIL 1908 New York State Museum Joun M. CriarKke, Director Museum bulletin 119 GEOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES BY DAVID H. NEWLAND WITH A REPORT ON THE MINEVILLE-PORT HENRY MINE GROUP BY JAMES F. KEMP Introduction Part II (continued) Part I Sketch of the geography Mines in the Saranac valley... and topography of the Ad- St Lawrence county mines.... 128 MO ACICS 3.0: he 'vSiaete « Se 8 Salisbury mine, Herkimer General weolocy........s«ss ss 10 OUNCE)... oc a) Rt oae e ee 142 Part If Nontitaniferous -magne- Part III Titaniferous magnetites 146 BRS tess sow ee ew ae 23 Distribution of the ores..... 146 General relations and distri- General geological relations RiEtON >. = 2 iss cas Ce ce ot tA 23 and origin of the deposits.. 147 Character of the ores. . 2.26. 24 Shape of the ore bodies..... 150 Shape of the deposits........ 26 Mineralogy of the magnetites 150 evssOctated TOCKS. «020. ccc de% 2% Commercial utilization of the Origin of the magnetites ... 30 tiLAMEEOUS OFES. =. co 6% ~4.< 153 Mining and milling in the Lake Sanford deposits......... 155 PMUGONCACKS: <3 «ok 26s eae 23 Moose mountain deposits...... 164 Statistics of ore production .. 35 Split Rock mine.c.. sss. ss. so 164 The Mineville-Port Henry mine Emcolnepond ane. o. 2... 5... 166 RGU 5 Fo cune's we ee eee 57 Pittle pond: mines ..7.2.s..<.< 167 Miter va HIG... .c. eae 89 Port-Leydenrmiune..... 250. «6s 22568 Arnold hill and Palmer hill Other titaniferous deposits.... 169 Hie. STOUD cA. cam se eee Oo bibligetaphy 2... <2. aces ase aes E7E Lyon Mountain mines........ Rd eee aan. els oe thls aie awn ord ¥73 ee erarer a > - Ber ai 2 a = 7 a <3 Ry =e oS ‘ pat Pie BO ae . - 2s wt tm ae = - f - *. % ” iwe ae - =e ms urs mera Een a ee ee eet ee ete New York State Education Department Science Division, December 7, 1907 Hon. Andrew S. Draper LL.D. Commussioner of Education Sir: I communicate herewith, for publication as a bulletin of the State Museum, a timely treatise on the iron ores of the Adi- rondack mountains prepared by David H. Newland, Assistant State Geologist, to which is attached a special report on the deposits at Mineville, the result of many years of expert investigation by Prof. James F. Kemp. Very respectfully Joun M. CLARKE State Geologist State of New York _ Education Department COMMISSIONER'S ROOM Approved for publication this 7th day of December 1907 ee hom ee ee ee Commissioner of Education Education Department Bulletin Published monthly by the University of the State of New_York Entered at the postoffice at Albany, N. Y. as second-class matter NO. 423 ALBANY, N. Y. APRIL eo New York State oe Joun M. Crarke,” Director Museum Bulletin 119. GEOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC : IRON ORES BY DAVID H. NEWLAND WITH A REPORT ON THE MINEVILLE-PORT HENRY MINE GROUP BY JAMES F. KEMP INTRODUCTION The description of the Adirondack magnetites has been pre- pared in partial fulfilment of a plan to give an account of the iron ore deposits throughout the State. Field work was started in the Adirondacks in 1905 and has been carried on, as opportunity offered, during each succeeding season. It is hoped to complete the investigation of the other ore-bearing regions in the near future. In the present report Prof. James F. Kemp has contributed the part relating to the important Mineville deposits, a section which he has recently mapped in connection with the geological investiga- Aion that is being carried on in the region os ee direction of the ‘State Geologist. The Adirondack region of crystalline rocks affords a variety of iron ores differing in their character and geological surroundings. Those found in sufficient abundance to be exploitable commer- cially may be classified under the main groups — (1) nontitaniferous 5 6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM magnetites, (2) titaniferous magnetites, and (3) hematites. Of the three classes the nontitaniferous magnetites are the character- istic product of the region and have afforded by far the greater part of the output. The occurrence of limonite deserves some notice, perhaps, though it can hardly be considered as an available resource at the present time. It is limited to surficial accumulations of impure bog ore doubtless derived from solution by ground water of the iron minerals that accompany the crystalline rocks. The ore is only occasionally found in deposits of any size and is then usually too lean to be marketable. It has been exploited on a small scale at times when conditions were specially favorable. The two kinds of magnetites mentioned form the basis of the present report. They are quite distinct in respect to commercial considerations, as well as in the particulars of their geological associations and local distribution, wherefore it has been thought advisable for purposes of description to place them in separate divisions. The hematite ores are practically confined to a single district on the west side of the Adirondacks. They have been mined for over 50 years and still supply a considerable output. They occur within metamorphosed Precambric sediments, mainly quartzose schists and limestones, where they have been formed by a process of chemical replacement. Their detailed description is reserved for a future paper. An isolated deposit of hematite, the only one that has been worked outside of the western district, is found near Fort Ticonderoga, on Lake Champlain, the particulars of which are given on a subsequent page of the present report. The magnetite deposits of the Adirondacks have furnished alto- gether not less than 35,000,000 tons of commercial ore, an output that ranks them among the more important sources of this class of ores in the country. They have been exploited almost con- tinuously for the past century, the earliest operations in the Cham- plain valley dating back to about 1800. Though some deposits have been practically exhausted by past operations, these are mostly the smaller ones, many of which would not repay working under existing circumstances. The larger mines now operated can continue along present lines for an indefinite period, so far as it is possible to judge their ore reserves. | A diminished ore supply, in fact, is of less concern for the future progress of mining, than the possible recurrence of a period of inactive demand for the ores such as has been felt at different times during the past. It is believed, however, that the industry ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 4 is on a firmer basis than ever before, due to the improved methods of preparing the product for the market. By the addition of milling plants to the installations, the mines are now able to ship their output in the form of concentrates, which contain smaller amounts of phosphorus and sulfur and higher percentages of iron than the crude material formerly marketed: The concen- trates are in wide demand for mixture with the leaner ores of other districts and command a price above the average. While the local charcoal industry which had long been the support of many small workings was completely extinguished during the depression of the last, decade, there are now two coke furnaces in operation locally on Adirondack ores. The furnace recently built at Standish, Clinton co., manufactures a superior grade of low- phosphorus iron from the Lyon Mountain concentrates. The Port Henry furnace is run mainly on foundry irons, using the Mineville ores. The surplus product of the mines from these operations is sold to furnaces elsewhere in the State and in Pennsylvania. The titaniferous magnetites which hitherto have been neglected almost completely may add materially to the output of the region in the near future. Their development is already in prospect at Lake Sanford, where there are enormous bodies of the ores, excep- tionally situated for convenient working.. The ores possess impor- tant advantages in their low phosphorus and sulfur, though the titanium content has been generally regarded as presenting diffi- culties to their reduction in the blast furnace. Under the present management of the enterprise at Lake Sanford a thorough test of the question as to their adaptability may be expected. _ Acknowledgments. The courtesies extended by the mining com- panies and others interested in the development of the Adirondacks have been of invaluable aid in the preparation of this report. Much of the information relating to ore analyses, mine maps and sections, magnetic surveys, drill records, etc. has been secured through their agency. Some of those who have contributed in this way and to whom special recognition is due are: Messrs S. Norton, superin- tendent, and S. Le Fevre, engineer, of Witherbee, Sherman & Co., Mineville; W. T. Foote, Port Henry; J..N. Stower, Plattsburg; H. H. Hindshaw, New York, at one time geologist for the Delaware & Hudson Co.; N. V. Hansell, New York, formerly engineer at Lyon Mountain; C. S. Hurd, New York; W. L. Cumings, geologist for the Bethlehem Steel Co., South Bethlehem, Pa.; M. H. Newman, Madison, Wis.; and the Oliver Iron Mining Co., Duluth, Minn. 8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Paril SKETCH OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND TOPOGRAPHY OF THE ADIRONDACKS Under the Adirondack region is included the area of crystalline. rocks of northern New York that is approximately bounded by the Mohawk valley on the south, the Black and St Lawrence rivers on the west, the St Lawrence plain on the north and the Hudson- Champlain valley on the east. Roughly rounded in outline it has an average diameter of 125 miles, and a surface of about 12,500 square miles. Within its limits lie nearly all of Essex, Warren, Hamilton and Herkimer counties and portions of Washington, Clinton, Franklin, St Lawrence, Jefferson, Lewis, Oneida, Fulton and Saratoga counties. The region is a well defined physiographic unit. The Adirondacks and their foothills cover the whole area, forming an uninterrupted highland. They are composed mainly of long parallel ridges, separated by longitudinal valleys, and arranged in series or en echelon, with a prevailing northeasterly trend. Toward the borders the ridges gradually fall off and are succeeded by the bordering uplands which are constituted of outward sloping Paleozoic strata. On the east, however, they terminate more or less abruptly against the Lake Champlain trough, with but a narrow and interrupted fringe of sediments on that side. The surface is diversified throughout, but not specially rugged except in the eastern central portion. Here the ridges are massed into mountain groups that stand out prominently by reason of their bold sculpture and elevation. Essex and southern Clinton counties contain most of the high elevations. The Mt Marcy group, the highest, has a few peaks rising 5000 feet or a little more, and there are many others with peaks above 4000 feet. The surface has a general, but not uniform, slope radially away from the central group, as will be observed from the directions taken by the streams. The drainage courses are influenced to some extent, however, by the general northeast-southwest alinement of the ridges. The western part of the region, in St Lawrence county, shows a more subdued topography than other sections. It is a plateau broken by gentle ridges and open valleys, with occasional elevations rising a few hundred feet above their surroundings. The surface falls by gradual stages from the interior, which stands at about ft ao om moh nahn ty oe i Casal ' P = ts be . foes ‘s ee 7 ri ’ boa) \ & | «aes , 7 . ' 24 y = * 3 fQ 4 | . 4 ; 4a 4 : : ‘ i ¥ | i th a y A 3 i i . i . b j i | © 2 if : n i | t re : nN ft i ; ¥ | . i ww : if i a | : % i : » — >" i | i P : cet = E of . i Kean Aa, a as oe ea ee, A gt 3 eee ait eS eel ee oe Se CS ee See ee ee i 205 .09 08 aI tr 07 10 ee =. 's iC Le oO een eae 06 ies Etat 05 FOO LO. > 160.22 LOO - 10. 100..69 904756 200 278) 00,22 Magnetite. . 6.57 2272 4.32 4.29 1.58, POs 1.86 t Basic syenite from near Raquette falls. E. W. Morley, analyst. 2 Augite syenite, road from Tupper Lake to Wawbeek. E. W. Morley, analyst. 3 Augite syenite, 34 miles north of Tupper Lake Junction. E. W. Morley, analyst. 4 Red, quartz, hornblende syenite from north boundary of Litchfield park. E. W. Morley, analyst. s Augite syenite, Loon Lake, Franklin county. E. W. Morley, analyst. 6 Augite syenite, Little Falls, Herkimer co. E. W. Morley, analyst. | 7 Quartz, augite syenite, 24 miles south of Willis pond, Franklin county. E. W. Morley, analyst. With the exception of No. 6 (syenite from Little Falls) the rocks represented are from the interior of the Adirondacks, away from the mine localities. 2 Sedimentary group. The association of magnetites with dis- tinctly Grenville types of gneisses and schists is characteristic for the St Lawrence county occurrences, as well as for some in southern 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Essex county, notably around Crown Point. Compared with the preceding group the most striking peculiarity of these magnetites is the constant association of pyrite which brings the sulfur content up to very considerable amounts, a feature that has been a serious handicap to their development in the past. The pyrite may possibly be traceable to original organic matter in the sandstones, limestones and shales from which the present. rocks have probably been derived. The widespread occurrence of graphite in the same rocks is noticeable. At Benson Mines, St Lawrence county, the ore body consists of an impregnated zone in a quartzose banded gneiss. The gneiss con- tains sillimanite and scapolite in addition to the feldspar, while the dark minerals include hornblende, biotite and augite. Garnet and pyrite are prominent. The walls in places are cut by a later horn- blende granite. The Clifton mines, north of Benson, and those on Vrooman ridge, near Fine, are found within a black hornblende schist with inter- bedded layers of impure crystalline limestone. The latter occurs next to the ore in one of the openings at Clifton. At Jayville the same sedimentary series is in evidence, though here the ore bodies and walls (hornblende-biotite schist) have been invaded by a great granite mass which has broken up what was apparently a continuous bed into numerous lenses and shoots that seem to give out in depth after passing the limits of the schist. Curiously enough, the ore contains little pyrite. There is evidence of recrystallization of the magnetite, and contact action has caused the formation of great masses of hornblende and abundant titanite. The several mines near Crown Point have opened on bands of pyritous magnetite which are inclosed by a black hornblende gneiss that has been correlated with the Grenville of this section. The gneiss has been intruded by granite and in some places the latter lies close to the ore. The ore bodies are parallel in all respects to the St Lawrence county deposits. Origin of the magnetites The origin of these ore bodies has been variously interpreted by geologists. The problem is an obscure one, involving as it does accumulations of ores in rocks which are among the most ancient known on the earth’s surface and which in many cases have under- gone great vicissitudes from compression and metamorphism. So =. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 31 long as the nature of the rocks themselves remained doubtful, the problem might be viewed obviously from several standpoints. The sedimentary theory of origin has been held in most favor perhaps by geologists. The condition precedent to its application is that the inclosing formations are themselves of sedimentary derivation. Different modifications of the general theory are possi- ble: the deposits may be considered to have been laid down in the form of magnetite, in which case they represent original surface concentrations such as the magnetite sands that are found along the shores of lakes and streams; they may have been originally limonite or carbonate ores deposited from solution and subse- quently changed under the influence of the metamorphism that has affected the wall rocks. The apparent conformity between the deposits and the foliation of the gneisses, their lineal development and persistence for long distances on the strike are supporting arguments for the sedimentary theory. In a previous paper on the Mineville deposits,‘ Professor Kemp gave the first detailed account of the geological surroundings of the magnetites. As a result of his investigations, he was led to ques- tion the applicability of the sedimentary theory to the ores of that district. The existence of igneous masses in the vicinity and the evidences of their agency in the formation of many of the accom- panying minerals were remarked and adduced in support of the view that the ores have been introduced by processes connected with the intrusion of those rocks, more particularly the gabbro of Barton hill. In the present contribution it has been possible to clear up some doubtful points relating to the geology of the dis- trict, with the result that a more immediate source of the iron minerals in the augite syenite is indicated. For the occurrences in the midst of intrusive rocks, which have been found to be the prevailing type in the eastern Adirondacks, there would seem to be no escape from the conclusion that the ores have formed by igneous action. They are related to the wall rocks just as the titaniferous ores are related to the gabbros and anorthosites. The processes which led to the accumulation of these deposits ‘may have varied in some degree in the different localities. Mag- matic differentiation has been, no doubt, a prominent factor in the early stages of their formation and perhaps is competent to explain the whole course of their development. Yet there is reason for believing that other agencies were active in producing the fina, * Geology of the Magnetites near Port Henry,N.Y. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. v. 27. 1898. 32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM results. Of these the influence of highly heated vapors and waters arising from the igneous mass has been most important. The occur- rence of fluorite, apatite, hornblende etc., intercrystallized with the magnetite, is suggestive in that line, as well as the frequent accompaniments of pegmatite and vein quartz. This agency would be specially active in the final stages of cooling and consolidation of the wall rocks. In some cases it may have been the determina- tive factor in bringing the iron minerals into their present position. The ore bodies thus formed would be comparable in a way to pegmatite dikes. Some authorities are inclined to doubt the efficacy of magmatic differentiation as applied to the formation of ore bodies in rocks of acid composition. There seems to be no valid reason for thus limit-° ing it to the gabbros and anorthosites of the Adirondacks. The relative acidity of the rocks appears to the writer not so important as the relation between the iron and lime-magnesia percentages. With a large excess of iron over the amounts required for combina- tion with the latter to form augite, hornblende and biotite, the segregation of iron minerals might well be expected. This-is exactly the condition presented by the wall rocks of the ores. From the analyses that have been given on a preceding page, it will be seen that even the more acid of the intrusives carry relatively high percentages of free iron. The amounts of magnetite calculated for the rocks, all of which are from localities outside of the mine dis- tricts, run from 1.58 to 6.57 per cent. Higher percentages would be ~ found, undoubtedly, in specimens taken from the actual wall rocks. With 5 or 6 per cent of magnetite a concentration of 10 to 1 would produce the leaner ores that are mined in this region. The granites and syenites of the Adirondack iron ore districts constitute a group that has some elements of relationship with the gabbros and anorthosites. This is manifested by a similarity in important features of chemical composition and by the existence of transition types. The ores they inclose differ mainly in the titanium content. In the silicious rocks, the titanium has com- bined with lime and silica to form titanite which has been held mainly in the body of the rock mass. With the basic magmas, the silica has been entirely taken up by the feldspathic and ferro- magnesian constituents and the titanium consequently united with the iron and has been concentrated with it in the ore bodies. The ores in the acid rocks commonly contain a fraction of one per cent or so of titanium in the form of titanite. The pyritic ores that are found in the Grenville gneisses con- stitute of course a distinct class. They may be ascribed possibly ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 33 to some process of sedimentation as outlined above, but it would appear to the writer more reasonable to regard them as introduc- tions subsequent to the formation of the wall rocks. They apparently antedate the period of deformation during which the sur- rounding rocks were subjected to their final compression and folding. As a rule the deposits are more irregular than would be expected in stratified bodies. They have no well defined bounds, but shade off into the country rock. It is seldom that the charac- ter of the hanging and foot shows any marked change that can be taken for original variations in the sedimentation. The thick- ness of some of the deposits is excessive when compared with known examples of bedded iron ores; the Benson body, for example, measures over 200 feet across the strike and the country rock is mineralized over much greater width. : Though it is believed that the ores are of epigenetic or secondary derivation, there is little basis of facts to support a more precise explanation of their origin. The view that they were formed before the surrounding rocks had undergone final rearrangement appears reasonable, because they have laminated textures and follow closely the general field structures. Their introduction may thus have taken place before the rocks were metamorphosed, in which case it might have been accomplished by ordinary ground-water circulations, with limonite or carbonate replacing the shales and limestones as the first step. The presence of organic matter in the beds, indicated by their content of graphite, would exercise a reducing action favorable to the formation of magnetite rather than hematite under the ensuing metamorphic conditions. Mining and milling in the Adirondacks -Both underground and open-cut methods are used in the Adi- rondack mines, the latter, however, being restricted to a few large ore bodies or those so situated as to present a considerable surface development. In general the high inclination of the bodies and their narrowness across the strike render a system of underground working the most suitable from the start. Inclined shafts or slopes following the dip of the ore have been generally adopted in preference to vertical shafts which in some instances at least would seem to offer important advantages as regards economy of opera- tion. The deepest shafts are at Lyon Mountain, about 1500 feet measured on the incline. Horizontal drifts are extended on either side of the shaft at more or less regular intervals and the ore stoped out between them, leaving occasional pillars of ore for roof sup- 34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM port. In the Old Bed workings at Mineville, the ore is removed in large chambers which are extended downward with the progress of operations, as the main mass of ore lies nearly vertical. ~ The chambers are of great size, measuring 200 feet or more from roof to floor. Timbering or other artificial support is not required in the Adirondack mines, and little trouble has been experienced from caving. The workings are relatively dry, as the wall rocks are nearly impervious to water. Concentration of the magnetites has been practised since the early days of mining in the region. As early as 1836, according to local records, a plant was in operation at Palmer hill for treat- ing the ore by a magnetic process. The details of this installation, an interesting precursor of the modern plants, have unfortunately been lost, though it is hardly probable that the venture could have been successful. A wet gravity system of concentration was com- monly used up to about 15 years ago when the magnetic process was perfected to an extent that made its introduction feasible. This process is now generally recognized to be well adapted to the Adirondack magnetites. At present there are six concentrating plants in the region; two are installed at Mineville, two at Lyon Mountain and one each at Arnold hill and Benson Mines. Another plant is in course of erection at the Cheever mine near Port Henry. In 1906 the mills at Mineville, Lyon Mountain and Arnold hill, which were the only ones operated, crushed 729,091 long tons of ore, making 479,644 long tons of concentrates. The system of magnetic concentration employed is practically the same at all the mines. It involves dry crushing, sizing and treatment of the product by magnetic separators of which the Ball-Norton drum type is the one commonly used.* The crush- ing is regulated as to fineness by the granularity of the ores which — varies at the different. mines. As a rule it is not carried to the point where the greatest saving of the magnetite would be effected, since the production of fine concentrates is not desirable from a metallurgical standpoint. The difficulty in handling the finer grades of concentrates in the blast furnace has been something of a drawback to the success of magnetic concentration as applied to ores in which the magnetite is intimately intergrown with the gangue minerals, an association that is not uncommon in the Adirondacks. Briquetting has not r For further details of the apparatus and methods used, consult the issues of the Engineering and Mining Journal, for June 9, and November 17, 1906, wherein are described the mills at Mineville and Lyon Mountain. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 35 . been attempted on a commercial scale, though it has been used successfully elsewhere for similar materials. The concentrates from the Adirondack mills carry on the average 60 to 6s percint iron. Besides raising the iron content, magnetic concentration affords a partial elimination of the phosphorus and sul- fur, important advantages for some ores. In fact the treatment of the Old Bed ores at Mineville is designed particularly to reduce the phos- phorus, and the concentration is rather incidental to that purpose. The costs of mining and milling differ of course according to local conditions. With a modern plant 75 cents per ton is prob- ably a fair average for underground mining under favorable cir- cumstances. Quarry work has been conducted for less than half that amount at Benson Mines. Magnetic concentration costs from 25 to 40 cents per ton of material treated. For a period of ten months during 1900, the total cost of producing concentrates at Benson Mines, including mining, milling and general expense, is said to have been $2 per ton, which is equivalent to about 80 cents per ton of the crude material handled. é Statistics of ore production The production of magnetite in the Adirondacks has amounted in all to something over 35,000,000 long tons. The total can not be stated accurately, though there is little doubt that the figure given represents a minimum. The actual production may be larger by two or three million tons. The following table gives the nearest possible approximation of the output distributed among the leading districts; it is based upon the statistics included in the reports by Smock and Putnam and in other publications and upon records of mining companies that have been obtainable. The statistics are carried down to the end of 1906. They are based on the marketable product as shipped to the furnace. DISTRICT LONG TONS NN a a oa so Pale iia atl asa de we aabigiick ao 25 000 000 | MPV OUNG AI. fo 2 as dis) Sara a sh ale oa ot 8 2 500, 000))../:,; peemele and Palmer hills. oo... ec ie. ce we 2 000 000 | MOP YING). so. iene ei alte ow an eled eels ew as 2 000 000 ; “52°13 O11 ee a ae 500 000 | JOOP a SP NPE A ates a es 350 000 Pree MCS COUN os: s 2c cies ae vie so ss ob 300 000 cite ree te Swe ss Ss pwc ae ve 2 000 000 UCIT Bop, (ae Se ee a a 35 650 000 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM It is only within the last 25 years that statistics of the annual production have been recorded. The table below embraces all data that could be collected from published sources. The figures for the years previous to 1904 have been taken principally from the annual reviews by John Birkinbine, contained in the Mineral Resources, while those for 1904 and subsequent years have been compiled at the State Museum. YEAR LONG TONS TSAO). o.c's den, supine cake eke eee Se 420 341 TSB... 5 seus teddy > Siardes aaa ee See etre ee ee 531 000 BOST cs eo ea elas eae epee ae ae 637 000 LBB 2scc.s 2a acim ws's healed ae ae ne cae 675 000 TO 88 eo elaine hose, 5 ee teas le a ee ee 500 004 BOG ., 6 oc cy yen OMe NT cere ee 504 894 POO, hem 2-4) flad «nee eaten ei a tl oe 279 C7 BO GIO. one ona! ud es nua pee eae ei ee ee 5O3" wae POO Fis etal ii 0G ta haa a ra ee aa ee her 768 852 TODO je con chiaisesieh Oheericta 6 ae ee ee aes ee Dy eae ee 789 419 EO OQ at o's 552 a: see ate eee eee a et eee 779 9oo BOOOK 2 lhe caesar Ove stems ear ie ee ee ee 82I 994 QOD 5050.45 9-4, wie tap dl oeeWa nas Custer ates a seattle eee 329 467 EQ O2 Mansi ake eee PREY APA brit teh 3" 451 579 BOOBs ee ss Gan, Ge ea haere ccna oes ea ‘451 481 EQOAs ce 5 Sis ais ow Sis aye Negeri eee 550-575 EQOGS ncnbe cise rscitcics CON ey ere a 7320) 7a EQOO, ope ihale otis, ates Boe a es Sgt ier, i eee 712 002 The period of maximum development in the Adirondack mines may be said to have extended from about 1860 to 1890. In the to years following the latter date for which no figures are available the output was comparatively small due to the depressed state of the iron markets and the expansion of the Lake Superior districts which were able to sell ore at a lower figure than was possible with the Adirondack mines. Since 1900 there has been a noticeable ‘improvement in the conditions; the output for the past two years has been nearly as large as at any time previous and it will prob- ably show an increase for the next few years, provided there is no | marked falling off in the demand for iron ores. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 37 MINES NEAR FORT ANN The Potter, Podunk and Mt Hope mines are situated on the west side of Putnam mountain in Fort Ann township, Washington co. They are reached most conveniently from Fort Ann village which by the indirect wagon road is 9 miles southeast. The elevation of their outcrop according to the topographic map is about goo feet. The total production of the three mines is reported to have been about 350,000 tons. Potter and Podunk mines. The ore bodies outcrop near the foot of Podunk pond and but slightly above its level. They are included in a belt of schists which belong probably to the Grenville series, though no limestone was found in the vicinity. The schists, as exposed in the hanging wall at both shafts, consist of quartzose bands alternating with thinly laminated hornblendic and micaceous layers. They carry considerable amounts of pyrite. Their dip is 45° northeast. The rock on the foot-wall side is concealed for some . Schist Grant | hi Seale of Feet (6) 100 200 Fig. 2 Cross-section of the Potter mine, showing wall rock (Grenville schist) cut off on the south by granite distance, but at one point midway between the two mines and too feet south there is an exposure of reddish gneissoid granite. This rock is found to the west in frequent outcrops and in such relation with the schists that its intrusive character is plainly indicated. It is a microcline, quartz, hornblende granite quite like the Ham- mondville type except that the texture is usually more finely granulated. The Potter mine is 250 feet northwest of the Podunk. It was opened in 1879. A slope too feet long runs down the footwall at an average inclination of 32°. At the time of Putnam’s report _the ore had been stoped out for a distance of 175 feet southeast of the slope. His report contains a sketch of the workings from which 38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the section included herewith has been prepared. A notable feature shown in the section is the horse of rock which splits the ore body into two seams. The horse thickens to the northwest, reduc- ing the ore breast proportionately, so that the limit of profitable working was soon reached in that direction. On the southeast only the hanging seam ro to 15 feet thick has been exploited. The Podunk mine on a parallel ore body is bottomed at 300 feet. There are several hundred feet of drifts extending horizontally from the slope. The ore breast is said to have averaged 8 feet. A third opening called the Baker has been made on a deposit west of the Potter mine. It has produced only a few hundred tons. The dumps at the Potter mine contain possibly 2000 tons of waste ore that evidently carried too much pyrite to be shipped to the furnace. The sulfur has been oxidized to a great extent and washed out by long weathering so that the material might now be valuable. This ore came from a zone specially rich in pyrite; most of the output was sufficiently free from this mineral to be merchantable. Chemi- cal analyses indicate a phosphorus content that meets the Bessemer requirement. Of the following, which have been communicated by Mr S. R. Potter, No. 1 relates to a sample from the Potter mine and No. 2 to a sample from the Baker opening. VR Cale ear coueste eter enc aree f iis Ce eit es 49.00 AT A36 LO aaa Wea ten ear eee AN Geek 21.98 18.47 TO RMU ae drunain ye th? sa Sn ein oar NE 23:16 ace EOS Ey eA TL ae au egin Sat ale eee ee fault Cee eaeene ORANGE Uni a ety eames GME EL Anumad ie c ee MI ee POG ta item calande. oe dys ch atisn erat ae Ores ~On4 05 PUTO) FPS PR SL Siete ee 3.70 LtOr Min© ors. 4 ee ccee. hoe oe ee Cae ae ee aera xe) 42 Ca) diac: gh tape Cie 3 nol iit ec aeenee 1g AO A5 Meets ne rade tater oe se lie Os A Bis ede Meir 6 2 tic sa oe eaten ee RC Renae 51.46 A230 Phosphoriss)\:.. teers © Sor cole eee .006 .02 Mangamese . cee ie ner a et eae .070 “32 Mt Hope mine. The ore belt continues in the direction of the strike northwest from the Potter mine and after an interval of a little more than half a mile outcrops along the ridge known as Mt Hope. According to published accounts ore was mined here 50 years ago. The last period of activity was from 1879 to 1881, when 15,000 tons or more were taken out and mostly stacked at the mine. ' ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 39 The workings are situated on the east, south and west sides of a north and south spur of Mt Hope. A drift has been excavated entirely through the hill on the strike of the ore, showing a thickness of 10 feet at the western entrance. It opens into a chamber 200 feet long, extended down the dip to the water level, and averaging 6 or 8 feet in hight. In another drift to the north two seams of ore 24 and 80 inches thick occur. The dip ranges from 10° to 30°. On the east side of the hill there are three open cuts which are on the same or parallel veins. The deposit shows a tendency to form shoots and the walls are irregularly spaced with evidences in places of slight breaks. The reddish granite which has been mentioned as occuring on the foot- wall of the Potter and Podunk mines appears in force, sometimes in contact with the ore and again giving way to the schists. Bunches of black garnet are found in the latter, possibly as a result of contact action. The ore averages leaner than the product from the Potter and Podunk mines on the eastern end of the belt. It is mixed with peg- matite, hornblende, mica and other minerals, but contains little pyrite. Most of the material in the stock pile is low grade and probably would not assay over 30 per cent iron as an average. The following analyses give the composition of the ore. In No. 1 which has been communicated to the writer by Mr S. R. Potter the iron is reported wholly as monoxid. The analysis was made by Messrs Booth, Garrett & Blair of Philadelphia. No. 2 is quoted from Maynard, the analysts being Maynard and Wendell. I 2 PE ACS setae hs kere Acai cert a OU ee ara eae Pca A2aO9 2 'Ei.0)) 3 a REA Senate AO, ala eae ee ee Ss A0t Lat Onme 2 Saha gn OR RIO he Oe ee 41180 2O0r04 LOO 8 ae in aI au a) aa a R7Ow mee Pere eo ee a eT ak O74 Ae LP 0) ee Sree tate ei eas aN aire .038 21 JEL AC) SESSA defer gee a Brig aah. Fe Oo WLS OOS oa GS AiR AS AGS 2 CE ee a2 ELLIS RA a le a DEXSOL VARS7 DOS, MRR OR Stage A Ore ad * k a Te200" 2646 , TOO. 430) LOO 3 t LEROIR Se) ieee ag RS Ae a 61.900 44.31 CIC EONS BES Saw ee i ae SOR .092 piped ales eh ieee ses S43 ira df Vetindve's wos Se a a 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM A sample stated by Putnam to have been taken from the stock pile near the western entrance to the drift gave: TOM: aoe. tse Vac. y ep ee 36.99 Phosphorus .)).2. si!) eae one eee O55 Ale erate take at WR a ee PR ETL nil MINES NEAR CROWN POINT In the vicinity of Crown Point on Lake Champlain and west of there toward Hammondville are a few scattered ore bodies that have received attention in the past, principally as sources of supply for the/ Crown Point rurmace, Among them are thew Vineyanuee Butler, Kent, Breed and Hammond mines, besides one: or two prospects. The Mt Defiance hematite mine, south of Fort Ticon- deroga, may also be included among the number. The Crown Point furnace has not been operated for the last 15 years and is now dismantled. Geologically, the magnetites of this area show striking differences from the Hammondville group which lies immediately west of Crown Point. They are associated with banded gneisses and schists that can be classed without reserve in the sedimentary or Grenville _ series. They have a simple tabular or lenticular form, swelling and narrowing to some extent along the strike and dip, but otherwise are little disturbed. They lie conformable to the foliation of the walls, which is plainly marked. In their mineral composition they differ from the Hammondville ores in having a high sulfur content, due to disseminated pyrite and, in most cases, a higher percentage of phosphorus as well. Their admixture with pyrite was a serious drawback to their utilization, since there were no mills for concen- trating the ores in this section. | The Grenville rocks which occur near the ores are mostly horn- blende and biotite quartzose gneisses with occasional intercala- tions of thin bedded schists. They are conspicuously foliated and variable in their composition from-layer to layer. Their color is generally gray, from light to dark shades, sometimes almost black. Pyrite is a common ingredient, while graphite is not wanting. Crystalline limestone has a very limited distribution, apparently, in this area, though abundant farther west. The only occurrence observed near the mines is at the old eupyrchroite locality on the north side of Breeds hill, just south of Crown Point village, and here it is confined to a thin bed of coarsely crystalline Bra pide material associated with a dense quartzite. ‘ ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 41 The Grenville has been broken up into patches and larger irregu- lar areas by granite which has invaded the series from below. The granite is more or less gneissoid, but yet has a quite massive appearance in contrast with the sedimentary gneisses. It con- sists mainly of microcline and quartz, with biotite and magnetite as the principal dark minerals. It is of pinkish color. The granite frequently cuts across the stratification of the sediments and sends off dikes and stringers which penetrate the latter in all directions. It is very likely a part of the same mass described as being intrusive in the Grenville around Hammondville to which it is very similar in its characters. Vineyard and Butler mines. These mines are located on the same deposit. They lie in the narrow valley between Buck moun- tain and the next ridge to the west known as Dibble mountain, just over the border of Crown Point in Ticonderoga township. Their outcrop is 2 miles distant from and 500 feet above Lake Champlain. The Vineyard mine was last worked by the Lake Champlain Ore & Transportation Co., during the years 1887 and 1888, but it had been under operation 40 years before. Some of the ore was used at the Crown Point furnace. The deposit can be traced along the outcrop for too rods or more following the highway that leads to Crown Point Center. It is inclosed by a laminated black horn- blendic gneiss. The strike for most of the distance is a little west of north, but on the south end it bends around and becomes east of north. The main workings are on the southern portion and con- sist of open cuts and shallow pits sunk on the dip which is westerly at an angle of 40° or more as measured near the surface. The principal pit has recently been pumped out. It is less than 100 feet deep and shows 5 feet of ore at the surface which widens to nearly 15 feet at the bottom. The ore is a fairly rich, coarse magnetite. It contains pyrite in variable amount, more abundant toward the walls than in the central part. The following analysis by J. B. Britton is quoted from Maynard who states that it was made from a sample after rejecting the most sulfury portion. emery a Wei Se EB ls elk ek as S134 So) ycils SA Ree oh CREE Ee FEOF LESSER ger ee res ay, eee pumps ee NIM DS) ee on So tw wl ne FS 36 WARES ee Fe 8 aR Nok eA Sed > kOe .24 42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The Butler mine is located on the northern continuation of the Vineyard. It consists of surface workings of only a few feet depth. The body seems too narrow in this direction. Kent mine. Thin bands of magnetite appear in the gneiss on the southern slope of Dibble mountain. Three places were found where ore has been taken out in small quantity. The deposits are thin and have been worked only superficially. The production could not have been more than a few hundred tons. © Breed and Hammond mines. ‘These are situated on top of Breeds hill, 14 miles south of Crown Point. Together with a third opening lying on the east shoulder of the hill they form an inter- rupted band of ore that extends across the hill in a northeasterly direction. There is a slight offset in the lines of outcrop of the ore bodies which is suggestive of faulting. The walls in both mines consist of dark, hornblende-biotite gneiss carrying pyrite, but the granite appears in close proximity and seems to have cut it off on all sides, limiting the former to a narrow belt. The Breed mine is opened by an inclined shaft sunk at an angle of 45°. There is a drift 20 feet long at the bottom. The deposit is said to have afforded a breast 8 feet thick. The ore contains biotite and hornblende in considerable quantity, but portions are quite rich. It is highly sulfurous. The Hammond mine which lies up the hill and to the east of the Breed is opened by a vertical shaft of no great depth. The outcrop shows about 5 feet of ore, similar to that just described. Howe mine. A little exploration has been done on a deposit situated 6 miles northwest of Crown Point. The pit is 5 feet wide and has been excavated on a band of ore which runs northwest up the face of a prominent ridge. A line of magnetic attraction is traceable to the south of the pit, while higher up on the ridge a 2 foot band of rich magnetite outcrops with the same strike. The inclosing rock is hornblende gneiss. Pyrite is present in the ore. Blye mine. This is a prospect 2 miles north of Crown Point Center on the southern face of Coot hill. The test pit shows a fairly rich magnetite, but the development work is insufficient to afford an estimate as to the size of the deposit. An area of magnetic attraction is reported on the top of the ridge, toward which the ore trends. . Mt Defiance mine. An interesting occurrence of hematite ore is found just south of Fort Ticonderoga station and west of the Delaware & Hudson Railroad tracks. Mt Defiance is the termina- ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 43 tion northward of the high ridge separating Lake George and Lake Champlain. It is made up of a greenish slightly gneissoid rock which has been described as containing microperthite, augite, hypersthene, hornblende and quartz, a composition that plainly establishes relationship with the augite syenites.. The mountain thus represents without doubt an igneous knob that has been intruded in the surrounding gneisses which are mainly sedimentary. The ore body occurs near the base of the mountain occupying a vertical fissure With a strike n. 70° w. The walls on either side are brecciated, and there has probably been more or less displace- ment.though of uncertain extent. Close to the fissure the rock is mashed, altered to a greenish material which seems to be mainly chlorite, and impregnated with hematite. There is every reason for believing that the ore has been introduced by circulation of underground waters subsequent to the formation of the fissure. It is plainly not an altered magnetite band. The hematite is principally a soft amorphous variety, with occasionally some masses of specular; it is mixed with calcite and milky quartz. The deposit as seen from the surface ranges up to 5 feet wide. It has been worked through a drift which enters the hill a short distance above the base. Smock states that a pit was also sunk, but as the workings are full of water this can not now be seen. He further states that 8 feet of ore were encountered. Apparently the vein has been developed quite extensively for it is referred to by Watson’ who says that 1500 tons had been taken out in the | early operations. It was again mined in 1888 and ore shipped to Port Henry. Preparations were under way in 1905 for again reopening it, but after starting an adit at the base of the hill the work was abandoned. . HAMMONDVILLE MINE GROUP The Hammondville mines are in the western part of Crown Point township, Essex co., 13 miles west of Crown Point village on Lake Champlain and 15 miles south of the Mineville district. They occupy a limited area that centers around the former settlement of Hammondville. Though mostly of small size they have furnished in the aggregate nearly 2,000,000 tons of ore (chiefly Bessemer) with an average of about so per cent iron. tJ. F. Keno & D. H. Newland. Preliminary Report on the Geology of Washington, Warren and Parts of Essex and Hamilton Counties. N. Y State Mus. Rep’t 51. 1899. 2:512. : 2 History of Essex County, p. 385. 44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In the same vicinity are the Skiff, Long Pond and Schofield mines, situated on Skiff mountain, and the Harris mine near Paradox; they have subordinate rank as producers to the Ham- mondville group. The exploitation of iron ores in the district dates back to 1824 in which year the Penfield mine was opened.* A forge was built in 1828 at Ironville, between Hammondville and Crown Point, for converting the ore into blooms and in 1845 a charcoal furnace was erected just north of Hammondville to smelt the product of the Hammond mine. The most active development, however, took place during the period from 1873 to 1890 under the Crown Point Iron Co. The mines were connected by a narrow gauge railroad with the lake at Crown Point, where a blast furnace was main- tained in operation, while ore shipments were also made to the furnaces at Bethlehem and Scranton, Pa., and at T roy. The mines were closed down in July 1893. In 1897, the property was purchased by the American Steel & Wire Co., and soon after- ward the mining plant, buildings, railroad, etc., were dismantled. Recently the mines have been under exploration by the Oliver Iron Mining Co. | Geological sketch of the district The country is broken by ridges and narrow stream valleys and has rugged contours. It is part of the foothill region of the Adiron- dacks, but lies close to the central uplift of anorthosites. As may be observed from the topographic map, which has been issued by the United States Geological Survey, the contours are very irregu- lar and show little tendency to the usual alinement along a north- - east-southwest axis so pronounced in most sections of the eastern Adirondack region. The ridges range from 1500 to 2000 feet reach- ing an extreme in Knob mountain slightly above the latter limit. Hammondville itself together with the mines is situated on the gently sloping surface of a ridge at about 1300 feet elevation. The geology of the district, so far as concerns its broader fea- tures, has been mapped and described by Dr I. H. Ogilvie, in con- nection with the report on ‘“‘Geology of the Paradox Lake Quad- rangle, New York.’’? Since the publication of this report a more detailed investigation of the region surrounding the mines was tW. C. Watson. The Military and Civil History of the County of Essex, New York. Albany 1869. 2N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 96. 1905. : ; ; ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 45 undertaken by the Oliver Iron Mining Co., for the purpose of establishing a basis for exploratory operations with the diamond drill. The field work was carried on during the summer of 1906 under charge of Mr M. H. Newman, who has afforded the writer every opportunity to keep in touch with its progress and likewise to make use of the results. The district is extremely complex geologically by reason of the great variety of rock formations represented, which involve practically the whole series of Adiron- dack crystallines, and the intricate structural relations resulting from plication, faulting and the intrusion of igneous masses. The formations may be divided in a general way into the Ham- mondville or ore-bearing gneiss, which is a quartz-plagioclase gneiss of doubtful relationships; a group of metamorphosed sedi- ments including crystalline limestone and hornblendic and mica- ceous gneisses and schists, and an igneous series composed of anorthosite, gabbro, diabase, syenite and granite. This is essen- tially the classification proposed by Dr Ogilvie except that the Hammondville type of gneiss is considered by her to be eruptive and is mapped with the granites. Hammondville gneiss. The rock inclosing the deposits is dis- tinguished by a finely granular cataclastic texture and almost entire absence of dark minerals except magnetite. It has a homo- geneous character for the most. part, in contrast with the recog- nizable members of the sedimentary gneisses which vary: greatly from place to place. Of the igneous rocks exposed in the district, it most closely resembles the granite, but differs in some particu- lars of mineral composition and in the more intense crushing effects which it exhibits. Mineralogically it consists almost wholly of plagioclase feldspar and quartz. The ferromagnesian constituents are limited to occasional shreds of biotite and a little green hornblende, forming an inconsiderable proportion of the mass. Magnetite is fairly abundant, in many specimens richly so. Apatite, titanite and zircon are the remaining components. The rock has uniformly a grayish color on unweathered surfaces, changing to brown in exposures, with sometimes a reddish stain from a little included pyrite. In the finely crushed phases it looks much like a feldspathic quartzite. In the percentage of silica present it corresponds to an acid granite with an indicated content of 70 per cent or more, but it differs from usual granites in the pre- dominance of the soda feldspar, the potash varieties being practi- cally absent. The magnesia and iron are below the average for 46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM granitic rocks. The texture gives no clue to its original nature, being completely granulated in most specimens. The quartz particles seem to be an earlier crystallization than the feldspar, contrary to the usual order of igneous rocks. Sedimentary crystallines. The principal members of the sedi- mentary or Grenville series are limestone, hornblende gneiss and mica schist. Dr Ogilvie has recorded the presence of quartzite and sillimanite gneiss in the upper part of the series, but they have no representation within the limits of the district. The sedimen- tary derivatives are closely associated in their field relations. The limestone forms bands and larger belts that are followed by the stream courses. It is thoroughly crystalline and frequently contains such minerals as graphite, pyroxene, amphibole and phlogopite and other silicates that have originated from the. alteration of the limestone and its impurities by metamorphic agencies. : The hornblendic and micaceous gneisses and schists though completely changed from their original condition show indubitable evidences of their sedimentary derivation. They are as a rule very quartzose, with a proportionately small amount of feldspar and varying quantities of hornblende and mica. ‘They are con- spicuously banded; beds of light and dark varieties alternate across the strike, their junctions being sharp like the planes sepa- rating different sedimentary beds. Garnet, pyrite and occasionally graphite occur as accessory minerals. Intrusive rocks. Of the recognizable intrusives found in the Hammondville district, the anorthosite and gabbro are uniform in their geology and mineral character with the general types which constitute the central Adirondacks. They grade into each other by imperceptible stages and have no doubt originated from .a common magma. The syenite may also belong to the same intrusive series, representing a more acidic development. It is made up of microperthite, hornblende and a green augite, but in some phases contains labradorite feldspar as well and shows a gradation toward the gabbro. These rocks are all later than the sedimentary formations which are invaded by them, though the relations can be determined infrequently by contact effects owing to the regional metamorphism that has taken place subsequent to their intrusion. The granite found on Knob mountain and in small areas within the gneisses is a coarse reddish variety. It contains microcline as the principal feldspar, with some orthoclase and quartz, horn- ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 47 blende, biotite, apatite and magnetite. It has a more or less geneissoid appearance, and the feldspar which originally existed in porphyritic crystals has been considerably crushed, but the textural relations are those of a plutonic igneous rock. It is regu- larly jointed and weathers out into massive blocks. In the Knob mountain area there are included fragments of the sedimentary hornblende gneiss which it has invaded. The Hammondville gneiss to the west is penetrated by dikes and irregular masses of granitic material which are probably offshoots from the larger ~ intrusions. Pegmatite may be mentioned as of frequent occurrence in the ore-bearing gneiss. In almost all of the pits this rock seems to have been encountered during the mining operations. It forms masses of varying size and shape that blend with the country rock, and is quite_often associated with the ore. Distribution and stratigraphy of formations. The Hammond- ville gneiss occupies a compact area about 24 miles long from northeast, near Dudley pond and its outlet, to southwest where it extends to within a short distance of Burnt Mill brook. Its width is about 14 miles. On the north it is cut off by the intrusion of anorthosite and gabbro that stretches over many square miles in an unbroken mass. On the other sides it is in contact with the sedimentary series which occupies the valleys of Paradox creek on the west, Burnt Mill brook on the south and most of the broad ridge between Knob mountain and Penfield pond in a connected belt. The Skiff mountain gneiss which is of the same type lies across the valley of Burnt Mill brook and is thus completely sepa- rated from the Hammondville area. The contact between the sedimentary and ore-bearing gneisses on the north side of Skiff mountain appears to be well up on the slopes. The main granite area in the district is found on the ridge east of Hammondville. It takes in the rounded prominences known as Knob and Little Knob mountains, forming an irregular mass or boss intruded in the sedimentary series. Whether it is in con- tact with the Hammondville gneiss to the west could not be defi- nitely determined, but from field observations a belt of sedimentary gneisses would appear to intervene for most if not the entire dis- tance on that side. Both Knob and Little Knob present almost vertical cliffs as seen from the west, suggesting a north-south fault scarp, a feature that was noted by Professor Kemp. There is no direct proof of the existence of faulting at this point, though in a rock cut of the abandoned mine railroad 2 miles north of J 48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Knob mountain a brecciated zone occurs bearing nearly in line with the ‘clitts. The syenite is exposed in force northeast of Hammondville in the vicinity of Overshot and Round ponds. It has the anorthosite on the west, the line of contact following just west of the road toward Dudley pond. A tongue of syenite extends southward from this area into the sedimentary gneisses for a distance of a mile or more. The stratigraphic order of succession for the sedimentary rocks is stated by Dr Ogilvie to be hornblende gneiss at the base and limestone above, with the mica schist interbedded in both. The field relations do not indicate any unconformity between the differ- ent members. Concerning the relative age of the eruptives, Dr Ogilvie states that the anorthosite is probably the oldest while the granite and syenite are nearly of the same period. The gabbro was the last to be intruded. The most probable order is anortho- site, syenite, granite and gabbro. The stratigraphic relations of the Hammondville gneiss present perhaps the most difficult problem in the geology of the district and one that is of special interest owing to its bearing upon the magnetite deposits. The question naturally involves the origin of the gneiss, whether this is to be considered a member of the sedimentary series and like the other members has received its crystalline character by metamorphism, or whether it represents an intrusive of which the original igneous features have been obscured through crushing and possibly a partial recrystallization. The evidence obtained from a study of thin sections of the gneiss is inconclusive. As has been previously stated the mineralogy differs in some respects from that of typical igneous rocks of analo- gous composition, though the differences are not so great that they can be regarded as decisive.. Compared with the class of igneous rocks most closely allied in composition, that is the diorites, the chief points of contrast are in the proportions of quartz and ferromagnesian minerals, the former being much larger and the latter smaller than obtain usually in diorites. To substantiate these inferences chemical analyses of the gneiss are needed. The field observations of Mr Newman and the writer lend some support to the view that the gneiss does not belong to the intrusive series, or at least is not contemporary with the other members of it. The granulation and intense crushing which the rock has under- gone is not common in the same degree to the igneous types which at most show these effects in limited areas or zones where faulting Oe ee a ee a ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 49 and shearing movements have occurred. The Knob: mountain granite, the syenite and the gabbro are frequently gneissoid, it is true, but they preserve recognizable textural characters that leave no doubt as to their relationships. It seems likely, therefore, that the gneiss has suffered greater vicissitudes from compression and other dynamic influences than the igneous rocks due to an earlier period of formation. No apophyses or masses of the gneiss approaching dike form have been found in the adjacent sediment- ary series and contact effects are wanting. On the other hand the gneiss is involved with the hornblende gneiss in a way that is difficult to explain on the theory that the former has been intruded into the latter. Alternating bands of the two rocks occur along the borders of the areas. This feature is particularly well devel- oped south of Hammondville in Burnt Mill valley, where the bands of hornblende gneiss may be observed more frequently as the con- tact is approached. The regularity in width of the bands, their perfect conformity to the strike and their persistency suggest interbedding rather than inclusions caught up by an invading igneous magma. If the view that the gneiss is not an intrusive be accepted, then the rock probably belongs in the sedimentary series. The alternative that it may represent a part of the basal complex on which the latter have been laid down has little claim to attention since on this theory the same difficulties would arise in explaining the contact relations with the sediments that are met by the intrusive theory.. The existence of a fundamental system of rocks underlying the limestones anyway has not been established beyond peradventure in the Adirondack region. The structural relations of the gneiss are very obscure. Satis- factory readings of dips and strikes are not obtainable over much of the area, owing to absence of those minerals which produce foliation. That the rock has been subjected to intense plication is evidenced by the included pegmatite bands, which are folded and twisted in the most intricate manner, as well as by the struct- ure of the ore bodies hereafter described. The observations of dips and strikes where made point to a concordant arrangement of the ore-bearing gneiss and the sedimentary rocks. The latter as a rule show strikes that follow more or less closely the outline of the area, Suggesting that they wrap around and overlie the gneiss, though their inclination seems to be quite irregular. The attitude of the whole series may be the result of a compressed anticlinal fold. If originally a sediment the ore-bearing gneiss has probably been / 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM derived from a feldspathic sandstone or arkose. The hornblende gneiss and mica schist on the other hand, are doubtless to be referred to an argillaceous deposit, and the crystalline limestone to a calcareous one. The order of succession presented by the series is thus a normal one, such as is found in sedimentary strata which have been deposited on a gradually sinking shore line. Description of the mines Hammondville mines. The accompanying plan, reproduced from the original recently prepared by the Oliver Iron Mining Co., indicates the distribution of the principal deposits and to some extent their underground continuations. The mine maps _ of the Crown Point Iron Co. have unfortunately been destroyed and complete details regarding the workings can no longer be had. The present plan has been compiled from such records as are still available and from the results of diamond drilling; it can be relied upon no doubt as reproducing the more important features [fig. 3]. The deposits in all cases are surrounded by the plagioclase gneiss which has been called the ore-bearing formation. They show no relation to the latter in the way of gradation, but have well defined boundaries. The only noticeable change in the gneiss as the ore bodies are approached consists in an increased proportion of mag- netite, which gives it a somewhat darker appearance, and the development at times of a hematite stain resulting from the oxida- tion of this mineral. The magnetite seldom amounts to more than 5 per cent of the whole. In their arrangement and form the deposits are characterized by great irregularity. Over 30 different openings have been made on aS many ore bodies. Whether or not they occupy a definite hori- zon in the gneiss scarcely admits of determination, because the foliation of the latter is so obscure that little can be learned as to the stratigraphic structure. Putnam has expressed the view that they do occur in such a relation. With due allowance, however, for folding and faulting, the existence of which has been estab- | lished in the ore bodies themselves, it would be difficult to bring them all into alinement, and it is more likely that there were originally two or three parallel series of deposits, probably tabular in shape; by compression and displacement these have been folded and broken up into the large number of lenses, shoots, pockets and bands now distributed with little apparent order. The strike per- haps in the majority of cases is northeasterly, but it.is sometimes nearly east and west and occasionally northwest. The dip is more ~~ sca ar mK gal » } ” .- , 7 a we ars - a, “" tie > > # mas > 2 ORIS EES , 4 2 the i i son “ 4 va 7 “+4? j P nyre Me J we tv ‘e i "i sc’ 2 P , Pid Ht / : , / Pe i fs. Hanmendvilie, Sketch of the quinine potiibagnonT HevitOvcstore bal ts 4 ” i { 2 Z y ne bs * » r - . \ ac 4 Scale of Feet ry too ae tee ge S NP9 Pic Fig. 3 Hammondyville. Sketch of the principal workings. From a map compiled by the Oliver Iron Mining Company « 7 y c 2 ‘ an 4 +‘ ; t + oe | a oe ‘ yy ’ Ye e x , ‘, ‘ me j Pos “Agel \s abagt ' ead ei < wy) was ue *y a, Pi ae ie i Me Pe va i oe . ay re: tah ae ae i hail ae i, i ee ena ee ve bie Ah ete tas EM, di im ard OEP a ah erie A tiie 0 deeb Wedbesdin pe: ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 51 often toward the south compass points than toward the north points. Most of the deposits proved to be small and were quickly exhausted. The few notable ones which have yielded the greater part of the output for the district include the Penfield, the adjoining West End, the Hammond, Dog Alley, North and No. 7 mines. The Penfield mine, with the West End, in the central part of the ore belt may be ranked among the largest in the Adirondacks. It is based on a deposit whose outcrop can be traced for rooo feet. The line of outcrop forms nearly a right angle. The body is thus divided into a somewhat longer western portion which strikes northeast and an eastern portion with a northwest strike. The latter consists of a simple tabular bed swelling and thinning to some extent and dipping 15° or more to the northeast. The- Ayers pit is on the extreme eastern end, across the Hammondville Fig. 4 Section across the Penfield pit, western portion. Pegmatite developed along axis of the fold road. The central and western portions are more complex in form; their outcrop lies evidently on the apex of an anticlinal from which the ore runs off to the southeast and northwest. The main workings are on the northwest wing of the fold following a dip of 45°, while the ore to the southwest pinches out rapidly on the dip. The foot-wall exposed in the open cut along the axis of the fold consists of coarse pegmatite. The accompanying section [fig. 4] shows the relations in the western portion of the deposit. The relations of the West End and Penfield ore bodies are not certain from the little information that can now be obtained regard- ing the workings. The former seems to be an underlying body likewise developed as an anticlinal. Smock describes it in the following words: ‘‘The West End is on the normal (southeast) dip of the Penfield ore body, and is remarkable for its irregular 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM walls and the slips which traverse it. The slope is about goo feet long and vertically, 300 feet deep.’’ Further particulars have been given by Professor Kemp. ‘The dip is very irregular, beginning in the west end with 45° it soon flattens to about 5° and then rolls abruptly over to 60°. The bed also drops away to right and left, as one descends, having thus a very curious roll, or dome-shaped outline. Swells of ore run into the foot, and smaller veins offset in the same direction. These small offsets are shot ore and very lowin phosphorus.”’ In the foregoing accounts no mention is made of the ore which lies to the north of the anticlinal axis as shown on the plan and have a northwesterly dip; it was exploited in connec- tion with the southern workings. The West End deposit is more extensive than the Penfield, but it is not so thick on the average, though it is said to have given a breast 30 feet across in places. The Hammond and No. 8 pits are to the northeast of the Pen- field and higher up the ridge. They are located on the outcrop of a lens which strikes northeasterly and dips 30° southeast. The two pits are nearly connected at the surface but in depth gradually separate following the thicker portions of the lens. The latter shows a breast up to 20 feet thick in the exposure. Toward the edges it rapidly thins out and may be seen to branch off into small stringers of magnetite which gradually disappear in the gneiss. The axis of the lens when continued falls nearly in line with that of the Dog Alley mine, the shaft of which is about 600 feet from the nearest workings of the Hammond. A transverse fault is said to intervene between the two mines though they were considered to be on the same deposit. As shown by the accompanying plan the Dog Alley is a long narrow body or shoot. It was tapped at the north by a vertical shaft which encountered the ore at 250-feet.° It was one of fae last to be worked. It yielded a large quantity of high-grade ore. Mine No. 7 lies southeast of Hammondville on the edge of the belt where it falls away sharply to Burnt Mill valley. There are two slopes following a lens that dips 35° southeast. The main slope runs along the foot-wall and is stated by Smock to be nearly 1000 feet long. The ore is reported tc have been 20 feet thick in © places. Three diabase dikes intersect the ore body which 1s also faulted twice, with a displacement of to feet in one instance and of 11 to 22 feet in the other. Much of the waste rock on the dump shows the results of shearing with chloritization of the feldspar. The ore has been changed in part to martite and is veined by calcite, jasper and fluorite. The deposit gave out abruptly at the jsvoyziou Ssuryoo, ‘yd ployued ‘oy[IApuowuiey{ I 9}e]d ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 53 bottom on encountering a brecciated zone which probably marks an extensive fault. A drill hole was put down to a depth of over tooo feet but failed to find the continuation of the ore beyond the fault line. The North pit is on the ridge above the Penfield. It is partly an open cut, with a chamber running off to the southeast on the course of the shoot. A curious feature is the pods of ore along the southern edge which were worked through short inclines driven from the main chamber. Apparently they are squeezed portions of the larger body. The Blacksmith mine is based on a comparatively small deposit which lies north of the eastern wing of the Penfield. The ore at the outcrop is from three to five feet thick and dips 30° northeast. Exploration. The ore-bearing ground has been tested by the diamond drill, principally with a view to locating the extensions of the larger ore bodies. The drill holes have been mostly limited to depths not exceeding 500 or 600 feet. In the area between the West End and No. 5 workings, ore has been shown to exist in what seems to be a flat sheet at a depth of from 460 to 500 feet, and with a thickness of from 3 to 15 feet or slightly more. Its relation to the contiguous deposits can only be conjectured, but not improbably it represents an extension of the West End. So far as has been observed the drills have not encountered any limit of the ore-bearing gneiss in depth. The cores show the rock to be quite uniform in character, the only marked variation being in the grain which at times becomes coarse owing to pegma- titization. The occurrence of red spots and streaks on the other- wise white core is considered a favorable indication of the prox- imity of an ore body; they are due to hematite stain. Character of the ore. The Hammondville ore is compact, granular, or more rarely, a platy magnetite. The richest variety in which there is little admixture of foreign minerals is the so called shot ore made up of loosely cemented grains. In average material the iron content is about 50 per cent, the magnetite being associated with quartz, feldspar and hornblende. White vein quartz occurs quite abundantly in segregated masses and stringers. The percentages of phosphorus and sulfur are low. Of the following analyses, Nos. 1 and 2 have been taken from a paper on ‘‘ The American Iron Trade’’ by James M. Swank, published in Mineral Resources for 1886. Nos. 3, 4 and 5 are from Maynard’s paper “ The Iron Ores of Lake Champlain.” No. 3 is the result from an average sample from the Hammond mine; No. 4 from an average 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM sample from the Penfield, and No. 5 from a selected sample from the same mine. The analysts for Nos. 3 and 4 are Maynard and Wendell and for No. 5, T. M. Drown. I 2 3 4 5 es Ome ee er tae AG. BS MO 2 SOpt si 15 5 AOS 64.98 GO) rete aa an sees Zt 22 ee Zeno DRED TDA 200 es SOR cata mere ce 27 Aone aa Aes 2002) han 7 ald 1.44: Se ae arene 02 NOD A enema tte IE eg 8 cae po ar 08 SOG Ce fakes thems OS). cea Aue Ooh og Bees oma 1 107, 2.62 A 22 I.09 2.46 MEO: ue BO Rem ei eats sae bie 38 ar ry) Ca ahve eee 36 .68 1728 53 I OF Mig Ort 5 encircle IO 2a 85 D2 da Oona 98.45 LOO.17 2160538 100.30 To Ae ne eer AQU TAN inNsO.o4 eeon, ci 2a 68.96 Phosphorus... ce. 4 5e 7025 HO BO Meta om. 1022) eae The incomplete analyses below are from Putnam’s report. No. t relates to a sample of a pile of 7000 tons from No. 8 pit, No. 2 to a sample from a pile of 3000 tons representing the general shipping products from the mines exclusive of No. 8 pit, and No. 3 is based on a sample of the concentrates made at Ironville which were used in the forges at that place. I 2 3 1.0 nc WR Nema mh Rt aN es SAP pts Cg FO. 73) yu) A0nOO 63.30 PGs p WOrdse nie Orit veya .090 1020 .030 A Biren chlo aaleeirhey sacimteting erat eey te Present Present Present The production of the Hammondville group is partly a matter of estimate, since there are no records relating to the early period of activity. In the paper by Swank, quoted above, is included a table showing the approximate output of Lake Champlain mines from the beginning down to the year 1885, in which Hammond- ville is credited with a total of 1,500,o00 tons. This does not seem excessive as Smock reports the production for the period of 13 years previous to 1889 aS 1,041,015 tons, evidently based on actual records. From the figures quoted in the volumes of Muzneral Resources, it is gathered that the production subsequent to 1885 ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 55 amounted to over 400,000 tons so that the entire product may be stated in round numbers at 2,000,000 tons. ' Skiff mine. This mine, opened by the Horicon Iron Co. and later worked by the Lake Champlain Ore & Transportation Co., 1s near the east end of Skiff mountain 2} miles southeast of Ham- mondville. It is about 500 feet above the valley of Burnt Mill brook. The deposit at the surface ranges from 3 to 6 feet wide thinning at either end. The strike is n. 70° e. and the dip is 80° south. Most of the ore has evidently been taken from the open pit, which is about 300 feet long; on the west side a shaft has been sunk, but its depth is not known. The ore averages fairly rich, probably about 50 per cent iron. Quartz is the most common ingredient of the magnetite. The wall rock resembles that sur- rounding the Hammondville deposits, but is more silicious and rather coarser in texture. ; The analysis below is quoted from Maynard’s paper. (Maynard and Wendell, analysts) Re eer oo tee Sea ss ule, 2 AT. 5@ FE ts 5 SES ek Cee Ne 21.41 PEM PEP Gee EE ek fea che c whe vi boe He os 20.65 og ne SSPEARS SES ai st . 86 oo gs Derpee oi ne ete Se ee 4uO Jog wg 2 SRA RRR SET Rees Ae 4.09 SLs 2 och RS RIES a BS 24 Pe Com ae am Sie Rene auth ue cuit eae et 8h 4.06 |S Lie 5 DOA pagieech ge Ol Siete Con ai Ne a iy onenr anees a 1.08 T00.19 LAE DEE. 2 oa i aE age Ask ea 49.96 PiMespaorts..... 2.5.4 ere elit ae PNA oe Sak ae RE rae S070 “LiL SIDS St Se Sa a ee A SS Oe ees Soe +2 Long Pond mine. This is nearly opposite the Skiff mine on a parallel deposit which outcrops along the southern slopes of the ridge. It is entered from the surface by a short adit driven at a - point 100 feet below the outcrop. The ore is gathered into parallel seams separated by the wall rock and dipping together at an angle of 60° south. The two principal seams are each about 18 inches thick. A second adit was run below the first to tap the deposit at 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM greater depth. A partial analysis by J. B. Britton is given in Maynard’s paper. Prom oto) lS ee 2 ee 64.76 SL igch ene ng ww BG ekg oS 06 Phosphtorus)./2\-.)..5 seas eee ee eo 16 Schofield mine. Ore was mined here between the years 1828 and 1845 and used in the forges at Schroon. The openings extend for several hundred feet along Skiff mountain near the base, trend- ing about northwest and southeast. Apparently the excavations do not reach much over too feet in depth. The ore is rich, but does not average above 3 feet in thickness. A large quantity of waste rock has been taken out in working the deposit. The fol- lowing analysis by J. B. Britton is reported by Maynard: Tron. se Sea io eee ee a ee 62:26 Insoluble-silictous miatten. 275 a oe eee Rae cular 3. (oi a ate eg eee nil PHOSPHORUS ae Os as oree cep ae geen 02 EDUCATION DEPARTMENT LAR JOHN M. © KE STATE GEOLOGIST DG a VA \ ~Z, a } N \ ) y \ 2a ae =) may \C = 3% C NAL y “TWAS Ny | ‘ BL LAA 1) NN Y PARTS OF PORT HENRY AND ELIZABETHTOWN QUADRANGLES cht od NS /)) eS MAP OF PORT HENRY AND VICINITY The location of the mines is indicated by numbers which are referred to in the text 56 THE MINEVILLE-PORT HENRY MINE GROUP BY JAMES F. KEMP Location and distribution of the ore bodies. The largest and most productive mines in New York at present are situated at Mineville, 6 miles northwest of Port Henry on Lake Champlain. Port Henry, the shipping point and the location of a blast furnace, is the town most widely associated with the industry in the minds of people in general, but the most important ore bodies really are at the above mentioned distance from it. In former years a very productive deposit was the basis of extensive operations at the Cheever mine, 2 miles north of Port Henry and near the shore of the lake. It is now being reopened with a view to magnetic con- centration, but none the less the great center of ore production is at Mineville. There are two companies actively engaged at the latter place, Witherbee, Sherman & Co. Incorporated; and the Port Henry Iron Ore Co. The total output of the former is esti- | mated at 15,000,000 tons, and, if to this is added the total ship- ments of the latter, the entire yield of the ore bodies up to date can not be less than 25,000,000 tons. There is no sign of exhaustion, and thus the amount of iron originally present in these deposits makes them rank well up among the great ore bodies of the world. Besides the Cheever and the Mineville mines, there are several other smaller openings in the same general area. Almost within the limits of Port Henry itself is the Lee mine, a bed of somewhat sulfurous ore, now long idle. On the west side of the ridge sepa- rating Mineville from Lake Champlain and just at its foot is a series of openings locally called the Pilfershire pits, also long idle. Again just north of Port Henry, along the lake shore, according to the report of E: Emmons on the Second District [p. 236, 1842] there is a body of ore opened in his time as the Crag Harbor bed. Three or four miles southwest from Port Henry is another pit, now aban- doned but opened up first by Butler and Gillette and continued under the name of the Essex Mining Co. All these localities are marked upon the accompanying map [pl. 2], which is taken from the Port Henry and Elizabethtown topographic sheets, issued by the United States Geological Survey, the scale being 1 mile to the inch. Under the general name of the Mineville group are included a number of openings which af 58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM stretch along from Mineville for nearly 2 miles to the north, even crossing the line of the town of Moriah into Elizabethtown. History. The first of the ore bodies to be discovered was the one which is now called the Cheever, but which when Professor Emmons was preparing his report, 1836-42, was known as the Walton or Old Crown Point vein [see Emmons’s Report on the Second District, p. 237]. Nevertheless the name Cheever appears in Professor Beck’s report on the Mineralogy of New York [p. 15]. The Cheever had been worked for 50 years when Professor Emmons visited it, and this would place its opening at 1785-90. The ore beds at Mineville were known in 1835-40, but the largest of them, as now revealed in the ‘‘21’’ mine (So named from the number of the old land lot) was first opened in 1846. It is evident that the early mining industry was prompted by. the call for ore for the small blast furnaces which still remain in states of indifferent preservation. Plate 3 is from a photograph of the old Colburn furnace which was built in 1848, and which still stands about a mile west of Moriah Center. Another one is represented by a pile of collapsed masonry, at Fletcherville, also called ‘‘ Seventy five” a mile and a half north of Mineville. At Port Henry there was a furnace at Cedar Point, even in Professor Emmons’s time, and this is the site of the large plant now in full blast. Twenty years ago there were two other blast furnaces called the Bay State, and situated just west of the steamboat dock. The abundant slag along the shore at this point came from them, but they have since been torn down. The old bloomeries or forges were located where there was a water power sufficient to run the blast and the trip hammer. But for 25 years or so they have been extinct. In their day they con- sumed an appreciable fraction of the output of those mines which were low in phosphorus and sulfur. The ore was hauled many miles to them. By 1890, except perhaps at Standish, in Clinton county they had practically gone to the scrap. pile. Topography. Lake Champlain stands at an altitude of almost exactly too feet above tide. Over extended areas its bottom is well below sea level, and in its deepest parts is more than 250 feet lower than the surface of the ocean. Its western or New York shore is marked by a series of spurs of the Adirondacks which come down to the lake with a northeast trend, and either ending abruptly at the water’s edge or projecting into the lake itself, — I See Eng. & Min. Jour. May 26, 1906. Plate 3 Colburn furnace, a charcoal stack built in 1848, about 1 mile west of Moriah Center, near Mineville _ ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 59 contain between them reentrant bays or valleys of much gentler upward gradient. At the mouth of one of these valleys, yet at the summit of a somewhat steep terrace, is the village of Port Henry on the 200 foot contour. To the westward beyond the terrace the surface rises again quite steeply to the 500 foot contour and higher. The gentlest gradient is south of the village along the valley of McKenzie brook, a line utilized by the Lake Champlain & Moriah Railroad, which brings the ore to the docks. The general valley is abruptly closed on the south by Bulwagga mountain, a steep fault block which fronts Lake Champlain at an altitude of t100 feet; while on the north, Bald Peak at 2055 and its southern spurs with declining hights for 3 miles, stand between the hinter- land and the lake. Ina general way behind this ridge and forming a broad and upward sloping valley lies the heavily drift-covered district containing Mineville, which with its mines is situated at the foot of the inclosing hills at the north. While a few ledges project above the general mantle of sand and boulders within the broad valley, yet there are 2 or 3 square miles without exposures of any kind, and the largest ore bodies themselves must have been at the outset covered by at least 15 or 20 feet of drift. If from the summit of some neighboring mountain the observer endeavors to eliminate in his imagination the cover of drift and restore the old bed-rock topography, the valley becomes one of presumably gentle outlines, broken at the foot of many of the elevations by steep and somewhat precipitous ledges. The latter have been in part, no doubt, freshened up by the erosion of the great ice sheet, but they are believed to have been primarily caused by faulting. The broad and open character of the valley is due to the relatively easy erosion of the rock formations lying beneath, since enough exposures can be identified to lead to the conclusion that they were once and probably still are in large part Precambric or Grenville limestones and their associated sedi- ments, whereas the hills are in most though not all cases the harder gneisses which are believed to belong to intrusive masses of rock. These general topographic relations are brought out upon the accompanying map [pl. 2]. From it we see that Mineville is on the 1200-1360 contours, while the largest mines open on the 1300. This makes it necessary for the railway to climb 1200 feet in its 6 miles of track, and since, in the nature of the case, this rise is not evenly distributed, the engineering problem presented is one of some difficulty. Heavy engines adapted to mountain railways are necessary, but as the heaviest traffic is downward, the grades 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . chiefly militate against the return of empty cars and the haulage of supplies for the mines. Geology. As affecting the ore bodies, two geological series are of chief importance, but there are at least two others of eruptive rocks which also concern them. Later than all and having little to do with the ores, but mentioned so as to complete the local geology, there are the Paleozoic sediments. The accompanying columnar statement presents all the formations from the latest above, to the oldest beneath. Champlain clays Glactal drift Utica slate Trenton limestone Paleozoics <~ Chazy limestone Beekmantown limestone Potsdam sandstone Diabase dikes Gabbros, dark, basic and more or less gneissoid. In the mining localities of uncertain relation to the syenites Augite syenites and related types more or less gneissoid Anorthosites more or less gneissoid The Grenville series of metamorphosed sediments, limestones, quartzites, hornblende schists and rusty schistose gneisses Champlain clays. The clays appear along the lake shore and are practically limited to a zone a hundred feet more or less above it. They have no bearing upon the iron industry. Glacial drift. Under this term is embraced the morainal materials, sands and gravels, which beginning higher up from the lake than the Champlain clays mantle all the surfaces. Even the highest peaks are not free from boulders and the rounded cobbles of the hard resistant Potsdam quartzite are everywhere through- out the area. Sometimes the drift is water sorted but in the cases which especially affect the mines in the vicinity of Mineville it consists of heavy boulders and sand. In sinking the Harmony shafts quite 200 feet of this overlying burden were penetrated and in a neighboring bore hole, 248 feet, before bed rock was reached. These depths were encountered on the side of the present valley and above the stream bottom. Under these circumstances ore bodies can only be located by means of a magnetic survey, and this method is carried out by the companies with magnetometers ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 61 of Swedish type. Explorations with the diamond drill then follow. From Mineville southward through Moriah Center, Moriah (locally called ‘‘ The Corners ’’) and still farther, the mantle of drift extends with comparatively few exposures of the bed rock. Just east of Moriah Center, Mill brook has cut into it fully 100 feet without reaching the rock bottom. Presumably the expiring glacial activity filled the valley and the movement was probably from the northeast since such scratches as remain in the general region run n. 50°-60° e. The boulders seldom attain the gigantic size sometimes shown farther within the mountains but individ- uals up to 6 or 8 feet are not uncommon. Paleozoic sediments. These strata are practically limited to the lake shore in the region under consideration. The Potsdam pro- jects up the valley of McKenzie brook for perhaps half a mile from the water, but ceases long before it is concerned with any mines. No further mention is therefore made of any of them. Diabase dikes. These interesting narrow bodies of dark basaltic rock are widespread and of no small scientific interest. Through- out the Adirondacks they appear not uncommonly in the mines, and usually occupy a fault line by which the ore is thrown varying distances up to 30 or 4o feet. They strike in two principal direc- tions, a northeast set, embracing about three quarters of the known instances and an east and west set, including almost all the rest. In only one or two instances have they been observed with a north- west strike. These directions correspond with the chief structural breaks, and undoubtedly in seeking a path to the upper world the dikes have merely followed the lines of least resistance. At Mineville, one, with an east and west strike is known in the Joker working; two or three, with a northeast strike cut the Har- mony bed; one appears in the Miller pit, which is probably con- tinuous with one of those in the Harmony bed, and another was reported from the Old Bed workings in former years. The rocks are all badly decomposed and not in good condition for careful determination. It is necessary to exercise care lest the darkened and chloritized breccias along faults be mistaken for them. In the Cheever mine a number of dikes were met in former years aa have been figured by B. T.. Putnam." The strike is ‘not recorded and may be judged only from the fact that the dikes t Report on the Mining Industries of the United States, Tenth Census, a eV ! 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM cross the east and west section which he gives. During all the writer’s experience the mine has been full of water. Diamond drill cores on the surface near the Lee pit indicate another dike in its northern extension and observations on the surface show it to be a large one. It can be traced for a quarter of a mile to the northeast. In this district the dikes have not shown more than 4 or 5 feet of section in the mines. They are likely to appear at almost any moment and they may be associated with small faults, but they need never cause anxiety beyond this possibility. Dark basic gabbros. These rocks are widespread and yet in less areal extent than the others whose description follows. They seem to appear without any pronounced structural relationship, but to have welled up as the last large product of the great igneous activity. The diabase dikes are so much smaller that they are not considered to be of the same order of magnitude. The gabbros are dark green or black in color and have, when closely examined, a faint pinkish cast from the quite invariable and richly dissemi- nated small garnets, which are general throughout the mass in the form of rims around the dark silicates and iron ores. The chief component minerals are a dark green plagioclase, in rudely tabular crystals, so thickly charged with dust of pyroxene and spinel as to be at the best translucent in the slides; augite, which is black in the hand specimen and green in the slide; hypersthene of variable though sometimes large amount; brown hornblende in the same relations; and very abundant and sometimes relatively large bits of titaniferous magnetite. The feldspars on the one hand and the dark silicates and ores on the other almost never come into actual contact, but are separated by the rims of garnet referred to above, which course through the rock in faint pink bands. The gabbros almost always show some gneissoid foliation. In extreme cases they pass into hornblende schists or amphibolites. In large part the change is probably due to dynamic shearing and dragging, but the banded alinement of the minerals may be in part attributable to original flow structures. The gabbros assume the form of intrusive sheets and irregular masses, whose outlines can seldom be worked out sharply because of lack of exposures. The railway cuts along Lake Champlain show that the intrusive mass may tongue out into the Grenville limestone with all manner of apophyses. Elsewhere single dikes are known, although they are not sharply defined anywhere within the area under discussion. In the maximum, the gabbros may cover as ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 63 much as a square mile. They are of special interest because they contain bodies of low-grade titaniferous magnetite in numerous: localities. These ore deposits have received some practical atten- tion and will be mentioned in detail later. The gabbros and their hornblendic derivatives may be very easily confounded with the basic phases of the syenites to be next described. The two rocks look extraordinarily alike. Yet under the microscope at least, the syenitic varieties display abundant orthoclase, the gabbros plagioclase. The garnets are more abun- dant in the gabbros, although they do not entirely fail the syenites. The granular fracture of magnetite is more in evidence in the gabbros, but when all is said, the field observer may often be in much doubt when confronted with the dark, basic gneisses, as to which rock he is dealing with. For the present we may consider them distinct. Augite syenites and related types, more or less gneissoid. The syenites, now that they are well understood, are proving to be one of the most important members among the rocks of the eastern Adirondacks. They were first identified in the west and north by C. H. Smyth jr, and H. P. Cushing, respectively, for although gneissoid members with the corresponding mineralogy were found in the east, they were at the outset placed with the doubtful gneisses and were not recognized as distinct eruptives. The diamond drill cores at Mineville have done much to clear up their identity, and as they afford perfectly fresh rocks in definite relationships, they are in the highest degree illuminating. For several years they have been carefully saved and recorded by Witherbee, Sherman & Co., and have been of the greatest service in the preparation of this description. The syenite is an extremely variable magma which must have been sharply differentiated into contrasted products, which then constituted different layers in the fluid mass at the time of intru- sion into the older rocks. At Mineville, diamond drill cores have in one case been available showing a continuous section of nearly tooo feet; in another of nearly 1400 feet, and in many others of less, so that the relationships of the several layers can be carefully studied. The typical syenite consists of microperthitic orthoclase — that is of orthoclase filled with flattened spindles of albite — of emerald green augite, which looks black in the hand specimen; of brown hornblende, and of less abundant hypersthene. Magnetite is of course present in subordinate amount, and titanite, apatite and 64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tiny zircons do not fail. Quartz is not entirely lacking, but in typical specimens it is a minor component. The syenite was called in the writer’s earlier paper, the “‘ Barton gneiss.’’ A number of analyses have been made for Professor Cushing from specimens gathered in the northern Adirondacks and they uniformly run below 65 per cent SiO,, the percentage at which quartz begins to be an important mineral in the eruptive rocks. In the cores as well as in the hand specimens the syenite is a blotchy, black and green rock, which always has a pronounced green cast when fresh. On ledges that have been long exposed to weathering it is often decidedly rusty, especially in the basic phases. . While the percentage in iron is not so very high, yet this element must be combined in one or more of the minerals in some unstable form, such that it readily oxidizes. It is often necessary to break into good sized blocks before the reasonably fresh green rock appears at the core. It has also been our experience in the field to find the syenite sometimes developing on exposure a dead white crust that resembles the anorthosites and that is deceptive. In these varieties the iron must be in small amount or else limited to some stable compound that resists decay. In fact with the variations to be next outlined and the protean appearance on weathering, it is not surprising that the syenitic rocks have so long escaped identification as such. As a departure from the normal proportions of feldspar and dark silicate, we sometimes find the latter developing in greatly increased amount. The feldspar is far less prominent and a dark basic rock ensues which on slight acquaintance one would consider a basic gabbro or diorite. But the characteristic feldspar, as well as the normal dark silicates of the syenite, are still present, and both in the drill cores, as well as in the field, we find a quick passage from the usual variety to the basic with no eruptive contact that would indicate a separate intrusive mass or an included sediment. For these dark bands we can adduce no other reasonable conception than that the original intrusive mass was in parts more basic than elsewhere, and that if its parent magma were homogeneous, it separated, as has been so often observed in later years in large eruptive masses, into portions of contrasted composition although - of common parentage. This basic syenite was not recognized as such in the writer’s previous paper, but was esteemed to be a gneissoid representative of the gabbro. While it resembles this rock in the closest way, yet the drill cores now available prove its affinity with the syenites. | ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 65 As contrasted with the basic members acidic varieties are also to be found most significantly in the cores but also in the natural ledges. In the acidic varieties the dark silicates retreat, it may be even to the vanishing point, while quartz enters and the rock reaches well into the mineralogy of the granites. The feldspar is most commonly microperthite as before and when mingled with abundant quartz it yields the ‘‘21 gneiss’ of the writer’s earlier article. Dark silicates almost entirely fail, plagioclase is rare, but magnetite is invariably present in scattered grains, which in the cores, unless care is taken, might readily be taken for a dark silicate. This rock is one of great importance in the geology of the ores since it is the common hanging wall of the Old Bed group. Although in coarseness of crystallization it does not vary in texture from the typical syenite, yet both in mineralogy and in rare asso- - ciated minerals it suggests the suspicion that it has affinities with pegmatites, or that some influence such as the presence of vapors or mineralizers aided in its development from the normal syenitic magma. From this highly acidic and light colored rock the transi- tion is abrupt to the dark basic masses of iron ore. Another light colored phase consists of oligoclase and quartz with a few magnetites and zircons. This was specifically found above the Barton Hill group, and was described in the writer’s for- mer paper as the “‘Orchard gneiss.” It is after all a not very different rock from the ‘21 gneiss.’”’ Microperthitic orthoclase implies rich soda because of its albite spindles, whereas, if the potash of the orthoclase fails and a slight increase of lime takes its place, we have the necessary components of oligoclase. A still further variation from the normal augite syenite, is one in which the feldspar and the dark silicates, augite and hornblende, are in the usual proportions of say two thirds feldspar and one third dark silicates, and yet oligoclase takes the place of the usual microperthite. A rather acidic diorite results, but yet so involved with the syenites as to prevent one drawing any distinctions between them, as being separate intrusive masses. In the above condensed outline of the rocks, the characteristic names of igneous types, syenite, gabbro, diorite etc., have been employed, implying that the rocks themselves are igneous. This is opposed to the older idea which is generally still held by the engineers and others engaged in the mining industry. The latter view the ores and their inclosing rocks as sediments, which conform in a pronounced degree to the sedimentary structures shown by strata in parallel arrangement and in folds and faults. The writer 66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM does not wish to discuss at length the points for and against each of these views in this place, reserving it for the fuller space which will be afforded by a separate bulletin on the Port Henry and Elizabethtown quadrangles, now in preparation. If supporters of the sedimentary view will add to the rock names used above the word gneiss, or change the rock names into the form of adjectives, so as to have syenitic gneiss, gabbroic gneiss, dioritic gneiss, etc., thus using them as short cuts of expression for the mineralogy of the gneisses, they may still be regarded from the point of view of sediments. The full discussion requires chemical analyses, and more ample illustration. Whether we have, however, parallel metamorphosed sediments, or differentiated layers of eruptive rock, the structural features of folds and horizons are not changed and for practical purposes these are the really important considera- tions. The ores, which occur at Mineville as integral members of the syenitic series, are in the form of layers conformable to such banding or foliation as appears in the rocks. These layers bulge and pinch to a remarkable degree, and in the case of the Old Bed group (or Mineville group of the writer’s earlier paper) extend in a practically unbroken stretch for half a mile exhibiting at the same time a very complex and puzzling fold; while inthe Barton Hill group the extent is still longer but the structure is simpler. The so called Cheever bed with its extensions must be fully half a mile in length, but all the others are smaller. The bulges and pinches give a marked podlike or lenticular form so that at Mineville the ore bodies are a series of richer and thicker shoots whose long axes run in a parallel northeast and southwest direction. The ores are granular masses of magnetite which in the Barton Hill group were prevailingly of Bessemer grade, but which in the Old Bed series are high in phosphorus from disseminated apatite. These are now run through a magnetic mill and freed of the apatite to such’ a degree that they are a better grade for the furnace and the apatite is salable for fertilizers. Occasionally where the apatite — is relatively abundant and the ore occurs near a fault or line of crushing which has caused decomposition of the augite both in the ore and in the country rock, red hematite has been yielded and has filtered into all the little crevices and has given the ore a red color. This variety is the so called “‘red ore’’ of the cross-section. In the same way the country rock is also colored red. In thin section the rich Old Bed ore reveals a noticeable amount of the green augite, characteristic of the syenitic wall rock. This mineral has certain optical properties that suggest a variety rich in ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 67 soda, but the inference has not yet been corroborated by analysis. The augite is, however, a much more characteristic igneous than metamorphic mineral, and militates against original sediments as the sources of ihe rocks and ores. The lean ores are mixed with the usual minerals of the wall rocks and among these the basic syenite is chief. Hornblende and biotite appear and bring down the per- centage of iron. The Old Bed group is pretty sharply marked off against the acidic “21” gneiss, the quartz-microperthite aggre- gate, but scattered grains of magnetite continue out through the latter for many feet. Anorthosites. This great group of undoubted eruptive rocks is specially represented in the western and northern portion of the area. Its typical representatives consist almost entirely of labra- dorite which may be very coarsely crystalline, still there are always minor amounts of augite and titaniferous magnetite and often hypersthene associated with the feldspar. The dark silicates some- times become relatively abundant and lead to much variation in the rocks. At least one distinctive eruptive mass is known, charac- terized by relatively large amounts of them and later than the main anorthosites. At the headwaters of the Hudson the anor- thosites contain the large bodies of titaniferous magnetite, else- where described in this bulletin, but they are not known to carry _Ores anywhere in the vicinity of Port Henry. The known titan- ‘iferous masses of this region are all in the basic gabbros. Grenville series. Under this name it has been agreed between Canadian and American geologists to describe the undoubted metamorphosed sediments. They.constitute an important belt underneath Port Henry and for 3 miles or more north. They appear also west of Moriah Corners and well over to the foothills of the bounding mountains on the west. The most easily recog- nized of these rocks is a coarsely crystalline white limestone, with ‘graphite and many bunches of included silicates. There is less often a serpentinous variety or ophicalcite and with these are rusty quartz schists, mica schists, hornblende schists and thinly foliated gneisses. While there has been in the past a disposition to class with these the more massive gneisses yet it has been a growing belief as set forth above that the latter really represent the syenitic series of eruptives. The limestones and their included bands of silicates are mashed and folded in many complex and involved curves, some of which are curiously and strikingly suggestive of snakes and other organic forms. The sedimentary metamorphic _ rocks may possibly contain some ore bodies. The Lee bed of sul- 68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM furous magnetite is at all events closely involved with them, Crystalline limestones occur abundantly in the 225 teet or4so“of rocks that overlie the Cheever ore body in the deepest part of its basin. The limestones and their associated strata appear on the surface, but the wall rock of the ore is a syenitic gneiss of the usual mineralogy. The Pilfershire ores occur in almost exactly the same relationship. The limestones are near and above but the ore is really in a syenitic gneiss. Between the Cheever and the Pilfer- shire there intervene nearly 2 miles of mountainous ridges of syenitic gneisses rising a thousand feet above the former, and while one may remark the similarity of position, it is rash to go further. The Grenville series is thus closely associated with at least three of the ore bodies, but the latter are not actually in undoubted sediments. Description of the mines __ : Following the map [pl. 2] the ore deposits will be briefly outlined in order from south to north. No. 1. This pit now abandoned was opened by Butler and Gillette and continued under the name of the Essex Mining Co. The work was based upon a band of ore now represented by an excavation 4o feet long and 8 to to feet high, sloping at an angle of about 60° and striking approximately n. 12° w. magnetic. The dump alone reveals a rather lean ore with much hornblende and feldspar intermingled. The walls are reddish granitic gneiss. No analyses of the ore are available nor were any samples taken or notes recorded by B. T. Putnam for the Tenth Census. No. 2. Lee mine. This opening is just in the outskirts of Port Henry and in a little hillock with abrupt north and east sides which rises from a valley covered with sand. The nearest rocks both to the east and west are the Grenville limestones and their associates, but faults quite certainly intervene between them and the mine. Its wall rock is a granitic gneiss, whose dark silicate is biotite. It is reddish in color and somewhat different both in minerals and appearance from the greenish syenitic wall rocks, elsewhere met with the ores. The ore strikes n. 20° w. and dips about 19° westward into the hill at the more northern slope, but swings around to the southeast and steepens to a 30° dip on the south. B. T. Putnam visited it in 1880, for the Tenth Census [XV: 11s], and has left a plan and sections. The mine is cut off on the north by a trap dike with an east and west strike. The dike can be traced across the hills to the eastward. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 69 The pit is now full of water and serves as a dumping ground for refuse from the neighborhood. Putnam saw the mine when active and states that 9 feet of pyritous ore was displayed in the face. In old pillars a cross-section can still be seen of lean, horn- blendic ore. Putnam’s analyses of samples from two lots, one of 2500 tons from the north slope,and one of 1500 from the south yielded the following. The sulfur, however, was for some reason not determined although it is the chief point of importance after the iron.. 2 S00 Re Sg Be Fs Se a ‘5.01 44:38 Pie OMOfis. <<: 2.5.3... Me ee Ged the as 2617 .O4 The ore is of low grade but the phosphorus is also low. No. 3. Crag Harbor ore body. This is described by E. Emmons in the report on the Second District, page 236, as occurring in a cliff, 50 feet above the lake and half a mile below (north of) Port Henry and as being the most conveniently located of all the ore bodies in the region. It was 12 feet wide, in hornblende, and dipped 35° west. The vein extended half a mile along the lake but the ore was pyritous, tough and difficult to crush for the forge. An analysis from Dr L. C. Beck’s report on the Mineralogy of the — State, pages 15 and 37, is as follows: SL cus DEES Si peal Cer ae Spas 2B 7 Pe ee TR a a en ee 64.80 Sere AO CLC oe Ne es Aa tee. ER Sle ad 8.70 100.00 OE TL DRE Ie ae aa er SPE CE Aa 65:23 This old deposit is no longer worked and has almost been fore gotten. It occurs where the gabbros are a marked feature in the Delaware & Hudson Railroad cuts and it may be titaniferous, Since both Dr Beck and Professor Emmons speak of its difficulty of treatment the titanium may be the reason. Little was known of titanium in their time. No. 4. Cheever mine. This, the oldest opening in the region, is situated about 2 miles or less north of Port Henry, and at its eastern edge, outcrops rather more than a quarter of a mile from the lake shore and about 300 feet above it. The chief workings are just north of a small east and west depression, through which a little brook passes into Lake Champlain, falling over a fine ledge of Grenville limestone, one of the best exposures in the region. ! 70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM There is certainly a great fault between the limestone and the eastern edge of the ore, since north along the railway the limestone gives way to greatly brecciated gneisses. Farther north again gabbro appears, but in irregular exposures mingled with horn- blendic gneisses and quite difficult to understand. The ore itself, however, outcrops as a marked band or bed in green syenitic gneisses, and runs to the north for nearly a mile, with occasional pits. The Cheever at the southern end is, however, the chief one. These workings, now being revived after years of idleness, dip down steeply, at 50° or 60°, then flatten at somewhat over 200 feet vertically from the surface and run westward until cut off by a fault. Their relations are shown on the accompanying section [fig. 5] reproduced and reduced from-the bulletin of the New York State Museum 14, page 346. The only point of revision lies in the fact that our recent fuller knowledge of the basic syenite gneisses, makes the occurrence of unbroken gabbro on the east doubtful. Field observations the past summer led to the con- Fig. 5 Cross-section of the Cheever mine clusion that much of the black hornblendic gneiss, formerly taken for gabbro, is basic syenite gneiss, but massive gabbro does occur mingled with it. The ore is a band in the syenitic gneiss, here quite quartzose, and about 150 feet from the undoubted Grenville. Below the ore 50 feet of similar gneiss appears before the basic rocks take its place. As the ore bed is followed north the dip appears to flatten and in an old working about half a mile from the Cheever slopes, the strike is north and south and the dip 20° w. The same wall rocks, however, appear. Another outcrop of ore appears along the present highway a quarter of a mile north of the old Cheever engine house. It strikes northeast and dips southeast. It has limestone not over 15 feet above it and while thus apparently stratigraphically higher or nearer the limestone than the position of the western end of the Cheever, if we consider it the same bed, it suggests a synclinal basin for the ore, with a pitch of the fold to the south. There can be no doubt that a north and south fault on the west beneath a meadow cuts off both the ore and the Grenville series in this direction. ) ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 71 The Cheever ore resembles very closely the Old Bed variety at Mineville. It is not quite so rich in phosphorus, but is still rather high in this element. Mr Putnam for the Tenth Census [XV: 114] took six samples, four underground and two from stock piles on the surface, which showed the following percentages: aa... ea les 63.86 64.42 64.77 63.08 m_ueeenorus. 6.042 ©o.603.. 0.689 0.452 0.673 0.573 Titanic acid was found in five of the six, but its amount is very smali. The ore is rich and as shown by the analyses, it is of quite remarkable uniformity. Recently [1907] a small magnetic mill has been built and concentration of the leaner unused ore is to be attempted, accompanied by a reduction of the phosphorus. Nos, 5 and 6, These two pits are called the Pilfershire. They lie at the western foot of the ridge which intervenes between Moriah Center and the lake. Not far above them is the Grenville with its limestones, and the relations are extraordinarily like those at Cheever. Even the gabbro appears not far to the eastward as detected by F. L. Nason, who has called the writer’s attention to it. The southern pit is a small one and of no particular importance. The northern pits consist of three larger and two smaller openings. They strike nearly north and south and dip 60° west, passing below the highway s5o0 feet lower down. The wall rock is the familiar - green gneiss which in thin section shows plagioclase and pyroxene. The mines are now abandoned and full of water. The close parallelism between the gedlogical relations here dis- played and those at the Cheever is worthy of emphasis. In both the ore belt strikes nearly north and south and dips at about 60° west. It is in the characteristic green gneiss of almost identi- cal mineralogy. Just above are the Grenville limestones. Just below but after an interval of gneiss is the gabbro. Between the two stands a ridge of old syenitic gneisses, with no Grenville involved and extending 2 miles without a break. Undoubtedly faulted upward, they make a mountain summit, 500 feet above the Pilfershire and 1000 feet above the Cheever. Nos. 7 through 11. Mineville group.* A general outline of the tIn the preparation of tnese notes, every possible kindness has been extended to the writer by Mr S. Norton, general manager of Witherbee, Sher- man & Co., Mr S. LeFevre, chief engineer, and Mr Rogers Hunt, assistant engineer. Mr Guy C. Stoltz, engineer for the Port Henry Co., has been equally courteous and helpful in affording data and advice regarding the adjacent properties. 72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM relations of the ore bodies at and near Mineville, may first be given. There is one group of mines based on a large faulted and folded ore body in the village of Mineville itself. It outcrops at about the 1200 and 1300 foot contours and is the basis of several distinct mines, some of which are no longer worked. A half mile to the northwest, Barton hill rises to an altitude of 1880 feet and on its eastern slope, and ranging from its 1300 contour to the 1750 is a long diagonal outcrop with many pits. The group, collectively taken, is here called the Barton hill. It is possible that this bed swings around to the east under the drift and is the basis of the two Harmony shafts, south of the Mineville groups [see map: fig. 6]. Yet there is still much uncertainty about this connection. At the north end of the Barton hill group a gap of concealed and drift-covered fields intervenes with no demonstrated ores. After half a mile, ore again appears in two bands one over the other, at the openings called the Fisher hill and Burt lot, both on the 1600-1640 contours and now for 10 years or so idle. A half mile east of Fisher hill and on the 1450 contour of another hill, is the recently revived Smith mine, whose ore body is tapped still lower down by the O’Neill shaft. Another interval ensues to the north and then after half a mile two old-time but long aban- doned mines are met, called the Hall and the Sherman. The former is one of the oldest in this locality and is mentioned by Professor Emmons. Drilling has recently been in progress in exploring them, but no mining has been done for many years. Still farther north no ores are known for several miles. Mineville group. These great ore bodies are the chief source of the local production, and they present a mass of noble proportions. Thanks to the liberal spirit and courtesy of the two companies, and to the excellent and careful records of the engineers they can be so well illustrated that with the solitary exception of the Tilly Foster mine in Putnam county, they give us the best idea of the general shape and relations of a magnetite body, yet afforded in this country. At the latter the structural relations are simpler, and the amount of ore much less. The Mineville group presents a very violent case _ of folding, accompanied by stretching and pinching of the crest. The ores are in a pitching fold which makes depth rapidly to the southwest, so that we have to keep the relations constantly in mind in terms of solid or three-dimensional geometry. At the north end we have further to deal with a series of faults and a very puzzling relationship, which on the basis of one bed of ore is not easy to satisfactorily clear up. In the present description, the writer’s ff EF : Hi ~ 7 ~~ i Se, aay a th kia hayes Beg odisuedns pas ou, « *ednoig gm fe t A dete: truth di de fon te — Sis ou. t co yo Agra eu2 3b dey , : . / j $y he ey. A Fy ’ pee tH 29ys1g. “TH psy pg hea om } jf ; - = wear peaage sees coke Ser + - ; ae ly A en Ve, hs =. ow ee > ox s Sa a 2 4 a en yy ap fe sh AP Ds a vEr) iy j Ss Va PANS L\ Ris Ni \ VA ) i 4 A > i 4 mat Vy, F/ Say A oy 1-24 of figures 7-14 Fig. 6 Map of the vicinity of Mineville, to show the location and relations of the Old Bed, Barton Hill, Fisher Hill and S NOS. I- Smith Mine groups. The red superimposed lines indicate the section ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 73 je) $= Rr :50; S.59- yoo Goze: NAC) 1200 ode eS Te Se LO a -¥s6-k- 5 3 Ss KRY ” KS> 4100 yp LY > X $y \¢ 4/999 IAG \ X4) SP Se sore, SS > SSX No.6. LW ON foao (eKe) Fig. 7 Sections 1 to 6 of the Old Bed ore bodies Mineville Sections are 100 feet apart and drawn with the same vertical ‘and horizontal scales. See figure 6 74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM paper and sections prepared in 1897 and published in the Trans- actions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, volume XXVII, pages 146-204, are brought up to date and are made to include the results of 10 years of mining. There are three principal and separate faulted parts of one great bed, viz: roughly from north to south, the Miller, the Old Bed or Mine 23 (the first discovered under the name of the Sanford pit) and the ‘‘21’’-Bonanza-Joker continuous ore body, the chief source of the ore. There are several shafts for Old Bed and ‘‘ 21” (named from the lot) and there are large open pits as well. The axis of the fold strikes about n. 30° e., true, and, as stated pitches south. The full extent to the south has not yet been revealed. The sections here used are 24 in number, separated by intervals of 100 feet, so that they cover 2300 feet. The folded bed is broken by two main faults with strike a little more northerly than the axis of the fold, and apparently by one east and west fault under the skip way of mine “ 21.’’ At least two trap dikes are known, running parallel with the main faults and probably themselves following additional small fault lines, while one other dike crosses the Joker at its southerly end in a nearly east and west direction. In the Harmony mines, the apparent prolongations of the north and south dikes are revealed. If now the reader follows the description with the diagrams beginning on the south with No. 24, the relationships can be most intelligibly stated [fig. 7-14]. : Section 24 is largely inferential, but it is probably not far from the truth. The ore is a steep, vertical anticline, doubled over a fold” of rock, and bulging at the lower part of the east limb. In No. 23, which is more fully based on mining experience, a great swell has developed in the eastern limb, and a tendency is shown toward a closed fold, the two limbs coming almost together in depth. In No. 22 the swell is more pronounced in the east limb, and a curious shoulder with an almost flat top has been revealed in mining. The interior core of rock shows a sympathetic development in the same way. Asmaller swell or bulge is manifested in the west limb. In No. 21 the swell contracts a bit, but the bulge toward the upper left hand begins to assert itself, which is thereafter so marked a feature, and is apparently due to the stretching of a wellnigh viscous mass under irresistible compression, if indeed the rock was not still liquid from an original molten state. In No. 20 this upper left- hand bulge is much more pronounced, while the eastern shoulder is still very much in evidence. The intervening horse of rock has widened appreciably. In section 19 the upper western bulge has ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES ‘ld0ld Bed | : No. a a NSF: SS Mille? i! | ae EPG aR ERE ae Nl SS, Fos 5 ae ES RD ST RXV Qq ; ONS : as 4 ‘12 ag \___ Siel Beg S53 - | Bes SOS OF O. : BSS So ToS oC 6-30 = O-Or 82 OFS : 3. 0, -2570 10-2 NN : : ©, 20-20: “9 é z ee : z = ig -.9 ! Stet -—"oO > > /1o 7O2'O" "5 | Cy, No.8 Mic /0o0 re o ae - £2090 oN Oo Nag ’ fe) Cr SS \ NS \ Miller sy KY . PSN : J 3 ik 35 S) o Nix P| AY F | 4 5) \ | = : Sh S 3) i) Ns SQ \ waa TR EE No. 10. 1 = | LK SD GG \; X SHS | hs! War \\ te ae = \S A Y iP Wp Fig. 8 Sections 7 to ro of Old Bed ore bodies, Mineville. See figure 6 _ 76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM thinned somewhat, and has a very flat top, while the western shoulder has narrowed. It is very near the point where the Joker shaft first grounded in the ore. In No. 18 the upper western bulge has shrunk still more and the eastern lower shoulder has almost disappeared. Deeper mining has shown the true relations lower down on the limbs. We find them pinched together, so as to entirely circumscribe the horse of rock. In No. 18 also the sections first intersect the Miller pit as a small end of what soon becomes a large ore body. This can best be followed up by itself. In No. 17 the limbs have parted again, so far as yet indicated and the horse of rock has widened. The upper left-hand bulge has drawn in a little more. In No. 16 there is a bulge in the western limb, low down, but no very marked change in the other parts. In No. 18 we first encounter the property line and as developments have not been extensively made on the east side the data are not yet available. It is not an unreasonable expec- tation that the bulge in the lower right-hand limb of the earlier sections should manifest itself in depth to some extent in the as yet undeveloped portions to the north. In No. 15 there is little change, but additional data as gained in the future will be of great interest. Between 15 and 14, a very remarkable change takes place. Apparently by a pinch and thrust from southeast to northwest a great bulge or wrinkle was rolled up on top of the anticline hitherto described, and just above its horse or core of rock. The old anticline soon pinches out but the new wrinkle bulges into a great second shoulder or roll, higher up than the one which we have hitherto followed. The latter gradually diminishes and in the end practically disappears between Nos. 12 and 11. Meantime the increasing bulge of the new wrinkle makes the noble ore body which was opened up originally in the Tefit shaft and in the great open cut of the ‘‘21”’ pit. The central horse of rock itself turns up to the vertical and, in the No. 13, even rolls over beyond it. All these features appear in sections 14 through 11. The upward trend or pitch of the axis of the fold now asserts itself strongly, and in Nos. 10 and 9 we see it almost reach the surface. Between 9 and 8 it emerges and thereafter the ore is in two separate limbs which run through No. 6. Beyond this point they have not been much mined in recent years, but, leaving faults out of consid- eration, we should expect the ore to be terminated only by the upward rise of the original outer or eastern edge of the great sheet of magnetite. This edge has been nowhere reached as yet in the deeper mining of the southern sections. It constitutes one of the ysvo ATAvU BULYOOT “A “N ‘OTfAUI]T “12 oUTI v 93¥Id Pe hate = . ate, PA 5 copra ci he ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES ay ; Se Sl ) NS 10 | Ore} NS Trap. Miller BNSASANINSESANYS Trap Sel Sve 20662 PP SMO S gO AUNO LS TODS HO Th OIC RGSS OYA NS - ao Ts oes LAS OES SOS Has ! ‘ t 1/90 0 ,lefft Shaft ' No. 13. SiS Ors Sse es tz A? me anaes e ie ine em Miller Red. Ore Old B S Aap a in >} he i) S & ! N 50 Fig. 9 Sections rr to 13 of Old Bed ore bodies, Mineville. See figure 6 = 78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM interesting questions for the future to develop. As to the course of the western limb, when prolonged beyond the workings as yet opened up, it is probably faulted upward in the Old Bed-Welch ore bodies. That is, it probably flattens, encounters the fault shown in sections 13 and 14, is thrown upward and constitutes the Old Bed-Welch ore body with all the convolutions of the latter. If we turn to section 10 in which Old Bed was followed up to the fault line, at about the level of 940 feet, we can see that in order to allow the western limb of ‘‘ 21’ to flatten and come over to the fault, there must be a displacement of at least 300 feet. If the western limb of ‘21’ rolls upward to the fault this throw will be diminished. We must not assume a purely vertical throw, since increasing expe- rience brings home tous the conviction that almost always faults involve a diagonal shift along the fault plane. Assuming therefore that Old Bed and Welch are the same ore body and are the faulted representative of the western limb of ‘“‘ar’’, an assumption which is corroborated by the similarity of the ores, we may follow out the curious convolutions presented by them. In sections 14 and 15 they are very indefinite and are mostly known by drill cores. The stray ore body shown in No. 15, on the center line, was revealed by a drill hole. Its identity is not known. The other one in No. 14, east of the fault and 200 feet below the Tefft shaft is also of uncertain relationships. Old Bed is first recognizable in this section, although little is accurately — known about it. The ore grew small as followed many years ago and the workings were abandoned. In No. 13 Old Bed was found double, but again was not extensively opened. We know little about it. In No. 12 it develops a steplike roll of its own and is cut into two parts, by the small fault into which the trap dike has forced its way. At No. 11 the dike has pinched out and the fault was not noted. The ore is anvil-shaped and curiously pinched below. In No. ro it is a reversed S-shaped fold and the core of | rock begins to manifest itself on the west, which is of great impor- tance in the next sections. It is similar to the ones in the Joker- Bonanza ‘‘21’”’ fold, but dips west instead of east. It rises toward the surface and ultimately cuts off Old Bed proper, from its down-. ward prolongation, the Welch bed, until finally beyond No. 6, Old Bed runs out into the air and is lost. Meantime the Welch limb > runs along and rises, with a lima bean pod cross-section until it too goes into the air. Within the last year or two a new shaft has been sunk to tap the Welch ore on the line of section No. 1, so that we ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES , 79 ORE BOREALIS GTO 5G SATE ONS OO! OF OLE GO ee y | il Tefft Shaft PG No. 1H. Me ie) bn 9 0 Fault Old Bed S e Tra EO FS SHGO Sry Ss PE EOS CE Es SSS fe On 0 OG 8:59 0, Trisle Ghee GST SO FOSS SIMS EOS CELE SS =O E fe Oe Se. woe OxRe: RES ee Fars ‘ Miller Red Ore Bonanza Shaft Fig. 10 Sections 14 to 16 of Old Bed ore bodies, Mineville. Sce figure 6 80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ° now know that this ore continues downward lower than was for- merly shown. More recent data also show that in No. 7, rock cuts off the ore on the east, apparently before the upward curve of the ore was found and a fault is suggested. In its western prolongation as shown in sections 8-12, Old Bed encounters faults, and an area of broken ground with one or two disconnected masses of iron-stained, apatite-bearing ore called “Red Ore.’ The red color is due to the crush and to the conse- quent alteration of some of the minerals. In the slides the color is clearly shown to be caused by red hematite infiltrations into cracks. The source of the iron oxid is without doubt decomposed pyroxene crystals. Beyond the ‘‘ Red Ore”’ lies the Miller pit, a very large stl very interesting ore body, now practically worked out. The Miller is presumably the faulted extension of the Old Bed, which is dropped to the west, but it has in sections 7-10 a very peculiar double char- acter. The separate parts of No. 7 coalesce in Nos. 8 and 9 and part again in No. 10, beyond which to the south the upper one, once the large one, fails entirely. We are confronted with some difficulties in following out the folds in whatever way we may try to explain them. We must consider the Miller as an expanded prolongation of Old Bed before folding; that is that the Miller was longer north and south, so as to allow for its extended pod in sec- tions 13-18. Probably the under one of the two pods in No. to was connected with Old Bed and that it was doubled over on itself as shown in Nos. 7 and 8. It must either have been this or else the upper member is the prolongation and the bed was doubled under itself to account for Nos. 7 and 8. Or else the Miller is a forking pod, from a central thickened portion in Nos. 8 and 9, where the two parts coalesce. Any of these three relations is possible, but if we favor folding we can not avoid giving great emphasis to the viscosity or doughlike consistency of the rocks at the time, since in no other way could they possibly have bulged and molded them- selves into these forms. So pronounced is this character that one can not well help giving serious attention to possible convolutions in a molten but ropy mass. Under the latter assumption we need infer burial in the earth at a less depth in order to make the results possible. The following analyses illustrate the composition of the ores from the ‘‘21’”’ pit. No. 1 was a sample of 65 carloads and No. 2 of 35 carloads from the Port Henry Co. Plate 5 ‘s Mine 21, Mineville, N. Y. looking southwest into the Tefft shaft chamber. Mt Tom is in the background a ’ ; 8 eee ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES = ~The - ig 4 ay “SPSL TS SET NAS ES SASS 2 Miller SONOS SS Miller 8. PD 2. OO. EF; GG 4900 400 30g = Qt: Pie le _) No. { of e°Q7 9-9 792 QMWoF = No, 13 W.S.&Co. - ee ee P.H.1.0.Co W.S.%Co . P.H.1.0 Co. | | | | § i i= i | | | Ooo: SI Fig. 11 Sections 17jand 18.0of Old Bed ore bodies, Mineville. Seejfigure 6 82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM I 2 Tron: 3.'). Vee oa eee ee 60.03 60.91 Site 3. eet ya eS ee eee 4.48 4.49 Phosphorus. 22) ---2 eae Shake aes I 635° 4-hegae Sula Oa Jb ay kee eee eee O25 .027 Titanium)... ee eee Cae Toei =i 2 03 Copper 2.5 os $.cDas ee ee .007 Moisture. 2. 5.2). 3=2e et eee 28 ee When the phosphorus is recast as chlorin apatite, it gives for No. 1, 9.14, and No. 2, 8.83. Calculating all the iron as magne- tite, this mineral then formed in No. 1, 83 per cent of the mass; in No. 2, 84 percent. In the sample and undetermined there was more than five per cent of CaO, and probably a little Na,O, attributable to the green pyroxene often observed in the ore. The analyses below, taken from the Iron Age of December 17, 1903, show the. composition of the crude Old Bed ore and the products made by its concentration at the milling plant of Witherbee, Sherman & Co. No. 1 represents the crude ore, No. 2 the magnetic concentrates, No. 3 the first grade apatite product made by retreatment of the tailings from the first concentration, and No. 4 the second grade apatite product. I 2 S 4 TROis scarey eee 50.50). 07234 2.05) Shoe Phosphorus 3.4) 204.0 Le O75 Leen SAOe Bone: phosphate:..< 2a arnt eee 63-55 40.80 Harmony mines. The most recent developments at Mineville are the two Harmony shafts, A and B, which were sunk 5 or 6 years ago in order to tap a bed of ore revealed by the dipping needle and the drill to the south and somewhat to the west of the Joker workings, and at a much higher horizon. The Harmony bed strikes northwest and-dips southwest at a rather flat angle. It is to to 20 feet thick and is cut by at least 3 narrow trap dikes with a strike a few degrees east of north and a vertical dip. They fork somewhat and are not absolutely continuous. The dikes occupy small faults of 10 to 50 feet displacement and strike in a direction to suggest that they are the same with the two in the Miller pit. The relations of the Harmony ore to the Joker on the one side and the Barton hill group‘on the other are interesting, Our last section of the Joker is 500 feet above Lake Champlain, while the ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES SLO): Oi Oa OTe NSF PF OL OvORS. 1000 \ ‘\ ~ \ SS 444s mod eies hy Aa 4545 7 ee 7 De 7 A VA eX Fig. 12 Sections 19 and 20 of Old Bed ore bodies, Mineville. See figure 6 83 84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM outcrop under the drift of the Harmony bed, 400 or 500 feet away, is 450 feet higher. If the latter is the prolongation of the former there is a very great fault in the interval. On the other hand, if we attribute to the Barton hill group a swerve to the eastward under the cap of drift, there is a very strong probability of con- necting up with the Harmony bed. There is unexplored ground in between with evidence of some disturbance. The composition of the Harmony ore as regards phosphorus is intermediate between the Barton hill and the Joker. It is higher than the former and lower than the latter. The percentage in iron is somewhat less than the Joker. A third possibility must be considered, namely, that it is a totally distinct bed having no necessary connection with either of the older ones. While it is natural to seek to connect together those already known, it must be admitted that the last view can not be entirely ruled out. Barton hill mines. These openings are distributed along a practically continuous bed whose outcrop is approximately 3500 feet long in a direction a little east of north. From the 1300 con- tour on the south, the outcrop rises to the 1750 on the north. From the southern end of the outcrop the underground workings follow an extended shoot of ore some 2000 feet farther on a flat dip to the southwest; and along its axis this particular branching pod must be fully half a mile long. Taking the Barton hill bed as a whole it is characterized by swells and pinches giving the enriched and thickened shoots which have been specially followed in the mines. Their axes and there- fore the workings run northeast and southwest and are therefore closely parallel with the Old Bed group, and with the Harmony beds. No doubt the relationship is due to the general system of folding which prevails in the gneissoid rocks and which has caused the rolls and attendant bulging. Upon the map of the Mineville area [fig. 6] the successive openings are given. They begin on the south with the New Bed, which is the deepest and most extensive. Then follow the North pit and the Arch pit, of moderate extent. From the Arch pit a tunnel is now being driven northwest on a slightly ascending grade so as to bring out by a gravity tram, the’ ore which may be tapped in the downward extension of the more northerly shoots. Already some gratifying discoveries have been made. The next pit on the north is the Lovers Hole, the famous opening ~ from which came the extremely rich ore and the remarkable crys- ¢ 1/9, DY} UO BeYSs ezuRUOg dy) {YSII oY} UO SI yyvYs JOYOL Sy], “JSvoyjsoU Suryoo] ‘A “N O[IAOUTPY Je S][I oly, 9 938]d. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES ot oA. Sees 8 BOB ree No. 21. ug ot fs a rad on 4 . ve OR Te CAL , BAT iG Cate CL Pal AAT 77. ECO TF ALLY, OFA MS Saray 2a Be NG ar! y 6 ADI ary oD s 7! Tad bale ae CAYO, Caer: Lf. -- ‘ S¥SC ae ya Sz oO i WS hy eA vg TKS | ‘7 ff Se ay “ff. Aa DEP MOA eae PAs ‘ 4, PAT ed er LLIN CY: Vp igltaf THs Tih Le 3 AC pps a 9 ONE 7: LI USCIS pe CPL SHOE pp y cA BLE EME LD wy Ze 474 VAS SO GUEILT ee GE ES 4 Z OP EGR ille. , Minev 1€S d 22 of Old Bed ore bod See figure 6 Fig. 13 Sections 21 an 86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tals of magnetite, mined about 1887-88. A total of 40,000 tons from one chamber averaged 68.6 per cent and carload lots ran 72 per cent, being almost chemically pure magnetite. Beyond the Lovers Hole is a stretch not much mined as yet, and then as the outcrop swerves with the contours to the north- west, there are three pits, the South, the North and the Orchard. The rock dumps are large at this end, indicating leaner ore. Beyond the Orchard pit, there is an interval with no mines, and mostly with concealed bed rock, for half a mile. Within this distance there is a drop of 150 feet in the altitude and then two groups of mines, now for some years unworked, are found. These are the Fisher hill mines belonging to the Port Henry Iron Ore Co., and the Burt lot, of Witherbee, Sherman & Co. The ores are rather lean but are of Bessemer grade. ? The pits are distributed across a horizontal stretch of 100 feet at Fisher hill and 250 to 300 feet at the Burt lot. They dip about 25° westward, and are therefore something like 4o feet apart vertically at the former and 115 feet at the latter. There are no marked horizons of ore within these limits. At Fisher hill the workings are 600 or 700 feet down on the incline, and at the Burt lot, 300 or 400. The railroad has been pulled up for 10 years past and the mines have been allowed to fill with water. It is quite possible that the Fisher hill and Burt lot ores area reappearance of the Barton hill bed after a lean interval, and that they mark a northerly continuation of the latter. It is very natural to infer these belts and especially are we prone to do so in so far as the time-honored sedimentary conceptions of origin influence us. The northern pits are double to a degree not shown by the southern, and if we are influenced. by the igneous views, we may not feel justified in inferring the identity without proof of the connection. The wall rocks are practically identical and the general dip and axial trend of the pods correspond. To the east of Fisher hill and a half mile away upon the eastern slope of a different hill is another great lens or pod now known as the Smith mine, and actively worked by Witherbee, Sherman — & Co., through the Cook shaft. This pod was discovered by the needle. It does not outcrop. It dips west and pitches south like ~ the others and furnishes a non-Bessemer ore much like Old Bed, but lower in phosphorus. A vertical shaft taps the upper end of the pod and then from the foot the two skip ways fork and proceed southwest, one going for about 1000 feet. The ore varies from — 20 to 40 feet thick, and at the south drops over 600 feet below its ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES B.°9> OB! OG Se bro: ee aoe rie ee ee ea : SS *OS.5 “93 “220%. Oo oe Oe. /.000 =O Sis: No, 24. XN aS oN * POSE yet Se RS "AN NG X Ness Saw XX) S ANE ON < oN Ne CINUNT NGiae 4 ts pine x N =\N . SEN Joker. s\ NP SAN Ae Sy AS Sat RC SS Se ; SSS NN ONS RS NN a § N ee x oS AN = es ax NN Se aN Ne See Soa SOX SSK oy YN Sos Pa Fig. 14 Sections 23 and 24 of Old Bed ore bodies Mineville. See figure 6 88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM high point on the north. At the southern end is the old O’Neill shaft, now used for pumping and in the fall of 1907 tapped by the northern workings. Two hundred feet or so north of Cook shaft, is the Thompson, long abandoned, and beyond this an interval of some distance with no workings. Recently diamond drilling has, however, revealed ore, which may in time be worked. The hill then abruptly drops away to a small valley, on whose northern side are two old mines, the Hall and the Sherman, which were early discovered but which have long been idle. The property has passed to Witherbee, Sherman & Co., and has lately been drilled. Ore has been found in rocks the same as at Mineville, and constitutes a reserve for the future. It is natural to consider these last mentioned beds the northern extension of the Smith mine, and it as representing the Old Bed group, farther east and lower down than the Barton hill-Fisher hill-Burt lot series; but inasmuch as the O’Neill shaft is over a mile from the last exposure of the Old Bed series with almost no outcrops between, and in rocks that are practically massive, one may quite as well regard the northern ones as totally distinct ore bodies. Again one’s train of thought is necessarily influenced by the sedimentary or igneous views of origin. The axial trend of the Smith mine is parallel to the same feature in all the others to the south, and therefore shows the same great structural char- acter, presumably due to folding whose compressive strain being at right angles to these axes, operated in a northwest, southeast | direction. ; Farther on to the north, no ore is known for 2 or 3 miles, and then the beds are comparatively thin and have been long abandoned. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 89 MINERVA MINE This is a small opening situated in the town of Minerva, about 2 miles north of the hamlet of that name. The ore body outcrops on the southern face of the long north and south ridge which rises between Minerva stream and Stony Pond brook and is known . locally as Ore Bed mountain. The elevation is between 1900 and 2000 feet according to the topographic sheet. A good trail leads from the highway along Falls brook to the mine. The Burden Iron Co. operated the deposit and the ore was used at Troy. The last work was done about 1881. The geological associations are very similar to those noted in the mines about Crown Point. The Grenville series of limestones, schists and black hornblendic gneisses outcrops in the broad valley drained by Jones brook and reaches well up the confluent valley of Minerva stream. It appears to form also much of the higher ground, though interrupted in places by a pink gneiss of granitic composition which is probably intrusive. The latter has a more massive appearance than the typical Grenville gneiss and is made up of green pyroxene crystals in a ground mass of microperthite, microcline and quartz. This gneiss was found in proximity to. the ore, but not in actual contact. The immediate walls, as exposed in the pits, are formed of the darker variety, carrying | hornblende and biotite as ferromagnesian minerals, and probably belonging to the sedimentary or Grenville series. Red garnet is distributed through the rock in small crystals, while pyrite occurs in considerable quantity both as individual particles and irregular aggregates. The deposit has a northwesterly strike in conformity to the general trend of the country rocks. It has a flat dip of not more than ro° northeast, but as the surface rises sharply in that direc- tion, the overburden soon becomes too heavy for open-cut work. There are a number of pits and trenches along the outcrop, extending altogether for a distance of 100 rods. A breast of ore 12 or 15 feet thick is exposed in the middle section. The thick- ness diminishes toward the ends, but it was not possible to estimate the size with accuracy owing to the partial filling in of the pits. Some drilling is said to have been done a number of years ago to test the ore body in depth; the records, however, have not been available for use in this report. ° The ore is a fairly coarse, granular magnetite. Samples taxcu from different parts of the body indicate an iron content above gO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 50 per cent on the average, so that it would be classed as of rich grade. The principal impurity is pyrite which seems to be con- centrated in narrow bands and is not generally admixed with the magnetite. A quantity of the more sulfurous ore has been left on the surface near the openings. ARNOLD HILL AND PALMER HILL MINE GROUP On the southern border of Clinton county is an old mining dis- trict which includes the Arnold hill, Palmer hill and several out- lying deposits. The district is easily accessible from Lake Cham- plain by the Ausable valley, and was one of the first in the Adirondacks to be entered by the early explorers in search of iron ores. It has furnished in the aggregate about 2,000,000 tons of furnace and concentrating ores, most of — has been used for local iron manufacture. The mines are all found on the north side of the Ausable river within an area some 6 miles long east and west and reaching about half of that distance back from the river. Palmer hill is a knob that rises directly from the valley in the western part of the area, 2 miles north of Ausable Forks. The mines lie well up the slope and are based on an ore body that outcrops along the southern face. Northward the contours merge into a broad ridge of which Jackson - hill, a slight prominence, has a few openings known as the Jackson hill mines. Still farther north, 3 miles from Palmer hill, are the Rutgers and the Dills & Lavake pits that have afforded some ore. Arnold hill occupies a central position in the area and is set off from the adjacent elevations by the trench of the Little Ausable, deep and gorgelike when it passes through the ridge to the north. The deposits are mainly near the summit, but they lie also along the southern face. On the eastern end is Cook hill with the Cook, Mace, Winter and Battie deposits. The Burt pit mentioned by Emmons has not been located; apparently it was never worked to any extent. At the foot of Palmer hill, across the Clintonville road, is an old opening which is now caved, and another called the Chalifou occurs south of Arnold hill, near the Little Ausable; both are little more than prospects. The mines are indicated on the accompanying map [pl. 7] which is reproduced from the Ausable sheet of the United States Geological Survey, with a scale of 1 mile to the inch. The mines are: 1, Palmer hill group; 2, Jackson hill group; 3, Chalifou; 4, Finch; 5, Indian; 6, Arnold; 7 Nelson Bush; 8, Winter; 9, Mace; ro, Cook mine. BULLETIN 11:9) PLATE. 7 STATE MUSEUM J o Y Av 13] ES) ire ire, PART OF AUSABLE QUADRANGLE Ei ge ak cS : : Gi STATE GEOLOGIST “JOHN M. CLARKE MAP OF ARNOLD BILL; AND VICINITY The ore bodies are indicated by heavy lines and numbered as explained in the text : ' ia ‘ { a] mee te lina ~~ s ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES QI General geology The higher Adirondack ridges do not extend much beyond the Clinton county line. The Ausable in its course from the east and west branches to Lake Champlain marks the limit between the region of main uplift and the bordering foothills. South of the river the surface rises quickly to the level of the flanking ridges which is less than 1500 feet, and thence abruptly with frequent rock scarps to the interior prominences which increase in hight toward the southwest and merge into the central dominating range of Essex county. On the north side, a terraced sand plain intervenes between the river and the first ridge forming the valley wall. In the stretch from Ausable Forks to Clintonville it is from 1 to 2 miles wide but contracts below the latter place where the valley becomes very narrow. The hight of the ridge on which the mines are situated for the most part averages about 1100 feet or 500 feet above the level of the plain. ‘ The anorthosites and. associated gabbros which are so widely developed to the south do not occur in force across the Clinton county line. They compose, however, the higher prominences within a short distance of the Ausable and in the vicinity of Keese- ville, east of Clintonville, even extend somewhat over the line as a narrow tongue diminishing in width toward the north. They have no bearing upon the iron ores and will not be further considered. Gneiss series. The area surrounding the ore bodies is underlain chiefly by an acid augite gneiss, a part of the basal gneiss series (Saranac formation) which borders the northeastern Adirondacks and shows much uniformity of character throughout the area. Bands of darker gneiss and pyritous schists that can be referred to the sedimentary or Grenville series occur rarely and in limited outcrops. Of recognizable igneous rocks there are small exposures of syenite, gabbro and diabase, all intrusive in the gneiss-and thus of later age. The gneiss presents some variations from place to place, but the differences either in structure or composition are seldom so pro- nounced that a basis for a classification is afforded. The extremes are connected, moreover, by transition phases and are intimately associated in their field occurrence. In its composition, feldspar, augite and quartz partake most largely. The feldspars may be microperthite, orthoclase or micro- cline among the alkaline varieties which are the prevailing ones or an acid plagioclase. Microperthite and orthoclase are commoner than the other varieties and their reddish color gives the predominant 92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tone to most specimens. Both the quartz and augite fluctuate, the proportion of the former mineral being usually about that found in a moderately silicious granite, but may shrink to very small amounts. The augite gives way at times to hornblende or biotite, a result that may be traced in part to secondary alteration. The arrangement of the constituents may be described as gneiss- oid, yet it often lacks the parallelism of typical gneisses. The texture is mostly granular, such as would be produced by shearing and granulation of a massive rock with perhaps a certain amount of flowage under compression. Coarse phases in which little crush- ing effects are observable and grading into a pegmatite rock are not unusual in the area. They may be explained as massive aggregates which have escaped the general dynamism that has effected the granulation of most of the gneisses, or possibly they represent a recrystallization of the latter under certain favorable conditions which have obtained only in portions of the mass. That they are all intrusions from a distinct magma hardly seems possible under the circumstances owing to the frequent similarity of composition to the granular varieties as well as their textural gradation into the latter. On the whole the characters of the acid gneiss indicate its relationship to the granites. There are few exposures of sedimentary types among the gneisses. On the south side of the Ausable, just below the con- fluence of the two branches at Ausable Forks, a micaceous lamis nated rock outcrops in a small area where the overburden of sand and soil has been washed off. It has the peculiar rusty weathered appearance common to these gneisses, due to the oxidation of contained pyrite. Some layers are extremely quartzose. The exposure has special interest from the fact that the strata are cut off on one side by syenite which breaks across in an irregular manner like an intrusive. It is the only place in the district where such evidence of the nature and relative age of the syenite has been found. The micaceous gneiss can not be traced for any distance, as the river and its deposits conceal the outcrop. The elevations on the opposite side of the river just north of Ausable Forks are mostly syenite, but there are involved masses of amphibolite and of a light colored plagioclase gneiss that probably belong to the sedimentary series. Crystalline limestone has been noted by Kemp as occurring at Trout pond, 3 miles south of Clintonville; it does not appear to be present, however, anywhere in the vicinity of the mines. The strike of the gneisses varies considerably, but is mainly in a northerly direction. The common readings are east of north, up to ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 93 45°, with rarely one to the west of north. The dip is uniformly toward the west. In many places the foliation is too obscure to permit determinations with any certainty. Augite syenite. This rock occupies two distinct areas at least within the district. The one near Ausable Forks already mentioned is the larger and more typical of the normal character of the syenite. As near as the limits can be drawn it forms practically a connected mass or boss, the surface of which is coextensive with that of the dome-shaped hills lying between Ausable Forks and Palmer hill. The exposure south of the Ausable is probably an offshoot from this mass. Compared with the gneiss of the region the syenite shows marked differences even in hand specimens. Its color on fresh surfaces is green, with a suggestion of gray or yellow at times, while the fracture is that of a close grained igneous rock, con- ditioned by its massive texture. Feldspar and magnetite are the minerals most apparent to the unaided eye. Under the microscope the former is seen to be almost entirely microperthite, while asso- ciated with it are augite, hypersthene, hornblende, quartz, zircon, apatite and rarely a light colored garnet. The feldspar is built up in stout anhedra between the interstices of which the quartz occurs in irregular grains. On the borders, especially on the east side of the mass, the rock is apt to be more quartzose and the grains attain such dimensions that they are readily distinguishable. The second occurrence of the syenite is on Arnold hill, a few hundred feet west of the Nelson Bush mine. It is here quite differ- ent in appearance from the first, having a mottled aspect which is induced by the abundant hornblende mixed with the feldspar. Plagioclase constitutes a large proportion of the feldspar. The rock is to be regarded as a basic phase of the syenite, near the borders of the gabbro rock group. Gabbro. The only intrusion of gabbro in the gneiss series of the district that has been found is on the south bank of the Ausable, a mile east of Ausable Forks along the Clintonville road. It is a coarse dark rock somewhat laminated but with the peculiar mot- tling that is so often associated with gabbroic rocks. The constitu- -ents are mostly hypersthene, hornblende and labradorite. The occurrence is doubtless to be ascribed to an outlying intrusion from the large anorthosite-gabbro area to the south. Dikes. Diabase dikes are conspicuous features of the geology of the ore bodies. They intersect the latter in different directions, apparently without following the joint systems of the walls. Their thickness ranges up to 15 feet, the maximum reached by two dikes 94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM on Palmer hill, but most are much thinner. They have little effect upon the ore and except where accompanied by faulting which is rare they do not materially interfere with mining operations. From the few examples that have been examined petrographically, they appear to be all ordinary diabases. Arnold hill mines The mines on Arnold hill comprise several separate openings located along the southern shoulder of the ridge. The ore bodies outcrop in parallel series or en echelon with a general trend of n. 20° e. Altogether they have been explored for a mile and a half along the strike, though of course not continuously. Beginning at the south end, the first opening, known as the Finch pit, lies at about the 850 foot contour. Next in order to the north after a short interval are several open cuts, parallel but at slightly different horizons, extending perhaps 500 feet. They have long since ceased to be productive. The Arnold or Big mine, with three ore bodies, is about tooo feet farther north, and at about an equal distance from the Arnold is the Nelson Bush mine with its two shafts, the last to be worked. The small Chalifou pit lies to the south and east of the main group. According to local records the earliest discovery on Arnold hill was made in 1806. Mining was begun on a small scale shortly after that date, and in 1812 the property was purchased by Arnold, Stickney & Howe who continued in possession for over 50 years. Up to the time of Emmons’s report (1842) exploitation was con- fined to the southern deposits which he states were then being worked under lease. The mines have been intermittently active dur- ing the last half century. The most recent undertaking, the Arnold Mining Co., reopened the Nelson Bush mine, working it for a period of three years. A mill of 200 tons daily capacity was erected at Arnold Station (Ferrona on the map) and new mining equipment installed. The company ceased operations in the summer of 1906. Geological relations. The deposits outcrop as rather thin bands intercalated in the gneiss parallel to its foliation. Their dip is toward the west and steep generally 70° or a little more. Their shape which is tabular has been modified by compression, produc- ing undulations and pinches both along the strike and dip; on the north end the irregularities seem to be more pronounced than else- where and the lenticular form is the characteristic one. The deposits have been subjected to faulting on a small scale. The direction of movement is across the strike, with the result that z a ae eo 7 eo . ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES ; 95 the lines of outcrop are shifted laterally. In the heading of the south shaft of the Nelson Bush mine a fault of this kind was observed. Its throw could not be determined but it is probably small. Other examples which have been noted by Emmons occur in the old workings on the southern section, where the outcropping ore is offset by slight displacements that have taken place obliquely to the dip. The maximum offset found on the surface is about 15 feet. In this case a thin dike has been intruded along the fault plane [fig. 15]. The wall rock is mainly the augite variety of acid.gneiss already described. Along the contact with the ore it has been considerably altered, with the development of chlorite and biotite as resultant products from the augite, while it also contains much clear quartz of secondary infiltration, A black hornblende gneiss is encoun- Fig. 15 Faulting of the ore bodies as seen on the surface near the Indian pit. A diabase dike has been intruded along the fault plane at the right. tered on the walls of the Nelson Bush mine, and may represent an included band of the sedimentary gneisses to which it corresponds in composition. Nelson Bush mine. This mine is the most northerly of the Arnold hill workings. It consists of two shafts about 600 feet apart driven on the course of two lenses which have nearly the same horizontal axis. Underground the shafts run off as inclines, the northern starting at an angle of 60° and flattening gradually to 30° and the southern at an angle varying from 42° to 35°. They are intended to follow as nearly as possible the pitch of the lenses which is about 40° north. The north shaft is down some goo feet on the incline. The lens of ore as seen in the workings is 2+ feet thick in its maximum development and averages perhaps 18 feet. In the south shaft the lens ranges from 10 to 15 feet across the walls. The two shafts are not connected underground. The ore is coarsely granular as a rule and contains too much g6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM foreign matter tobe suitable for the furnace without undergoing © some form of selection or concentration. In the recent operations the product has been milled and separated magnetically. Peg- matite and quartz are the principal foreign ingredients. Small calcite veins with a deep purple fluorite also occur. In the rich ore apatite is quite abundant. The results obtained by milling operations show that a little less than two tons of crude ore are required for one of concentrates. By the method of magnetic separation some loss is entailed by the fact that the. magnetite has been oxidized in part to martite, which has the chemical com- position of hematite and is very weakly magnetic. The analyses given below communicated by the Arnold Mining Co., were made from samples of rich ore (1) and the admixed lean material (2). Owing to the failure to determine the alkalis present, they are not complete, but the discrepancy is important only in the case of the lean ore which contains feldspar. The small percentages of copper and nickel are, so far as known, unusual to Adirondack magne- tites. These elements are probably combined with sulfur; pyrite and pyrrhotite suggest themselves as the most likely combinations in which they may occur. | RO Remaearee tgs Sop Samy mean geen code 5705.) Oe Bee ae Peery a cara cadens 27. SO) 4 ILO as SIO) Ti oat Oe eects fee is ces ees ane 7. 02) + i Omar TiO a okie deta aes kon ch ti) wy eee nae ee 730 228 Devlee a ieee Ee 0 ae cage oe eee 1638. Foqw DO ieee emt ponie ee cheeate Se ee .618 43 AU OS Siesre sim dies gene ee ie 1.68 8.32 Min Oe fccih ae co atets te to Ween eee eee a ibs 20 CaO ek ee Fen ee ae ee 2.48 2.26 MeO Ga ea ce owe ene 1.26 tas CU id ce ea ean. ee ete ene OOO. | ia aame I Elem taGy wars TN EeMe SE OM Can ean CUS Go O42 Ne eee 99.664 94.384 Tron... Rea Se Sept ti chearc phn Pee G1 foe 6: 23 G0 PHOS PIORUS oo oe tee ionomycin een . 269 .188 Manganese fs 7 pte Gee ee eee 10 URS Titan ac) hae ee cacao eee Beak .198 Arnold mine. This has been the largest producer of all and for many years supplied the entire output. The deepest workings are about 800 feet. The loss of the main shaft by caving, 1o or IY plousy ayeys yI0N piste RENE Biiaed O H 8 2%Id rey ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES Q7 12 years ago, put a stop to underground operations and it has not since been reopened. It is said that the ore bodies narrowed appreciably near the bottom, indicating that they are probably lenticular like the Nelson Bush deposits. In the reports of Putnam and Smock the mine is described with some detail. Three parallel bodies occur, called the black, the blue and the gray veins.. They are separated by gneiss with an interval of 40 feet or less between adjacent walls. The strike is n. 35° e. and the dip 70° at the surface flattening to 55° at 325 feet depth. Smock states that the bodies run off as shoots under- ground pitching at an angle of 40° along the strike. The first ore body on the foot-wall side is the gray vein which varies from 3 to Blue Black Gray vein vein ~ vein 4 Fig. 16 Ideal section of the Arnold ore bodies. Blue vein is hematite 25 feet in thickness. The black vein in the middle is from 3 to 27 feet thick and the blue to the west about the same. There are two Shafts, 500 feet apart, driven on the dip of the foot-wall vein con- necting by crosscuts with the adjacent veins, and a series of levels about 700 feet long. The section included herewith [fig. 16] shows the relations of the three ore bodies. Putnam advances the opinion that the Nelson Bush ore bodies are a continuation of the gray vein, but this can scarcely be true since the axis of the former when produced southward falls con- siderably to the east of the Arnold workings. No indications of a fault sufficient to account for the difference in horizon were found on the surface. It seems more probable that the two mines are located in separate horizons. The marked variation in the character of the ore in the different veins is an interesting feature. The black vein yields a granular, 98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM friable magnetite carrying apatite and otherwise resembling the > Nelson Bush ore. The gray vein is so named because of the light- colored gangue minerals which are intermixed with the magnetite so as to lend a mottled gray appearance to the ore when seen in hand specimens. It is slightly altered. In the blue vein the ore has been changed almost completely to martite, the surface of which is steel blue in color. The change no doubt is to be explained as the effect of weathering assisted perhaps by the circulation of underground waters which have found here an easier passage, possibly along some fissured strip, than in the neighboring veins. Specimens of this ore frequently show veinings of jasper and cal- cite, deposited by such circulations. Analyses of the ore from the blue vein are given herewith. No. 1 has been contributed by Mr S. Le Fevre. No. 2 is quoted from the paper by Maynard on “ The Iron Ores of Lake Champlain ”’; Maynard and Wendell analysts. I 2 Fe Ou. sh Ma Getis Ne ie ase a aie eames $3004 85-54 BOOS No sic os eee oe ae ee nea ee Dae to © Sa are SBE AT Peer Ne sone Sk a A 2 7.64 750 AiG err hAN a ae tuk eS AS ate ora: IO Seis ieee So NPP Teta PeMe at Me uietrarys oh Wan Eos. 5 us Oe 025 16 Ligh © POMC oa Deg. nae L 43 ALO go fav i AS oe eae ie eh ae 172 one MQ bt Sn i ee cea At ba CaO un ee 5 oa ae ee eee .64 98 MgO wo ite FOR eet ea 108 48 Ct a a ie earn ROOGS Nyarit Nive 0. 2k Re ee eee oto Wane ee 99.662 100.25 Trom: a .c286e) eee A ae M0230 | Oe Phosphorusoiae Gaia eee 2 se . 188 Manganese. va) Bee peer ene area SOAS Pers os Titanium 3.422 see ateeoneeea en ee eee Be Open cuts, Finch and Chalifou pits. The open-cut workings south of the Arnold mine were the sources from which ore was obtained during the early period, but they were abandoned with the discovery of the larger deposits to the north. The only infor- mation about them that has been placed on record is contained in Emmons’s report. There are four parallel deposits, according to this authority, the richest being from 2 to 8 feet wide, known as the blue vein, with martite. At the time of the report, it had [YL RIRQMNN GE ae RA 6 932d ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 99 been worked to a depth of 260 feet and for a length of 500 feet. Regarding the other deposits, he states: ‘‘ The four veins upon the Arnold hill are in proximity to each other, being separated by a few feet of rock. The width of the black vein is from 3 to 11 feet, and that of the gray veins from 2 to 8. The quality of the ore furnished respectively by each is very similar and the products of reduction nearly the same; preference, however, is given to the old blue vein.’’ Some 800 feet west of this group there is a fifth vein which has been opened in a small way. The ore is reported to have been of poor quality. The Finch pit south of the foregoing is probably on a continua- tion of the same deposits. It has been sunk through several feet of drift, which has caved and nearly filled the opening. The ore is mostly unaltered magnetite. The depth of the pit is about 75 feet. The Chalifou pit is a small prospect a mile and a half southeast of the Finch on a different horizon from the Arnold hill group. The ore is reported to have a thickness of 8 to 12 feet. Of the analyses given below, No. 1 has been taken from May- nard’s paper already quoted and relates to ore from the Indian mine which lies high upon the ridge. No. 2 which is quoted from the same source represents a sample from the Finch pit. Both analyses are by Maynard and Wendell. No. 3 is an analysis of ore from the Chalifou pit, supplied by Mr S. Le Fevre. IT 2 $, RAMEE eee an pease et 602908 — 8105.9 4s As Rm ee 3 is os Ree I 8.87 WO > aT ooih co + oa eee hee cee 14.60 54 0Or | 122-38 Ss es g's Pee Ni tra ye ea 49 Ee vs lo ee ee .24 .24 O45 RUM S's. Eee 507 45 430 Rs ee 267 2.12 4.76 oe eg oe oe ane 38 ir 16 ene... . bon cee eee 1.90 £56 223 MS gs Ss, ly a ee ee tr 67 1.95 C0272 OO ahO 99 SEAS ie eR 5... oS. Seiten rey eee See Ol sO g. 279) 48. 35 Beiemides.. 25. . 22 we 03 .196 . 188 ee REECE ho, so ie ae ee tet ss BGs Tse ost .122 LIES a CE a ee .295 100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Production of Arnold hill mines. In round figures the output of the mines on Arnold hill may be placed at 600,000 tons. Up to 1864 there had been taken out about 150,000 tons and it is estimated that 400,000 tons were mined in subsequent opera- tions previous to the reopening of the property by the Arnold Mining Co. Palmer hill mines These mines form a single group. ‘They are situated on-an ore body which traverses the hill just below the summit in a north- east-southwest direction and has been explored for nearly half a mile on the outcrop. The strike brings them nearly in line with the Jackson hill deposits, a mile distant to the northeast. The several pits that have been used for ore extraction in. years past include the Elliot and White Flint on the western side, the Big, Summit and Lundrigan pits in the central portion and the Little pit and Lot 29 on the east. The period of active operations began about 1825 age lasted till 1890. The property was held as an undivided interest by the J. & J. Rogers Co., and the Peru Steel & Iron Co., who converted the ore into charcoal blooms at their forges at Ausable Forks, Black Brook, Jay and Clintonville. It is worthy of note that a separator in which magnets were employed for removing the mag- netite in the crude ore was erected on Palmer hill in 1836, one of the first experiments with this process that has been recorded. Evidently the attempt was not wholly successful, as the process was later superseded by gravity methods. Geology. The ore body consists of a band or zone impregnated with magnetite. It is on the whole leaner than the Arnold hill deposits owing to the mingling of the magnetite with the minerals of the adjacent walls. The latter are also not so sharply defined. The magnetite is distributed more or less evenly throughout the mass, or gathered into bodies that are relatively rich. In mining the higher grade ore was specially sought for and was followed in preference to the excavation of the whole deposit. The rock on Palmer hill derives special interest from a petro- graphic standpoint owing to the occurrence of fluorite. This mineral is seemingly an original constituent. It forms irregular grains of about equal size with the feldspar and quartz and inter- crystallized with them. Where most abundant it constitutes from 25 to 50 per cent of the rock. It is particularly in evidence in the walls of the Big pit and in a belt which can be traced north from ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES _ iot the pit for 150 feet. The containing rock has a granitic texture and in other respects is analogous to an acid intrusive. Two diabase dikes, each about 15 feet thick, cut the ore. One of these runs nearly parallel to but west of the outcrop, standing as a vertical wall when seen underground. It sends off a small offshoot from the eastern end but holds its width undiminished so far as it can be traced. The second dike intersects the deposit at the Big pit, crossing at an oblique angle and continuing in a northerly direction over the summit of the hill. The dikes have exerted noticeable contact effects upon the ore in the development of a black garnet (brown in thin section), which has been formed at the expense of the magnetite and feldspar, as well as by rendering it dense and exceedingly hard. A considerable quantity of the garnetiferous ore can be found on the waste dumps, having proved evidently too refractory to be used. Description of workings. The ore body has been excavated for a long distance as an open pit, with chambers extending down the dip when the depth became too great for removal of the overlying rock. In places the surface workings have caved and are inaccessible. The Elliot slope enters the hill on the southwestern side at a little Over goo feet elevation. It pitches nearly north. The slope was the last one opened and is said to follow a shoot of ore g feet thick. The adjoining White Flint slope, somewhat higher up, also pitches north at an angle of 70° at first, but flattens downward; it is bot- tomed at 1200 feet. The breast of ore, judging from the visible part of the excavation, must have measured about 20 feet. The ore contains a good deal of milky quartz, but is rich compared with the general average. Between this and the Big pit the north-south dike intervenes and the ore body swings off toward the east. The Big pit is the deepest of all, 2200 feet on the dip which begins at 60° and is nearly horizontal at the bottom. The Summit pit at the highest point of outcrop of the deposit is credited with a depth of 1000 feet and dips about 30°. Of the other workings, the Little pit, opened by the Peru Steel & Iron Co., and lying near the eastern end, is the largest. The slope has a length of 1200 feet and follows a shoot to feet thick and 100 feet wide across the dip. Character of the ore. In texture the ore is rather fine. Its appearance and mode of occurrence is much like the Lyon Mountain ore. The gangue consists mostly of microcline, orthoclase and quartz, with a very small proportion of ferromagnesian minerals in the form of augite and biotite. Phosphorus and sulfur fall within the Bessemer limits. The chemical composition is shown by the {02 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM following analyses which have been communicated to the writer by Mr W. Carey Taylor. I 2 ‘ 3 Re ZO) (oo aieao aie eee ASeEs 2°" 409957 Noma PEO Gore SW ek en ee ee 20735. 22 BAY Wainer BIOs ys iar Se eee 2b OO ZO tA) 3.000 Se a ta EY LA ee a: .008 .O16 .080 P Oo iat aS ee eee 005 .O16 ashO1G BOs oi. ops a ite rah ee ee 1.076 AS RR” Mill? scutes eae 5 On 5OQO\- (ia. ae CAR Ese set eo ee ieee . 364 SE Go- seer MeO Aca ps oa ee sone 5220-4 ane . 100.949 100.442 100.743 TRONS woe ae ae eee 48.43 co. og 70.60 Phosphorus 3 2.4 see tee .002 .008 507 Analyses 1 and 2 are of crude ore from the mines of the Peru Steel & Iron: Co., at the east end, and No. 3 of concentrates made by the same company. The higher phosphorus found in the con- centrates proportionately to that shown in the analyses of the ore is abnormal and contrary to the usual experience in the treatment of magnetites, at least by magnetic methods. The concentration practice at the Palmer hill mines consisted in first roasting the ore so as to render it more friable and then crushing by stamps and passing the broken ore over jigs. The bloom iron made by the com- panies was mostly shipped to Pennsylvania for manufacture into crucible steel. ‘ Production. The output of the mines owned by the J. & J. Rogers Co. averaged about 25,000 tons annually for a period of 4o years. The production by the Peru Steel & Iron Co. is not known, nor the quantity mined before the organization of the two companies. It is safe, however, to estimate the total yield at over 1,000,000 tons crude ore. The average assay in iron may be placed at about 4o per cent: ~~ ; Other mines in the district Jackson hill. The mines at this locality are based on two or three parallel bodies that outcrop north and south of the road leading from Palmer hill. They lie on the western side of the hill at from tooo to 1150 feet elevation. Their course is n. 20° e. and dip high to the north. The two main pits are each about 500 feet long and Plate 10 Fluorite granite from Palmer hill. White particles are fluorite, gray are feldspar and the black crystals are magnetite. A lean ore grading into rich magnetite ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 103 to to 12 feet wide, with an extreme depth of 100 feet. In its associa- tion and nature the ore is much the same as the Palmer hill ore and it is said to have yielded equally good iron. Dills & Lavake and Rutgers pits. The openings are situated 3 miles north of Palmer hill at an elevation ef about 1400 feet, as nearly as can be determined. They are just without the limits of the Ausable topographic sheet. The Dills & Lavake is an open cut too feet long and rs feet wide. The Rutgers pit north of this is nearly circular, 30 feet in diameter and about that in depth. The ore is somewhat richer than the average for Palmer hill. It con- tains apatite in plainly visible grains, indicating a high phosphorus content. The following incomplete analyses have been furnished by Mr J. N. Stower. No.1 refers to a sample of ore from the Dills & Lavake pit and No. 2 to a sample from the Rutgers: Picton separa ers mum rcs ree BSNS Dew b+ 5O..00¢ 7 50°10 pupibhppiarerane Wires ere sue od CT a ee 003 022 PHOS PUOGUS. ee 2. a's. - Reh Aer tc ee e .64 341 DE CULICTIOCT eta eae eA a 45 a5 Cook mine. On the ridge east of Arnold hill the gneiss series is well exposed. Much of it is the reddish microperthitic nearly mas- Sive variety that has been described as the predominant formation of the district, but there is less augite and oftentimes very little quartz present. In the vicinity of the Cook mine the dark constitu- ent is biotite and the rock has the composition of syenite. A coarse quartzose hornblende variety, which looks like a sheared granite, is found in small patches that may represent later intrusions; it has a fresher appearance than the syenite and the borders are com- monly pegmatitic. _ The Cook mine, mentioned by Emmons as having been exploited several years before the date of his report, supplied ore to forges on the Little Ausable. It was last worked in 1856 when the forges were carried away by a flood. Two pits evidence these early opera- tions. They are situated on the western side of the ridge nearly opposite the Nelson Bush shafts on Arnold hill. The elevation is about tooo feet. Both are surface strippings, of which the larger exposes a breast of ore about 12 feet from wall to wall. They have a north strike and a dip 80° west. The smaller parallel pit lies above separated by 30 feet of rock. Emmons records that in exploring the deposit by a transverse trench four veins were encountered with thicknesses of 2 feet, 3 feet, 6 feet and 13 feet respectively. [O04 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The ote in places is a compact rich magnetite, yet the greater por- tion as exemplified by sampling the deposits consists of disseminated grains or stringers of magnetite in a gangue of hornblende, biotite and quartz. Apatite shows in some specimens. The analyses, however, indicate a phosphorus content that is well within the Bessemer limits. The following were made by Mr James Brakes, probably from selected material. Pe,O. 2 tae Soda cee Ag ee $n WOOL 220, S69 cane BeQ oo 202d rdy ght coee ee eae eee 27. ABO). 20% 394 pIQ) ob Fo aeeth cg) eee eee eee eee eee 7.640 5.400 PIO ge os eS eee Pe ce eee a . 410 .492 SE Se er Bp en ale as yh TOae (O27) Py Ooi kie ii eek We Mee ei ata tere inte .052 O23 raw by @ Pamir, 5 Arr meat ag Sh cs E260 4-000 MnO geo SSR ra ae hae oo eam Lod = 4 mene CaO ease ook < eERceeteee rams eee ee ee coe 1-200 = “f2500 MeO or A oe re ale ein ie ae eae ae oe 12584 . 846 99-907 99-540 120. epee mar roe UN eh Bet Rae Gs ies” Se AL 63.530 “03. 300%" POS PHORUS). 5 Ao acne poses eae ee ee JO23-- e,ohe Manmgatiese: <1 9. 2a ray acpi tate eee oe .o81 .O40 VAL ATughinl : 5, Pye. Uee toaeoe ate Ree: erat eee .246 .295 Battie mine. This is located on a continuation of the Cook ore ° body, about 14 miles north of that mine. From Emmons’s account, the existence of two parallel deposits is inferred, though only one is shown by outcrop or workings. The mine was last operated about 50 years ago. It is an open cut about 600 feet long and 10 to 20 feet wide. The ore shows much variation across the dip, bands of massive magnetite alternating with rock that carries a greater or smaller proportion of magnetite in disseminated grains. It has a sheeted structure evidently due to slight movements along the walls. They are noticeably grooved and polished. The principal gangue mineral is biotite. The ore is said to have yielded good iron, similar in quality to that made from the Cook ore. Its gen- eral character is shown by the analyses below which have been communicated by Mr J. N. Stower. The analyses were made by James Brakes from samples taken at different places along the outcrop. The high titanium, reaching over 2 per cent in No. 5, is ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES TO5 noteworthy, but seems to be traceable entirely to the presence of titanite. I 2 3 4 5 PTs sont See pare oeenG.7O° 52.801 30.90 .- 61.20 Phosphorus. .O12 .008 .029 .028 .O12 1G) ane 1035 Geren OB 5 .O1g .026 Titanium... /22'8 -495 228 225e ae 27 O70 Winter mine. The mine is situated 1 mile northeast of Clinton- ville near Lilly pond. There are three or more small bands of ore outcropping in a course somewhat west of north and standing ver- tically or nearly so. The main band is about to feet wide. It has been worked by open-cast methods on the south end, while on the north it has been followed by a slope which extends into the hill for about 100 feet where it connects with an adit driven along the course of a diabase dike from the east. Beyond the entrance of the adit the workings are no longer accessible, but apparently the ore body flattens out to nearly horizontal. The relations, however, are obscured by the numerous dikes which intersect the workings. Three of these are found crossing the main slope, the largest lying along the axis of the adit already mentioned. The ore contains much white quartz; an incomplete analysis is here given. ee te ye SE a ee 46.70 ae ae er ke Se ee a ds 30 5 Eee 3 us theo a a Bel ore Pela a ae 024 ‘Mace mine. This is based on a small deposit situated north of the Winter mine. It has been worked principally as an open pit, which has a length of about 500 feet. The width ranges from 3 to to feet. The ore is lean and, except for its larger proportion of magnetite, resembles the wall rock. The latter is a hornblende gneiss of granitic appearance. LYON MOUNTAIN MINES The Lyon Mountain or Chateaugay mines are in the town of Dannemora, near the western border of Clinton county. The cen- tral point of the group is Lyon Mountain, a settlement limited almost entirely to mine employees and their families, situated on the Lake Placid branch of the Delaware & Hudson Railroad, 37 miles from Plattsburg. In size the mines are among the largest in the State. They are widely reputed also for the high quality of their product. The ore 106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM is all shipped in the form of concentrates which carry minute quan- tities of sulfur and phosphorus, much below the limits admissible for Bessemer ores. It is used in the manufacture of special grades of iron. Owing to the scarcity of such ores in this country, a steady market has always been obtained for the output. The first mining of importance within the district was under- taken about 1871 at a locality said to be near the site of the present shaft 4, on the southwestern section of the main ore body. There is evidence, however, that the deposits had been known to the early settlers in the region and some ore was taken out many years before that date. Operations during the early period were carried on by contractors working under leases. The ore was sorted by hand, or crushed and separated in crude mills that had been built in the vicinity, and hauled by wagon to Catalan forges located at Belmont, Russia, Clayburg and Altona where it was made into bloom iron. In 1879 the Plattsburg & Dannemora Railroad was extended to Lyon Mountain, affording facilities for shipment of the ore to more distant points. Soon afterward the Chateaugay Ore & Iron Company, which consolidated the different mining interests, insti- tuted a more systematic plan of operations that resulted in a largely increased output. In place of open-cast methods, which were first employed, slopes were sunk in the deposits at frequent intervals and the ore mined underground. The number of slopes was in- creased until over 20 had been located on an outcrop of 3600 feet. The ore was mined on both sides of the slopes with occasional pillars left for support. But after the workings had obtained some depth it became necessary to adopt a different plan; levels were © run at intervals of 50 feet vertically while only 6 or 8 of the slopes were used for hoisting purposes. In connection with the mines the company operated shaft furnaces at Plattsburg and Standish for making charcoal pig. The latter furnace has recently been con- verted so as to employ coke as fuel and is in operation at the present time. . Since 1903 the mines have been under the ownership and man- agement of the Chateaugay Ore & Iron Department, a subsidiary of the Delaware & Hudson Railroad. They have recently been greatly improved upon the basis of a comprehensive scheme which if fully carried out will materially enlarge their production. The recent betterments to the plant include a mill of 1200 tons nominal capacity, doubling the former milling facilities, and the installa- tion of a large central electric station for supplying power to the mines and mills. The accompanying map shows the general fea- ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 107 =< SR _— a. Se 4 } <= 5 \ re Sd jay fo uJ fe Vl, Va \ 108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tures of the topography about Lyon Mountain and the distribution of the magnetite deposits. The deposits indicated by the numbers on the map are as follows: 1, Standish or 81 mine; 2, Phillips vein; 3, Main group; 4, Parkhurst. General geology The several prominences, which include Lyon mountain in the middle, Averill peak and Morton’s peak on the western flank and the Dannemora mountain on the east, constitute the main axis of elevation in this section of the Adirondacks. Towards the east the ridge is succeeded by the narrow abruptly sloping plain of Lake Champlain, while on the north the elevations gradually die out beneath the broad plain of the St Lawrence. Lyon mountain, the culminating point, rises to an altitude of 3,800 feet, and is the most conspicuous landmark in the northern Adirondacks. The ridge is separated from the parallel one to the north, known as Ellenburgh mountain, by a valley 5 or 6 miles wide, the floor of which lies at an elevation ranging from 1500 to 1700 feet. On the west the valley contracts owing to a line of spurs which offshoot from Averill peak in a northwesterly direction. Upper Chateaugay lake which receives the drainage of the valley lies in the western part while Chazy lake is on the eastern side of a low ridge that extends northeast from Lyon mountain. The higher ridges mentioned above mark the limits of the gneisses and associated crystalline rocks in the northeastern Adirondacks. As they fade out into the bordering plains, the crystallines are suc- ceeded unconformably by Paleozoic sediments which extend over the remaining area as far as the shores of Lake Champlain and the St Lawrence river. The present line of contact between the two series is well up on the outer slopes of the ridges but follows the main valleys for considerable distances into the interior. 3 Paleozoic rocks. Within the area under discussion the Paleozoic strata are of little areal importance. A narrow belt of Potsdam sandstone occupies the lower part of the depression between Ellen- burgh and Dannemora mountains extending as far as Chazy lake and to an elevation of about 1500 feet.. Another Potsdam area occurs on the northeastern border of Dannemora township where it is found as high as 1700 feet. According to H. P. Cushing,* who has mapped the areas, the rock is a reddish arkose quite different from the coarse phase usually occurring at the base of the formation. tGeology of Clinton County. N. Y. State Mus. 49th An. Rep’t. 1898. 2:537. Also Geology of Rand Hill, 53d Mus. Rep’t. rg01. 1:63. punoisyoeq oY} Ul SaspliI JO oul], sty oy FO adojs oy} dn Avm jsed of sour oy yf, “UlejyUNOyY UOATT JO MOIA [V4IOUL) . sar. Ae ai ve : an ahs see —s de II 9}¥Iq ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 109. Gneiss series. The gneisses are the most widespread of the rocks represented in this region. With the exception of the numerous but comparatively limited exposures of dike rocks which are hereafter described, they comprise practically all of the crystal- lines adjacent to the ore bodies and occupy as well most of the surrounding country. The occurrence of gabbro and augite syenite has been noted at Rand hill, east of Dannemora mountain, but so far as observed they do not appear anywhere in the imme- diate vicinity of Lyon Mountain. In this series is included a complex of rocks differing in com- position and physical characters. The study of their field rela- tionships is attended with much difficulty owing to the heavy mantle of drift-over the area affording limited opportunity for observation, and to the variations in the rocks from place to place. Practically all of the numerous specimens taken from typical exposures in the vicinity of the ore bodies may be classed, how- ever, in the following groups. Augite gneiss. This is a reddish or grayish granular rock char- acterized by the presence of augite. It is mentioned by Cushing as one of the predominant types in the group of gneisses designated as the Saranac formation. In its prevailing development it consists essentially of feldspar, quartz and augite, with subordinate hornblende, titanite, mag- netite and apatite. The augite is an emerald-green variety and is always abundant, sometimes composing as much as 20 per cent of the rock mass. The feldspar is mostly orthoclase, but small amounts of plagioclase (oligoclase) may be present. The ortho- clase shows a microperthitic intergrowth with albite. The quartz is a fluctuating constituent, though the relative quantity is below rather than above the proportions found in typical granites. The greenish, strongly pleochroic hornblende occurs in skeletal or very irregularly bounded anhedra and may be in part derived from the augite with which it is intimately associated. Of the other com- ponents titanite alone has importance. Most specimens exhibit this mineral abundantly distributed in the form of rounded grains varying from light yellow to reddish brown in color. It also occurs as rims surrounding the magnetite. In some specimens taken from the walls of the ore bodies, the titanite constitutes fully five per cent of the rock mass. , The field appearance of the gneiss is usually massive, with but faint tendency toward a parallel grouping of the constituents. Though it has undergone more or less crushing which has broken iid NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM down the feldspar into granular aggregates, it seldom shows any well developed schistosity. Near the ore the gneiss is seamed through and through by pegmatite of lighter color and is also penetrated by a fine-grained granite like that found on Birch hill. Bands of somewhat darker appearance are not infrequently inter- calated in the gneiss. They are apt to be more hornblendic than the surrounding rock and are probably to be interpreted as masses of the hornblende schist, which is described on a following page, that have been penetrated by, and, to a greater or less extent, incorporated with the augite gneiss. The origin of the latter rock is believed to be igneous; in physical character and mineralogy there is a close accord with the plutonic rocks such as are found among the basal formations of the Adirondacks. That it belongs probably to the older series of this class is indicated by its cata- clastic texture along with the presence of similar intrusives in the - vicinity that have been but little affected by dynamic agencies. Though the chemical constitution of the gneiss has not been determined by analysis, there would seem to be little doubt that the relative proportions of the constituents agree with those of the acid igneous class, varying from syenite to a low-quartz granite. This gneiss underlies the greater part of the area about Lyon Mountain. It constitutes most of the high ridge east of the ore bodies as well as the projecting spurs, and probably extends beneath the drift-covered valley to the north and west. It forms the walls in most of the mine openings and is invariably closely associated with the ore. Granitic gneisses. On the top of Lyon mountain a coarse quartz- feldspar rock of slightly gneissoid appearance is exposed over an area that can not be accurately delimited, though it is probably small. Judging from surface indications it extends a few hundred feet down the slopes, which are thickly strewn with its boulders, but no contacts were found. The rock has the composition of an acid granite, with which it is allied so closely in texture and field structures as well, that little doubt of its igneous nature can exist. Its mineralogy is simple, feldspar and quartz forming almost the whole mass. The latter mineral occurs in flattened lenses and spindles which have a common orientation and give the somewhat indefinite gneissoid appearance observable on weathered surfaces. Microcline predominates over orthoclase, the two feldspars repre- sented. Both show commonly a microperthitic habit. Of the ferromagnesian minerals there are a few scattered grains of green augite and small shreds of biotite. In outcrop the rock exhibits a ; a ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES © If! massive habit with the regular jointing peculiar to deep seated intrusives. While there are no supporting evidences of inclusions of contact effects, it is regarded as igneous and probably later than the augite gneiss. A second type of granitic gneiss, related to the preceding in mineral character but possessing a thorough cataclastic structure, was found on Birch hill between Lyon Mountain and Upper Cha- teaugay lake. The feldspar consists of microperthite, orthoclase and microcline, all of which have been crushed and finely granu- lated, though an occasional larger crystal particle is inclosed in the crushed materials. The quartz is drawn out into thin bands. Much magnetite occurs in shreds and irregular grains distributed through the mass or more frequently aggregated along parallel lines which may be continuous forsome distance. Except for a little secondary biotite there are no ferromagnesian minerals present. Hornblende schist. A dark hornblende schistose rock is occa- sionally found in small patches and lenses surrounded by the augite gneiss. It has a more schistose appearance than any of the other rocks and is also conspicuously banded. The principal mineral is dark green hornblende. The feldspar includes both orthoclase and plagioclase in about equal proportions. The remaining minerals comprise scapolite and titanite, the latter constituting at times fully 10 per cent of the mass, and small quantities of augite, biotite, magnetite and apatite. Lithologically the schist is quite like the schists that accompany the series of sedimentary gneisses and the crystalline limestones. No exposures of limestone were found, but in limited areas like those at Lyon Mountain it is often absent. At the Williams pit the schist forms both walls of the deposit as a comparatively thin _band that is intercalated in the augite gneiss with the axis of extension parallel to the general strike. It is seamed by layers of lighter colored gneiss and shades off at the edges into the augite gneiss through a gradual exchange of the hornblende for the augite and the appearance of microperthitic feldspar. On the hanging side of the deposit, the schist incloses a seam that is made up almost entirely of garnet, a black, nearly opaque submetallic variety, evidently high in iron. The same schist was noticed in the walls at the Dickson open cut, and much of it occurs in the rock dumps at Parkhurst shaft though not observed there in place. These obser- vations indicate that a considerable mass of the rock, probably in interrupted bands or lenses, is inclosed by the augite gneiss in proximity to the ore zone. Ii2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Dikes. A minor feature of the geology of the region is the occur- rence of dikes which are specially common in the vicinity of the ore “bodies. They belong to two series of intrusions, an older represented by granite and a younger consisting of diabase. The granite dikes vary from a few inches to several feet in width. In appearance they resemble the reddish gneiss, from which they can be distinguished, however, quite readily by their finer and more massive texture. Mineralogically they consist of quartz and feld- spar, with subordinate augite, magnetite, titanite and zircon. The feldspar is prevailingly orthoclase, but a triclinic variety, probably oligoclase, is usually present. The dikes are almost identical in composition with the Birch hill granite which strongly points to the conclusion that the two rocks are genetically related. The granite dikes can be best observed at the Williams and Burden openings. At the former locality there are several running paral- lel to or slightly diverging from the course of the ore body. The only contact effect consequent upon the intrusion of the dikes is a slightly bluish tint assumed by the magnetite. The diabase dikes occur in numbers both on the surface and in the underground workings. They range up to 15 feet thick, the largest one observed being near slope 15. They do not follow any one direction, though the majority of them have a nearly east-west strike, while most of the others run about n. 30° w. New dikes are frequently encountered in the course of the mining operations. The petrography of the dikes has been described by Kemp and Marsters,’ who state that they are all diabase, though showing some variation in individual cases. One dike from the Hall slope is said to be characterized by the presence of small hornblende crys- tals in addition to those of augite, showing a transition to camp- tonite. The writer’s observations are in accord with the view cited as to the diabase nature of the dikes. With one or two exceptions examination of thin sections revealed little that is noteworthy in their composition or texture. A small dike from slope 4 is charac- terized by a pronounced porphyritic habit due to the inclusion of augite phenocrysts in a fine ground mass of augite and plagioclase. Some dikes are peculiarly rich in magnetite which has probably been absorbed from the ore bodies during the period of intrusion. This mineral frequently takes the unusual form of long needles which are arranged in parallel groups crossing one another at 1 The Trap Dikes of the Lake Champlain District. U.S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 10%.) £803. Dp. AAz—Ae: ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 113 definite angles. The large dike near Slope 15 is a mica diabase containing abundant biotite in the place of augite which is the normal ferromagnesian mineral. Geology of the ore bodies The ore bodies as previously stated are closely associated with the augite gneiss, which is strongly developed throughout the dis- trict and belongs to the Saranac formation. So far as the rela- tions can be observed in mine workings and outcrops, they ‘appear to lie in immediate contact with the gneiss throughout most of their extent, the only exceptions being at the Williams and Dickson pits (and possibly the Parkhurst mine) where they are bordered for some distance by schist. The latter rock is limited to small bands included in the augite gneiss. The bodies consist of parallel zones of the gneiss, in which mag- netite forms a relatively large proportion of the mass. The zones possess a marked persistency along the strike and on the dip, which with their small lateral dimensions gives them a prevailing tabular shape. In structural arrangement they conform closely to the foliation of the gneiss. Their geologic horizon appears to be approximately a constant one, as they are alined in a general northeast-southwest direction, parallel to the main strike of the region. , The borders of the deposits are not sharply defined. Stringers and disseminations of magnetite extend into the gneiss for some distance, forming zones of lean ore on either side of the main bodies. This gradation is, however, a variable feature more evident in some places than others. The gneiss itself shows no noteworthy change as the ore bodies are approached. In character the deposits possess much uniformity throughout _ their extent. The present main workings at Lyon Mountain are practically continuous along the strike for a distance of 4000 feet, with few variations noticeable in the occurrence or distribution of the ore. In this respect they are in contrast with most magnetite bodies which have been found to show frequent irregularities, specially in form, from place to place. The ore is a mixture of magnetite and gangue minerals, the latter mostly feldspar (orthoclase, microperthite, microcline and oligo- clase), augite, hornblende and quartz. The different constituents may be intermixed so as to show an even distribution, but more frequently perhaps they have a rudely parallel arrangement, that simulates the gneissoid structure of the wall rock. This is: par- IIl4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ticularly noticeable on weathered outcrops where the narrow bands of magnetite stand out in relief like small veins. The magnetite occurs in granular particles, or irregular masses made up of many grains, with rarely any tendency toward crystal development. When specimens are examined under the microscope the particles are seen to occupy the interspaces, occurring on the borders of the other minerals or completely inclosing them, a relation which suggests that they have been the last to form. A few small crystals of magnetite having octahedral boundaries are generally observed in the slides and are doubtless of an earlier generation. In the average ore there are about equal proportions of magnetite and gan- gue minerals. Among the less important components of the ore may be mentioned apatite, titanite, zircon and pyrite; they con- stitute only a minute percentage of the mass as shown by the analyses. At the Williams pit, a black almost opaque garnet was found in the form of rounded grains mingled with magnetite, near the contact of the ore body and the schist of the hanging wall; this mineral has not been observed elsewhere. Pegmatite is abundant in the ore bodies. The common variety has a reddish color andis composed of alkali feldspar, augite, quartz and magnetite, resembling the augite gneiss except for its coarser more massive texture. Occasionally it contains a sufficient quantity of magnetite to be considered an ore. Another variety of pegmatite is made up of deep red crystals of microcline with plagioclase, scapolite, augite, hornblende, epidote, quartz and magnetite. The epidote is partly an alteration product of the plagioclase feldspar which is probably oligoclase. The pegmatite occurs in bodies that rarely possess any regularity of outline like dikes, though this may be due to the squeezing and shearing it has undergone. Large interlocking masses of hornblende and augite anhedra occur in both varieties of pegmatite. During the course of mining operations vugs and cavities are frequently opened within the pegmatite masses and some have afforded remarkable groups of well crystallized minerals. Distribution of the deposits The ore bodies which have been mined,.on a commercial scale lie within a narrow belt extending northeast and southwest along the eastern edge of the valley. They have been proved by mag- netic attraction and borings to constitute a nearly continuous series with a linear extent of some 5 miles. The several openings in the belt comprise mine 81 on the southern extremity, the main ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES , I15 group of workings in the near vicinity of Lyon Mountain, and Parkhurst shaft which lies about 2 miles northeast of the latter. Mine 81. This mine is a little over 2 miles in a direct line south- west of Lyon Mountain on the southern face of a prominent ridge which offshoots from Averill peak toward Upper Chateaugay lake. The deposit strikes n. 20° e. into the ridge. It is reported to have been traced by magnetic readings across the ridge toward Lyon Mountain and its strike brings it in line with the Phillips ore body west of the main group. It has been mined along its course for a distance of 1000 feet or more. At present the only accessible work- ings are two drifts near the surface, the shafts being dismantled and filled with water. The eastern drift which lies higher upon the ridge is approximately 600 feet long and from 25 to 75 feet high, and is open cut for some distance from the entrance at the south end. On the western section there are three shafts, with a drift from the central shaft extended in the direction of the first, but at a slightly lower level. Two of the shafts have been carried down to a depth of 400 feet and a series of levels was opened shortly before the mine was abandoned. The ore averages about 18 feet thick with only minor pinches and swells. It stands nearly vertical, inclining slightly to the east in some places and in other parts slightly to the west. The adjoining gneiss is the augite variety, almost massive and carrying little quartz. Specimens from near the contact show abundance of titanite and some hornblende. There is little or no gradation along the walls; practically the entire width of the ore zone is occupied by the workings. Several dikes are found in the eastern drift. They are all diabase. The smallest is about 3 inches and the largest about 3 feet wide. Their direction is’ northwest-southeast, except in one instance near the heading of the drift where a 2-foot dike occurs on the north side of the ore body running nearly parallel to it. According to local records, the mine was the first one to. be explored in the Lyon Mountain district and was worked to some extent as early as 1840. No systematic mining was undertaken, however, until 1878 when the western drift was opened. The eastern drift was opened in 1880. The ore was hauled by wagon to the forges at Clayburg. According to Smock, mining was suspended about 1885; but operations were resumed a few years later and continued up to 1902, since which time the mine has been idle. The ore does not differ in appearance from the general run of the mines at Lyon Mountain. It is a granular aggregate of magne- 116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tite, feldspar and augite. The feldspar is mostly oligoclase, with subordinate orthoclase. Incomplete analyses quoted by Putnam, No. 1 from a sample of 300 tons crude ore and No. 2 from 150 tons concentrates, show the following percentages: I 2 fron: 26 es ee ee 2 34002 - bg ee Titanic acid...0. ni) Rae ae nil pres. Phosphorus... 5.22232 eee eee .O4I .O17 The sulfur was not estimated. The percentage of phosphorus in both crude ore and concentrates is somewhat higher than the average obtained from present operations at Lyon Mountain, yet the concentrates are superior in this respect to most Bessemer ores. Determinations made on 33 samples of drill cores taken from different localities, reported by Mr H. H. Hindshaw, gave an average of 41.87 per cent iron and .o25 per cent phosphorus. Main group of mines. The ore deposits now under operation at Lyon Mountain comprise the middle section of the belt on the northwestern slopes of the high ridge. The mean elevation of the outcrop is about 2000 feet above sea level and 300 feet above the floor of the adjoining valley. In the southern portion of the group three parallel series of deposits occur and are known locally as the front or main vein, the middle vein and the back or Dickson vein. The main vein which is the one most extensively worked has been proved by actual development to constitute a continuous ore body for a dis- tance of about 2500 feet and its further continuity indicated by test pits and magnetic determinations for an additional 2000 feet. The back vein has been opened only on the southern portion; it outcrops parallel to the main vein at a horizontal distance of about 200 feet. The middle vein between the two is undeveloped and little is known about its extent. A plan of the surface and underground workings is shown in figure 18. : It is only in the extreme southwestern part of the group that any evidence of a marked structural break is found. For most of the distance the outcrop follows an almost straight line in a gen- eral direction n. 20° e. Near shaft s, however, a rather sharp fold enters causing the outcrop to swing around to nearly west and this direction is followed for the remaining distance of tooo feet in which the deposits have been mined. Beyond the Burden open cut which is the most westerly working on the southern wing of the fold the continuation of the ore has not been clearly estab- veRTICAR— -- Scale of Feet © Fig. 18 Plan of main workings, Lyon Mountain The elevations indicated,by contour lines are based on sea level. After a map by N. V. Hansell and H. H. Hindshaw ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES ' EE? lished. The geologic relations are obscured by the heavy drift covering the lower slopes of the ridge and the valley floor. The results of magnetic surveys and diamond drill tests, so far as they can be interpreted, indicate the probable interruption of the deposits at a point not much distant from the Burden pit. Another group of deposits has been shown to occur, though completely buried beneath drift, on a low ridge 2000 feet west of the main group and is known as the Phillips vein. Its northern extremity lies about 2000 feet northwest of the Burden while its trend is southwest toward the 81 ore body. It consists of two parallel veins which correspond quite closely with the front and back veins of the main group and like them have a north- westerly dip. Their position and similarity of relations suggest the possibility that they are a displaced portion of the main ore zone. The existence of a fault with a throw to the northwest would explain the sudden termination of the ore near the Burden pit and may be considered also not improbable owing to the severe dynamic strains to which the strata have been subjected, as mani- fested by the folding and by the minor flexures and shearing effects that are observable in the adjacent ore bodies and inclosing walls. The indicated throw of the fault is a little west of north, approximately parallel to the axis of the main fold. Mining operations are confined at the present time to the southern section of the ore zone. In this part there are some 20 slopes or inclined shafts, besides open cast workinz;, located at intervals along the outcrop of the front and back veins. Beginning at the southwestern extremity, the first openinzs o1 the front vein are the Weston and Hamnoad, then follow in orler Nos. 1, 2, Hall, a4, and so on up to No. 16, waich is near tie old mill. On the back vein are the Burden, Cannon and Dicksoa pits. Most of the ore is now obtained by underground miainz in the Hall slope and the adjacent slopes 3, 4 and 5, and by open-cut workings at the Burden and Cannon pits. The deep2st working is No. 4 which has be2n carried down to a depth of 1400 f2et on the course of the deposit or about 800 feet vertically. The Hall and No. 3 slopes have reached nearly equal depth. The dip of the ore bodies in this section is about 45° north at the surface but gradually flattens dowaward to 25° or less. At the Burden and Cannon open cuts the width of the back veia is fully 150 feet measured along the surface. In the bottom of the Hall slope the horizontal drifts are 200 feet wide. Such thick- nesses are unusual, however, and in the former instance may be 11s NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ascribed to a local bulge that has probably resulted from the fold- ing. The large ore body found in the Hall slope very likely repre- sents the combined front, middle and back veins which have con- verged in depth. The walls are not well defined in this part, as the ore grades along the contact into the country rock. Between slopes 5 and 16 the main or front vein averages about 20 feet across the dip and is quite regular. “The dip ranges, from 45° to 66° age being steeper at the north. The main workings here are slopes 7, 8,12 and14. A section across the ore bodies on line of the Hall slope is given herewith [fig. ro]. The Williams or 82 mine lies 2000 feet northeast of slope 16 on the prolongation of the same zone. It has not been operated for many years. The workings comprise a shaft 180 feet deep and an open cut extending north of the shaft for a distance of 200 feet. The geologic relations here differ from those in the southern part in that the wall rock is an amphibole schist. The deposit consists of stringers and impregnations of magnetite in the schist, with bands of lighter augite gneiss intercalated parallel to the foliation. The ore varies in richness across the outcrop. The dip of the strata is 80° northwest at the surface, but is said to incline away from the vertical gradually with depth. Drill tests. Mention may be made of the diamond drill borings which have been put down to explore the ore bodies and which show their approximate position outside the limits of present workings. A drill hole located on the west side of West Mine street, 1200 feet from the entrance to the Hall slope and in line with its direction, found the ore at 663 feet depth with a thickness of too feet. The indicated average dip of the ore body from the outcrop to the point intersected by the hole is thus about 45.° At a locality on the continuation of the same line but 800 feet farther north, the ore was encountered at 1031 feet and showed a thickness of 74 feet. The dip flattens considerably between the two holes, averaging only 22° for the interval. On line with slope 15 and 6co feet distant from the shaft a drill hole found the ore at 986 feet with a thickness of 80 feet. The indicated dip is about 60°. A second body of lean ore 20 feet thick was found below the first separated from it by 15 feet of rock. A negative result was obtained by drilling 700 feet northwest of the Weston pit. The hole was put down 1859 feet but failed to find ore. The position of the hole is somewhat west of a line drawn from the Burden pit, which approximately marks the southwestern limits of the main zone as present known, to the ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES adojs [IPH 94} JO aul] WO SeIpog 910 9Y} SsOLow UOTjOaSTeOTjIaA ‘UTeJUNOPL WOAT 61 ‘Bry ae b fo 2] 0IY i'¢ Had 3dO1S V1VH Sis NOS 7 IC I20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM indicated northern extremity of the Phillips vein. If the presence of a fault is assumed to account for the relations of the latter to the main zone, the line would coincide with the probable direction of displacement so that the drill hole actually may be considerably above the horizon of the ore bodies. The Phillips vein has been tested by two drill holes. Two parallel bodies of ere have been found with a thickness of 50 feet. The dip is 80° northwest. : Chemical analyses. There is a wide range in the mineral com- position of the ore and consequently in the chemical composition. Some portions of the deposits have only small amounts of admixed gangue minerals so that the iron content may run as high as 50 per cent or even more. The quantity of such ore mined, however, is not large when compared with the total output. On an average the iron runs between the approximate limits of 30 and 35 per cent. The analyses below furnish the essential details as to the chem1- cal composition of the crude ore and of the concentrates made by magnetic separation as now practised. No. 1 represents a sample of relatively rich ore, such as was formerly shipped without con- centration. No. 2 is an average of concentrating ore, and Nos. 3 and 4 of concentrates. For analyses Nos. 2 and 3 the writer is indebted to Mr James Brakes, chemist at the mines. Analysis No. 1 is quoted from an article by James M. Swank published in the volume of the ‘‘ Mineral Resources ” for 1883 and 1884. — I 2 3 4 es Bis eee oe A738... 38:46 260.428 (037 cee BeQ) a5 2 ee ee 21. 32-- TS. BT ee so he 25 sOge FeO (cance) 3s. 2 ae 2G SA nee DIO, ga ee 2080s 33280 6.880 4.740 TIO” eee Steen ee aes BO PAE Se See SME re yy , Gos Nae .084 O24 .022 Beh i PO gga. sie eee ae .057 .043 2023 On Al Oe. cS aan eee ee tO? 4.90 .90o 330 MiQOc ree icles ieee ae BLESS 3 eat Oy 7A Bran aranae Miver Seale of Miles $ 4 + Ts U 2 eS i _ —_ eee SS SS Fig. 20 Mines near Redford and Clayburg and lines of magnetic attraction. After a map compiled by the Saranac Iron Mining Company Record of Drill Hole Owen = Signor Cte EY, Sh carehetelalotemateapane un i | Pe 2 er tanh » ae xs : x | Cwan a APE wT ERE oe wae on 2) ‘a gw s 4 a ally ae, 3 ah Dia e ® * sy :% ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 127 been mined for 1600 feet on the first level 100 feet below the surface, while a second level 75 feet below the first had been opened on the west end. The width of the deposit according to the same authority averaged 20 feet, thickening to 30 feet in places. In 1905 the deposit was tested by diamond drilling, the results of which have shown that it is irregular and pinches in places to a thin seam. Of the 12 holes put down along the strike, ore was found in all - but three and the maximum thickness was 22 feet which was encountered near the central part of the old workings. On the western end, the body apparently is broken up into several parallel bands. The dip estimated from the data obtained in the drill holes ranges from 45° to 65° east, being steepest on the west. Several diabase dikes intersect the ore body and are said to mark lines of faulting. The wall rock, judging from specimens collected along the sur- face, is not the usual reddish granitic variety exposed in the dis- trict. It has a light gray color and is made up almost entirely of plagioclase, quartz and magnetite. The plagioclase belongs to the basic end of the series, corresponding optically to labradorite. The composition can scarcely be identified with any common type of igneous rocks, but rather suggests a metamorphosed sediment. The ore is a mixture of magnetite with hornblende, quartz and pegmatite, the percentage of iron ranging within rather wide limits. The following analyses of crude ore (1) and concentrates (2) are given by Putnam as the results obtained from average samples: nero fr rg Led teh ety, OPER 24228" 00 273 Deerminte ets oo a ae A. nil nil Ramee MOUS 6 oh. nut, 5 Pk Gee sede ee iy ve Bron From two to three tons of crude ore were required to make one ton of concentrates by the methods of hydraulic separation formerly used. The output of the mine from its opening in 1855 is reported by Smock at 260,000 tons; though not specifically mentioned the quantity probably represents crude ore. Clayburg mine. Near the site of the old forges at Clayburg are two pits, the openings of which face toward the Saranac river. The larger pit, on the west bank and somewhat south of the smaller one located on the east side of the river, is several hundred feet long and some 50 feet deep. It is partly an underground drift. The strike is nearly east and west and the dip almost vertical inclining 128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM a few degrees toward the north. So far as can be estimated from the surface the breast of ore must have averaged about 15 feet. The walls in both pits consist of microperthitic gneiss of granitic character with the high percentage of magnetite nearly always present in this rock. No analyses of the ore have been obtainable; the general average is probably about that given for the Bowen & Signor deposit. Tremblay mine. This deposit is situated in the town of Saranac 2 miles west of Clayburg. The workings which consist of one or more pits are now filled with water so that neither the deposit nor the walls can be seen. Putnam has recorded that in 1880 the main pit was from 150 to 200 feet long and 75 feet deep. Little work was done after that date. The analyses of ore (1) and. con- centrates (2) are quoted from his report. | ol LAWRENCE COUNTY MINES. On the west side of the Adirondacks, St Lawrence county con- tains the only deposits of nontitaniferous magnetites that have been extensively mined. The principal workings are at Jayville, Benson Mines, Fine and Clifton in the southeastern part, near the headwaters of the Grasse and Oswegatchie rivers. They are reached most readily by the Carthage & Adirondack Railroad, which affords direct communication with Lake Ontario at Sacketts Harbor and crosses the main railway lines at Watertown and Carthage. The accompanying sketch map [fig. 21] gives the loca- tion of the larger deposits. The deposits were discovered many years ago. Some of them are mentioned by Emmons who did not, however, consider them as available resources at the time owing to their remote situation. On that account they received little attention from the early iron manufacturers.of St Lawrence county. Most of the ore used in the old furnaces came from the hematite deposits around Gouverneur and Antwerp. The region about the mines is largely wilderness with few beaten routes of travel. General geology The Adirondacks fall by gradual stages toward the St Lawrence plain. The surface in this section has a mean elevation of from eee ee ores | ine en ne oe a J ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES ; 129 tooo to 1500 feet increasing to the southeast in the direction of the interior uplifts. Though the contours are generally rugged, due to succeeding lines of ridges, there are few notable prominences and the hills rise scarcely more than 500 feet above the valley bottoms. , sc igen KSourh, EDWARDS ee = \ : = SS aN, ‘ a ———==— SNEWTON FALIS 1 > Nf BENSON MINES. - S Fig. 21 Sketch map of the St Lawrence county magnetite deposits. Ore bodies shown by heavy lines warhe geology of this part of the Adirondacks has been investi- gated only in its broad features. No maps adequate for a detailed survey are available, and until they are forthcoming a systematic investigation must necessarily be postponed. It is to the recon- naissance carried out during recent years by C. H. Smyth jr, that ees ee oe = Se See 130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM we owe most of our knowledge concerning the subject.* Professor Smyth has worked mainly in the outlying sections, including cen- tral and western St Lawrence county and eastern Lewis and Jefferson counties, but the salient facts of structure and strati- graphy he has brought to light apply as well to the region under discussion. The rocks which have widespread development comprise crystal- line limestones, schists, gneisses and a series of intrusives ranging from granite to basic varieties represented by the gabbros. They are lithologically analogous to the prevailing rock types that are described in connection with the mining districts of Clinton and Essex counties and in some cases no doubt can be correlated as parts of the same geologic formations, though it is not to be inferred that they are strictly equivalent as to time. All are older than the most ancient of the fossiliferous strata in the region, the Pots- dam sandstone, and underlie the latter unconformably. The Grenville limestones and their associated schists (called the Oswegatchie series by Professor Smyth) are relatively less important in the interior than in the western part of St Lawrence county. A belt of these rocks traverses the town of Pitcairn and extends across the line into Jefferson county, with a length of 15 miles from northeast to southwest. There are good exposures of the limestone at Harrisville and on the east side of Bonaparte lake, in the middle portion of the belt. This is the most easterly of the larger areas, as elsewhere in the interior the rocks occur in isolated patches of no great size. The limestone is always thor- oughly crystalline; the schists belong to the hornblendic, micaceous, pyroxenic or quartzose types so characteristic of the Grenville series throughout the Adirondacks. Among the gneisses which occupy most of the area in the vicinity of the mines, there is great variety. Some are closely related to the igneous rocks and have been demonstrated to be in part simply gneissoid phases of the latter. On the south side of the limestone belt referred to above, syenitic gneiss grading into massive syenite is exposed in force underlying an area estimated at 75 square miles. It is clearly igneous and later than the limestone. In association with it occurs a more acid hornblende gneiss which seems to belong to the same intrusive mass, since there is a gradual transition across the contact. On the north side of the limestone belt, tFor the results of Professor Smyth’s work, consult the annual reports of the New York State Museum for 1893, 1895, 1897, 1898 and 1899. YS eb r i. eS ae o ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 31 north and east of Harrisville, recognizable gabbro outcrops have been found. These rocks, it may be noted, are compara- tively rare, in contrast with their wide distribution elsewhere in the Adirondacks. A prominent member of the gneiss series is a coarse reddish hornblende rock which has the composition of granite. It is abun- dant in the region east of Harrisville, particularly between Benson Mines and Cranberry lake and the section northward. Its affinities are with the igneous rocks, as indicated by field evidence in places, though further investigation is needed to prove that the gneiss is of uniform character and derivation. Certain representatives of the gneisses are undoubted meta- morphosed sediments, yet contain no included bands of limestone. Their sedimentary origin is traced by their mineralogical and textural peculiarities. They have a variable composition, light colored quartzose varieties alternating across the strike with dark varieties in which there is a considerable proportion of hornblende, mica or pyroxene. Garnet is a frequent constituent and pyrite is seldom wanting. Sillimanite also appears, but rarely in crystals sufficiently large to be distinguished without the aid of the rhicro- scope. The constituents have a granular habit, without the definite arrangement or texture which obtains in igneous rocks. These gneisses are to be classed as members of the Grenville series. They are very much like the hornblende and mica gneisses that occur over large areas in the eastern Adirondacks and which have been assigned to the base of the Grenville. Description of mines Benson mines. The deposits are in the town of Clifton, on the north side of Little river. Benson Mines is a hamlet and a railroad station, 43 miles east of Carthage. The valley lies at an elevation of about 1600 feet, while the limiting ridges are somewhat more than 2000 feet. In his report on the Second District,» Emmons mentions the occurrence of magnetite bodies on the Oswegatchie river near the crossing of the former highway known as the Albany road. From the accompanying description it is evident that the present Benson mines are referred to; and the stream now known as Little river was probably designated on the old maps as the Oswegatchie of which it is a tributary. Emmons states that a considerable quan- tSurvey of the Second Geological District. 1842. p. 347. 132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tity of ore had been taken from the locality and transported to Canton for reduction. Systematic mining was not started until the extension of the railroad into the region in 1889. A mill was then erected on the property for the purpose of concentrating the ore into a commercial material, and was run until 1893 when, owing to a depression in the iron trade, the operations became unprofitable. Mining was again resumed in 1900, but only for a short period. The total production subsequent to 1889 has been estimated at 370,000 tons crude ore, or 150,000 tons mill concentrates of above 60 per cent iron. The mines were developed and worked by the Magnetic Iron Ore Co., who have recently been succeeded by the Benson Mines Co. Mining operations were resumed in the fall of 1907. Geology and occurrence of ore. In their general nature the deposits are much like those at Lyon Mountain. They consist of bands of gneiss charged with magnetite which is mainly dissemi- nated more or less evenly through the rock mass. The bands are directed by the prevailing foliation so as to conform to it in strike and also probably in dip. A series of these parallel and coalescing bands constitutes the ore belt in which the mines have been opened. | | z The country gneiss has the appearance of a metamorphosed sediment and the writer feels little hesitation in placing it in the Grenville formation, though the absence of any limestone restricts the evidence bearing upon its origin to lithologic considerations. Observed in the field it exhibits no constancy of character from place to place. It is variously a hornblende, biotite or pyroxene gneiss and again may be destitute of dark minerals except mag- netite. The different types occur as interpositions rapidly chang- ing from one to another across the dip. The foliation, which is not particularly well developed, seems to follow consistently the division planes between them. Pyritic impregnations lend a rusty stain to the surface in places. In the composition of the gneiss, feldspar, quartz and the ferromagnesian minerals above men- tioned partake most largely. The feldspar is orthoclase with sub- ordinate oligoclase and microcline. Scapolite, sillimanite, zircon, apatite and garnet are among the less common constituents. The principal ore belt lies near the base of a ridge which rises north of the railroad. The ridge has a northeasterly trend with a gradual slope in the lower part where it falls away toward the river. At the locality of the open pits by the mill, the surface \ ee fe IT Sse eae eet eee ee A _— ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES, 133 is only from 50 to 100 feet above the river and it continues practically at the same level fora distance of 500 feet or so to the north. The strike of the ore is here about n. 60° e. West of the pits the deposit follows that course nearly in a straight line for a distance of tooo feet; it then turns quite abruptly toward the northwest, at nearly right angles to its former direction, and ascends the ridge. It apparently dies out or disappears in a swampy tract about a mile west of the-railroad station. The outcrop is concealed over considerable intervals, but the magnetic determinations serve to fix its course with reasonable accuracy. North of the pit the con- tinuation of the ore can be traced across the highway and brook. There is some uncertainty as to the further extent of the deposit owing to the heavy covering of drift, though the magnetic surveys indicate that it wedges out or grades into the country rock within a few hundred feet north of the brook. The strike in this part is neatly due north. \ NR “Oz Ss See as ee Se a € = ie et ‘ eee e+ CDG - NSS eee NX S SES ary a Granife Gneiss Scale of Feet tee Gneiss 200 Fig. 22 Benson Mines. Section across the ore bodies, near middle of quarry Observations of the dip of the ore and inclosing strata show a monoclinal arrangement for the central and northern parts of the ore belt. The gneiss on top of the ridge lies nearly flat. Passing across the strike to the southeast the dip increases gradually until at the pits it is about 45° southeast. This inclination is main- tained with little variation for 1000 feet along the outcrop of the ore to the southwest. At the bend or fold in the deposit where it swings toward the northwest, the dip is 60° southeast. Beyond the bend there is a flattening of the dip, and over the remaining distance in which the ore can be traced the outcrops show the strata lying nearly horizontal or slightly inclined to the northwest. The change in the dip takes place within an interval of 100 feet and would seem to indicate a structural break, though there has been no discernible displacement of the ore by faulting. Besides the deposit described, there are indications of another 134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM belt of ore to the north of Benson Mines that has never been explored or developed. The belt lies to the east of the first and higher up in the gneiss. It begins on the south, according to mag- netic readings, nearly opposite the north end of the pits and on line with the railroad. It extends in a northerly course toward Newton Falls in which direction it has been traced for nearly 2 miles. There is little evidence to be obtained from outcrops, the drift being heavy, so that the size and character of the deposit are practically unknown. The magnetic attractions are reported to be fully as strong and continuous as those recorded over the belt that has been mined. The cross-section, herewith, is intended to show the relation of the deposits [fig. 22]. Description of workings. In the open pit, which represents the result of the former productive operations, the deposit has been quarried from the south or hanging side back into the ridge for a horizontal distance of 150 feet. The working face, at first but a few feet above the floor, increases across the dip and is now 50 feet high on the average. The bounds of the deposit have not been: reached either on the hanging or foot-wall side. An addi- tional width of fully 50 feet can be gained on the foot-wall, where the ore has been uncovered by stripping of the soil and glacial materials and it is not improbable that the workings may be carried still farther west before reaching the limit of pay ore. The width of the ore, it may be noted, is determined only by arbitrary stand- ards of what can be mined and treated at a profit. There is every gradation between the country rock and the ore, so far as relates to the proportion of magnetite present. Along its course the deposit has been worked for a distance of nearly 1200 feet, the length of the pit from east to west. At the west end there is a face from 15 to 4o feet high in which the ore appears to be of average grade. Its continuation in this direction is assured for several hundred feet by the outcrops and the test pits excavated through the light overburden of glacial material. At a point 1000 feet west of the workings, a ledge is exposed for 100 feet which is reported to average about go per cent iron. On the east end the deposit - runs out into the valley and has not been uncovered. The exploration of the deposit in depth, below the level of the open pit, has been limited to a few borings that were made several years ago. Four of these borings are on record, of which the deepest is 180 feet vertically from the outcrop. It encountered ore all the way with a range of from 32 to 44 per cent iron, as shown by assay of to samples taken at succeeding intervals. The holes are said to 310 JO 99e} YIM JId usd— = ‘“soulW UOsSUI €1 931d = eee ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 135 have been put down somewhere in the vicinity of the pit, though their exact location is not now known. Within the limits of the exposures the ore exhibits much uni- formity. This feature is naturally of prime importance to the economic working of a low grade body such as the present one. Occasional stringers of pegmatite and a fine reddish granite are encountered which carry little magnetite, but they have not proved a serious obstacle to exploitation. In the previous working, the deposit was quarried without leaving any waste and the entire output was sent to the mill. The deposit has apparently undergone little disturbance in the way of faulting. A slip seems to have taken place near the hanging wall at the pit entrance parallel to the strike of the ore body, but it is probably slight, as there is ore showing on both sides with no marked brecciation. A thin dike has been intruded along the fault fissure. The ore next to the fault has been partially altered to martite. Character of the ore. The minerals accompanying the magnetite are quartz, feldspar, garnet, biotite, pyrite and apatite. Quartz and feldspar constitute the matrix for the most part, while the magnetite functions as a binding material. The feldspar is mainly the orthoclase variety. The pyrite and garnet are intimately associated with the magnetite, the former occurring as small included grains and the latter as rims on the borders of the magne- tite particles. From the manner in which the magnetite and pyrite are intergrown, it is evident that they have been deposited at the same time. The garnet, however, is a later crystallization formed by a reaction between the magnetite and the feldspar in which the chemical constituents of both have been combined. It is a red garnet and responds strongly to tests for manganese. As a rule the ore is rather fine grained, though coarser in this respect than the country gneiss. Like the latter it shows a gneissoid texture. Occasionally the magnetite is segregated in thin bands interleaved with the silicates. The following analyses give details as to the chemical composition of the ore. No. 1 is the result obtained from a sample of the ore exposed in the present workings, the sample being made up of numerous specimens selected so as to give an average for the entire face of the quarry. The sample was gathered and analyzed by E. Touceda. No. 2 represents a sample of concentrates, an average of 132 cars; and No. 3 a sample of concentrates recently taken from a small lot in the storage bin at the mines. 136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM I 2 3 1c Seedy fen 49.43 88.08 85.94 SD) ase eee yeh - OG4 1 ee ae eee lO) toate a eee 33.32 sey & Ox TOTS oe Te Orne waht hs oe 1.06 Oe eee 43 086 Lt Bl Oe oe eee 6.92 220 3.63 EO) 7 eee ee ae 2.04 43 CAO a Cora ee 1.42 28 68 Mena tye ae gI 18 08 KO. See a Bs Mi eh sn ae hes ] IN a fO) ite eee toa ees eR ( oe CO ne anagem , OB ei ences 42 TO Ate ee 258 Saye ee 42 99.81 99.76 99-55 PROne es ere, cee 30/50 64.18 62.24 Phosphorus..... . 186 .037 .048 Suet Fags oF mse pee . 86 .461 39 Manganese..... . 246 .158 38 ei Were ch Old nO eeeeaay ca Ry Gee eae A At - .64 It will be observed that the ore in its crude state is not of Besse- mer grade. The concentration, however, eliminates sufficient phosphorus so that the product can be used for Bessemer pig. As a result of the milling operations it was found that the quantity of phosphorus passing into the concentrates could be regulated to some extent by the crushing. With fine crushing the apatite which carries the phosphorus is mostly released and under the magnetic treatment goes into the tailings. Of the shipments made in the first period of operations, a large part averaged over 60 per cent iron with less than .o3 phosphorus. The coarser concentrates carried as high as .47 per cent phosphorus. In the last campaign in 1900 and 1go1, the product of some 70,000 tons averaged from 63 to 64 per cent iron, about .037 per cent phosphorus and .46 per cent sulfur. The concentrates were used by Pennsylvania furnaces for Bessemer and foundry irons. The following analysis is of interest as showing the chemical constituents of the gangue, which may be considered closely analo- gous in all respects to the country rock. It was made from a sample of mill tailings produced during the regular course of operations. | a oot ae et 1A: | ae it je Saal ” Oey eae ee ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES, 137 ee ae mea rie tS ee De ee 67.18 Ss oo ee 17.97 Pe ee ee ee ee 1.02 Re ee er Sie) ee ae Pes. 6.13 na Stiri Ae Sp es 1.84 nnPEmENEre roe eee er ORES ei hee Peso ERE eee Se Ee ee ke AA SEE ete Se IT ce. Pole SO P12 2s adigl ae SNE es ee a ee areca 36 hs oe SE ioe oe 2 es a nets, te Sat tee re Nes 2.06 99.92 Jayville mines. Jayville is 14 miles west of Benson Mines and 29 miles by rail from Carthage. With the cessation of mining in 1888 the buildings and machinery were removed and the place has Since been practically abandoned, leaving only the waste heaps and pits as witness to the former activity. The mines were last operated by the Magnetic Iron Ore Co., who instituted extensive developments in 1886. The existence of the larger deposits at Benson Mines soon led the company, however, to give up the under- _ taking in favor of that locality. The mines are credited by Smock with an output of 25,000 tons during the last period of operation. The ore occurrence presents a phase quite dissimilar from that at Benson Mines and more like the magnetite deposits on the east side of the Adirondacks. There are innumerable shoots, lenses and irregular bunches in which the magnetite is found showing sharp boundaries in contact with the wall rock. The latter is for the most part a hornblende-biotite gneiss of sedimentary appear- ance. The horizon of the ore lies close to the contact of the gneiss with a red pegmatitic hornblende granite. -Outcrops of the granite occur to the north and east within short distances where they break through and cut off the gneiss area in such a way that their intrusive character is plainly evidenced. In some of the openings the granite can be seen in immediate contact with the ore. The openings are on the northeastern and northwestern slopes of a low ridge of the gneiss that rises just west of the railroad. The pits nearest the station are Hart no. 1 and no. 2, of which the first is said to be 300 feet deep following a shoot 20 feet wide and ro feet thick. Hart no. 2 is much shallower. At the northeastern end of the ridge where it curves to the west are the pits called New 138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM York no. 1 and no. 2, both of inconsiderable depth. Benson no. 1 farther to the west is reported by Smock to have a depth of 350 feet on the incline; of its two levels the upper is about 25 feet long and the lower driven at a point 60 feet from the bottom of the slope runs off in a southerly direction for 160 feet and then north 60 feet. This pit supplied most of the shipping ore. Between Benson no. tr and no. 2 an adit has been excavated into the hill on a lead which in the interior develops into a lens some 60 or 70 feet long and 20 feet wide. The Fuller and Essler pits are located at the extreme west, the former being opened on a pod of ore 50 feet wide, dipping 45° west. The distribution of the ore in disconnected bodies which pitch and strike in all directions has probably resulted from the intrusion of the granite. The bodies occupy approximately the same horizon and have the aspect of an originally continuous band which has been disrupted and faulted. The intrusion has exercised also a metamorphic influence upon the deposits shown by the abundance of garnet and hornblende that often replace the magnetite almost completely. Well developed titanite crystals of unusual size are found in the contact zone. The analysis below taken from Putnam’s report, gives the com- position of the Jayville ore. It was made from a sample of 500 tons mined in 1880 and shipped to the furnace at Alpine. It represents the selected lump ore, sufficiently high in iron to be used without concentration. | Iron oy sb4is NA Oa Se ee ee eee ee BiG. 4e2 Titanium... 5 0d sas ects Dele a Eh eee nil Phosphorus.9: 235, 2a Sa eee .009 Mines on Vrooman ridge, Fine. This locality is 4 miles north- west of Oswegatchie on the Carthage and Adirondack Railroad, in the town of Fine. Vrooman ridge is the first of the elevations bordering the Oswegatchie river valley on the south. From a cursory examination of outcrops it appears that the ridge is mainly composed of reddish hornblende gneiss, with one or more included bands of dark pyritic schists and limestone which are doubtless altered sediments. The ore deposits are associated with the latter. They have been explored by shallow pits; appar- ently no active mining has been undertaken. So far as could be determined by surface observations, there are two parallel veins that strike about north and dip 50° or so to the west. On Bind | ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 139 the eastern vein, which seems to be the principal one, two pits have been sunk, 330 feet apart, to a depth of about 30 feet. The indi- cated width is from 8 to 12 feet. The hornblende schist forming the walls is streaked by limestone in which phlogopite, titanite and coccolite are abundantly distributed in small crystals. Horn- blende and pyrite are mixed with the magnetite and much of the ore is lean. The two pits on the western vein indicate a width for the ore of s feet. According to a report rendered by Mr George D. Grannis, who superintended the exploratory operations, the deposits have been prospected to some extent by diamond drilling. One hole was put down on the north pit of the eastern vein to a depth of 85 feet, all in ore. A second boring was started 100 feet west of the pit for the purpose of intersecting the body at an angle and encountered two veins, one 4 feet and the other 10 feet wide Separated by 4 feet of rock. These may represent the western vein above mentioned, here split by a horse of the wall rock. Another hole in line with the second but farther south showed the two veins to have a thickness of 4 feet and 6 feet respectively with 6 feet of rock between them. The following analyses have been copied from a report on the property made by Mr Spencer B. Newberry. I 2 3 notte FP ts 7 Lee 61.46 62/02 Saleen es ik Oral hate a twee ore) 6.36 Seats ok. 5: i Tl aah a se. Bae paUueUitoer ee 2S a. 005 £025 308 Faosphorus.... .049 . 009 024 Manganese..... isan Cee Bee PPEsceN eS Gb ih! tg Li) Sea ae Ste Rae he) Oi Nee Macnesta.. oss... % Litiste | ONES Tse fs no Clifton Mines. The Clifton deposits are situated about 10 miles north of Benson Mines, in an unsettled forested district that is somewhat difficult of access. They were opened over 50 years ago but have not been worked recently. A charcoal furnace was built at Clarksboro by the falls of the Grasse river, 3 miles distant from the mines, and was run for some time on the ore. In 1868 the Clifton Mining Co., which then owned the property, erected a plant for manufacturing steel by a direct process, a venture that soon proved a failure. The mines were at one time connected with the Rome, Watertown & Ogdensburg Railroad near DeKalb Junction by a 20-mile wooden railway. I40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In approaching the mines from Oswegatchie, the highway after leaving the Oswegatchie river at Fine passes over a belt of horn- blendic and micaceous gneisses and schists that continues for a mile or more and is then succeeded by a red granitic gneiss with porphyritic feldspars. This rock prevails in most of the exposures as far as Monterey. Between that locality and the Clifton mines the granitic gneiss gives way to a belt of schists and limestones having a northeast-southwest trend parallel to their general strike. These are the predominant rocks in the vicinity of the ore bodies. They seem to have been somewhat broken and disturbed as they show sudden changes in dip; the inclination, however, in most cases is toward the southeast at angles of 15° to 45°. The openings are located on the sides and summit of a hill rising too feet or a little more above the site of the steel works in the adjoining valley. The principal working is an open cut on the summit which exposes a vein 20 feet wide for a distance of about 500 feet. This is known as the Dodge vein. The immediate wall rock is a hornblende schist. Bands and fragments of the schist interleave the ore, and on the borders the two are intimately mixed. The hornblende gangue carrying the magnetite makes an exceed- ingly tough material. On the northeast side of the hill the vein has been tapped by an adit and in the walls crystalline limestone is exposed in what seems to be an included band about 5 feet thick. The southwest’ continuation of the vein has been explored by a shaft that follows the dip for 30 feet, showing about 20 feet of ore all the way. East of this deposit and higher up in the schists is the St Lawrence vein, 8 feet thick, that has been explored by open cutting and by an incline said to be 100 feet deep. The ore from it is very sulfurous, in places almost solid pyrite and pyrrhotite. A third vein is known to underlie the Dodge vein, but its width and character have not been determined. The ore found in the different openings varies from a coarse and nearly pure magnetite to a fine grained mixture of disseminated magnetite and the minerals of the wall rock which are chiefly horn- blende, biotite, garnet and quartz. Pyrite is less in evidence in the middle of the veins than on the borders. The ore was subjected ‘to heap roasting before it was smelted to reduce the sulfur. The analyses that follow are quoted from a paper on the Clifton mines by Professor Silliman.* tAm. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1871-72. 1:364. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES I4t DE CEO URES 3a: 5: Oe eae 79.29 80.91 S02 oe : & ale 8.32 S97 ONS a oo) Ais eer 335 .08 2a 2 ee eae 32 03 a ose he 1 Ae ae oak ar ae 0 eS a ee i Sat aoe ee geo I en ES cepeipamep en oe ete ol I ease eis SF pe ase Ss ee ia 4. Goes Ll. 2) 22 SS gpa else Sa ga ae eh ee ice tha ee Aa ea 2. oe ee eee iS 7 ae 58.59 PMIVIO ROS ci a. ne lag k's Gs a 14 oI The analyses were made from crude ore, but the quantity of sulfur shown is rather low for the run of mine, specially in the second sample which also contains very little phosphorus. It is of interest in this connection to quote Professor Silliman’s analyses of the pig iron made from the Clifton ores in the old Clarksboro furnace. The ore was fluxed with an impure limestone containing a considerable proportion of silica. Open grain Close grain gray Dig gray pig SL LNS a ee eee 3.94 SRG 2 pois Se ie ee eee a ne 2.21 4.48 © ES EATS Sl ee oe Al high yee PEM Be oS Ril Slee SSRs A bom ‘ .O4 EE 2 OS Ua ee ee .22 cays Beamon GNdet 2.6.9 G Se. 93.48 91.84 LOO. OO I00.00 In the same vicinity occur two other deposits that were found by the early prospectors and were known as the Tooley Lake and Sheridan veins. They outcrop in a swampy tract, 7 and 24 miles distant respectively from the Clifton mines. The localities were not visited by the writer. In character the ores are similar to those just described, as shown by the following analyses, no. 1 being from a sample of the Tooley Lake vein and no. 2 of the Sheridan vein. , 142 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM EPOM hb npc et ee ee 545326. yee SUlica son 4.4, . eee ee oe ae we pen ee 8-5 ULE oo eR he ee ee ee .08 Ae Phosphorus... 7.4.2.7 eee .OI ie Manganese? 225%. 2. oe Ee ee .20 .50 Parish ore body. This deposit is 8 miles east of Monterey, on Tracy pond outlet, Clifton township. Its outcrop has been uncovered by trenching for a short distance, but it has not been explored in depth. The width shown is about 8 feet. The deposit © appears to have a steep dip so that the actual width is probably near the figure given. The wall rock is fine grained grayish gneiss, while nearby reddish granitic gneiss is exposed, and within a mile distant an area of crystalline limestone and sedimentary schists. The magnetite is mixed with the minerals of the gray gneiss and with red garnet, yet is fairly rich. It has a coarse granular texture. Jt contains no pyrite so far as obseryedsn as is reported that a line of magnetic attraction can be traced for 800 feet north and south of the tract along the course of the vein. The analysis below is from a sample of the ore. SALISBURY MINE, HERKIMER COUNTY This mine is in the town of Salisbury, 5 miles north of Dolge- ville, the present terminus of the branch railroad running north from Little Falls. It is the only magnetite mine“im this seca of the Adirondacks that has been actively worked. The deposit apparently was discovered about 1840. Vanuxem who has given a brief description of it states that a small amount of ore had been taken out at the time of making his report.* It is probable that the old pits located along the outcrop of the ore body date from this period. The quantity of ore mined during the early operations is not a matter of record though the size of the openings leads one to infer that it did not exceed a few thousand tons. Geological relations. The locality lies within the Little Falls topographic sheet, the geology of which has been mapped and described by Hl -P.-Cushaie + ‘Fourth Annual Report of the Geological Survey of the Third District, 1840. 2Geclogy of the Vicinity of Little Falls. N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 77. 1905. ee en ne a oe le — Fi be ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 143 The immediate area about the mine is occupied by the Adiron- dack Precambrics. These rocks extend southward as a belt of gradually diminishing width to within 4 miles of Little Falls, pass- ing at the borders beneath the Lower Siluric strata (Beekmantown, Trenton and Lorraine) which spread over the region to the south. There is a large outlier of Precambric syenite at Little Falls and smaller ones of the same rock at Middleville, northwest of Little Falls, and at a point about half way between the latter locality and the southern end of the main area. The contact between the Precambric and Paleozoic strata on the east side of the belt is marked by a heavy fault which begins south of the Mohawk river and runs northeast passing about 2 miles east of the mine. The principal representative of the Precambric rocks is syenite, a greenish augite-bearing variety that is identical mineralogically with the great syenite masses in the central Adirondacks. It has a gneissoid appearance in most cases and shows strong crushing effects in the granulation of the feldspar. Occasionally uncrushed remnants of feldspar may be observed surrounded by granular material, like an augen gneiss. The syenite is exposed over most of the area north of Salisbury Center. The Grenville series of gneisses and schists form the southern extension of the Precambric belt south of Salisbury Center and is exposed north of the mine in two areas which are bordered by the syenite. It consists of ight colored quartzose gneisses interbanded with darker hornblendic or micaceous varieties. Crystalline lime- stone, usually a prominent member of the series, apparently has a very limited development within the area; the only outcrop that has been recorded is one observed by the writer at a point a little north of Salisbury Center. The gneisses are believed by Cushing to represent original sandstones and shales. ‘A reddish gneiss comprised mainly of quartz and alkali feldspar occurs at a few places in association with the syenite and rocks of the Grenville series. Its field relations as well as its composition suggest an original granite that is probably intrusive in the sedi- mentary gneisses. Cushing mentions also the occurrence of black gneisses, containing hornblende and biotite and occasionally pyroxene, and gray gneisses of granitic composition which are regarded as igneous derivatives. Ore bodies. The deposit which has been principally worked extends nearly east and west along the highway 24 miles north of Salisbury Center. It consists of an elongated zone made up of magnetite in one or more bands intercalated between layers of 144 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM magnetite-bearing rock. The thickness of the zone as shown in the workings ranges up to an extreme of 12 or 14 feet in width. The bands of rich ore vary from mere films to 2 or 3 feet. The ore body can be traced along the strike by outcrop and dip-needle readings for fully a mile. A second smaller body occurs about a mile south of the first. It has been opened by a short adit at one point. The strike is paral- lel with the main deposit, but the dip is toward the north at a low angle, while the latter has a high dip southward. An area of granitic gneiss intervenes between the two deposits. The wall rock at both localities is gneissoid syenite. Of the ore association, Cushing’ has given the following account: Inclosing the ore and grading into it, is a very basic gneiss com- posed of hornblende, magnetite, augite, feldspar and quartz, the black minerals constituting 75 per cent of the rock. Hornblende is much the most abundant of these. About equal amounts of quartz and feldspar are present, the feldspar being part oligoclase and part orthoclase. So far as can be judged from specimens obtained from the dumps, this gneiss grades rapidly into a more feldspathic horn- blende gneiss, and the latter into syenite gneiss, at first basic but rapidly becoming more acid. ~ The gradation between ore and country rock is very noticeable; no well, defined walls exist, but there is a shading off by impercep- tible stages from one to the other. The workings. The mining developments which have been car- ried on during the last two or three years by the Salisbury Steel & Iron Co. have been concentrated on the western portion of the deposit in proximity to the old pits. A vertical shaft has been sunk a short distance north of the main pit. It has been carried down about 200 feet. At a depth of 100 feet a drift has been extended easterly along the body, while a second level with drifts to the east and west has been opened at 150 feet. The workings are about 14 feet wide near the shaft on the second level, diminishing to 3 or 4 feet at either end. . Some prospecting has been done at points east of the shaft, the farthest being about 4000 feet away. The deposit appears to be much thinner in this part. Character of the ore. The ore consists of granular and massive magnetite, the former being a mixture of magnetite and the minerals" of the wall rock and the latter a nearly pure magnetite of very dense LOpMci up. OA: ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES T45 structure. The granular ore has a fine texture; the particles of magnetite are intimately intermingled with pyroxene, hornblende, quartz and feldspar. Veinlets of jasper and white quartz are quite common. Pyrite occurs in noticeable quantity on the east end of the zone, but is not much in evidence elsewhere. When examined under the microscope, sections of the rich ore show inclusions of augite, quartz and apatite, but the proportion of these minerals to the whole mass is small and the material would be classed as ship- ping grade. The lean ore would require concentration. An analysis furnished by the Salisbury Steel & Iron Co. shows the following composition: Fe,O, «5 sg, 3g AO RAT mm aa TO ect RR eee ae 86.99 : ae Soa a or eteen men eg ae eee 6.39 NN ec oe ota ea Stns ASS CME wd Shen Senn .034 ndings SAGE SO ERI er ne 120 Sol pee So SES eae de E.1A SOMME ecw oh ee aa SNE goes See b8 ha a oe 46 Eats et Lh A OS eg 6 a Soke, de a 2/82 AS Ree i! iy aig ane dk So 8b0-s Zs 8 oo a'> 65 99-854 TE noe Sa ee 62.99 2 S280 05 ots Ae age gee ee ne ene 52 146 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Part Lf TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITES Under this class are included the magnetic ores of the Adirondacks that carry titanium as an essential ingredient. | While the per- centage of this element fluctuates within rather wide limits as shown by analysis of specimens taken from different localities, the mini- mum is always above the proportions encountered in the magnetites previously described. In the general run it amounts to at least 8 or g per cent (as Ti0,) and will average perhaps 15 per cent in the majority of the deposits. It is due solely to the titanium content that the ores have not been more actively exploited. Except for the early work at Lake Sanford, of which further mention is made on a subsequent page of this report, there has been no active min- ing of the deposits in the region, and till recently little interest has been shown generally in the matter of commercial utilization of titaniferous ores. The Adirondack region is a familiar one in the literature relating to these ores. The descriptions of Emmons* who was the first to draw attention to the large ore bodies of Lake Sanford, the metal- lurgical experiments of Rossi? in connection with the same bodies, and more recently the detailed accounts by Kemp? covering prac- tically the entire series of occurrences may be specially noted. The investigation of the geological features of the Adirondack ores has been carried out by Professor Kemp in a manner that leaves little to be added, and his descriptions and conclusions have been closely followed in the present work. Distribution of the ores The distribution of the titaniferous magnetites is conditioned primarily by the occurrence of the gabbro-anorthosite intrusions. As has been previously noted, the principal area of these rocks is 1 Survey of the Second Geological District, 1842. 2 Titaniferous Ores in the Blast Furnace. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1892-93. 21:832. Also article in the Iron Age, Feb. 6 and 20, 1896. 3Preliminary Report on the Geology of Essex County. N. Y. State Mus, 4gth An. Rep’t. v.2. 1898. The Geology of Moriah and Westport Town- ships. N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 14. 1895. The paper “‘ Titaniferous Ores of the Adirondacks,”’ published in U.S. Geol. Sur. roth An. Rep’t. pt III, 1899, contains much additional matter relating to the origin and chemical nature of the ores. ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 147 in Essex and southern Franklin counties and consists of a connected mass which spreads over a surface of some 1200 square miles. There are smaller outlying intrusions in Clinton and Warren counties and in the western Adirondack region. The greater number of deposits are found within the bordering portions of the main anorthosite area in the townships of Westport, Elizabethtown and Newcomb, Essex co. In the central part no large bodies are known. A deposit near Port Leyden, Lewis co., is the only occurrence outside of the main area that has been the object of exploitation. General geological relations and origin of the deposits The titaniferous deposits constitute a well marked type of ore Occurrence that is quite widely distributed in this and foreign countries. They are known to be of considerable extent in Minne- sota, Wyoming and Colorado, in the Provinces of Ontario and Quebec, and in Sweden, Norway and Brazil. The Taberg deposit in Sweden was mined for a number of years and the ore used for the manufaeture of iron. The various localities for titaniferous magnetites have been described briefly in a paper by Professor Kemp.* The occurrences throughout show a remarkable degree of uniformity in the essential features of their geological surround- ings and composition of the ores. With a single exception the country rocks at the Adirondack deposits, as 1s generally the case elsewhere, are members of the gabbro family. The prevailing rock in the Adirondack region is the variety known as anorthosite, the predominant constituent of which is a basic plagioclase feldspar, usually labradorite. The rock is the first of a series of related intrusions in the region that were derived apparently from a common magma. Gabbro in the restricted sense, syenite and probably granite are represented among the later intrusions derived from the same source. Most of the deposits are found within dikes and masses of gabbro which occur at intervals throughout the anorthosite area. Some of the large bodies at Lake Sanford, however, are inclosed directly by the anorthosite. The general characters of the gabbros and anorthosites have already been set forth in the part of this report relating to Adiron dack geology. The following analyses taken from Professor Kemp’s paper give details as to the chemical composition of typ- tA Brief Review of the Titaniferous Magnetites. Columbia Univ. Sch. of Mines Quarterly, July 1899. 148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ical examples. No. 1 relates to the gabbro at the Split Rock mine; No. 2 to gabbro at Lincoln pond; and No. 3 to anorthosite from Mt Marcy. I 2 3 BIO! i. AA ete ena A788) 44 et ea PP OTIO esos eae ae L220 5, 20) rence Oo 8 ear ces FE eh) in Ce She oe A Ors in ee oe 1S sre Sas AOI, Diba We Oy. e tity ae ae ee eee L30 4.63 Luze FEO. sei aa ee ee LOMA Gionn 12 ae 67 NiO [CoOe sem ey ae 02 Gt 5. eee UiGa @ epamvepes serene tye ed tk tr 16 bby Gee e to CAO Po oe Oe eee hs 8.30. BO)/..20" ) B ranioe SEOs. acest) elec, eee eee eee tf: is. ee ee Ba@i, e828 os eer eens th Ce a Me® 200 Gi ee, tae Caan eeen ae te 7 1 5-34 69 IG, Ori in ee ee ee eee ooyn 95 92 Na ON aie a eres ame 275 2.44 ee Te el tea I ain ee eee [he eR A ate Oe Spey eae cree een aoe . OF .60 53 BD risa wighat ooh aed ae te .20 20) Seen WO ihe ete concn ie eae rne tity oe a eee COk ie Si iie 3 oaks On he erate 2 Hes ett ons No REN Creme Warne tine tS RES 57 Re LOM eae ie LOO .02)). LOO. 75. 1¢e. ze The Port Leyden ore body on the west side of the Adirondacks seems to be an anomaly among the titaniferous occurrences. The wall rock is not a basic variety belonging to the gabbro-anorthosite family, but a quartz gneiss with potash feldspars and a small quantity of ferromagnesian minerals. Yet it is not unlikely that the deposits may represent only an aberrant type of the ordinary occurrences. If the country rock is igneous, as is believed, it probably belongs to the general series of intrusives that origi- nated from a common parent mass. The ultimate source of the ‘iron minerals may thus have been the same as those of the gabbros. In the relations they bear to the inclosing rocks, the ores are sharply differentiated from those of the nontitaniferous class which occur in the sedimentary gneisses and schists. They are themselves only a phase or development of the igneous magma | from which the walls have been derived —that is they are rocks ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES : I49 differing in composition but of the same genesis as the anorthosite and gabbro. The magnetite and ilmenite of which they are aggre- gates exist in the country rocks as accessory constituents. Hofer, Hans. Die Kohlen- und LEisenerz-Lagerstatten Nord-Amerikas. Vienna 1878. Hunt, T. S. The Iron Ores of the United States. Am. Inst. Min. Eng: trans; V. 19.2, 1890. Refers briefly to some of the Adirondack mines. Kemp, J. F. Titaniferous Ores of the Adirondacks. U.S. Geol. Sur. roth An. Rept. pt 3. 18099. A comprehensive account of the geology, mineralogy and chemical character of the titaniferous ores. Preliminary Report on the Geology of Essex County. N. Y. State Mus. 47th An. Rep’t. 1894; also v. 2, 49th An. Rep’t. 18098. Geology of Moriah and Westport Townships. Essex County, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 14. 1895. 172 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The Geology of the Magnetites near Port Henry, N. Y., and Espe- cially those of Mineville. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. v. 27. 1898. Gives a detailed description of the geological occurrence of the ores, with many sections» maps and analyses. Geology of the Elizabethtown and Port Henry Quadrangles. In preparation. Maynard, G. W. ‘The Iron Ores of Lake Champlain. British Iron & Steel Insts. SrS74- Nason, F. L. Notes on some of the Iron-Bearing Rocks of the Adirondack Mountains. Am. Geol. v.12. 1893. ‘ Newland, D. H. The Mining and Quarry Industry of New York. N. Y. State Mus, Bulyo3:" "10905 - "102." too; 112) 8 1667" Contains brief accounts of the larger Adirondack mines. ——— & Hansell, N. V. Magnetite Mines at Lyon Mountain, N. Y. Eng: & Min. Jour. 1906. A description of the mines, mining methods and concentration plants. Putnam, B. T. Notes on the Samples of Iron Ores Collected in New York, toth Census, v. 15. 1886. Contains numerous sections of ore bodies and analyses. Smock, J.C. First Report on the Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in the State of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 7. 18809. A brief description of the principal mines in the State. A Review of the Iron Mining Industry of New York for the past Decade. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. v. 17. - 1889. Watson, W.C. The Military and Civil History of Essex County. 186). Valuable for details of the early history of mining in the Adirondacks. ‘ INDEX Acknowledgments, 7. Adirondack iron ores, classification, ee Adirondacks, sketch of the geog- raphy and topography, 8-22. -Albite, found in syenites, 63; gneisses, 100. _Altona, forge, 106. -American Steel & Wire Co., 44. Amphibole, 13, 46. -Amphibolites, 14, 15, 17, 27; Mine- ville-Port Henry group, 62; Ar- nold hill and Palmer hill group, 92. -Analyses, Arnold mine, 98; augite syenite, 64; Baker opening, 38; Battie mine, 105; Benson mines, 135-37; Bowen & Signor mine, 127; Cheever mine, 71; Clifton ‘mines, 140-41; Cook mine, 104; ‘Crag Harbor ore body, 69; Dills »-& Lavake and Rutgers pits, 103; Finch and Chalifou pits, 99; Fine “mines, 139; Hammondville mines, “53-54; igneous rocks, 29; Indian ‘mine, 99; Jayville ore, 138; Lake SSanford ores, 152, 154, 158, 163; ‘Lee mine, 69; Little pond mine, 168; Lyon Mountain mines, 116, 120-22; Mineville group, 82; Mt _ Hope mine, 39; Nelson Bush ‘mine, 96; Old Bed ore, 82; Palmer hill mines, 102; Parish ore body, 142; Parkhurst mine, 123; Port ‘Leyden mine, 168-69; Potter mine, 38; Salisbury mine, 145; Skiff mine, 55; Split Rock mine, 166; titaniferous magnetites, 147-48; Tremblay mine, 128; Tunnel mountain ores, 170; Vineyard mine, AI. Anorthosite, 9, 16-17, 147, 150; anal- ysis, 148; Arnold hill and Palmer hill group, o1; Hammondville mine group, 44, 45, 46, 48; Lake Sanford deposits, 157, 158, 163; -Mineville-Port Henry group, 67; Moose mountain, 164; Split Rock mine, 165. Apatite, found in gneiss, 45, 100; granite, 47; schists, III; syenites, 63, 93; magnetites, 25, 32, 66, 82, 96, 98, 103, 104, 114, 132, 135, 136, EArt, E52 stOla whos + loz: Arch pit, Barton hill mines, 84. Arnold hill deposits, 16, 22, 24-26, go-105; concentrating plants, 34; igneous group, 28; syenite, 93; statistics of ore production, 35, 100. Arnold mine, 96-08. Arnold Mining Co., 94. Arnold, Stickney & Howe, 94. Augite, found in anorthosites, 17, O7Use5) SabbLos, 17,0. 62,105): PMelsses, 27.90, Ol, 02, 195," 103, LOO; VIO}, 15/124," 1445 xranites, ies 2o, 1i2);) hematite, 43> ‘mas- Metites, 62, 101,; 113, 116, 145, 161, 169; pegmatite, 114; schists, III; syenites, 18, 28, 20, 46, 63, 65, 66, 93, 100, 143, 164. Ausable Forks, 93; forge, 100. Averill mine, 125-26. Averill peak, 108. Ayers pit, 51. Bachman, F. E., £0. F542 Baker opening, 38. Bakers Mills, anorthosite, 17. Bald Peak, 509. Ball} (Clinton WV; cited), 1771. Barton gneiss, 64. Barton hill, gabbro, 31; mines, 66, 72, 84-88. Battie mine, 90, 104-5. Bay State, blast furnaces, 58. Beck, LC. cited, 58; 60, 171. Beekmantown formation, 10. acknowledgments 173 174 Bell, Sir Lowthian, cited, 171. Belmont, forge, 106. Benson mines, 23, 30, 33, 35, 128, 13I- 32; concentrating plants, 34; sec- iHon,, £33: Benson Mining Co., 132. Benson pits, Jayville mines, 138. Bibliography, 171-72. Big pit, Palmer hill mines, 100, 101. Biotite, found in anorthosites, 158; gneisses, 15, 20, 30, 40, 45, 68, 80, 92, 95, I10, III, 132, 143; granites, AI, 47; magnetites, 32, 42, IOI, 103, 104, 135, 140, 152, 161, 169; schists; 20; 27, 30, LL, 1255. sy euttes,, 07. Birch hill, granitic gneisses, III. Birkinbine, John, cited, 36, 171. Black Brook, forge, 100; mine, 124, 126. | Black River formation, Io. Blacksmith mine, 53. Blakes W...Ps cited,..17: Blye mine, 42. Bonanza-Joker ore body, 74. 78. Bonaparte lake, Grenville limestone, 130. Bone phosphate, Mineville group, 82, Booth, Garrett & Blair, analysis by, 309. Bowen & Signor mine, 126. Brakes, James, analyses by, 104, 195, 120, 12. Breed mine, 40, 42. Briquetting, 34. Britton, J. B., analysis by, 41, 56. Bulwagga mountain, 509. Burden Iron Co., 80. Burden pit, Lyon Mountain mines, 117, Burt lot, Mineville group, 72, 86. Burt pit, Arnold hill, go. Butler & Gillette, 57, 68. Butler mine, 40, 41-42. Calamity brook, 162. Calciferous formation, 19. Calcite, found in anorthosites, 158; hematite, 43; magnetites, 52, 96. Camptonite, I12. \ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cannot pit, Lyon Mountain mines, 117. Carbon, Clifton mines, 141; Lincoln pond mine, 167. Catalan forges, 100. Cedar Point, furnace, 58. Chalifou mine, 90, 94, 98-99. Champlain clays, 60. Chateaugay lake, upper, 108. Chateaugay mines, 105. See also Lyon Mountain. Chateaugay Ore & Iron Co., 106. Chazy lake, 108. Chazy limestone, 19. Cheever mines, 57, 58, 66, 68, 69-71; concentrating plant, 34; cross- section, 70. Cheney ores, 159, 161. Chlorin apatite, 82. Chlorite, 43, 95. Clarksboro, charcoal furnace, 130. Clayburg, forge, 106, 124; mine, 127— 28. Clifton, Benson mines, 131. Clifton mines, 23, 30, 128, 139-42. Clifton Mining Co., 130. Clinton county, 8; dike rocks, 19; faults, 21; gneisses, 15; igneous series, 27, 28; magnetites, 23; mines, 90-128; titaniferous mag- netite, 147. Clintonville, forge, 100; Winter mine near, I05. Coccolite, 139. Colburn furnace, 58. Colby, George D., cited, 168. Commercial utilization of the ti- taniferous ores, 153-55. Concentrating plants, 34. Cook hill, go. Cook mine, 103-4. Cook shaft, Barton hill mines, 86. Copper, 82, 96. Craie, Harber bed, 57, Go. Crown Point, Grenville series, 30; mines near, 40-43. Crown Point Iron Co., 44, 50, 164. Crystalline limestones, II, 12-13, 15, 27; Arnold hill and Palmer hill, 92; Clifton mines, 30; Crown INDEX TO ADIRONDACK Point mines, 40; Hammondville mines, 45; Lake Sanford deposits, 157; Lyon Mountain mines, 108; Minerva mine, 89; Mineville-Port Henry group, 67, 68; St Lawrence county mines, 130, 140, 142; Salis- bury mine, 143. Cumings, W. L., acknowledgments to, 7; mentioned, 163. eaenie. El: P., cited, 10, 1, 13, 15, i, 21, 25-20, 63, 64, 108, 100, 125, 142, 143, 144, 157. Dannemora mines, I05, I24, 125. Dannemora mountain, 108. Darton, N. H., cited, 22. Diabase dikes, 19; Arnold hill and Palmer hill, 91, 93-94, 101; Ham- mondville mine group, 45; Lyon Mountain mines, I12, II5, 122; Mineville-Port Henry group, 61- 62; Saranac valley mines, 125. | Dickson vein, Lyon Mountain mages, 153, 116, 117. Dike rocks, 12, 19. See also Diabase dikes. Dills & Lavake pit, 90, 103. Diorites, 15, 65. Dioritic gneiss, 66. Dodge vein, Clifton mines, 140. Dog Alley mine, 52. Drill tests, Hammondville mines, 53; Lyon Mountain mines, 118-20. Drown, T. M., analysis by, 54. Elizabethtown, netite, 147. Ellenburgh mountain, 108. Elliot pit, Palmer hill mines, 100, IOI. Ellis mine, 126. Emmons, E., cited, 10, 16, 57, 58, 60, 72, 90, 95, 98, 103, 104, 128, 131, 146, 149, 155, 156, 150, 161, 162, 171. Epidote, 114. Essex county, 8; anorthosite, 16; dike rocks, 19; faults, 21; field work in, 11; flexures, 21; gabbro, 17; gneisses, 14; Grenville series, 30; Lake Sanford deposits, 155; titaniferous mag- ES 08 88 EeeEaeeee eee eee aes \ MAGNETIC IRON ORES ’ 175 limestones and schists, 13; mag- netites, 23, 26; mines, 40-90, 154- 68, 169; quartzite, 14; titaniferous magnetite, 147. Essex Mining Co., 57, 68. Essler pit, Jayville mines, 138. Eupyrchroite, Crown Point mines, AO. Fairbanks mine, 126. Faults, existence of, 21; Arnold hill mines, 94-95. Feldspar, 9; found in amphibolites, 14; anorthosites, 17; 67,147; 157; gabbros, 17, 62, 158, 168; gneisses, £3,115, 26, 30), 45.4h, Ol; ‘100! sF10, PLis 132) TAO, 043," 144, - 148; 160; granites, 18, 46, 47, 112; magnetites, 2A, 53s TOO, 104. TIO, 122) las 145. 159, 160, 162, 166, 168, 169; peg- faite,» Tid; ° Quartzites, 14) 15; schists, 46, III; syenites, 18, 46, 64, 65, 93, 143. Finch pit, Arnold hill mines, 90, 94, 98-99. Fine, magnetites, 23; Grenville series, 30; mines, 128, 138-30. Fisher hill mines, 72, 86. Fletcherville, furnace, 58. Fluorite, in magnetites, 28, 32, 52, 96, I00. Foliation, 20. Foote, W. T., acknowledgments to, 7; cited, 150. Fort Ann, statistics of ore produc- tion, 35; mines near, 37-40. Fort Ticonderoga, hematite, 6, 42. Franklin county, 8; gneisses, 15; magnetites, 23; titaniferous mag- netite, 147; syenite, 18. Fuller pit, Jayville mines, 138. Fulton county, 8. Gabbroic gneiss, 66; Cheney deposit, 161. Gabbros, 15, 17-18, 31, 62-63, 147, 149, 150; analyses, 148; Arnold hill and Palmer hill, 91, 93; Ham- mondvilie mines, 45, 46, 48, 490; Humbug vein, 170; Lake Sanford 176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM deposits, 158, 162, 163; Lincoln pond mine, 166; Little pond mines, 167; Lyon Mountain mines, 109; Mineville-Port Henry group, 70, 71; Moose Mountain mine, 164; Port Leyden mine, 169; St Law- rence county mines, 130, 131; Split Rock mine, 16s. Garnet, 9; found in anorthosites, 17, - 158; diabase dikes, 101; gabbros, 62, 1635). 158, 164: 7165. OOO: gneisses, 13, 27, 30, 46, 80, 125, 131, 132; magnetites, 114, 135, 138, 140, 142, 4152, 150; ¥ 100; plO2s ses) LOO: schists, 30, 46, III; syenites, 93. Glacial drift, 60-61. Gmeisses) 10) 42.2513.527,520)) 301475 Arnold hill and Palmer hill group, 91-93, 95, 103, 105; Barton, 64; Cheney deposit, 161; Crown Point mines, 40, 41, 42; foliation, 20; Hammondville mine group, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50; Lake Sanford deposits, 157; Lyon Mountain mines, 108, 109, II0, 113, 115; Minerva mine, 89; Mineville-Port Henry group, 64; ‘65, 66,67, 70; 71; Orchard, (65); Port Leyden mine, 148, 169; St Lawrence county mines, 130, I31, 1325137, 138)) 140; 142 + Salisbury, mine, 143, 144; Saranac valley mines, 124, 125, 126, 128; of unde- termined relationship, 15-16. See also Augite, Hornblende, etc. Granbery, J. H., cited, 171. Granite, (0, 15) 18510; 28. 30,;732;n147; Crown Point mines, 41, 42; mines near Fort Ann, 37, 30; Hammond- ville mine group, 45, 46, 47, 48, 40; Lyon Mountain mines, II0, 112; Port Leyden mine, 169; St Law- rence county mines, 131, 135, 137; Saranac valley mines, 125, 126. Granitic gneisses, Lake Sanford de- | posits, 157; Lyon Mountain mines, 110; St Lawrence county mines, 140; Saranac valley mines, 124, 125. Grannis, George D., mentioned, 1309. Graphite, 9; found in gneisses, 13, 40, 46; limestones, 13, 46, 67, 1573. magnetites, 30, 167; quartzites, 143. schists, 46. Graphite (village), quartzite, 14. Grenville series, 12-14, 18, 25, 27, 20,. Arnold hill and Palmer hill group,. 92; Crown Point mines, 40; mines near Fort Ann, 37; Hammondville- mine group, 46; Minerva mine, 89; Mineville-Port Henry group, 67—- 68, 70; Newcomb, 157; St Law- rence colinty mines, 130, 131, .na2e - Salisbury mine, 143; Saranac val-- ley mines, 125. Hague, quartzite, 14. Hail Cis cited), rome Hall mine, Mineville group, 72, 88. Hall slope, Lyon Mountain mines,,. nGp Hamilton county, 8; field work in, 11. Hammond mine, 40, 42. Hammond pit, Lyon’ Mountain: imines, 117. Hammondville gneiss, 45-46. Hammondville mine group, 23, 24,. 43-56; statistics of ore production,. 35; analyses, 53-54. Hansell, N. V., acknowledgments to, 72 Cited, 172) Harmony mines, 60, 74, 82-84. Harris mine, 44. Harrisville, Grenville limestone, 130.. Hart pits, Jayville mines, 137. Hematites, 6, 26; Arnold hill, 26; Hammondville mines, 53; Mine— ville-Port Henry sroup, 7602" Mount Defiance mine, 40, 43. Herkimer county, 8; field work, 113. Salisbury mine, 23, 142-45. Hillebrand, W. F., analysis by, 166,. 167, 168, 170. Hindshaw, H. H., acknowledgments. to, 7; mentioned, 116, Hofer, Hans, cited, 171. Hoffman, fault, 22. Horicon Iron Co., 55. Hornblende, found in amphibolites, 14; anorthosites, 17; gabbros, 62,. INDEX TO ADIRONDACK MAGNETIC IRON ORES 93, 158, 164, 165, 168; gneisses, I5, 20, 27, 30, 40, 41, 42, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 70, 89, 92, 95, 105, 109, II5, 125, Penak, 132,137, 138, 140, 143, 144, 157, Stanites, 18, 30, 37, 46, 137; magnetites, 24, 32, 39, 53, 67, 103, mee G13, 127, 138, 139, 140, 145, me2059, TOI; pegmatite, 114; quartzites, 15; schists, 20, 27, 28, 30, 37, 45; 62, 67, III, 140; sye- mites, 1a, 26, 20, 40; 63, 65, 93. Howe mine, 42. Humbug vein, 170. Hunt, Rogers, acknowledgments to, 71, mame P. S., cited, 171. Hurd, C. S., acknowledgments to, 7. Hypersthene, found in anorthosites, no. i707; 158; g Sate enc Sea Ea Rute, than sonys 58 Beeduetion io! clay materials. > 16 -| Stone. 25% wives el ew ke hee ween 59 Manufacture of building brick.. I9 Production of stone.2... 3.2: _ 59 Oither clay materials ../... 0... 22 Granite 5045 Jon oi eer 61 New manufacturers of clay ma- LejmiesStote: neo notes tec ee 63 PM iar ALE Ne ty «yuh a 23 Mar phe 3:5 hoe ete a 67 BA tae SG a ROH kG he Bae we 24 Sandstone? /; . 0: Raton en ee €9 SiiiamenGniy tay i eae se F 25 Production of sandstone....... 69 Pratomiaceous earth. . 5..05. 0.2... 25 RADY ot ca eee eee es oe 71 |S. FRCS SG EN A ih ples Apes ll ae ame 524 1a il eT epee, a Pro en re deanna 72 LEV SI Es alt a AT sti ANC DUANGAG tet er, Coe bus. ks 74 Men eMNne SO Se Liane’ oi od 6s Dive wee PPL TE Si cree eaten? act CN 5s 75 ef wilh ath ee a > = ° PR NO ete eee awa New York State Education Department Science Division, April 16, 1908 Hon. A. S. Draper LL.D. Commissioner of Education My pear sir: I have the honor to submit herewith, for publi- cation as a bulletin of the State Museum, the annual report on The Mining and Quarry Industry of New York State, prepared by David H. Newland, Assistant State Geologist. Very respectfully Joun M. CLARKE Director State of New York Education Department COMMISSIONER’S ROOM Approved for. publication this 17th day of April 1908 Commissioner of Education. AS Rivet : a : 1 F * —_—._ = Education Department Bulletin Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York - Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., March 3, 1908, under the act of Congress of July 16, 1894 NO. 426 ALBANY, N: Y. JULY 1, 1908 New York State Museum Joun M. Crarke, Director Museum bulletin 120 THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY OF NEW YORK STATE REPORT OF OPERATIONS AND PRODUCTION DURING 1907 BY D. H. NEWLAND PREPACE With the present issue the annual reviews of the mining and quarry industries of the State encompass a period of four years, the first having been published in 1905. ‘The incentive for their continuance is found in the general interest which attaches to this branch of industrial activity, as illustrated by the number of requests received for information relating to all phases of the subject as well as by the rapid progress that is being made in the industries themselves. The publication of the reports is rendered possible only through the cooperation of the many enterprises engaged in exploitation of the local resources; it is a pleasure to acknowl- edge the cordial manner with which their assistance has been given. 6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM INTRODUCTION 5 Substantial progress: was made during the past year in many departments of the mineral industry, and though conditions in some lines were not so prosperous as they had been in previous years, the general record may be regarded with satisfaction. The census of production that has been conducted for the present and preceding issues of this report covers over 30 differ- ent materials mined or quarried in the State; the total value of the output returned for 1907 amounted to $37,427,405, showing a small advance over the corresponding total for 1906 which was - $37,132,832, the largest recorded up to that time. When com- pared with other years the status of the industry in 1907 appears in even more favorable light, as the value of the production in 1G05 was $35,470,987 and in 1904 only $28,812,595. Within the four years for which returns have been collected, there has thus been a gain of 30 per cent in the mineral production of the State. These valuations, it may be noted, are based on materials in elementary or first marketable form, so that they actually repre- sent only a small part of the aggregates contributed each year | by the mineral industry in general. The metallurgical and chemical products classed as mineral are among the largest items of local manufactures. By comparison of the tables of production included herewith, - it will be observed that iron mining has undergone uninterrupted expansion during the past few years. The output tor aeo% amounted to 1,018,013 long tons and exceeded that of any pre- vious year since 1890. There were 13 mines under exploitation, or two more than in 1906 when the production was 905,367 tons. Several additional mines have been under development prelimin- ary to active work. The Clinton ore-belt has been the center of special interest, and large tracts of land in Wayne and Cayuga - counties have been taken over by companies with a view to mining operations. The Fair Haven Iron Co. began shipments from this region for the first time last year. The Adirondack region also has shared in the activity. The Benson mines in St Lawrence county and the Cheever mine near Port Henry have been reopened, while the deposits of titaniferous ores at Lake Sanford received attention and their operation is post- poned only for the want of railroad facilities which are planned for the near future. With a return of the iron market to normal conditions, it may be expected that the iron ore production of New York will soon develop beyond all proportions of the past. THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY LOOF in fi ' The clay materials reported in 1907 represented an aggregate value of $12,688,868. There was a decrease of $1,266,432 from the amount returned for the preceding year, due to the smaller output and market values of the building materials. The com- bined output of brick, tile, fireproofing and terra cotta used for building purposes was valued at $8,909,392 as compared with $11,063,433 in 1906. The number of bricks made was 1,366,842,- 000, of which 1,051,907,000 came from the Hudson river region. The decline in the output of building materials was counter- balanced to some degree by the gain in pottery manufactures which were valued at $2,240,895, against a value of $1,795,008 for the preceding year. Of the 61 counties of the State 43 were represented among the reports received last year from the manu- facturers of clay products. The quarries of New York contributed a value of $7,890,327, against $6,504,165 in 1906, showing an increase of about 20 per cent and establishing a new record for these industries. The total was divided according to the various uses into: building stone $2,208,545; monumental stone $162,359; curb and _ flag- stone $1,064,193; crushed stone $2,812,098; other uses $1,642,232. ‘The output of slate, millstones and of limestone used in making hydraulic cement is not included in the totals. The marble in- dustry was specially active last year and the production valued at $1,571,936 has probably never been exceeded in the State. The stone quarries are distributed among all the counties practi- cally, while they yield nearly every kind of material for building, construction or ornamental purposes. The companies manufacturing hydraulic cement reported an Eeaput Of 3,245,720 barrels, with a value of $2,971,820. The - totals consisted of 2,108,450 barrels of Portland cement valued at $2,214,090 and 1,137,279 barrels of natural rock cement valued at $757,730. In the preceding year there were 4,114,939 barrels produced valued at $3,950,699, so that there was a loss for the year jof 869,210 barrels in quantity and $9783879 in value. The poor showing has been due largely to the unfavor- able conditions that obtained in the natural cement trade which has shown a steady decline for several years past. The salt production of the State amounted to 9,657,543 barrels, as compared with 9,013,993 barrels in 1906, thus continuing the progress that has for some time been a feature of the industry. The value of the output was $2,449,178, exceeding that of the previous year by $317,528. There were six counties represented 8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM in the returns, with Onondaga county in the lead, though its output consisted mostly of salt used for soda manufacture. Livingston county made the largest quantity of marketable grade, chiefly rock salt. An aggregate of 323,323 short tons of gypsum was taken from the mines and quarries of the State last year, as compared with 262,486 short tons in 1906. The output has increased by over 100 per cent within the last three years, due to the rapid de- velopment of the trade in wall plasters, stucco, etc., and to the use of gypsum in Portland cement manufacture. The value of the different materials was $1,038,355, as compared with $699,- 455 in 19006. The combined value of ‘ae petroleum and natural gas pro- duced in the State was $2,536,349, a small increase over the value reported for 1906 which was $2,487,674. The quantity of petro- leum taken from the wells, estimated from the receipts of pipe -line companies, was 1,052,324 barrels, valued at $1,736,335, or nearly the same as in the preceding year. The natural gas pro- duction was valued at $800,014, as compared with $766,579 in 1906; the volume amounting to 3,052,145,000 cubic feet against 3,007,086,000 cubic feet in the preceding year. New discoveries of gas continue to be reported and the additional supplies thus | made available have more than sufficed to maintain the rate of production. The mining of pyrite showed a notable advance during the past year, the output amounting to 49,978 long tons, which com- pares with 11,798 tons for 1906. The mineral is obtained in St Lawrence county. A large amount of exploratory and develop- ment work has been done recently, with results that may lead to a further expansion of the industry. The product finds a ready sale for making sulfurous and sulfuric acids. The talc mines near Gouverneur contributed a production of 59,000 short tons, or.a little less than in 1906. The value of the cutput was $501,500. The production is governed chiefly by the requirements of the paper trade and shows little tendency to fluctuate from year to year. Garnet for abrasive uses is obtained from the eastern Adiname dacks. An output of 5709 short tons valued at $174,800 was. reported in 1907. The returns for the preceding year showed an output of 4729 short tons with a value of $159,208. The crystalline graphite mined in the Adirondacks amounted to 2,950,000 pounds, against 2,811,582 pounds in 1906. The value THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY I9O7_ , 9 of the product was $106,951 as compared with $96,084. Almost the whole quantity was taken from the mine at Graphite, War- ren co., though many other enterprises have been inaugurated during the few years. ~ A somewhat unusual industry not elsewhere represented in this country is that connected with the production of natural carbon dioxid, or carbonic acid gas, as it is generally known. The gas occurs in association with the mineral waters of Sara- toga Springs and its collection and storage for use form an interesting, as well as important, industrial development. About. 5,000,0co pounds of the gas are sold each year, chiefly to manu- facturers of carbonated waters. Mineral production of New York in 1904 UNIT OF - PRODUCT ete eee QUANTITY VALUE Periand cement........... Barrelsio. eset 11.399 302 $1 245 778 Natural rock cement....... Barcelss, seater t 881 630 I 207 883 Beecmse, brieck.............: ThousandsSer. os: I 293 538 Y fae ee i a MIP 9a aia vag 8 ols Sense dun 2, Loo aes gee BE I 438 634 DME EPEREROLOUUCTS. 60a | ah tec aes wee | bcp a ielw bn ed 2 592 948 EE Short Ons 2 2. 8 959 17 164 LE. Sy re Short:tons. 5... 1 148 E7220 Pedspar and quartz:.......| Long tons...... 8 763 28 463 Se hs ee Ler SN@Ict HORS yea nes 3 045 Lod 325 (2 2S 2s eo fF ShOrbst@ns. (2's: . II 080 8 484 CE DU Sk GSS a een Roundce rit: . sa: 21225027 IIQ 509 20°52 en ohort Fonsi: x 2,.-,< 151 455 424 975 USD Chee ee er haone bOns <5 +2. 619 103 I 328 894 Lo TEES. 2 op eher eS SII ete ho tart Ae aa (ne a a 2I 476 Pian Paimt.-. 0. see es SHOT, tOHS i..2 + .: 4 740 55 768 Bemerpieinent. ... 5... .+. Sort tons... 3. 3. 132 23 876 Memeral waters. ol... 2. Gallonss se. oe5 8 000 000 I 000 000 MERI SAS S05. wes nk we tooo cubic feet..| 2 399 987 eae aly, 200) 2 S50 eee Barrels aya)... 4. 636. 170): I 7O9 770 2 WTR} ee Moenetons oo 0: : 5 295 20 820 Bethe mid <2 2 ah Perea ee Racers. = iy. 3. 8 724 768 2 102 748 foaming Slates 21. r ee SQUAKES 28 yess | 18 ogo 86 159 Pe ter IMANTEMPOEEEEC Sue tele eta aks s arta de | os ah oe ela Tear OED CS. SS ae (Lae Oe 221 882 is VSL SSIES IES 2 NS aT a ee ee re een 2 104 095 CE FEUB Ga PGS i Ue BRS NE Naa 6 ee aa rea Me 478 771 ‘ESID US OGLE 4, io eaten cad oh ee eee I 896 697 Peer tne ets ee nae he OS Seog sie ek Dal Re ee eee 468 496 Peery rote te UY SHOE’. tOmE..0 22: 65 000 455 000 USie COS REISE IS (aa om ee Woe De I 600 000 Prat leary pee pe Sor nies yas Aone esha Aes yee ack $28 812 595 a Includes apatite, carbon dioxid, diatomaceous earth, fullers earth, marl and sand. The value is partly estimated IO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Mineral production of New York in 1905 Se UNIT OF : PRODUCT | pie ae Rte QUANTITY VALUE Portland: cement Acciee - 3. he Bactelgnce() “een 2 117 822 | $2°046 Natural tock cement: 2 Barrels. Jantar ss 2 257 698 I 590 Buildure brick .43 5 ee Thousands...... 1 Fae. 157 IO 054 Pottery ao 2 ee ee cele ie nie an, At 5 ee _I 620 Other day: prodivets,<. Ss 22a See oe ee eee 2 603 Couderelay.c ac nae eee eee SHOR tons wr. 6 766 16 Hmierye v6.5.0 ot See ene eee BHOrt OHS is oe I 475 12 Feldspar and quartz. = <2<., Lone tons 2.5.5 17 000 48 (Gane bee ee are eee er pHOrt. Ons: 75 ) 2 700 94 Glass Sand “i cto oe Short tons...... | g 850 7 Graphite i755 ca se ee Pounds. >. .f5c< 3 897 616 142 Gypstim: 750.2. Fase ee Short tons..5. 22 I9I 860 551 Tronc@re 1.5 2a Fae es een Eong:tons,\. 2. 3. 827 049 2 570 Mallstones Sr wis ghee 2 eee eee ee SBS URN RS Ueeeperete ns 3 22 Metatite paintie ee. oo SHORE tOMS: = 7.25. | 6 059 70 IALE, PIIMIE NE. ears hoes tons Shortitons 2.5 os 2 929 22 Mineral waters. J% sera u Gallons os sin | 8 000 000 -I 000 Natiitalieas. 22s tes 1ro00..ctbic feet: .| x2 639 230 607 Petrolenm ics Ss eee ae Barrels 2c oa S| 949 511 -| -. i 566 Pyrite oo se See ee eee De Longe tons: et: | 10 loot) 2.2 aa Sale aoe ene eee ees ce | Barréls_....252) |: 28875 -Gae: eae ioonite slate... 2 5554.5 theses (ACMA LeS eras ee ee | 16 460 94 Slate maniiachitess > 2 oa" es cee oe aes fh See ei I Granites! te Aes rnc. Snare els eee eee ee Yee ey eee 253 Teamlestone. 5. h ak Se ee St oe ae Sy ft ORD ere ae [is tenes eee a At Marble? 0. sige <3 eS es fe hed pees ea cen gee Pare r os Sc. 774 Sandstone. fs 22327 he. te ee ee SNP gar 2 043 Trap. fogs 4 ce eRe ee ee oe et ee ee 623 AISA: See SRS Ae ae Seas a Shortens. s. | 67 000 | 469 Other materialsaia: .22:2. So, Sea ee | 1 800 Total values es gi Lr te ee eee | Eta Pie $35 470 alIncludes apatite, carbon dioxid, diatomaceous earth, fullers earth, marl, sand sand lime brick. The value is partly estimated. 864 689 597 558 861 616 452 500 500 765 948 193 123 944 ogo 668 000 000 931 465 067 009 000 955 456 Say 960 219 000 000 987 and THE MINING-AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 II Mineral production of New York in 1906 UNIT OF PRODUCT | MEASUREMENT QUANTITY VALUE Portland cement..... eee tsar: 2K t's) 5's 2 423 374 | $2 766 488 Natural rock cement....... lisatrelses £5.31); I 691 565 I 184 211 Beedamie brick. ............. Pe ESAGS. 0). I 600 059 9 688 289 REN. es es Sie hia ig ee eae Wat. pa I 795 008 emennamrremanteis: 20228 eh a foe ees 2 472 003 JUL [Oi LOS. 2. 5... - 5 A477 Q 125 7 2 SS ee sort. tOnse 2. 2. I 307 13 870 Feldspar and quartz........ (Rone tons. . .': 13 660 44 350 fo bos SS ere | SHOE tOHS <2... ; 4.720 159 298 7 Be ffi 2 Se ae (Shortt tons..-2:.... 9g 000 - 8 600 Tee Se | Pomndsse ss .3) 5. 2 811 S82 96 084 200) SES re er | Short tons....... | 262 486 699 455 ol DSS ea i Tone pons 05.1.2 905 367 3 393 609 MES de eee ete ral ei ee 22 442 Peete pantie... 0 2-2. ses | Sere tGHs. 65:)..2 2 714 29 140 Slate pigment..... es ee Oe ieHHGrh VOnS.<2 .).. 2 045 15 960 Mineral waters............. thea HGNe, Ooo. 8 000 000 I 000 000 Meee PAS. 8. - | 1000 cubic feet..| 3 007 086 - 766 579 Sees Se Se PSI BEUS Se ae, 102 I 043 088 E- 427° 005 eeetibe. =... Re ES Ne anger tae Ir 798 35 550 2 ee ee a Sosy Sie eGo se laches SS eee ilies 9 013 993 24 ZE GSO eeeetmeisiate .-....-..:...|, Squares... 2-<.. 16 248 Me we Be Slate manufactures......... Pie Abt e eee Se Poco ea oe ee 4 150 mand lime brick............ | Thousands... . .: 17 080 122 340 ol) eee bogs a ar Ke aumati| Piig ean nea 255 189 Seed. 2. ee ee Pe ee es ePrints hee 2 963 829 ii 2 eee ee eee oe alg Se i he 460 915 PemigeeORe.. 152... ek. Woeex es eee e oats: eee ane eae I 976 829 a pre tes tere © Pn ea Se Sete cf ee eS fe ae 847 403 4 Ree 5 oe os | Short tons....... 64 200 541 600 : Somer Miaterialsa..-....:..- share 5 Stee ge Sees Fens BS eos ge 1 850 000 piihall Wales = 31.8... 5s fp erene eee eee Beceem echo a Sie $37 132 832 . | 3 - a Includes apatite arsenical ore, carbon dioxid, diatomaceous earth, fullers earth, marl and sand and gravel exclusive of glass sand. I2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Mineral production of New York in 1907 PRODUCT Portland(cement,- 25-37. 2. Natural rockicement .)..2% 5 Building ‘brick nn..2e2 50.2 POtvenyiic.. one. Soo oe ee Other:clay“productss. ee ae. Cradevclayr. 3) igh aie, oe ee Mimeny en ect ems fee Beldspar and quartz... LG i 01 6) Meany eG ta ange alae ema Metallic painth 7a... e eee DIAtet PlemMeMIL alee ee ee Mineral waters..4 2: 2.24 3. Roofing slate: e282 si4. 4s. 6 Slatesmanuiactunes| .. Meese ards 2x r6oy A838 RiCom 505 Bil SAS 2k CONC ae 2 108 450 2. 2A OOO Te et 2@ 157-920 Chay, d The manufacture of clay materials holds a prominent place among the industrial activities of the State. Clays suitable for making the common wares are distributed throughout every section. The rapidly growing markets for these products has led to the establishment of numerous manufacturing plants so that there is scarcely a city or community of any size which does ; _ not contain one or more of such enterprises. This is particularly true with regard to the manufacture of building materials, such as brick, terra cotta and tile, which are being employed more and more widely as elements of permanent construction. Owing to their cheapness, durability and the convenience with which they can be adapted to meet the varied architectural require-- ments, the use of clay materials will no doubt continue to find favor for a long time to come. The production of the finer grades of eae wares has not attained the importance shown by the other lines. In contrast ey fs wt pas Se) \ 16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM with most of the states along the Atlantic seaboard New York > possesses very small resources in the finer varieties of clays and — kaolin. ‘This fact has retarded the development of industries in which such materials are employed, but with the present facili- ties for transport the deficiency has become less formidable to local manufacturers. There are now a number of plants in the State making tableware, electrical supplies, and other porcelain and semiporcelain wares. Production of clay materials The tables included herewith give full details as to the pro- duction of the different clay materials in the State. They are based on returns received from practically all of the manufac- turers in every department. The value of the products reported for 1907 indicates that the year was a fairly prosperous one for the local industries though comparing somewhat unfavorably with the two preceding years when unusually flourishing conditions obtained throughout the State. There was a smaller demand for clay building materials due to decreased building operations in New York and other large cities. This brought about a severe decline in the prices which had been raised to a high level, and to a curtailment of production. The decrease in output, however, was not so marked as might have been expected wowing mainly to the number of new plants that had been placed in operation during the previous year and to the enlargement of. facilities in many other plants. Aside from the branches connected with the building trade, there was little change in the industry and the production of most materials was well maintained or even showed a gain. The aggregate value of the clay manufactures of all kinds in 1907 was $12,688,868. This compared with $13,955.309, the total reported for 1906, shows a falling off of $1,266.432 or about g per cent for the, year. Of the G61. counties in the State 43 qere represented in 1907 as having an output of this class of mineral materials. The number of individual plants in operation was 242, as compared with 265 in the preceding year and 250 in 1905. | The shrinkage in the valuation of the building brick alone was greater than the combined decrease for the entire production. The total reported by the manufacturers of this material amounted to $7,424,294, against a value of $9,688,289 for 1906, or a decrease of $2,263,995. Of the total, common brick accounted THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 14 for $7,201,525, as compared with $9,302,165 in 1906, and front and fancy brick for $222,769 as compared with $386,124 for the preceding year. The production of vitrified paving brick was _ valued at $184,306 against $178,011. Fire brick and stove lining amounted to a value of $624,033 against $527,659. The manu- factures of drain tile amounted to $162,167 against $166,645 ; and of sewer pipe to $463,500 against $95,142. The production of terra cotta was valued at $1,224,300, as compared with $1,037,387 in 1906; fireproofing at $45,672 as compared with $120,282; and building tile at $215,126, as compared with $217,475. In addition there were produced miscellaneous ma- terials, including flue lining, fire tile and shapes, conduit pipes, sidewalk brick and acid-proof brick, the collected value of which amounted to $104,575, against $129,402 in 1906. The potteries of the State reported an output valued at $2,240,895, as com- pared with a value of $1,795,008 in the preceding year. Production of clay materials MATERIAL | 1905 1906 1907 24 ems erick. .-...........-| -$9 751 753 | $9 302 -165 $7 201 525 Piesetaathele 8 so es ) 302 844 | 386 124 222 769 Watinted paving brick........- | 180 004 | 178 oII 184 306 Fire brick and stove lining.... 498 184 | 527 659 624 033 io he eS 146 790 166 645 162 167 SRO Ce a | 444 457 95 142 463 500 MC Ot bas fk ee vs = | S7A Taf a\ oF 037. 387 I 224 300 MERePTOONNS, 26. u ek | 133 995 | 120 282 | 45 672 2 LUD ea 251 600 | Os Oy ey. 215 126 Masecllancous:.)............- 7m RTA | 129 402 104 575 oD DEG. ea a eee 1 620 558 | 1 795 008 | 2 240 895 i eh De atig 4% $14 280 016 | $13 955 300 | $12 688 868 - | 1 | A distribution of the production according to the counties in which it was made places Onondaga county in the lead as having the largest clay-working industry. The value of its output was $1,331,443, the greater part representing pottery. In 1¢06 it ranked fourth. Ulster county which was second in the preced- - ing year maintained that position with an output valued at $1,324.476. Rockland county fell from first to third place with a total of $1,258,467. The manufacture of brick is the basis of the industry in these counties. Richmond county advanced from sixth position in 1906, to fourth last year, and contributed $1,121,524; it manufactures most of the terra cotta made in the 18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM State. The other counties that reported a production of over $100,000 in value in 1907 were: Orange ($789,297); Erie ($786,703) ; Dutchess ($781,262); Monroe ($583,664); Kings ($574,863) ; Albany ($540,341) ; Columbia ($433,357) ; Westchester ($390,773) ; Ontario ($342,810) ; Rensselaer ($321,016) ; Saratoga ($256,275); Greene ($237,620); Steuben ($186,124); Suffolk ($127,610); Chautauqua ($113,350); Allegany ($111,751); and Nassau ($105,000). Queens county .should also be included in the foregoing list, but the value is withheld owing to there being but a single producer. . Production of clay materials by counties | COUNTY 1905 1906 | 1907 } Al Samay. ree eee iin Sat te ie OA een $624 238 $675 099 | $540 341 Allepany ps urioe sens ae 118 989 FET OS 25 it yses™ BrOOmié <0; ctw ote cen ere eect 18 000 12 060°} 8 250 Cattaraucuss 2.3 heaters Cb NS Fe 35 500 AT 234 Cayweed o. det Sri Oks ak eee ee 25 920 17 860 | 14 832 Chairtarqta. 7 Slee eee Joa SOR, 99 085 | 1I3 250 Ce meng xe! ya ee ceteaat eee tee 96 000 90 000 88 940 Chintom ara tec eee 5 900 4 800 4 250 Cohmimibia nc sa iia ae 520 500 489 750 433 357 Distchess S55 foe ek ee L258 037 975 410 781 262 BRIG wip Paes oe mee 400. 524 804 159 786 703 PAan Gone fa neta, eget See I 700 2 600 2 000 Chee. a ete Ge eh Oe 389 562 399 298 237 620 Jetierson So) oy. oss ace ateen Mey oe! 326 (Foe 20.0922 2003 520m pe SIUM cee ee ee Pe seen, us eee 565 888 575 O73 574 OOsm NMiaeiIS OM eo. os he 6 seg en eee I2 000 16 800 32 000 MONROE: oc-b os bale See eee 644 411 341 870 583 664 IN@SSatE . Soc cine. aera nena: 760 992 163 700 IO5 000 Nideagac fo. eh otee eaei Bae Io 832 16 282 Oneida. Sos. aa eg See 133 250 103 263 g8 25s Onondasaz ost a7 Be eee | 932 285 I 094 635 I 331 443 Ontanioe 2 nae at ee ee 345 250 343 040 342 810 Oran jae a a ¥ O11: 000 I 170 “005 789 207 Renissdlacr. 0) eo ee ae 1 Bree 263 256 2906 762 225 ORO Richmond eric ase eae 645 367 896 789 ee ae ty | Rockland’ 0 os awe ee nee 2 LAA 20 I 769 OF2 I 258 467 “Sara tOSac sons. seein ape eee 362 268 388 450 25 O:-ogiG schenectadiy a: sce cee ee Ease trates a We 92 700 83 637 DES Ca Ls 26.0 ae toe ee ee ee Bas 20. 525 Go eee Steuben: 5 seers: coe eee 164 663 209 052 186 124 Striiolle cs. 35.5: ee eae ee = eee I13 000 138 500 127 610 Tompkins=, (67s 4 ee I5 004 CMI peter ee 7-0 Wistets 1%. t2c5e ace Pee i 370 O25 I 465 457 I 324 476 Warten: 2: i. va oe ee 45 712 34 500 25 000 Washington). sae oee tues 20 270 a2" 023 22 990 . Westchester :i3 2. oe ee eee 592 705 536 189 “S200: 778 Other-countriesh 9.22.5 seer 406 542 496 886 505 960 Totals. suo 2h eee eee $14 280 016 | $13 955 300 | $12 688 868 a Included under ‘‘ other counties.” biIncludes in 1906: Genesee, Herkimer, Livingston, Montgomery, New York, Queens, St Lawrence, Tioga, Tompkins and Wayne counties. In 1907 the following counties are included: Genesee, Herkimer, Livingston, Montgomery, New York, Queens, St Lawrence and Wayne. THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 | -19 Manufacture of building brick The output of common building brick in 1907 amounted to 1,351,591,000, valued at $7,201,525. In addition there were made 15,251,000 front and fancy pressed brick valued at $222,769, mak- ing an aggregate output of brick for building purposes of 1,366,- 842,000 valued at $7,424,294. The total number manufactured in the preceding year was 1,600,059,000 valued at $9,688,289, con- - sisting of 1,575,434,000 common brick valued at $9,302,165 and 24;635,000 front and fancy brick valued at $386,124. The manu- facture of building brick was carried on in 36 counties by a total of 205 companies or individuals. _In 1906 there were 37 counties represented with a total of 213 producers while in 1905 there were 39 counties and 192 producers. The average price received for common brick was $5.33 a thousand as compared with $5.98 a thousand in 1906 and $6.53 a thousand in 1905. Front and fancy pressed brick averaged $14.61 a thousand against $15.68 a thousand in 1906 and $16.20 a thousand in 1905. The prices are based on sales at the yards. Production of common building brick 1906 ) 1907 COUNTY i Pe a ee ) | Number Value | Number Value 2 | awl | 74 083 000 $461 399 | 60 210 000 | $300 141 _ iti : 2 000 000 I2 000 | I 500 000 8 250 [2 Ee 2 215 000 | 13) 3 Beh) 2,504 000 | Io 832 Chautauqua..... 8 567 000 52 O31 | 7 967 coo | 49 876 mGMentGne. ... 2... | I5 000 000 90 00° | 13 289 ©00 | 88 940 lator. 22:22... | 800 000 4 800 | 650 000 | 4 250 Balumpbia.....-.. 84 500 000 489-750 | 84 972 000 | ° 433 357 Matehess:.v..... 167 132 000 975 410 | 149 130 000 |. 781 262 a er. 56 302 000 220 305. |° ~ 52. 282-000, |" 3007 607 Greene... .. Ee | 64 690 000 390 748 | - 35 876 ooo | 184 620 Pemerson. . 2.22. | 5 100 000 36 722 | 2 667 000 20-355 Monroe... .. =~. 2 - 26 077 000 158 463 | 25 198 000! 148 462 (oe a re 22 000 000 #25000. | --F%. 000000, |" 169° 660 ee ee 2 172 000 to 832 | 2 681 000 | 16 282 DWaeiir. 25. oie: 20 550 000- Too 825 | 15 126 000 94 560 Pemeneaea = fo: 22 387 000 I27 494 | 22 460 ooo 146 160 LE ete. va ieee 3 510 000 21I ~7OO | 2 600 000 |. 18 200 rane 8 189 180 000 | I 170 695 154 502 000 | 789 297 Rensselaer.) 0... 31 776 000 173-906) 15 488 000 | 78 540 Richmond/ . :.<. | 34 769 000 172 880 39 205 000 | 180 569 eaxockland .o. 0. | 296 145 000 | I 767 012 | 232 018 000 ! 1 258 467 20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 1906 1907 COUNTY PE nee ae Ee : Number Value Number Value st Lawrence... .. Chaka eee Mice. Gi aE ee 800 000 $6 000 Datatoesas acc) mie ce 70 509 000 $385 950 50 798 000 254 385 DEMeCaAna eh ae sre 6 050 coo BGO *AiOO™ la. Bare ke ead aeeaee GQ. eee Steuben. o« 2: cae 4 705 000 31 800 3 287 000 29 818 Strthollcy tehahece irre 217 1O OOO 137 500 20 130 000 124 610 Tompkins. Ait oe ie einen aera CHAS eran eee I 100 000 7 Io WIStens ae ee 252 4OO5 OOO || i AOS ais 7 260 404 000 | I 322 476 Wartenn task one Gis whe kya ole Caste 5 020 000 25 000 Washington =. 7 4. 3 300 000 18 I00 2 750 000 14 300 Westchester...) 70 621 000 458 000 59 307 000 223 Ree Other countiesb. . 16 QIQ 000 94 606 B18 BFS) Cre) 70 169 Motaly- sees I 575 434 000 [$9 302 165 |~ 351 591 000 |$7 201 525 a Included under “ other counties.’ -b Includes in 1906 the following: crests Cattaraugus, Fulton, Herkimer, Livingston, Montgomery, St Lawrence, Schenectady, Tioga, Tompkins and Warren. In I907 the fol- lowing counties are included: Allegany, Cattaraugus, Fulton, Herkimer, Livingston, Mont- gomery, Schenectady and Seneca. Hudson river region. The counties situated along the navi- gable stretch of the Hudson river constitute an exceptional region as regards the clay-working industry and deserve special consideration.- No other part of the State, of indecd om ume country, supports so extensive a development of brick manufac- ture. The district supplies practically all of the common grade of brick consumed in the building operations of New York and vicinity in which market it has a decisive advantage owing to the facilities for transport by water. The yards for the most part are placed close to the river so that the brick can be shipped to destination at a minimum of expense. In the nine counties in- cluded in the region there are more than 125 yards with a com- bined capacity of about one and a half billions a year. Owing to the depressed state of the trade during 1907,_ there was a notable reduction in the output of the region as compared with that for the two preceding years when conditions were specially prosperous. The production of common brick reported by the 122 plants that were active aggregated 1,051,907,000 valued at $5,471,713. In 1906 the production, the largest on record, amounted to 1,230,692,000 valued at $7,352,377, dis- THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 21 tributed among 131 plants. There was thus a loss for the year of 178,785,000 in quantity and of $1,880,664 in value. The high- est value for any year was reported in 1905 when the output of 1,219,318,000, the second largest ever reported, made by 119 plants, was valued at $8,191,211. _The average number of brick manufactured by each plant in 1907 was 8,622,000 as compared with 9,471,000 in 1906 and I0o,- 246,000 in 1905. ‘The price for the whole region averaged $5.20 a thousand against $5.98 a thousand in 1906 and $6.54 a thou- sand in 1905, showing a drop of 20 per cent in two years. With the exception of Columbia and Ulster, all of the counties along the Hudson river reported a reduced output, the loss being ‘proportioned more or less to the magnitude of the industry in each county.. Ulster county showed a small gain and its output of 260,404,000 valued at $1,322,476 gave it first place, ahead of Rockland county which held that position in 1906. The latter which contributed 232,018,000 valued at $1,258,467 however, had the greater number of active plants with 31 as compared with 27 for Ulster county. Orange county ranked third in the list with a production of 154,502,000 valued at $789,207 made by nine plants. Output of common brick in the Hudson river region in 19c6 | NUMBER : AVERAGE COUNTY OF OUTPUT | VALUE- PRICE PLANTS | | PER M — rues 1 | II 74 083 000 | $461 399 | $6 23 CCU ore ie 6 84 500 000 | 489 750 | 5 80 MERGES 2 2. cs ss 19 167 132 000 | 975 410 | 5 82 SSE Cran 6 64 690 000 390 748 6 04 Re | 12 | 189 180 ooo I 170 695 6 I9 Reeticselaer sit 8) S00. 6! Gxt. 30 -7.76 1-000 173 906 5 48 Laie id ET ) 33 | 296 145 000 1 767 o12 | 567 UCB ei hc. os ks 26 252 665 000 1 465 457 | 5 80 Westchester........| 9 70 621 000 458 000 6 46 82) 5a" Ra eee eae 131 |r 230 692 000 | $7 352 377 $5 98 22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Output of common brick in the Hudson river region in 1907 | NUMBER AVERAGE COUNTY OF OUTPUT VALUE PRICE PLANTS PER M A Mpamiys sto) Aro) hee to’ |. 60 210 000 $300 I41 $4 99 Columipiae. ee. if 6 84 972 000 483% 354 [fae a IDBtChESS = 20a eree me: 19 149 I30 000 781 262 53 Greenest a2 se eae 5 35 876 000 184 620 i ag Orancencs ceo. yee 9 154 502 000 789 297 5 ke Rensselaernt so2 2-0 on 7 15 488 ooo 78 540 5 OF Roeklanda?.a.4¢ a 31 232 018 000 I 258 467 5 42 Ulster (2h einen a7 200 404 000 i 323) 470 5 08 Westchester (375 s2=-— 8 59 307 000 222.853 5 Ao Potalesck: Ae el, | 122’ |t O51 907° 0007! $5 471 913 1). ~ gouge The past year was uneventful in respect to the New York market. The large surplus amounting to about 300,000,000 car- ried over by the plants from the preceding year sufficed to meet the demand in the early months before the season for brick- making began. Consequently the prices did not reach the high level that obtained in the first part of 1906, while there were no such fluctuations as characterized the market of that year. The range was mostly between $5 and $6 a thousand at the yard, with a tendency toward the lower value for most of the time. Some shipments were marketed for less than $5. With the severe depression that took place in the fall, building operations were curtailed to an extent as to effect a practical cessation of the demand for a time, and the manufacturers were left with an unusually heavy supply of unsold brick at the close of the year. The stocks at the yards along the river are estimated at over 300,000,000. While some improvement in the market conditions | -is to be expected for the current season, the production will probably show little if any gain. EN be Other clay materials The manufacture of paving brick was carried on during 1907 in Greene, Onondaga and Steuben counties. There were four companies engaged in the business and the output was 12,296,000 THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 23 valued at $184,306. In 1906 there were five companies which reported a production of 11,472,000 valued at $178,011. Chau- tauqua county which was represented in the list of counties manufacturing this article in 1906 made no output last year. Fire brick and stove lining were manufactured in Albany, Chautauqua, Erie, Kings, Rensselaer, Richmond, Schenectady, Washington and Westchester counties by a total of 12 compan- ies. The output of fire brick amounted in value to $384,217 and of stove lining to $239,816, a combined value of $624,033. In 1906 the value of the two materials was $527,659 reported by 13 companies. Onondaga county made a small production in 1906 but none last year. Drain tile and sewer pipe were made in Albany, Cayuga, Erie, Genesee, Madison, Monroe, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Sara- toga, Steuben and Washington counties. The output of drain tile: was valued at $162,167 against $166,645 in 1906; and sewer pipe at $463,500 against $95,142. The large gain in the produc- tion of sewer pipe was due to the restarting of a large plant in Monroe county. There were I9 companies engaged in these industries as compared with 26 in the preceding year. The list of counties in 1906 included Chautauqua, Kings, Seneca and Wayne in addition to those already enumerated. | The output of terra cotta, fireproofing and building tile came from Albany, Allegany, Chautauqua, Genesee, Kings, Monroe, New York, Onondaga, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond and Ulster counties, with a total of 14 companies, or three less than in 1906. The production of terra cotta was valued at $1,224,300, against $1,037,387 in 1906; fireproofing at $45,672 against $120,282; and building tile at $215,126 against $217,475. Erie and Ontario counties reported no output last year, while Ulster county was represented for the first time. New manufacturers of clay materials The following list includes the names of companies or indi- viduals who have erected plants during the past year or have taken over plants from other companies, for the manufacture of clay structural materials. The list is supplementary to the one published in the issue of this report for 1905 and together with 24. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the supplementary list contained in the report for 1906 gives the names of operators and location of plants corrected to date. NAME LOCATION OF PLANT Chautauqua co. Dunkirk Ice & Fuel Co. . Dunkirk Dutchess co. N. I. Pennock Arlington Oneida co. Mohawk Valley Brick Co. Utica Rensselaer co. Lane & Co. Castleton Tioga co. Tioga Red Brick Co. Spencer Tompkins co. | | Cook Brick & Tile Co. | East Ithaca Ulster co. . Empire Brick & Supply Co. -‘Glasco Lengsholz & Diedling Malden Henry Toppin Ulster Landing Pottery The manufacture of pottery has become an important branch. of the clay-working industry of the State. Its development, however, has been due rather to the exceptional facilities afforded by the State for manufacturing and marketing the pro- ducts than. to the existence of tatural resources .of crude mas terials that are employed in the potteries. Wi6ith the exception of the deposits of slip clay in Albany county and a limited sup- ply of stoneware clays in Onondaga county, the raw materials are derived entirely from without the State. The kaolin used comes from New Jersey and from England, the feldspar from Canada, and much of the pottery clay from New Jersey. In the accompanying table is shown the value of the pottery manufactures during the past three years. The total valuation of the product for 1907, as returned by the individual plants, was $2,240,895. The preceding year’s output was valued at $1,795,008 and that of 1905 at $1,620,558. The growth of the industry during the period has been brought about by the increased production of the high grade ‘products — porcelain and semiporcelain tablewares and electric and sanitary supplies. The manufacture of stoneware and earthenware has remained almost stationary. The products ala i \ tl Na i al la cll bs — =< ee Oe ee ee eS eee eee THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 25 listed in the table under “ Miscellaneous ” include yellow and Rock- ingham wares, clay tobacco pipes, fire clay crucibles and artistic pottery. There were 22 potteries that reported as active in 1907, the same number as in the two preceding years. They were distributed among the following counties: Albany, Chautauqua, Erie, Kings, - Madison, Monroe, Nassau, Onondaga, Ontario, Schenectady, Suf- folk, Washington and Wayne. Onondaga holds first place in point -of production, with a total for 1907 valued at $1,095,958, as com- pared with $858,270 in 1906 and $718,985 in 1905. Kings county is the second largest producer, contributing an output valued at _ $343,121, against $306,105 in the preceding year and $308,443 in 1905. Value of production of pottery WARE 1905 | 1906 | 1907 | 2) (20 ioe See eee $115 8go | $84 031 $65 271 PetettLhenware...... 2.2.5... - 30 740 30 234 28 206 aPorcelain and semiporcelain.. 800 000 | 835 o00 I 181 162 Electric and sanitary Spee 600 325 | 768 236 869 378 MPeCUAHCOMS (005.0 02. ei a 0d - 73, 603 a RO 96 788 Babee sr aig kos $1 620 558 | $1 795 008 $2 240 895 a Includes china tableware. Crude clay In the foregoing tables relating to clay products no account has been taken of the crude clay entering into their manufacture. There are a few producers in the State who do not utilize the crude clay themselves, but ship their output to others for manufacture. Some of the material, like the Albany slip clay for example, is even forwarded to points without the State. In 1907 returns were re- ceived from four producers in this branch of the industry whose total shipments amounted to 3927 short tons valued at $6163. The corresponding total for 1906 was 5477 short tons valued at $9125 and for 1905 it was 6766 short tons with a value of $16,616. DIATOMACEOUS EARTH The production of diatomaceous or infusorial earth is carried on to a small extent in New York State. The deposits occur on the 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM bottoms of the small Adirondack lakes, those in Herkimer county being best known, and are formed by the accumulation of the minute silicious skeletons of organisms inhabiting the waters. They attain a thickness up to 30 feet in White Lead lake from which the present supply is obtained. The material is excavated and purified by washing and settling in vats, after which it is compressed into cakes for shipment. According to an analysis published in the report for 1905 it contains about 86 per cent silica, 2 per cent or less of iron oxid, alumina and lime, and about 12 per cent water. The earth is employed as an abrasive, particularly for polishing of metal surfaces, as a substitute for quartz in the manufacture of wood filler, and for various other purposes. The production re- ported in 1907 was made by George W. Searles of Herkimer. KMERY The source of the small quantity of emery produced in the State is near Peekskill, Westchester co. The material in crude state is a rock, made up of corundum, spinel and magnetite chiefly, and rep- resents a phase of the basic igneous intrusions of that vicinity which are known as the Cortlandt :series. The emery occurs as lenses and | bands grading off at the edges into the country rock which is usually norite. The material was originally worked as an iron ore, but unsuccessfully owing to its refractory nature from the presence of so much alumina. In their geological relations the bodies resemble the titaniferous magnetites of the Adirondacks, a similarity that is strengthened by the fact that the analyses of the emery show a small percentage of titanium. The production of emery in 1907 amounted to 1223 short tons, valued at $13,057. This is a little less than the production for the preceding year which totaled 1307 short tons valued at $13,870. In 1905 the output was 1475 short tons valued at $12,452 and in 1904, 1148 tons valued at $17,220. The valuation is based on the material at the quarries, where it undergoes only hand sorting and cobbing preparatory to shipment to outside points for grinding and manufacture into emery wheels, stones, cloth, etc. The list of producers in 1907 includes the following: Blue Corundum Mining Co., Easton, Pa., Keystone Emery Mills, Frank- ford, Pa., -Tantte Co., Stromdsbure, Pa, Js KR. Mancaster,. ecw and J. H. Bugby, Peekskill. With the exception of J. R. Lancaster and J. H. Bugby, the companies mine the emery for their own use ~ in connection with manufacturing plants. THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 ' 27 FELDSPAR The output of this mineral is won from occurrences of pegmatite that are found in the Adirondacks and in the southeastern section of the State. The quarries near Bedford, Westchester co., have supplied in recent years most of the feldspar suitable for pottery uses, while the Adirondack quarries have furnished material for roofing purposes, poultry grit and to a limited extent for pottery. Quartz is always associated with the feldspar and it is sometimes utilized as well. The combined production of feldspar and quartz in 1907 amounted to 8723 long tons valued at $36,230. The total compares with 13,660 long tons valued at $44,350 in the preceding year. The value of the feldspar sold to pottery makers ranges from about $3 per ton for the crude to $7 per ton for the ground product, at the quarries or mills. The quantity sold for other purposes has nct been included in the totals. The quarries near Bedford, owned by P. H. Kinkel’s Sons, have been the most important producers of pottery feldspar. A part of their output is ground before shipment. ‘The quartz is sold to the Bridgeport Wood Finishing Co. for manufacture into wood filler. The Hobby quarry, in the town of Northcastle, opened by Otto - Buresch, was also worked in 1907 by P. H. Kinkel’s Sons. The feldspar occurs here in very large massive crystals, with little tend- ency toward the usual intergrowth with quartz, a feature of con- siderable importance in quarry work. | In the Adirondack region, the Claspka Mining Co. and the Inter- national Mineral Co. have been active during the past year. The quarry owned by the former company is situated near Batcheller- ville, Saratoga co., and the output is shipped to potteries. The International Mineral Co. has a quarry and mill near Rock pond, ‘Essex co., west of Ticonderoga. The pegmatite is crushed and shipped unsorted for roofing material, for which purpose it takes the place of common gravel, but is considered superior to the latter owing to the fact that the feldspar with its smooth cleavage planes has greater adhesive properties when applied to tarred surfaces. The smaller sizes made in crushing the pegmatite are sold for poultry grit. 3 A new enterprise that began production in the early part of the | present year is the Crown Point Spar Co., with a quarry near Crown Point, Essex co. The pegmatite occurs in the midst of gneissoid granite and apparently is a coarse phase of the granitic 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM magma crystallized in place, since it shows little resemblance in form to a dike cutting the gneiss intrusively or to a vein occupying a fissure. It constitutes a mass that is traceable for several hundred feet along the strike and across the dip of the gneiss, and is as yet only partially explored. The quarry is situated near the eastern face of the ridge known as Breed’s hill, 114 miles south of Crown Point and % mile west of the Delaware & Hudson Railroad. A large mill has been erected close to the railroad, where the rock is con- veyed by a cableway. The mill equipment is very complete and will enable the company to supply feldspar in any of the forms in which it is marketed. The pegmatite is an intergrowth of potash feldspar and quartz with a little mica and tourmalin. The separation of the minerals is effected entirely by mechanical means after crushing, whereas in other quarries the removal of the quartz and iron-bearing impurities is performed by hand cobbing. The feldspar belongs to the variety known as microcline, which has the same chemical composition as orthoclase, but differs in its crystallization. GARNET The abrasive garnet industry in the Adirondacks continued to progress during 1907, as shown by the output which exceeded all previous records, having been about 20 per cent larger than that for the preceding year. There were no new discoveries, and mining has been restricted to the usual localities. The North River Garnet Co:, owning property at Mhirteenth lake, Warren.co., is the largest operator in the region: Die company has an unlimited supply of garnet rock which is obtained by open quarry work. The rock face now exposed measures 142 feet in hight, while there is known to be an exten- sive body below the level of the present workings. The material is crushed and concentrated mechanically by a process specially planned for the purpose by Mr F. C. Hooper. By the addition of another unit to the mill, the productive capacity has been raised to about 8000 or gooo tons annually, which is considerably in excess of the present market requirements of the country. The Gore mountain and Garnet peak properties near North River are worked during the open season, the former by H. H. Barton & Sons Co., and the latter by the American Glue Co. The garnet occurs in both places as large crystal masses in a hornblende gneiss. It is separated by hand cobbing. On the slopes of Mt Bigelow in northern Essex co., about THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 ' 29 5 miles south of Keeseville, there is a large body of nearly pure garnet that has been described in the issue of this report for 1905. In regard to geological features, the garnet shows a good deal of contrast to the other occurrences. Much of the material has a masSive appearance, consisting of granular particles loosely bound together, though in places a tendency toward crystal structure may be observed. Exploratory operations have been conducted during the last two years by G. W. Smith of Keese- ville, and a considerable quantity of the garnet was shipped in 1907 to American and foreign consumers. The Adirondack localities furnished a total of 5709 short tons in 1907, valued ‘at $174,800, as compared with 4729 short tons ($159,298) in the preceding year. The output during the first six months of the year was proportionately larger than in the latter half when the market fell off in sympathy with the gen- eral business depression. GRAPHITE The production of crystalline graphite during the past year has been attended by few developments of special interest. As heretofore, the American mine near Hague, Warren co., sup- plied most of the output. This mine, owned by the Joseph Dixon Crucible Co., has been operated steadily for many years and may be said to represent the only firmly established enter- prise in the Adirondacks. Stimulated by its success, several other mines have been opened in the surrounding region, but R in most cases without commensurate results. The total reported by the companies in 1907 was 2,950,000 pounds, having a valuation of $106,951. The production in the preceding year was 2,811,582 pounds valued at $96,084, while in 1905 it was 3,897,616 pounds valued at $142,948. _ The average value of the graphite per pound was 3.6 cents in 1907, 3.4 cents in 1906 and 2.7 cents in 1905. There has thus been a shrinkage in the prices, as well as in the production since 1905, though a slight gain in both is shown for the last year over the corres- ponding figures for 1906. The Crown Point Graphite Co. discontinued operations at the mine near Penfield pond, Essex co. A deposit near Eagle lake will be worked during the coming season, in preparation for which the present plant has been enlarged. The Glens Falls Graphite Co. has erected a mill at the mine 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM situated near Conklingville, 8 miles west of Hadley, Saratoga co. Only experimental runs have been made thus far. The deposit is reported to be extensive. It belongs to the sedimentary type, the graphite being distributed along the bedding or cleavage planes of a quartzite. The Empire Graphite Co. has a property near Greenfield, Sara- toga co., and began active work in the early part of 1908. In St Lawrence county some attention has been given to a deposit occurring on the Indian river about 3 miles from Rossie village. The graphite forms the principal constituent of a schist, through the body of which it is distributed richly in very small scaly particles. It is a crystalline graphite, but too fine in size to be easily separated. Trial shipments of the crude material were reported to have given satisfactory results when used for foundry purposes. The wide distribution of graphite in the Adirondack region undoubtedly makes it a promising field for prospecting and mining, but there.are strict limitations surrounding the industry, — the neglect of which on the part of the mining companies has led to many failures. The amount of capital expended in the erection of new milling plants and mine equipment during the last five years aggregates several hundred thousand dollars, and in many cases there has been little or no return for the outlay. The separation and refining of graphite under the conditions presented by the Adirondack occurrences involve unusual diffi- culties. As described in previous reports, the deposits that have been the main sources of supply consist of disseminated flakes in a gangue that ranges from quartzite to a feldspar-quartz schist with a considerable percentage of dark silicates. While the graphite has a specific gravity somewhat below that of the accompanying minerals, the difference is not sufficient to make a separation by gravity methods alone practicable, and in fact is of less importance than the scaly habit of the mineral. The first separation is carried out by shaking tables, buddles or by the pneumatic jig, and the product secured, corresponding to the tailings in the concentration of metallic ores, contains a cer- tain amount of slimes or dust and any other scaly minerals, as well as the graphite. The elimination of the granular impurities can be effected satisfactorily, if the graphite is relatively coarse, by the pneumatic or flotation methods of refining, but scaly sili- cates like mica are not readily removed. Biotite and phlogopite are the varieties of mica commonly . : | ) — es ee ee ee ee oe THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY I907 an found in the graphite rock. Owing to their scaly habit and dis- seminated distribution they are somewhat difficult to distinguish from the graphite flakes in hand specimen, though under the microscope they are readily revealed by their transparency. A considerable percentage of mica will be discovered oftentimes in this way when microscopic examination fails to reveal its presence. The size of the graphite flakes is another feature that must be taken into consideration. A rock carrying a coarse crystal, other things being equal, is the more desirable, since the econ- omy and perfection of the separation process increase in direct relation to the size of the graphite. The coarse sizes also com- mand higher prices in the market than the fine flake, under equal conditions of purity. There is considerable variation in the crystallization of the graphite depending upon the character of the gangue. The schists and quartzites of the Adirondacks represent ancient sedi- ments of the nature of sandstones and sandy shales which have been transformed under the influences of heat and pressure while they were deeply buried in the earth. The graphite is traceable to the carbonaceous constituents of plants or animals included in the sediments at the time of their deposition, and its formation which involves a distillation of the organic com- pounds with loss of the volatile parts was an accompaniment of the general metamorphism. It is to be expected that the graphite would show a more perfect crystal development in rocks that have been profoundly changed, and this is, in fact, the case. The schists of the eastern and interior parts of the. Adirondacks carry a much coarser flake than the rocks on the western side which have been less. metamorphosed. In the deposits of St Lawrence county, on the west, the flake is very fine, at times showing an approach to amorphous graphite. This is, of course, only true with respect to the deposits of organic nature in the sedimentary rocks. The graphite found in veins and dikes is quite uniform throughout the whole region, but such occurrences have little importance from an _ industrial standpoint. GYPSUM The production of gypsum is made in the central and western parts of the State, in Madison, Onondaga, Cayuga, Monroe, Genesee and Erie counties. The gypsum is associated with the Salina formation which carries the rock salt beds and is quarried 32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM or mined along the outcrop from Madison county westward. he Salina formation can be traced to the east into Albany county but with such diminishing thickness as to preclude the occurrence of workable gypsum deposits in that section. Most of the workings are situated near the southern edge of the belt occupied by the Salina beds. The gypsum occurs below the Bertie waterlime which marks the top of the formation and above the salt horizon. Its beds are regularly disposed with respect to the inclosing rocks, dipping with them at a very low angle to the south. They afford a practically inexhaustible supply. Their greatest thickness along the, outcrop is in Onon- daga county where as much as 60 feet have been found, divided into several layers. In the western part of the State the beds range from 4 to 8 feet thick. Many of the-borings for salt have encountered gypsum, showing its continuation for long distances _ to the south along the dip of the strata. — The present extensive utilization of gypsum in New York has been due to the establishment of plants for the manufacture | of plaster of paris, stucco, wall plasters, etc., a branch of the industry that has grown to large proportions in the last decade. Formerly the principal outlet for the mineral was in agriculture which still affords a small market for the ground product. Another use that has become quite important is in the Portland cement trade; a considerable proportion of the gypsum listed in the accompanying table as sold in crude state is shipped to points in Pennsylvania and elsewhere for admixture with Port- land cement. ° The gypsum rock as found in New York has a gray or drab color. It contains a varying amount of impurities in the form of lime and magnesia carbonates, clay and silica or quartz, besides a small proportion of organic matter which is the prin- cipal coloring agent. In calcination the organic substances are broken up or driven off. The impurities on the average amount to from 5 to 15 per cent of the total. The manufacture of calcined plasters is carried on in Syracuse and vicinity, at Wheatland and Garbutt, Monroe co., and at Oakfield, Genesee co. Production and trade. With the exception of the last three months of the year, the demand for gypsum and gypsum mater- ials was active, stimulating a largely increased output. The quantity of gypsum mined or quarried during the year was THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 a3 323,323 short tons, as compared with 262,486 short tons in 1900 ; 191,860 short tons in 1905 and 151,445 short tons in 1904. The output has thus more than doubled within the last three years. It is to be expected from the present general conditions of busi- ness that there will be little if any advance made during the current year. Of the total quantity of crude rock reported for 1907, about 70 per cent was calcined for plaster. The product of plaster of paris, wall plasters, etc., amounted to 222,502 short tons valued at $820,064, which compares with 163,451 short tons valued at $595,285 in the preceding year. The totals include only the quantities made from gypsum obtained in the State; some crude gypsum is imported each year from Canada and calcined in local plants. The amount of ground gypsum or land plaster made was 15,441 short tons valued at $38,859, against 20,656 short tons valued at $46,094 in 1906. The portion sold in crude state to Portland cement manufacturers and for other purposes amounted to 91,060 short tons valued at $179,432, against 34,626 short tons valued at $58,076 in the preceding year. Production of gypsum 1906 1907 Short tons Value Short tons Value Moeral-output, crude........ | PO ASGL tect 6 2 os BRP 2D Since na ee oe PeMEOSUCC. |. wi. eae sos os | 34 626 $58 076 | 91 060 $179 432 Ground for land plaster. . _ - 20 656 46 094 15 441 38 859 Wall plaster etc. made..... 163 451 595 285 222 502 820 064 BPGial WANS 2 oi 8 | Bese scar 5 $699 455 | eres 8 $I 038 355 The Akron Gypsum Co. and the American Gypsum, Co. made a production for the first time in 1907. Their properties are located near Akron, Erie co., where an excellent quality of rock is found, running as high as 95 per cent gypsum. The former company has a mill and warehouse under construction and will ship its output in manufactured form. The American Gypsum Co. sold the crude rock. 3 The Victor Gypsum Co. was engaged in the exploration of a 2 34 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM property at Victor, Ontario co., but has made as yet no pro- duction. . } The United States Gypsum Co. has taken over the quarry and mill of the Cayuga Plaster Co., at Union Springs, which has -been operated in addition to its properties at Oakfield. A new quarry has been opened at Jamesville, Onondaga co., by James E. Hubbell of Syracuse. The beds are reported to be 60 feet thick. Analyses furnished by Mr Hubbell show the fol- lowing percentages: | Bee I 2 Si@)s 2 etna eee ee eee Persian = 2534 5-50 Pes, cAlsOe cha eee ee 2.02 1.88. CaCOs iad cass Saas eee eee Ss lps ae 2532 4.10 MeCO hes. ta ee ee S deuenCee 2.69 3.38 CaS©,2H.0:.(Gy psu )aecta eee 87.48 85.18 99-75 100.04 No. 1 is a sample of soft weathered rock and No. 2 of the hard Tock. IRON-ORES The activity in the mining of iron ores during recent years was well maintained throughout most of 1907, as it was only in the last two or three months of the year that the production began to fall off in sympathy with the general business de- pression. The returns furnished by the mining companies show ~ an advance sufficient to carry the production to a point above that recorded for any year since 18go, the total amounting to over 1,000,000 tons. With the increment supplied by the new enterprises, there would have been, undoubtedly, a still larger gain recorded for the present year if the market had continued favorable, but several mines have now suspended work and will. await improved conditions before resuming. There were 13 companies engaged in mining during the year, besides those carrying on exploratory or other preparatory work. This shows a gain of two over the number for the preceding year. : . The accompanying table gives the production of iron ore, dis- tributed according to kinds, for the period 1890-1907 inclusive. The statistics covering the years previous to 1904 are taken from the annual volumes of the Mmeral Resources published by the OF a Baer di THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 35 United States Geological Survey, while the figures from 1904 to date have been collected at this office. They represent market- able ores as shipped to the furnace and not the mine output which is considerably larger, since the greater portion of the magnetite ores is concentrated. ; Production of iron ore in New York State MAGNETITE | HEMATITE | LIMONITE |CARBONATE| TOTAL Value a otalvaiue per ton Long tons | Long tons | Long tons | Long tons |} Long tons i Wy Sat ee 1890 945 o71 | 196 035 30 968 SL SEG else sOs wll: ee ae rer srare leet tress r8g1 782 729 L537 23 Rey ont ee 27 MOW. Oe | Ol 2 VO) s| thee syadcneceser eee wie whee 1892 648 564 I24 800 53 6904 64 oO4AI 891 099 | $2 379 267 | $2 67 1893 440 693 15 890 35 592 4I 947 534 122 I 222 934 2 29 Seedy: th sce tl URI SRS Nia seta tang eae eg edge (en ee ot DING HE SCY onl Ie cotter Ohare allt Meee 1895 260 139 6 769 26 462 | I3 886 307 256 598 313 I 95 1896 346 O15 Io 789 I2 288 16 385 385 A477 780 932 2 03 1897 296 722 7 664 20 059 II 280 3355 725 642 838 I gI 1898 155 551 6 400 14 000 4 900 179 951 350 999 I 95 1899 344 159 45 503 31 975 22 153 443 790° I 241 985 2 80 1900 345 714 44 467 44 891 6 413 441 485 I 103 817 2 50 I9o0I 329 467 66 389 202 I 000 420 218 I 006 231 2 39 1902 451 570 QI O75 I2 676 Nal Ss icige sien: I 362 987 2 45 1903 45I 481 83 820 5 159 Nil} 540 460 I 209 899 2 24 1904 | 559 575 54 128 5 000 Nil} 619 103 I 328 8094 2 15 I905 739 736 79 313 8 000 Nil] 827 o49 2 576 123 Byer 1906 717 305 187 002 I 000 Nil] 905 367 3 393 609 3 75 1907 853 579 164 434 Nil Nil/r of8 o13 3 759 493 3 68 The total shipments reported by the mines in 1907 amounted to 1,018,013 long tons, valued at $3,750,493. As compared with the preceding year when the shipments were 905,367 tons valued at $3,393,609, there was an increase in output of 112,646 tons or about 12 per cent. Classified as to variety the shipments consisted of 853,579 tons of magnetite and 164,434 tons of hematite. Of the magnetite 499,895 tons were marketed in the form of concentrates with an approximate content of 65 per cent iron. The 353,684 tons of lump magnetite included in the total are estimated to average 60 per cent iron. The hematite and limonite range from 40 to 60 per cent, with an average probably of 45 per cent. The 499,895 tons of magnetite concentrates were made from approximately 818,467 tons of crude ore. The mine output or amount of ore hoisted during*1g07 was thus 1,336,585 long tons which compares with 1,154,814 long tons in 1906 and 1,109,385 long tons in 1g05. Based on the crude ore, the output last year was probably as large as that recorded for any previous year in New York State. —_ 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Of the magnetite 801,820 tons were derived from the Adiron- dacks. The producers in that region included Witherbee, Sher- man & Co., and the Port Henry Iron Ore Co., at Mineville; the Chateaugay Ore & Iron Co., at Lyon Mountain; and the Benson Mines Co., at Benson Mines. The Arnold Mining Co. at Arnold was inactive. In southeastern New York, the Hudson Iron Co., operating the Forest of Dean mine and the Sterling Iron & Rail- way Co., operating the Lake mine were the only ones to report a production. Of the output of hematite 55,409 tons were reported by the Rossie Iron Ore'Co., and the Old Sterling Iron Co., who own mines near Antwerp, St Lawrence co., and 109,025 tons by the producers of oolitic and fossil hematite from the Clinton forma- tion. The latter producers were as follows: Franklin Iron Manufacturing Co., and C. A: Borst, Clinton; Fair Haven Iron © Co., Sterling; Furnaceville Iron Ore Co., and Ontario Iron Ore Co., Ontario Center. The Fair Haven Iron Ore Co. and the Ontario Iron Ore Co. made their first shipments in 1907. Several new developments have been under way during the - year. In the Adirondacks, the Cheever mine near Port Henry which has been closed down for the last 15 years, was reopened and equipped with a mill of 300 tons daily capacity. The com- pany expected to begin shipments the present season. The ex- ploration of the titaniferous magnetite deposits at Lake Sanford in the central part of the Adirondacks, mentioned in the pre- ceding issue of this report was prosecuted with energy and sur- veys have been nearly completed for a railroad to afford access to the locality from Lake Champlain, some 40 miles distant. The results of test borings on the property have been favorable in respect to the continuation of the deposits in depth. , In Wayne county, on the western section of the Clinton de- posits, there has been unusual activity and large tracts of land situated along the outcrop of the ore have been taken over by mining companies. The Furnaceville Iron Co. is the pioneer among the latter, while the Wayne Iron Ore Co., the Lake On- tario Iron Ore Co., and the Rochester Iron Ore Co. were organ- ized in 1907. A large amount of exploration has been performed in Wayne and Cayuga counties, and with the restoration of former market conditions, it may be expected that extensive mining operations will be instituted. Mineville. The output of ore from this locality in 1907 was ee eee =" ad THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907, a7 probably the largest on record, and was considerably in excess of that reported for any recent year. A total of about 750,000 tons was hoisted from the mines of Witherbee, Sherman & Co, and the Port Henry Iron Ore Co. The so called Old Bed mine group which includes the “21,” Joker and Bonanza workings furnished the greater part of the output, but the Harmony shafts of Witherbee, Sherman & Co. contributed a considerable share The expansion of mining has been made possible by the addition of the power facilities from the new electric station on the lake side at Port Henry. This plant supplying 800 kw. was placed in operation during the past year. The Port Henry Iron Ore Co., has been engaged in sinking its new shait on the “21” property east of the Bonanza shaft. It will have a vertical depth of 500 feet, with crosscuts at intervals of 80 feet extending into the ore body. It is divided into three compartments of which two are for hoisting and will have a capacity of 1500 tons a day. This will more than double the former output of the mine, bringing the total hoisting capacity of the two companies up to fully 1,000;000 tons annually. Mining is to be resumed on the Barton hill group which has lain idle for several years. The group comprises a number of openings made at intervals along a practically continuous bed that lies to the west of the Old Bed mines and extends 3500 feet in a northerly direction over the shoulder of Barton hill. An adit starting from the Arch pit near the middle of the bed is under construction and will give an outlet to the surface for the ore in the northern section where recent exploration has disclosed the existence of bodies hitherto unworked. : Benson mines. This property belonging to the Magnetic Iron Ore Co. has been taken over by the Benson Mines Co., and was again placed in operation in the fall of 1907 after making improvements in the mining and milling equipment. Altogether about $150,000 was expended in bringing the installation up te date. | The deposits are low grade, averaging about 35 per cent iron, but they rank among the largest in the Adirondacks. In their general character they resemble those at Lyon Mountain; they consist of bands of the country gneiss carrying magnetite in disseminated grains more or less evenly distributed through the mass of the rock. A width of over 200 feet is shown in the old workings, while the ore can be traced by outcrops of magnetic attraction for a distance of over 2 miles along the strike. 38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The deposits are worked by open-cast or quarry methods. Under the present management some innovations have been made that are superior as regards economy over the ordinary methods in use in the Adirondack region. Instead of percussion drills of small caliber, shot drills capable of boring 4 inch holes to a depth of 50 feet are employed. The holes are heavily loaded with dynamite and break down an enormous quantity of the ore at one time. The large blocks are then broken up by secondary drilling and blasting into sizes within the capacity of the crush- ers. The ore is loaded by steam shovel on to cars for transport to the mill, where the first crushing is performed by a pair of 6 foot rolls. The ore then passes to smaller rolls which reduce it to the size required in the separation. | The company intends to erect a new mill in the near future, if the results of present operations are satisfactory. The ore _ godies have been tested, it is said, to a depth of 600 feet on the dip, without encountering any marked change in their char- acter. Lake mine. The Sterling Iron & Railway Co. operated this mine during 1907. The ore body is the same one that is tapped by the celebrated Sterling mine which was located in 1750 and furnished ore for a local furnace built the following year. The ianderground workings approach to within a few feet of the Ster- ‘ing and extend under Sterling lake. The ore is a non-Bessemer fairly rich magnetite. The following analysis is taken from Putnam s reperc. (rt eho see eect rine ee Bete Soy 5 suse Salis a paneer ae EO a See ae eae GROVE aE be .088 PHOSPMOLUS “Loh aveerty un een rene I.205 Nikita aes Coon gras Gi uae ceiiel «Ace Cen aateae present MILLSTONES A small output of millstones is made each year in Ulster county, where the industry has been established for over a cen- -ury, still furnishing a great part of the domestic millstones used 'n this country. The product is known in the trade as Esopus stone, from the early name of Kingston which was once the 5rincipal point of shipment. The millstones are quarried from the Shawangunk grit, a light gray quartz conglomerate found along the Shawangunk moun- tain from near High Falls southwest toward the Pennsylvania = ae ee a we —_ me FHEO MINING AND VQUARRY- INDUSTRY I907/) 39 border. The Cocalico stone obtained in Lancaster county, Pa., and the Brush mountain stone, found in Montgomery co., Va., are of similar character. In Ulster county the grit rests in un- conformable position upon Hudson River shales and is overlain in places by a red shale. It has generally been correlated with the Oneida conglomerate of central New York to which it has some physical resemblance, but recent investigations have shown quite conclusively that it belongs higher up in the stratigraphic femeceim, tue horizon: of the Salina. -lts thickness in -Ulster county ranges from 50 to 200 feet. ; The grit is composed of quartz pebbles of milky color sur- rounded by a silicious matrix. The pebbles are of subangular form and vary from a fraction of an inch to 2 inches in diameter. The texture is an important factor in determining the value and particular use of the, finished millstones. The size of the stones marketed ranges from 15 to go inches. The greater demand is for the smaller and medium sizes, with diameters of 24, 30, 36, 42 and 48 inches. A pair of 30-inch mill- stones commonly sells for $15, while $50 may be paid for a single stone 60 inches in diameter. The largest sizes bring from $50 to $100. Besides the common type of millstones, disks are fur- nished which are employed in a roll type of crusher known as a chaser. The pavement of such crushers is also supplied by the quarrymen, in the form of blocks. Quartz, feldspar and barytes are commonly ground in chasers. | Most of the Ulster county quarries are situated along the northern edge of the Shawangunk mountain. Kyserike, St Josen, Granite and Kerhonkson are the principal centers of the industry while the distributing points include New Paltz and Kingston in addition to those named. The industry is carried on intermittently, many of the producers engaging in other occu- pations during a part of the year. The market for millstones has been curtailed of late years by the introduction of rolls, ball mills and other improved forms of grinding machinery. The roller mill process has displaced the old type of cereal mills, particularly in grinding wheat. The small corn mills distributed throughout the southern states, how- ever, still use millstones and furnish one of the important markets for the New York quarries. A part of the product is sold also to cement and talc manufacturers. Besides the uses that have been enumerated, it would seem 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM probable that the Ulster county grit might be well adapted for the lining of pebble mills, an application which has not been attempted, hitherto, so far as known. Such mills are employed quite extensively for fine grinding of feldspar and other hard materials. They are usually lined with imported French rock which is furnished in small blocks dressed to the required shape. In its general freedom from iron or other coloring agents, the grit fulfils one of the important requisites for such material, but its wearing qualities under the severe conditions can not be de- termined except by actual test. . The production of millstones in 1907 amounted to a value of $21,806, as compared with $22,442 in 1906 and $22,944 in I905. The production includes also the blocks and disks quarried and sold for roll crushers. At one time the output of Ulster county was valued at over $100,000 annually. MINERAL PAINT The term mineral paint is here used to designate the natural mineral colors obtained by grinding an ore or rock. The ma- terials suitable for this purpose that are found in New York State include iron ore, shale, slate and ocher. For metallic paint and mortar colors some form of iron ore, generally Hematite or limonite, is commonly employed, but only -a few localities are known where the ore possesses the requisite qualities of color and durability. The fossil hematite from the Clinton formation is perhaps most widely used in this country. The mines owned by C. A. Borst at Clinten, Oneida co., and those of the Furnaceville Iron Co. at Ontario, Wayne co.; supply much of the crude material. The red hematite mined by the Rossie Iron Ore Co. at Rossie, St Lawrence co., also yields a good metallic paint. Mineral paint made from shale and slate is quite extensively used for wooden structures. When there is a considerable per- centage of iron oxids present, the shale and slate may be sold for metallic paint. Their value depends largely upon the depth and durability of their color; but the degree of natural. fineness and the amount of oil tequired in mixing must also be considered in determining their utility. At Randolph, Cattaraugus co., beds of green, brown and bluish shale occur in the Chemung forma- tion. They are worked by the Elko Paint Co. In years past red shale has been obtained in Herkimer county from the Vernon a,” a. 7) ee ie Biot eek a has deren jt = Ty Ps eee a ™ eee eae Ie ey oe ; ¥ THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 4!I beds at the base of the Salina. A similar material occurring in the Catskill series has been worked at Roxbury, Delaware co. The red slate of Washington county, which belongs in the Cam- bric, is also ground for paint. The Algonquin Red Slate Co. of Worcester, Mass., and A. J. Hurd of Eagle Bridge produce this material. A product known as mineral black is made by grinding slate -found in the Hudson River series. The ferruginous clay called ocher occurs quite commonly in the State, but no deposits are exploited at present. A bed occur- ring on Crane mountain, Washington co., once supplied a con- siderable quantity. Sienna, a variety of ocher, occurs near Whitehall. The de- posit is a thin stratum in glacial drift and has been worked on a small scale. In addition to the producers above mentioned, the Clinton Metallic Paint Co., of Clinton, and the William Connors Paint Manufacturing Co., of Troy, are engaged in the manufacture of mineral paints from New York materials. The production of mineral paints in 1907 was as follows: metallic paint and mortar color, 5269 short tons valued at $59,521; slate pigment, 620 short tons valued at $3700. In the year 1906 the following quantities were reported: metallic paint and mortar color, 2714 short tons valued at $29,140; slate pig- ment, 2045 short tons valued at $15,960. These quantities in- clude only the output made within the State from local materials. A part of the ore and rock is shipped each year to points outside of the State for manufacture. An output of 9667 long tons valued at $24,185 was reported in 1907 by four firms who sell the crude ore or rock to paint grinders. In the preceding year the corresponding total was 9382 tons valued at $22,949. MINERAL SPRINGS The mineral springs of New York afford a variety of waters suited for medicinal and table uses. There are over 200 springs in the State that have been listed and classified according to the nature of their dissolved mineral ingredients, though many have no commercial application, except perhaps for local consumption. Some of the spring localities —like Saratoga Springs, Ballston Springs and Richfield Springs—are popular resorts during the summer season and in this way the waters afford an indirect but very important source of income. 42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Among the spring waters that contain mineral ingredients in appreciable quantity, those characterized by the presence of alkalis and alkaline earths are the most abundant in this State. The dissolved bases may exist in association with chlorin and carbon dioxid, as is the case with the springs of Saratoga county, or they may be associated chiefly with sulfuric acid as illustrated by the Sharon and Clifton Springs. 3 The mineral waters of Saratoga Springs and Ballston are found along fractured zones in Lower Siluric strata, the reservoirs oc- curing usually in the Trenton limestone. They are accompanied by free carbon dioxid, which together with chlorin, sodium, potassium, calcium and magnesium exists also in dissolved con- dition. ‘The amount of solid constituents in the different waters varies from less than I00 to over 500 grains per gallon. Large quantities of table and medicinal waters are bottled at the springs for shipment to all parts of the country. The carbon dioxid which issues from the wells at Saratoga is likewise an important article of commerce. The waters at Richfield Springs contain the elements of the alkali and alkaline earth groups together with sulfuric acid and smaller amounts of chlorin, carbon dioxid and -sulfureted hydrogen. They are employed for medicinal baths as well as for drinking purposes. The springs issue along the contact of Siluric limestone and Devonic shales. Sharon Springs is situated to the east of Richfield Springs and near the contact of the Lower and. Upper Siluric. Cliton Springs, Outario- co, 20d Massena Springs, St Lawrence co., are among the localities where sulfureted waters occur and are utilized. The Oak Orchard springs in the town of Byron, Genesee co., are noteworthy for their acid waters which contain a consider- able proportion of aluminum, iron calcium and magnesium, be- - sides free sulfuric acid. The Lebanon spring, Columbia co., is the single representative in the State of the class of thermal springs. It has a tempera- ture of 75° F. and is slightly charged with carbon dioxid and nitrogen. A branch of the industry that has recently assumed consider- able importance in New York State is the sale of spring waters which can not be classed as mineral in the usual sense of the term, but find wide use as potable waters on account of their freedom from harmful impureties. Such waters are usually ship- THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 43 ped in bulk to the principal cities where they are bottled and distributed by wagons among the individual consumers. The Great Bear spring at Fulton and the Deep Rock spring at Os- wego are examples of this class of springs. The following list includes the names of the leading springs in the State which are employed for commercial purposes or have recently been so employed: “ b Ee a ~ NAME Baldwin Mineral Spring Chautauqua Lithia Spring Breesport Oxygenated Mineral Spring Chemung Spring Magnetic Flint Rock Spring Rockdale Mineral Spring Lebanon Mineral Spring Mount View Spring Ayers Amherst Mineral Spring Avon Sulphur Springs Artesian Natural Mineral Spring Glacier Spring Kirkland Spring Split Rock Spring Geneva Lithia Mineral Water Spring Crystal Springs Deep Rock Spring Great Bear Spring White Sulphur Springs Massena Spring Artesian Lithia Spring Arondack Spring Champion Spring Chief Spring Congress Spring Empire Spring LOCALITY Cayuga, Cayuga co. Westfield, Chautauqua co. Breesport, Chemung co. Chemung, Chemung co. Elmira, Chemung co. Rockdale, Chenango co. Lebanon Springs, Columbia co. Poughkeepsie, Dutchess co. Williamsville, Erie co. Avon, Livingston co. Franklin Springs, Oneida co. Franklin Springs, Oneida co. Franklin Springs, Oneida co. Franklin Springs, Oneida co. Geneva, Ontario co. Oswego, Oswego co. Oswego, Oswego co. Fulton, Oswego co. Ritchfield Springs, Otsego co. Massena Springs, St Lawrence co. Ballston Spa, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Eureka White Sulphur and Mineral Spring Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Geyser Spring Hathorn Spring Uides Franklin Spring High Rock Spring Lincoln Spring Patterson Mineral Spring Royal Vichy Spring Saratoga Carlsbad Spring ' Saratoga Seltzer Spring ._ Saratoga Victoria Spring Star Spring Washington Lithia Spring Chalybeate Spring Magnesia Spring White Sulphur Spring Red Jacket Mineral Spring. Pleasant Valley Mineral Spring Sulphur Spring Setauket Spring Big Indian Spring Elixir Spring Vita Spring Clyde Mineral Spring Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Saratoga Springs, Saratoga co. Ballston Spa, Saratoga co. Sharon Springs, Schoharie co. Sharon Springs, Schoharie co. Sharon Springs, Schoharie co. Seneca Falls, Seneca co. Rheims, Steuben co. Hornby, Steuben co. East Setauket, Suffolk co. Ellenville, Ulster co. Clintondale, Ulster co. Fort Edward, Washington co. Clyde, Wayne co. 44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The industry in connection with the production and sale of spring waters has attained to large proportions and promises to show continued growth. The quantity marketed at present may be estimated at fully 8,000,000 gallons a year with a value of about $1,000,000. Approximately one half of the total value is represented by sales of mineral waters from Saratoga co. The figures given are estimates based on a partial canvass of the in- dustry. A more accurate statement of the production is im- practicable owing to the many changes that take place in the industry each year. The commercial utilization of many springs is transitory and others are employed only locally for supplying hotels, sanatoriums, etc. It is believed, however, that the esti- mate is close to the actual production. NATURAE-GAS The production of natural gas for lighting and heating pur- poses has been carried on in New York since the first part of the preceding century. It is recorded that the village of Fre- donia, Chautauqua co., was illuminated by gas supplied from local wells as early as 1825, an event attracting widespread in- terest at the time and no doubt a precursor of the extensive exploitation of the natural gas fields in other sections of the country. Following this development came the discoveries of the pools in Cattaraugus county which began about 1865, and later those in Allegany county, a result of explorations conducted for petroleum. Within the last 20 years there has been a great ex- pansion in the industry and gas wells are now scattered over most of the western part of the State, including 15 counties which are active producers. Geological occurrence. The range of the productive gas pools geologically may be said to extend from the base of the Paleozoic sedimentary formations, the Potsdam sandstone, to the Chemung and Portage formations of the Devonic which are near the top of the Paleozoic series as represented in New York. Certain formations, however, are more prolific than others, and the wells in each field, as a rule, derive their main supply from a definite horizon. . Though small amounts of gas have been found in sandstones correlated with the Potsdam, the lowest beds which are the source of any considerable flow are the limestones of Trenton age. The wells of Oswego and Onondaga counties now supply- — ow epee ee ee eat. ‘ ee Te EN TE FL, ee a a a THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 45 ing gas are bottomed in the Trenton, though in many instances secondary contributions are derived from the overlying Utica shale. Elsewhere, as in Oneida and Jefferson counties, these limestones have not afforded any durable supply. The next higher horizon of importance is at the base of the Lower Siluric and includes the Medina sandstone and its eastern representative, the Oswego sandstone. The occurrence of pools in this formation is of recent discovery, but they now yield a very large portion of the production. The principal field, opened since 1890, is in Erie county beginning near Buffalo and extend- ing eastward through the towns of Cheektowaga, Amherst, Lan- caster, Clarence, Alden and Newstead. A second field occurs south of Buffalo between that city and Jewettville. The wells at Avon and Caledonia, Livingston co., are said to reach the Medina. In the last two years large pools have been encountered in what is regarded as the white Medina sandstone in northern Chautauqua county, notably at Westfield and Silver Creek. The recent discoveries at Pavilion, Genesee co., are likewise reported to be in that formation. The remaining formations of the Lower Siluric are made up mostly of shales and limestones. They appear to be relatively poor reservoirs for gas. In the Devonic system, practically all of the formations repre- sented in western New York have been found to contain gas at one or more localities. The most prolific, undoubtedly, are the upper members, the Portage and Chemung shales and sand- stones. They are tapped by numerous wells in Allegany, Cat- taraugus and Chautauqua counties. The principal gas supplies are derived from southern Allegany and Cattaraugus counties, from the same fields which yield petroleum. Many of the wells yield both gas and oil, and a part of the gas is consumed locally in operating the oil pumps, while the remainder is run into pipe lines for distribution in the neighboring cities and villages. The original wells put down in the Lake Shore belt of Chautauqua county, at Fredonia, Brocton, Mayville and Ripley seem to have found the gas mainly in the Chemung shales. The deeper wells that were drilled later encountered reservoirs at different horizons below the Chemung, as far down as the Medina. The Marcellus and Onondaga formations of the Devohic are con- sidered by Bishop? to be the sources of the gas at Gowanda, in northern Cattaraugus county. oy and Gas in Southwestern New York. N. Y. State Geol. roth An. Rep’t. t190t, p 116: 46-" - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The geographical limits of the gas fields can only be broadly defined, but it is observable that with one or two exceptions they are situated in the western section of the State in the middle and southern tiers of counties. The wells of Oswego county, near the end of Lake Ontario, represent the most easterly points at which the presence of gas in quantity has been established, and there the pools seem to be confined to small areas. The dis- turbed condition of the strata has, no doubt, militated against the accumulation of gas in the eastern section of the State. Production. There are about 850 productive gas wells dis- tributed among the different counties and owned by 150 indi- viduals and companies. Most of the wells in Chautauqua county are operated for private.use and their combined output is small. Aside from them, the production is in the control of a relatively few companies who have pipe lines and distribute the gas for general consumption. The production during the past four years is shown in the accompanying table, which gives the value of the output for the leading counties. The total value in 1907 amounted to $800,014, which is an increase ‘of $33,435 over the value returned for the preceding year. | Production of natural gas COUNTY 1904 1905 1906 ie LOOY, Allegany-Cattaraugus...... $183 830 | $204 430 | $247 208 $250 159 SUAS HEN GEH ECG Lashes Mapa eral mene Me 31 822 26 232 94 345 106 411 | 3 ge ea aa ee Rag eh he ata 254 899 281 253 217 SGA 320 199 aLavinestonieie etre cee ROAST 41 805 52 805 55 780 Onondaga soa eee T5350 16 825 16 385 17 030 OswerG, A erences ae oe 14 990 13 592 13 182 To 585 b Wyoming ss This a eek ae cae 18 855 Zee 25 100 39 850 ec iPeceermmr ss 2 ail $552 197 | $607 000 | $766 579 $800 o14 a Includes also Seneca, Schuyler, Steuben, Ontario and Yates counties. b Includes also Niagara and Genesee counties. The quantity of gas produced in 1907 was approximately 3,052,145,000 cubic feet. In arriving at this total, estimates are included for certain producers who were unable to supply exact figures, but as it is only the smaller operators who do not keep records of their wells, the estimate is very close to the actual THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 47 production. No account is made, however, of the gas consumed by oil companies for pumping. The quantity of gas yielded by the wells in 1906 was 3,007,086,000 cubic feet, in 1905 2,039,130,000 cubic feet and in 1904, 2,399,987,000 cubic feet. The average value of the natural gas varies according to locality from a minimum of 18 cents to a maximum of 50 cents a thou- sand cubic feet. The general average for the whole State in recent years has been about 25 cents. New developments. There has been an average amount of drilling done during the past year and the additional supplies from new wells have more than sufficed to keep up the pro- duction. In Chautauqua county, the Frost Gas Co. put down another well at Sheridan where it first began producing two years ago The new well is said to have given an indicated flow of 2,500,000 cubic feet a day. The South Shore Gas Co. also opened a suc- cessful well at a depth of 2100 feet at Sheridan. At Westfield the Welch Gas Co. drilled its fourth well, which attained a depth of 2340 feet. After shooting, a flow of 350,000 feet a day was registered, apparently from the Medina sandstone. In exploring for oil at Levant, in the southeastern part of the county, a gas reservoir was tapped at 1200 feet depth showing a pressure of 125 pounds. The exploration of a large tract of land near Gerry is in prospect where options have been secured for that purpose by O. M. Burdick and A. L. Shaner of Bolivar. A well flowing 200,000 cubic feet a day was put down at Elma, Erie co., and others are to be drilled during the current year. It is intended to use the gas at Elma. A successful well has been located at Ebenezer by William Vogel, the reservoir being tapped at 1600 feet. The Pavilion Natural Gas Co. continued drilling at Pavilion, Genesee co., where important discoveries were made in 1906. The company now has nine producing wells with an indicated capacity of 10,000,000 cubic feet. The gas is supplied to the villages of Leroy and Pavilion. A well drilled on the Charles Kane farm gave an estimated flow of 2,500,000 cubic feet when first opened. The Alden-Batavia Natural Gas Co. has begun exploration at Darien in southwestern Genesee county. _A new development at Naples, Ontario co., is a well located in the valley just west of the village. Gas was found at 1092 feet depth. There are four old wells on the east side of the 48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM valley. Plans have been formed for the exploration of a large tract of land near Reed’s Corners, east of Canandaigua, by a Pittsburg company. In Steuben county, the North Side Gas & Oil Co. continued - the drilling of a well at Ferenbaugh which was started in 1906. After encountering a small flow at 250 feet, the hole was carried down to 2100 feet and shot, but registered less than 40,000 feet a day. A second well of nearly equal depth gave no results. The Steuben Oil and Gas Co. of Hammondsport will sink a test well near Keuka. Drilling has been started near Canisteo on © the farm of James E. Wilson. ‘The exploration of the Troups-_ berg field has been discontinued for lack of success. PETROLEUM The oil pools found in New York State constitute the northern extension of the Appalachian field which reaches its main de- velopment in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia. They underlie small areas in Cattaraugus, Allegany and Steuben -counties near the Pennsylvania border. ‘The first well was drilled in Cattaraugus county in 1865, while Allegany county began. producing about 1880. The oil is encountered in fine- grained sandstones of dark color belonging to the oa formation of the Upper Devonic. In Cattaraugus county the productive area embraces about 40 square miles, mostly in Olean, Allegany and Carrolton town- ships. The pools occur at several horizons from 600 to 1800 feet below the surface. The principal ones are the Ricebrook, Chip- munk, Allegany and Flatstone. The oil field of Allegany county extends across the southern townships of Clarksville, Genesee, Wirt, Bolivar, Alma, Scio and Andover and is divided into several pools that are considered to be more or less independent. The Bolivar, Richburg and Wirt pools have been most productive. The oil is found at depths from 1400 to 1800 feet. The Andover pool lies partly in ‘the town of West Union, Steuben co., and is tapped by wells from 850 to 1000 feet in depth. The discovery of oil in the town ef Granger, on the Livingston county border has been in some respects the most noteworthy addition to the productive area of late years, since the pool is much farther north than any hereto- fore found in the State. THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 49 There has been little change in the production of petroleum for several years past, though the drilling of new wells is not so actively prosecuted as formerly; the maintenance of the out- put at a nearly constant level may be ascribed in a large degree to the relative permanency of the pools. Practically all of the production is obtained by pumping. By using gas engines which are fed by the natural gas that accompanies the petroleum the pumps can be worked at small expense and wells yielding less than a barrel a day are profitable. The product is transported to the refineries by pipe lines. The following companies handle practically all of the output within the State: The Allegany Pipe Line Co., Columbia Pipe Line Co., Union Pipe Line Co., and Fords Brook Pipe Line Co., all of Wellsville; Vacuum Oil Co., of Rochester, and the Tide -Water Pipe Co., Limited, of Bradford, Pa. The output of petroleum in 1907 amounted to 1,052,324 barrels, as compared with 1,043,088 barrels in the preceding year. The following table shows the total for each year since 1891. The statistics subsequent to 1903 have been compiled from the re- ceipts of oil reported by the companies above mentioned, while the others are taken from the annual volumes of the Mineral Re- sources. 7 aProduction of petroleum in New York | YEAR BARRELS | VALUE % | % ; | ; EATS US Serpe aaa eee es Sane Re ob RSE O80 $1 061 970 ; REP eet an 3s bm a Soe aes ae He aa e ee Bete F2734:243 708 297 ; Me eee che 2 bot cya lyre oe eR oe I O32 30% 660 000 r 2 be AE Sa Pe ae eg eee Pies te SIE gO d 942 431 790 464 ; 2) 355 Sree ee irene ae oe 912 948 I 240 468 Mes Or Sader s Ges eae, pees aed ee ha einer reer I 205 220 I 420 653 : 80 ce E240 “005 I 005 736 od ae cee Be era en ees note t. 205256 I 098 284 ! © ODES ES a a aes peer ae OnE eae I 320 909 I 708 926 MEN GR cee ages fie coo Sie oo: oe Oia es) het Se ahaa Hous 66 I 300 925 I 759 50r BRM eat ge tates oo wi Pad) Sietag'e lar ee a ple hw hore eo oe I 206 618 I 460 008 RRREE RE RI St cia at Saat nia Ap duet SAS aeons Ete» IN 21To_ 940 I 530 852 DEE RES Bee re ee re hs or aa ir a I 162 978 I 849 135 MEE aE et RC aa ee ete aiand gk ota aus oEUs el sletaae Sha £2036 179 I 709 770 BPMN Rat CRN ei ett 9. Covioce wet ea Mevaig cae ante ee whe wie Soe ace 949 511 I 566 931 WO aes cre oA ad oo aa mw Re See a EG Siwin te is wa Sip te I 043 088 I 72I 095 IPOD ioe tea an 8 ete o's aie we eine nin om wi vw a se ame] I 052 324 Te 7R0F 23:5 the Mineral Resources. ss aah _a The statistics for the years 1891-1903 inclusive are taken from the annual volumes of 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM During 1907 the exploration of the newly opened Short Tract or Granger district in northern Allegany county was carried on with vigor and additional discoveries are reported. This district was prospected to some extent five or six years ago, but without definitely establishing the presence of oil. The first of the pro- ductive wells is located on the Van Nostrand farm, 5 miles from Fillmore. An area of about 1000 acres in the vicinity has been proved to show good indications. The construction of a pipe to connect the wells with the railroad at Fillmore was begun during the year. The oil is clear and light in color and gravity, closely resembling the product from the Tiona field of _Pennsylvania. Some of the wells when first opened flow under natural pressure. Discoveries of oil were ieconiee: from Rexville, and in the town of Wayne, Steuben co., but as yet nothing definite can be stated concerning their importance. PYRITE As was anticipated in the preceding issue of this report, the pyrite industry of St Lawrence county experienced a notable advance during the past year. The production amounted to 49,978 long tons, as compared with 11,798 long tons in 1g06 and 10,100 long tons in 1905, and was the largest ever recorded in the State.’ The st Lawrence Pyrite Cov‘at Stellaville anderhe American Pyrites Co. at Gouverneur were in active operation, the latter company, however, «losing down its plant in July. The property of the St Lawrence Pyrite Co. is situated 1 mile north of Hermon and includes the old Stella mine, the first to be opened in the district. This is not worked at present. The ore is taken from two new mines, to the southeast of the Stella shaft, developed since 1904 when the present company acquired the property. Most of the output is obtained from the mine ad- jacent to the mill. The other mine, situated % mile south, is still in the development stage though producing some ore. An average of from 250 to 300 tons daily is mined. The whole mine output goes to the mill where it is concentrated to a product assaying from 47 to 48 per cent sulfur. A preliminary crushing is performed at the mine shafts by means of jaw crushers which discharge directly into cars. The ore passes through a Gates gyratory crusher and rolls at the mills. The first concentration is effected by Hancock jigs, while the middlings from this treat- y- q 4 j THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 51 ment are recrushed by rolls and reconcentrated on Hartz jigs. The slimes are passed over Overstrom tables. The mill has a nominal capacity of 500 tons crude ore a day. The ore bodies have much similarity of shape and geological relations to the magnetites of the western Adirondacks. They are of lenticular form with their axes of extension alined parallel to the foliation of the wall rock, but often show a pitch across the dip. They range up to 30 feet thick. ‘They occur in over- lapping series sometimes closely set and again separated by varying thicknesses of the wall rock. ‘The country is a dark hornblende-biotite schist belonging to the sedimentary or Gren- ville series of Adirondack formations. The pyrite occurs in coarse particles and aggregates which only occasionally show crystal boundaries. The gangue consists mainly of vein quartz. Zinc blende is a common accompani- ment, and pyrrhotite is encountered at times in considerable bodies. Though inclosed by sediments the deposits can scarcely be construed as original beds of contemporaneous formation, but their genesis probably has been parallel to that of the mag- netites found in the Grenville which are always pyritic and not rarely richly so. There are no well defined walls, for the mineralization extends outward into the schist for some distance beyond the limits of the pay ore. The pyrite seems to have impregnated and replaced the schist to a great extent, at the same time filling small fissures and seams along the bedding planes. Its origin is traceable to iron-bearing solutions which have circulated through the schist when it was probably at con- siderable depth from the surface and perhaps in a less metamor- phosed condition. The crude ore carries about 30 per cent sulfur. An analysis of Stella ore showed the following percentages: pn ee en ie RS ee 32, MRR iat in Pree Ange eh oe, Seay 5 a ot Uses 32 SC LBP EA nS) SR = Se US tear a ane naa Ie 32 POM Ct pees Sn gence ds ne aoa « aa aie bits aante .O4 CSUR NS! YR FSP a EA ey ea ER SR Ie gen traces The amount credited to silica probably includes the insoluble constituents, such as feldspar, hornblende, biotite and other sili- cates of the schist as well as quartz. The pyrite is free from 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM arsenic and other deleterious impurities. It is shipped to acid makers in New York and adjoining states. The National Pyrites Co., who formerly operated the mines at High Falls or Pyrites, has retired from business. The prop- erty has been taken over by the Oliver Iron Mining Co., a branch of the United States Steel Corporation. It is now being~ pros- pected in a thorough manner by the diamond drill. The ore occurs in lenses that strike northeast and dip northwest at an angle of 15° or so, with a pitch toward the north. The line of outcrop extends across the Grasse river under which there are workings reached from openings made on an island in thé river. A striking feature of the deposits is the occurrence of pyrrhotite in segregated masses between the pyrite shoots. The mineral is not intermixed to any extent with the pyrite. The Cole mine near Gouverneur consists of a large lens that outcrops at the surface and is worked as an open cut. It affords an ore above the average in_richness, a part of the product being suitable for shipment in the crude state. The American Pyrites Co. took over the property in 1906, as successor of the Adiron- dack Pyrite Co. The suspension of operations, it is understood, has not been due to any failure of ore supply or technical diffi- culty, but to the heavy burden of royalties imposed. Sac: The continued growth of output is the principal feature of the salt industry in the State recorded during the past year. The gain has been somewhat larger than the average and indicates apparently that the New York product is fully holding its own in the trade. Owing to its command of the large eastern markets, the local industry has been able to maintain the im- - portant position which it secured more than a century ago, not- withstanding the recent rapid development of other sources of supply. All of the different grades of salt known to the trade are pro- duced in the State. The rock salt mines situated in Livingston . county supply more than one half of that commodity used in the country. The manufacture of salt by the solar process is carried on extensively on the Onondaga Reservation where it was first started in 1789. The brines used for that purpose are natural, while in the other localities the manufacture of brine salt is based on solutions obtained by driving wells into beds of rock salt and the introduction of water from the surface ed le ee TN ey Te ee a ee ee Paes : ‘ " “ a ee ES ee pe ee. ee a Oe eee THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY I907 53 ~ which is pumped up after becoming saturated. The grades of salt known as common fine, common coarse, table, dairy, pack- ers, agricultural and milling salt are made by artificial evapora- tion of brines, the quality depending upon the methods em- ployed and the degree to which the refining operations are carried. In addition to the salt that is marketed as such, a very large proportion of the annual output of the State is converted into soda products by the Solvay Process Co. This company has a plant at Solvay near Syracuse, where the preparation of soda ash, carbonate, bicarbonate, etc., is carried on from brine that is supplied by the company’s wells in the town of Tully, 20 miles south of Syracuse. The salt content of the brine thus used is included in the production tables herewith. _ Altogether there were 31 companies in the State who reported an output in 1907, or one less than in the preceding year. Of the total number, Onondaga county was represented by 20 com- panies, while the remaining 11 were distributed among the fol- lowing counties: Genesee, Livingston, Schuyler, Tompkins and Wyoming. The International Salt Co., the largest manufacturers of brine salt in the State, operated four plants as follows: Ithaca works, Ithaca; Cayuga works, Myers; Glen works, Watkins; and Yorkshire works, Warsaw. The Hawley and Warsaw works, at Warsaw, owned by the company were inactive. No new manu- iacturers have entered the list of producers during the year. The total quantity of salt obtained from mines and wells in New York last year amounted to 9,657,543 barrels of 280 pounds, on which a value of $2,449,178 was placed. This shows a gain of 643,550 barrels, or 7 per cent, over the output for 1906 which Was 9,013,993 barrels valued at $2,121,650, the largest reported up to that year. Most of the increase was contributed by the mines of rock salt, the output of which is about one third the entire total for the State. The accompanying tables show the production of salt dis- tributed among the various grades. The output listed under “other grades” is made up principally of rock salt and salt used for soda manufacture which are combined so as not to reveal the figures reported by the individual companies. A small quantity of other kinds not specified in the returns is also in- cluded under that item. _The valuation placed on the salt thus listed is much smaller proportionately than that of the other 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM grades inasmuch as the salt consumed by the Solvay Process Co. bears only a nominal value. Production of salt by grades in 1906 | VALUE GRADE | BARRELS VALUE PER F BARREL | Comimen*fine ss: 1 Mss etek ee | I 164 064 $413 462 $ .35 COMMON -COATSE* “55, fe ee | 182 636 | 62 758 | -34 Pable*and dairy. ic eae ee ee aac 6) 603 034 | ‘50 Gorrse solaro. Gach tein ees ane 510 800 | LOT S54 .38 Packers, 2/2035 oe eee ee | 39 286 | I4 100 36 aOther eradess ek ae ees 5 O05, 271 ig 846 745 | .14 Potal: “eer eae Mee eee 9 013 993 | $2 131 650 | $ .23 a Includes rock salt, salt in brine used for soda manufacture, and small amounts of brine salt for which the uses were not specified in the returns. Production of salt by grades in 1907 . VALUE GRADE BARRELS VALUE PER | | BARREL | r Conimion time. 2s sep pent oe I 214 093 | $446 618 $ .37 Conimon-coarse Folin ee a eee E55 4503 64 794 | 42 Tablejand dairy. 20+ acces eee I 183 643 639 464 | -54 Coarse solar Aion ik recat ean ere 415 971 ESO sO 72} 39 Packets. 7a re cows oan mie Se naee | 43 614 14 993 | 34 aUther, grades 624-36 Bae eae | 6 644 629 1-127) 9287 | i a Detail aes Ws cil Sea eevee at cea | 9 657 543 | $2 449 178 $ .25 a Includes rock salt, salt in brine used for soda manufacture, and small amounts of brine salt for which the uses were not specified in the returns. b Onondaga county ranks first among the counties of the State in quantity of annual output and has contributed by far the largest total production. Between the years 1797 and 1892 there was made and sold from the Onondaga Salt Springs an aggre- gate of 71,284,419 barrels, equivalent to 9,979,819 short tons. If the salt utilized for soda manufacture be also included, the production of the county to date can not be much less than 20,000,000 tons. Up to the year 1880, when the beds of rock salt in the western part of the State began to be utilized, Onon- daga county supplied the whole output, but since then it has eee es Pe Ne SO eee ee See CE PP ee ee ee : . —— a): er é are THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY I907 55 gradually lost its importance in the trade and the greater part of the total now returned for the county represents the salt in brine consumed for soda manufacture. The relative rank of the counties of the State, according to their output of marketable salt in 1907, was as follows: Living- ston, Wyoming, Tompkins, Schuyler, Onondaga and Genesee. Livingston county furnishes the entire product of rock salt which is mined at Retsof and Cuylerville. The Retsof Mining Co. has worked a deposit at the former locality for many years. The Sterling Salt Co. at Cuylerville began production in the fall of 1906 and the past year was the first one in which the mine was continuously active. The growth of the salt industry in New York during the past 25 years is illustrated by the accompanying table which covers the output for the period 1883-1907 inclusive. It is noticeable that while the production has increased nearly six times during the period, the value of the annual total has grown at a much smaller rate. The figures for the years previous to 1904 are taken from the annual volumes of the Mineral Resources. Production of salt in New York since 1883 | YEAR BARRELS VALUE So 2 oe se GS iy ar ee eee Ute ere OFS GOO $680 638 De sic ce ERE Been ne ee a ed i 788 454 705 978 MD Se SIN oy ba yh Scho Araneae a are el he oon . 2 304 787 874 258 MME RE eta al) ce eas Sethe eee me 2 °43% 563 | E24 3°721 Loss 7 ae 5 SR earns Pe eee ae | 2 353 560 | 936 894 Tce ne Ocoee BER eee tk Reema eres 2.358) 489 | I 130 409 RI etl iso a os toe eee ecg We PE ey S Sees | ZED OY =| E5236) FOR ePID. cca Skah or eta ee he eee Baa 0 30 I 266 o18 2 Te SSR eee arene ties ie Sar rer eee Pe 2 839 544 |} I 340 036 aOR SS “658 ssc ack kB ie te Sowa oa 3 FAG OFF I 662 816 MMR ed ai cre i2y ts REN ee Me ee 5 662 074 | 1 870 084 MR arises et. oz 2-0: (a fal Web ahah Geek esl 6 270 588 I 999 146 od ES ee eee ne ea ae Paar Pear Om einer I 943 398 IR ee ier te eS Se ee @ aioe aes ete 6 069 o40 t 896 681 oo Dov) DEO OSS ps Ree aa ee ee a ae Pee grees 6 805 854 | I 948 759 ie ORAM GS hor 525512 aN Seas Rach eee ol ) OF9L Foo 21260 °323 SLT Saas ie RO oe cle de ea Sea 7-489 105 | _ 2 540.426 DEE Sic. sit APTA sae See a aoe at Brat 7 OQ 7 Out ETE “AVS O05) RS area a Ce, Ae late aia er 7 286 320 | 2 089 834 ODE Boo a air ea a ae 8 523 380 | I 938 539 Ger ee Ee Sr So Fh Modi dete eet eee ) 8 170 648 2 007. 807 DSA 2 2h sg SR eR Aneta en nee arene 8 724 768 2 102 748 SMEAR Ae oh Oa Sd wm gtela ths ohne Sle 8 575 649 2 303 067 OE 2 Dol aad eg ee ae eg RE 9 O13 993 B03 1) ‘650 ADEE a ele RS SAO a A Bea earl rae ee | 94657, 543 2 449 178 | Sea eee se 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM SAND The resources of the State in sands adapted for building, metallurgical and other uses are extensive and suffice to meet most of the local requirements for the material. The building and construction trades call for the largest quantity, consuming several millions of tons annually of the common grades which are obtained in great part within the immediate vicinity of the markets. Molding sands, glass sand, furnace sand, fire sand and filtration sands are among the other kinds produced, some of which are shipped to points without the State. Building sand. The glacial deposits which are found in nearly all sections afford an abundance of sand for building and con- struction purposes. The deposits may be mixed with gravel, boulders and clay, requiring some preparation of the sand by screening or washing before it can be used. Frequently, how- ever, the materials have been sorted by natural processes so that beds yielding clean and evenly sized sand may be found. The supplies of sand used in building operations in Albany and Roch- ester are derived from local morainal deposits. Alluvial sand found along the stream valleys is employed in many localities in the interior of the State. Beach sand also enters into the trade; most of the building sand consumed in New York city is obtained from the shores of Long Island, and Buffalo derives its supply from the beaches of Lake Erie principally from the northern or Canadian shore. The extent of the trade in building sand is indicated by the statistics collected by the United States Geological Survey, ac- cording to which the production of New York in 1906 amounted to 3,369,194 short tons valued at $1,045,844. Large as the total is, it perhaps falls short of the actual production, since there is great difficulty in obtaining complete information on the subject. Little capital is represented in the individual enterprises and they are mostly of transitory nature, so that many changes take place each year. The intrinsic value of the product, aside from the costs of labor and transportation, is small. Glass sand. For the manufacture of glass, pure quartz sand is required. The presence of dark minerals such as magnetite, hornblende, biotite, etc., which carry iron, is particularly objec- tionable. In the manufacture of window glass and articles of common glass, the iron is kept down to a small fraction of one per cent, while for the finer grades no more than a trace is allowable. THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 57 The glass sand produced in New York comes from the vicinity of Oneida lake. The principal localities where it is found are in the towns of Rome, Verona and Vienna, Oneida co., and Constantia, Oswego co. At one time this section supported a large industry in the manufacture of window glass, with factories at Durhamville, Constantia and Cleveland, but the cost of fuel became a serious handicap when competition was encountered with centers of manufacture in the natural gas and soft coal regions. Small quantities of the sand are now shipped to other parts of the State for making bottles and common wares. The shipments in 1907 amounted to 1200 short tons valued at $1380. Some of the sandstones of New York have been used in the past for glass making. The Shawangunk grit was once quarried near Ellenville, Ulster co., and the output sold to Pennsylvania ~ companies. The Potsdam sandstone has likewise been used for the purpose. Molding sand. This material is produced largely along the Hudson river valley, in Albany, Columbia and Dutchess counties. The deposits are a part of the water-washed glacial accumula- tions of the region and are found in the upper section imme- diately underlying the soil. The valuable portion ranges from a few inches up to several feet thick. The sand contains a little clayey matter which contributes to its firmness and plasticity. The finest grades are used for stove and other castings that require a smooth finish and are shipped to Albany, Troy and more distant points. Sand used for making cores in molding is obtained from Oneida lake, from the same deposits that yield glass sand. SAND-LIME BRICK There have been few changes in this industry during the year. The activity shown in the erection of new plants for the manu- facture of sand-lime brick was less noticeable than in the pre- ceding year, no doubt due in part to the smaller demand that has been experienced for building materials of all kinds. Reports were received from 12 plants, of which nine were operative during the whole or part of the year, and the production amounted to 16,610,000 valued at $109,677. The seven plants that reported as active in 1906 made an output of 17,080,000 valued at $122,340. The plant of the Rochester Composite Brick Co. was destroyed by fire but is to be replaced. The following is a list of the companies engaged in the industry in the State. 58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM NAME . LOCATION - Buffalo Sandstone Brick Co. Buffalo Granite Brick Co. Glens Falls Granite Brick Co. Sandy Hill Lancaster Sand-Lime Brick Co. . Lancaster Newburgh Sand-Lime Brick Co. Newburgh Paragon Plaster Co. Syracuse Rochester Composite Brick Co. Rochester Roseton Sand-Lime Brick Co. Roseton F. W. Rourke & Co. Brooklyn Sand Stone Brick Co. Schenectady Schenectady Brick Co. Schenectady Watertown Sand Brick Co. Watertown SLADE The quarrying of slate in New York is restricted at present to a small district in eastern Washington county. The district extends north from Salem through the towns of Hebron, Gran- ville, Hampton and Whitehall and is practically continuous with the Vermont slate district which has attained much greater im- portance in the industry. The-slate occurs in several horizons among the metamorphosed Paleozoic strata of the region, but belongs mostly to the Cambric and Lower Siluric systems. Ex- tensive slate beds are found also in the southern continuation of the metamorphic region along the east side of the Hudson river, in Rensselaer, Columbia and Dutchess counties. Attempts to work the slate in this section, however, have not been perma- nently successful, though it is recorded that quarries were oper- ated for a time at Hoosick, New Lebanon and New Hamburg. The slate from Washington county is remarkable for its variety of colors. The red slate which is obtained near Granville and in the Hatch Hill and North Granville sections has no superior for beauty and permanency, while purple, variegated and different shades of green slate occur in the southern section around Middle Granville, Salem and Shushan. Nearly all of the product is sold for roofing purposes. The manufacture of other mater- ials such as mantels, floor tiling, blackboards, billiard tables, etc., is not carried on to any extent in the State. The production of slate for the past year amounted in value to $53,625. Of this, roofing slate represented $52,450 and mill stock $1175. The number of squares of roofing slate made was 11,686. In 1906 the total production was valued at $61,921 consisting of 16,248 squares of roofing slate valued at $57,771 and mill stock valued at $4150. The average value of roofing slate for the year was $4.60 a square against $3.56 a square in 1906. The increased THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907: 59 value was due more to the relatively large quantity of red slate produced than to higher market prices. LONE The quarry industries of New York are of large and growing importance. There are few other states that possess such a variety of geological formations with so many different rock members. The resources afford almost every kind of material used for building and construction purposes and many of the ornamental stones. Still the local product falls short of meeting the requirements, specially for building and decorative stones, and largé quantities are brought in annually from other states or are imported from foreign countries. The statistics and notes incorporated in the following pages relate to the different quarry industries of the State, except those of slate and miilstones, which are treated under their own titles elsewhere in this report. Production of stone The value of the quarry materials produced in 1907 amounted in the aggregate to $7,890,327. ‘The total for the preceding year was $6,504,165, showing a gain of $1,386,162, or about 20 per cent. Nearly one half of the amount consisted of limestones which accounted for a total of $3,182,447 as compared with $2,963,829 in 1906. The sandstone quarried was valued at $1,998,417 against $1,976,829 in the preceding year, the larger part contrib- uted by the companies engaged in the bluestone trade. The marble quarries reported the largest increase for the year, the production having a value of $1,571,936, as compared with $460,- g15 in 1906. The output of granite showed a small falling off, with a total value of $195,900 in 1907 and $255,189 in the preced- ing year. ) Classified as to uses, crushed stone was the largest item in the total and represented a value of $2,812,998, an increase of nearly $400,000 for the year. The use of crushed stone in road im- provement work and for making concrete has been the chief factor in the development of this branch of the industry which has nearly doubled in importance within the last three years. The quantity of crushed stone made last year was approximately 3,319,706 cubic yards, as compared with 3,132,460 cubic yards in 1906. The quantity reported as used for road metal was 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 854,720 cubic yards, against 905,750 cubic yards in 1906. This total, however, does not represent the full amount thus used, as some of the firms are unable to classify their product. The value of the building stone, rough and dressed, amounted to $2,208,545, against $1,408,583 in 1906. Curb and flagstone aggregated the sum of $1,064,193 as compared with $999,678, represented largely by bluestone. The monumental stone, principally marble, was valued at $162,359, against $103,219 in 1906. The value of the stone quarried for purposes other than those given, including lime, furnace flux, paving blocks, riprap, rubble, etc., was $1,642,- 232, as compared with $1,557,192 in 1906. Production of stone in 1905 | A SE “yao BUILDING MONU- a cays CRUSHED ALL TOTAL STONE MENT AG ee AC CENG STONE OTHER VALUE Granite. i.t2 aio $139 414 $10 431 a $69 748 $34 362] $253 955 Limestone........ ZBAOHZOOl canter ete voe $7 297] I 193 800 964 059| 2 41r 456 Mariblemtssnc ier ras 571 810 177 557 a a 25 190 774 557 NaAnadstonme. ue sae SF OCAS SIG eis come Reo I 029 913 37 406 446 156] 2 043 960 Hy go Wa anne rae OR son | eee cre nade | [epee ae Ree on 601 669 2I 550 623 219 otal. saey et. be 488 o09| $187 988\/$1 037 210/$1 902 623\/$1 4Q9r 317/$6 107 IA? a Tieiaded under ‘All other.”’ Production of stone in 1906 get BUILDING MONU- Pa LS CRUSHED ALL TOTAL = STONE BEEN TES 9) ee rere STONE OTHER VALUE Granite tence. ae ee $231 I90 $4 119 a $13 980 $5 900] $255 189 Lamestones (22.52: B2GOAT Oca eee $8 067) I 590 205| I 136 078] 2 963 829 Marble caves .ckraae 337 365 99 I00 a b 24 450 460 915 Sandstone.) Je. 610 549 a 991 611 51 205 323 464| I 976 829 Trapt state ee oe (1 See, Wee werkt Pale keel aka *, 780 103 67 300 847 403 | Ropar cosets $x 408 583] $103 219) $0999 678)$2 435 493/$1 557 192/$6 504 165 Se 000OOOTEEEEeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeoOSS a Included under ‘“‘All other.”” ObIncluded under Limestone. x4 Production of stone in 1907 eS eee eal | | LS Seo BUILDING MONU- eae CRUSHED ALL TOTAL STONE ROENEAD re ae a STONE OTHER VALUE Granites, break $84 774 $9 613 a $92 950 $8 563| $195 900 Limestone: ....... DE so Siney Rees By Gaede Sse $13 123) 1 725 203| I 254 339] 3 182 447 Mariole seasons I 408 190 I52 746 a b II 000] I 571 936 Sandstone?....2.- S25 7G) sane ee I O5I 070 55 818 365 730] I 998 4I7 RT AD ies. Sette oe pa QE ek otote re acl aa oieeees aise 939 027 2 600 941 627 Total see $2 208 545! $162 359\$1 064 posite 812 998/$1 642%232/$7 890 327 SSS a alIncluded under ‘‘All other.”” Ob Included under Limestone. ve ee re ae THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 61 Granite Under the head of granite are grouped by the trade the crystal- ‘line rocks in which feldspar and other silicates are the predom- inant minerals. Besides granite in the strict sense the class com- prises syenite, diorite, gabbro and anorthosite, in fact practically all of the igneous rocks, as well as many gneisses and schists, that are adapted for building construction or ornamental pur- poses. The fine grained crystalline rocks known as trap, how- ever, are usually separated from the class owing to their some- what special qualities and will be treated here under their own title. There are two principal areas where these rocks occur in New York, the one being the Adirondack region and the other the lower Hudson valley and the bordering highlands. Both regions afford a variety of both massive and gneissoid types in great abundance, yet the quarries have not been developed as yet on a scale at all commensurate with the local markets. The present output represents but a fraction of the granite actually used each year for building or other purposes; by far the greater part is brought in from other states and some is imported from foreign countries. 3 The returns received from the quarries for 1907 show an output valued at $195,900, as compared with a value of $255,189 for the preceding year. The value of the building stone quarried was $84,774 against $231,190 in 1906, the decrease being due to the smaller operations in the quarries of Westchester county which supply building stone to New York city. The production of granite for other purposes was as follows: monumental stone, $9613, against $4119 in 1906; crushed stone, $92,950 against $13,080; rubble and riprap, $5600 against $2423; paving blocks, curbing and miscellaneous, $2963, against $3477. The quantity of crushed stone made was approximately I11,150 cubic yards against 16,800 cubic yards in 1906. Westchester county contrib- uted a production valued at $76,820, as compared with $172,845 in the preceding year. The remainder of the production was dis- tributed among the following counties: Clinton, Essex, Fulton, Herkimer, Jefferson, New York and Warren counties. There were I4 quarries operated during the year, or five less than in 1906. 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Production of granite eee MATERIAL | 1905 1906 | 1907 Building stone ww on ae ee | .$939 414 $231 190 $84 774 Monumental: cas ae oscce eee | IO 431 4 119 9 613 Crushedtstoned i ue eee | 69 748 13 980 92 950 Rubble, mprapis.ccraeem oe ke eee | 30 125 2 423 | 5 600 Other lcimdst 2.5 nce wcc arene 4 237 Baan 2 963 Rotel. te eae eb age deodes | a2 529955 $255 189 $195 900 Quarries for furnishing crushed stone have been opened at Little Falls where there is an extensive intrusion of the Adiron- dack syenite. The crushing plant of the John Pierce Co. on the north side of the Mohawk river is the largest in the State, and produces road metal, railroad ballast and concrete material. Another quarry on the south side of the river has recently been equipped with a plant for making concrete blocks. The quarries are advantageously situated for shipment of their product both by railroad and the canal system of the State and should com- mand a wide market. The Picton Island Red Granite Co. has been engaged in quar- rying on Picton island in the St Lawrence river. The stone is a biotite granite, ranging from medium to fine in texture, and has a very attractive reddish color, verging toward pink in the fine grained variety. Similar granites have been quarried in the vicinity for many years and have gained a wide repute for their beauty and durability. The present quarries have furnished build- ing material chiefly, but the stone is well adapted for monumen- tal and decorative work as well. It has a specific gravity of 2.653 and a crushing strength of 16,500 pounds to the square inch. The Adirondack anorthosite affords in some places a gray or bluish gray massive stone often showing the very pleasing effect of a porphyry when polished. It has been quarried on a small scale, principally for monumental purposes. The opening of new quarries near Ausable Forks, Clinton co. is contemplated by Mr Ernest Leblond who has also a quarry property in Adiron- dack syenite in the same vicinity. tes ok THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 63 Limestone The limestone quarries are first in importance among the stone- working industries of the State. Compared with sandstone which ranks second in value of output, limestone is not so gen- erally used as building material, but it finds extensive employ- ment for road metal and concrete. Its wide occurrence in con- nection with a natural fitness for the purpose, has favored the development of a large crushed stone business that covers nearly every section of the State. The manufacture of lime is also an important industry, requiring a considerable proportion of the quarry output. The noncrystalline limestones, which are considered under this head, comprise a variety of rocks as regards their geological - oecurrence and physicai and chemical] characters. They are dis- tributed among the Cambric, Lower Siluric, Siluric and Devonic systems. In a few localities, the crystalline limestcnes or mar- bles of the Precambric are quarried for lime making and such production is reported as limestone. In their chemical composi- tion the limestones of New York show a range from practically pure lime carbonates. to magnesian limestones and dolomites and to silicious, aluminous or ferruginous types in which the carbon- ates play a subordinate role. Light colored and white limestones are not abundant, however, in the State, the prevailing colors being grayish or drab, and for this reason considerable quantities of such stone are brought in from other States, principally Ohio and Indiana. Production of limestone MATERIAL 1905 1906 1907 ea ee ae Beemeed Sane <5 6c. 0 oS os a ane $1 193 800 | $1 590 205 $2425) 263 amemnde.: |. 606. fc esac ae 702 684 795 348 888 309 Rae SLONC. sh 2e 5 2 x eles ace hate _ 246 300 229 479 189 782 RIC UK ye. ak ais Saas Cet 198 168 287 816 338 127 PeMisigie Apap...) isi... he oe 40 664 32 975 14 588 Plaeeine CUEING 26.05 006. kee os 27 8 067 ES i423 BRIS UARE OMS NS 25 6c 2 Soe ese» 22 543 IQ 939 Tie Recess “NEES ede Seas ee ae ee re $2 411 456 | $2 963 829 $3 182 447 64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The total production of the limestone quarries last year amounted in value to $3,182,447. ‘This is exclusive of the stone used in the Portland and natural cement industries, for which no statistics have been collected. Compared with the previous year there was a gain of $218,618 in the valuation or about seven per cent. The product was distributed among 35 counties of the State with a total of 136 active quarries. Crushed stone for road metal, concrete, etc., represents the largest item in the output. The value of this. material was $1,725,203 against $1,590,205 for 1606. The manufacture of lime is second in importance with a product valued at $888,309 in 1g07 and $795,348 in 1906. Building stone represented a value of $189,782, as compared with $229,479 in the preceding year. Limestone used as flux in metallurgical processes accounted for $338,127 against $287,816. Other items are: rubble and riprap valued at $14,588 against $32,975; flagging and curbing $13,123 against $8067; and miscellaneous materials, not. classified in the returns, valued at $13,315, as se with $19,939 in the pre- ceding year. Distributed according to counties in which the limestone was quarried, the largest producer was Erie county which reported an output valued at $516,727, consisting principally of building - stone, crushed stone and furnace flux. This county also ranked first in 1906 with a valuation of $525,381. Onondaga county which returned a total of $479,780 was second as in 1906 when its output amounted to $391,457. It manufactures more lime than any other county in the State. The remaining counties which reported a value of over $100,000 each with their respective totals are here given, the figures in parentheses being the corresponding totals for 1906: Dutchess $399,244 ($368,927) ; Rockland $284,- B00 ($242,184); Genesee $283,513 ($227,062); Warren $225,262 ($205,832); Westchester $156,957 ($143,168) ; Albany $129,220 ($106,800) ; and Clinton $110,560 ($96,925). Lime. There were 38 firms that reported an output last year of limestone (including marble) for lime burning, either as a main product or in connection with the quarrying of other mater- ials. The greater portion of the limestone was converted by the companies operating the quarries. In all 18 counties participated in the production. The quantity of lime made was 403,114 short tons valued at $888,309. Onondaga county reported a product of 295,293 short tons, or about 73 per cent of the whole amount. Ve pee oe eee ee ee eee — we ee are \ ? THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 , 65 In the preceding year the output amounted to 313,369 short tons valued at $795,348, of which Onondaga county contributed 208,- 250 tons. ‘The importance of the industry in this county is to be ascribed to the operations of the Solvay Process Co. which uses the lime as a reagent in the manufacture of soda products. The production in the other leading counties for 1907 and 1906 respectively was as follows, in short tons: Warren 45,747 (39,- 076); Clinton 14,800 (16,400); Washington, 13,600 (12,000) ; Lewis 11,251 (9500); Jefferson 6482 (10,450) ; Westchester 6029 (7353)- eee It will be noted that the value of the production as above given is considerably less than the commercial price; this is due to the fact that a nominal valuation has been placed upon the portion used as a chemical reagent. Disregarding the quantity thus con- sumed, the value of the lime made for the market averaged $4.47 a short ton in 1g07 and $4.58 a short ton in 1906. Crushed stone. Limestone is more generally employed in New York for crushing than any other kind of stone. The total pro- duction in 1907 amounted to 2,211,102 cubic yards valued at $1,725,203, as compared with 2,194,547 cubic yards valued at $1,590,205 in the preceding year. Of the quantities given, 363,- 589 cubic yards in 1907 and 486,750 cubic yards in 1906 were returned as having been used for road metal, though the amounts thus employed probably exceeded these totals, since some firms do not keep any records as to the disposal of their product. The leading counties in the production of crushed stone, with their outputs in cubic yards, are as follows, the figures for 1906 being in parentheses : Dutchess 426,744 (400,177) ; Rockland 390,368 (373,387); Genesee 344,160 (323,128); Erie 250,720 (289,110) ; Albany 203,000 (150,000); Westchester 132,566 (105,441); and Onondaga 103,546 (92,950). - Building stone. The use of the local limestones for building purposes shows little or no tendency toward expansion, notwith- standing the important increases in the other materials supplied by the quarries. The value of the building limestone, rough and dressed, produced in 1907 was $189,782 as compared with a value of $229,479 in 1906. Erie county has the largest quarries of building stone, its output amounting in value to $114,351 as com- pared with $118,806 in the preceding year. The remaining coun- ties are small producers. The output each year is supplemented by large quantities of limestone that are brought in from other states. 3) rm) 66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Furnace flux. The metallurgical industries of the State con- sume limestone as a flux in smelting operations. The largest users are the iron blast furnaces located in Buffalo and vicinity. The supply for this district is obtained from the outcrop of the Onondaga limestone in western New York and the adjacent part of the province of Ontario. The principal New York quarries are located at Clarence and Gunnville, Erie co., and at North Leroy, Genesee co. Blast furnace flux for the Adirondack iron furnaces is obtained at West Chazy, Clinton co., and near Port Henry, Essex co. It is also quarried at Oriskany Falls, Oneida co., for the furnace at Franklin Springs. A small output of the Gouver- neur marble is shipped to Ohio for flux. The production of limestone classed as flux in the returns amounted to 563,684 long tons in 1907 valued at $338,127. In the preceding year the pro- duction was 400,002 long tons valued at $287,816. Production of limestone by counties in 1906 CRUSHED LIME |FURNACE|/BUILDING| OTHER teeta STONE MADE FLUX STONE | USES ago DUDA Vigne HOO 200] 0 SO s0O0ln tae et as $500 $500] $106 800 Cayusass tein 28 ROG Olea aaken hte $300; II 000] 3 000 375200 ini POi as yee 53,5) 2 On a5 OOh a OOO 7 Lys Ae OOO 96 925 Dutchesse* 2s. BOS Oba ., a LN Ul Beat Savor UNIS gee Co peice een 368 927 del Seer Ripe ayes 222. 2A B75 172 550/118 Sool 1 260 525 381 Piulgon's peice: 6 963 Oi BOO tee eta a alts caclae een tae eae 16 163 Genesee...... 142 342 I4 000] 69 650 TOF) serene 227 062 Gciceaices) astac PROS te seer oe ESO) 24 0500|- 152 Foo AL O77 bleriomietaci: a, 4 000 (SWechove dean ceri S1roleni een © Th ERO etieasoi trig AP OPS (ud, 2Is Ola esc yetn ai 6 052 499 53 cogy Weems yan eee O255|Ma. Aye OO Clonee nan: O24 = aEAO2Is 49 484 Madison: >... BO" GSA. Neal deaate tare votes OO 320 21 594 WornOc are a Bone DO Gia wey ene wes lt Amecrdee ares 7 564 547 60 406 Montgomery ese ee Minti, Pers: poser mre 4 i AP-ETO) Or 207 60 648 Niagarancy cs: 2 400 AG ace trerene a ODS Meter to, 16 581 Oneidaws vane Ben OOGl Leki: ED: (COOll ROMOOO) ie aie 59 600 Onondaga.... 631980) 225 500 3420 B O70) he 75 3901 457 ocldlanie: os ZiMan WOR ANS Corelli: 'ab cuamty See ened Reh caea een me Be eeete ce 242 184 Stuvawreneene nscice ties 9 040 25205 800 QII 14 062 Saratopa.. 03°. + FE RIO} OS) Roe peta eee ae ea BROGO|. nae 16 000 Scholarien2... 21 ome BOOP seman aee LORS2 Sew AO ges 40 073 Sener ang ee Bie koja 800 i KoXe) 2 025 I0O 6 326 Wannrenine . er. 13, 347k TOO. OOH e Gras eis i 27.0 450 205 832 Washington... 26; OOO A OmOOO wee nk onl conan ome 400 84 400 Westchester. .. 105 441) 36.1766 711 BIO a ER ie 143 168 aOther counties} . 50 200 oy tone) 9 088 TE R2OO/ ae rect 66 600 Total... .|$1 590 205/$795 348 $287 816|$229 479)$60 981\$2 963 829 a Includes Columbia, Essex, Ontario, Orange, Rensselaer, Schenectady, Ulster, Wayne and Yates counties. THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY I9QO7 | Ta F Production of limestone by counties in 1907 CRUSHED | LIME |FURNACE|BUILDING) OTHER oe. STONE MADE FLUX | STONE | USES oe >) | PONY: 55 ss BEBO VORO) “G2 O00). 2.20. bx, $300 erate. $129 220 Ce ae 32.2578 400 $560 7 000|$13 O50 53 588 eimtOn.. 3... 25 200| 62 coo! Ig 200 Zz 50)4 1 are IIo 560 Dutchess..... ROUIMES HANG ata BS We chats Sl gia's dc ss aA kia aes | 399 244 Ut 194 144! 300] 202,845! 114° 351| 5 087 516 727 Je an Gpieee ee PEL OAUr e toe rhe eras ad « cack, o 20 778 Genesee...... DOr ESOS cats chs 82 863 IO GI) tech-c ahs 253 553 Greene....... 5 495 BEOl gan San 5 500 500 Ir 825 Hercamer:... . 450 Rp OPRON. aha ceo ere. Pts en eet 6 275 Jefferson... .. ASAE AAO” OME. Shey. 2 6° 067)... 4-312 41 672 Bes, = - TE nS Sei 25 Bice. oes sue, he 604 758 57 092 Madison. ..... AE’ OOO. achis ss 5 BOON ema re tes aye: doce 50 000 Monroe....... ROMS Soe ie eres 6) are 537 37 855 Montgomery... IG GOO mie lanes oa arenes § 6.677). 1 (038 42 715 Niagara...... 30 123 GER ee ares I 920} 8 250] 40 793 neida.|. S. ..:. Cy mat eS a em GRODO ora teres eetctoe | 35 193 Onondaga : 63 885| 399 996 895|.. II 404| 3 600 479 780 Ontario. ..... TLE | eae ea a aR 808 678 4 919 Peckiated.... . OOO Cetera aS ee greet el ok oe ee goa wre es 284 800 Pi aWrence. ol... 8 Lo 940 9 843 809 154 21 746 Saratoga..... HOMO eran SMP etic as ee cous Clee eee I2 500 Schoharie..... EZ OSE ROO| Exes oe P8446) 5.00.5 3 30 797 2S ae EL g28 BION Sa ted oe IE. 750 400 2675 Warren....... PU eOo 226 S30... es =< 861 1 437 225 262 Washington...) AMOS he BRAM AGO Sc cea Se teary 2 oc idaite ae 6 94 400 Westchester... £32 °566|" 24 116 Cg eaaadcd eee Sa) oR ae Pee 156 957 aOther counties 3 500| 16 755 8 666|- 1 425 215 30 561 = otal... ack 725 203|$888 3009/$338 127/$189 782/$41 026/$3 182 447 a Includes Columbia, Essex, Orange, Orleans, Schenectady, Ulster and Wayne. Marble The granular crystalline limestones and dolomites classed as marble are found in the metamorphosed areas of the Adirondacks and southeastern New York. A few varieties of compact, non- crystalline limestones, such as the black limestone of the Trenton formation occurring at Glens Falls and the fossiliferous Chazy limestone along Lake Champlain, possess ornamental qualities that fit them for special uses and pass as marble in the trade. The monumental marble is obtained principally in the vicinity of Gouverneur, St Lawrence co., where a large quarry and pol- ishing industry has been established for many years. The stone has a coarse crystalline texture, a color varying from white to mottled white and gray, often quite dark gray, and takes a lus- trous polish. As only the best of the quarry material can be used for monumental work, the poorer grades are dressed into 68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM blocks for building and construction purposes. There are a few quarries that have been worked specially for building marble. The quarries of southeastern New York are located in the metamorphic belt extending from Columbia county, through Dutchess and Westchester to Manhattan island. White and light gray marbles are the characteristic products and are sold principally for building purposes. The South Dover Marble Co. Owns quarries of white marble at South Dover, Dutchess co., which have furnished material for many buildings in New York and other cities. The marble is generally recognized as one of the best of the kind. It is employed also for interior work. The Waverly Marble Co. with quarries at Tuckahoe, Westchester co., has been a large producer of building marble, which has been used in many notable structures. It is white but coarser grained than the South Dover marble. Among other localities in this region where quarries have been worked are Ossining, Dobbs Ferry, White Plains, Oscawana and Pleasantville, Westchester co., and Greenport, Columbia co. Some of the quarries furnish material for lime making. The production of marble during the past year amounted to a value of $1,571,936 which is much the largest total that has been reported by the New York State quarries. The value was dis- tributed among the different kinds of marble as follows: building marble, rough and dressed, $1,408,190; monumental marble, — rough and dressed, $152,746; other kinds, $11,000. The corres- ponding total for 1906 was $460,915, and was divided into: building marble, $337,365; monumental, $99,100; other kinds, $24,450. The value of the marble quarried last year in south- — eastern New York aggregated $1,252,000 against $260,350 in 1906. St Lawrence county reported an output valued at $297,936 against $136,835 in the preceding year. A new producer in this county is John J. Sullivan who has worked the Davidson marble quarry, 2 miles southwest of Gouverneur. Production of marble —ana=S=aeaeoeaeoaoaomauamnm@aoeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee SSS SSS \ VARIETY 1905 ; 1906 1907 Building marbles.) a wees ee $571 810 $337 365 | .$1 408 190 Montmental | i5.2 6. Sacer ees ry foe os] 99 100 152 746 Other kinds... cede eee eens eens 215) 100 24 450 II 000 Motales ek gore Cae eee $774 557 $460 O15 $1571 936 pe es q THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY I907 : 69 Sandstone Under the head of sandstone are included the sedimentary rocks which consist essentially of quartz grains held together by some cementing substance. Among the varieties, distinguished mainly by textural features, are sandstones proper, conglomer- ates, grits and quartzites. The wide distribution of sandstones in the geologic series of New York State, together with their adaptability to many uses, has given them great economic importance, and in value of the annual output they rank second only to limestone among the quarry materials. Nearly all the formations above the Archean contain sandstones at one or more horizons. The kinds chiefly quarried in New York are the Potsdam, Hudson River, Medina and the Devonic sandstones. A few quarries have been opened also in the Shawangunk conglomerate and the Clinton sandstone. The fine grained evenly bedded strata that occur in the De- vonic are popularly known as bluestone, a term first applied to them in Ulster county where they are distinguished by a bluish gray color. The name, however, no longer has its original sig- nificance and is here used generally for the sandstones found within the Devonic belt which stretches across the southern part of the State. Much of the bluestone possesses the property of splitting regularly along planes parallel to the bedding which renders the stone specially serviceable for flagging and curbing. s Production of sandstone The total value of the sandstone quarried in New York last year was $1,998,417, or a little more than that for 1906 which was $1,976,829. The production was made in 35 counties by over 400 individuals and companies. Classified as to uses the values for 1907 and 1906 (in parentheses) are divided into: building stone, rough, $220,718 ($343,077) ; building stone, dressed, $305,081 ($267,472); curbing, $599,053 ($553,085) ; flagging, $452,017 ($438,526) ; paving blocks, $320,301 ($282,063) ; crushed stone for roads, $13,799 ($14,677) ; crushed stone for other purposes, $42,019 ($36,528) ; rubble, etc., $24,812 ($11,661) ; all other kinds, $20,617 ($29,740). There was a small decrease in the value of building stone; the other materials held their own or showed small gains. The following tables give the value of the production distrib- uted among the leading districts of the State. 7O DISTRICT Bluestone Hudson river... Delaware river.. Chenango co... Wyoming co... Other districts.. Total bluestone. Sandstone Orleans county. Other districts... Total sandstone. Combined total. DISTRICT Bluestone Hudson river... Delaware river.. Chenango co... Wyoming co... Other districts. . Total bluestone. Sandstone Orleans co..... Other districts.. Total sandstone. Combined total. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Production of sandstone in 1906 } a BUILD- ING STONE 816 008 $70 Ito 85 234 14 338 $513 $50 46 $97 $610 CURBING PAVING BLOCKS AND FLAGGING 438/$260 510 5 611 $282 ecoeeee 948/$266 CRUSHED) RUBBLE,| ALL STONE | RIPRAP | OTHER - * $700} . $x 788| eae pee reises 2.678). .cee 550 843 $140 2 FON ane er eee 325 $4 oe $4 709} $465 $225 $552| $25 coo 46 g60 6 400 4 275. $47 185) $6 952| $29 275 $5I 205) $11 661) $29 740 | Production of sandstone in 1907 Soe eee eee ——————————————aee cee pees PAVING |CRUSHED] RUBBLE, ALL STONE | RLAGGING | BLOGS! | SHONEs iRtEE ar os $60 613). $279 35% $13 925) ..2. ks) ee ee 66 627 633 600 Seal sages $I 528 $800 62 302 28 380 175 $500 I. 020} “a4 359 I95 155 OS Olisss Sic wtacaeiss spec ee Q55|«is-oereneunes 7 ote I 484 2 400 A TQ 0 a aide esl oe $391 820) $883 480, $17 373) $4 625 $3 512) $15 117 $85 750| $139 140$296 928] $15 500 $800] $4 100 48 229 28 450 6 o00]° 35 693) 20 500 I 400 $133 979| $167 590\$302 928] $51 193| $21 300! $5 500 $525 799|$1 O51 070/$320 301| $55 818) $24 812| $20 617 SSO ee ——————— The value of the bluestone quarried in 1907 was $1,315,927, or approximately 65 per cent of the total output; the value of the other sandstone quarried was $682,490 or 35 per cent of the total. Compared with the preceding year, the returns show a falling off in the bluestone trade, due mainly to the smaller output of THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY I907 ' 72 building stone, the decrease being distributed over all the differ- ent districts. There was little change in the values of the other materials from those reported in 1906. The combined total of sandstone quarried on the other hand showed an increase. The production of bluestone by districts was as follows, the figures for 1906 being in parentheses: Hudson river $293,895 ($306,005) ; Delaware river $703,428 ($685,716) ; Wyoming county $196,769 ($235,813) ; Chenango county $106,703 ($130,239) ; other districts $15,132 ($20,000). In the Hudson river district of Albany, Greene and Ulster counties, about 65 per cent of the output in 1907 was sold as flagstone and curbstone and about 21 per cent as building stone. In the Delaware river district in- cluding Sullivan, Delaware and Broome counties, the value of _ the flagstone and curbstone sold amounted to about 88 per cent and the building stone to 11 per cent. In Chenango county about 60 per cent of the entire product was marketed as build- _ ing stone, while in Wyoming county practically the whole output consisted of that material. The production of Medina sandstone in Orleans county last year was valued at $542,218, as compared with $484,938, the value of the output in 1906. This stone has come into wide use for street work owing to its durability and even wear, and is also an attractive building material. The quarries at Albion, Medina, Holley, etc., are large and well equipped. Trap The term trap is commonly applied to the dark fine grained igneous rocks occurring as dikes or sheetlike intrusions. The variety known as diabase, composed essentially of plagioclase feldspar and pyroxene in small interlocking crystals, is the most — common in New York State. The dikes are well distributed throughout the eastern Adirondacks, particularly in Clinton and Essex counties, but they are usually too small to be workable. The dikes near Greenfield, Saratoga co., and at Little Falls, Her- kimer co., are exceptional in size for that region, having a thick- ness of 200 feet or more. By far the largest occurrence in the State is that on the west side of the Hudson river, south of Haverstraw, which forms the remarkable scenic feature known as the Palisades. The southern end of this intrusion is found on ‘Staten Island where it extends southwest from Port Richmond. The principal use of trap is for crushed stone for roadmaking 72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and concrete. It possesses qualities of strength and durability which place it first among the varieties of stone used for these purposes. ‘I'he somber color and the difficulty of dressing the stone limits its employment for building work. It is used to .- some extent for paving blocks. | Rockland county produces most of the trap at the present time. The quarties are at Rockland lake, Mt Joy, Haverstraw and Nyack and are worked in connection with crushing plants. The stone is supplied to the cities and towns along the river, New York affording the largest market. The output of the county had a value of $874,527 in 1907 as compared with $780,703 in the preceding year. The quarries at Port Richmond, iebaond €0., Were aide dnl ones worked in the southeastern part of the State, aside from those mentioned. The remainder of the output came from Greenfield and Northumberland, Saratoga co., and Fort Ann, Washington co. The aggregate value of the production last year was $941,627, as compared with a value of $847,403 in 1906. Crushed stone was the chief item in the total and amounted to 982,454 cubic yards, valued at $939,027 against 851,293 cubic yards valued at $780,103 in the preceding year. A total of 362,904 cubic yards with a value of $349,485 was reported as sold for road material, but the actual quantity thus used was probably somewhat greater. Production of trap 1906 1907 MATERIAL . . Cubic Cubic yards Value yards Value Crushedvstome x. oi Se ‘sta OSE (208 o|, pyeo. cog 982 454 $939 027 Paving blocks, ete: enim het eitieeee OF BOON. fn tyre 2 600 Cotal ys hk Soe eee PSA Pen O a Areas ke $941 627 EA NS The tale industry of St Lawrence county experienced a pros- perous year, with demand and prices above the average for some time past. The production showed a small falling off and 2 ; > 3 THE MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 re. amounted to 59,000 short tons valued at $501,500, as compared with 64,200 tons valued at $541,600 in 1906. ‘The figures for both quantity and value of output are based on ground talc in market- able form. ‘The average selling price for the year was $8.50 per ton in carload lots at Gouverneur, which is the usual ship- ping point for all the mines. The following table gives the annual production and value for the period 1896-1907, the figures previous to 1904 being taken from the Mineral Resources. Production of talc in New York SHORT VALUE _ YEAR TONS eee PER TON Tol... ARR ees | 46 089 | $399 443 $8 67 Ree 3 (002 alee SS fines e a's ov is?s Gale's aie 57 009 396 936 6 96 al bs 2 JS Ds 54 350 4II 430 I Ton - 2 se ES ee 54 655 438 150 8 02 Roe acon )2, 4) « (cileYohe es 60 so 6 a ORY HOO 499 500 7 Og 2 eee tenets Bice aot fa 02200 483 600 6 99 MOU eae ss = Mee ee eee bt ein | os TR. TOO 615 350 8 65 Clie vat 7 ee eran ee 60 230 421 600 | Mase MEE Ret ales 25) ain iecynnese « fe vise s|) OF? OOO 455 000 oe EME et cents sos Gee cso Liereve 0 00s a's i= G4'G00 519 250 | 7 95 PREM ln ce. oe tio Dr ccc Byes ese ans es | 64 200 541 600 8 43 ao oh iene a ain one we ts vs wiles oe = 2! 4 | 59 000 5OI 500 8 50 | The smaller output in 1907 is traceable to curtailment of mill- ing facilities incurred by the destruction by fire of the Hailesboro mill in the preceding year; the mill, one of the original four be- longing to the International Pulp Co., was the largest in the dis- trict. The company immediately added to the capacity of the Dodgeville mill which it took over from the United States Talc Co., and also started the construction of a new mill at Hailesboro. The latter is planned for a nominal capacity of 100 tons ground talc a day, or 25 tons more than the capacity of the old mill; it was practically completed at the end of the year. By acquiring the property of the Union Talc Co., the Inter- national Pulp Co. has further strengthened its position as a pro- ducer. The former has been the largest of the independent com- panies since its organization in 1900. It owned three mines and produced a superior grade of talc. The Ontario Talc Co. increased its mining capacity during the year by opening the Potter mine on the Van Namee farm, 74. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 1% miles below Fullerville, from which 15 tons of talc a day were taken. The company is planning the construction of a new mill to be located at Gouverneur. : A talc deposit in the vicinity of Natural Bridge, Lewis co., has attracted some attention recently, though nothing more than a little exploration has been done thus far at the locality. Speci- mens of the mineral show an earthy or amorphous texture resem- bling rather the talc from the southern states than that from St Lawrence county. The fibrous and foliated talc is marketed mostly among paper nianufacturers. The former variety is particularly adapted for filling book and writing papers in which a smooth finish is de- sirable, and for that purpose is considered superior to kaolin in that it is more readily incorporated with the paper stock and at the same time makes a stronger tissue. The St Lawrence county talc has become.a staple article in both the domestic and foreign paper trades. Large quantities are exported to Germany, where it competes with the best German clays. It is also shipped to Austria, Italy, France, Great Britain and other countries. The foliated talc is prepared separately and finds special employment in wall paper manufacture for giving a lustrous finish to the sur- face, such as was formerly produced by the use of ground mica. ZINC AND LEAD The deposits of zinc blende near Edwards and Fowler, St Law- rence co., described in preceding issues of this report, remained idle throughout the past year and as yet no shipments have been made from either locality. Their development so far has given very promising results which will lead, no doubt, to a resumption of operations as soon as the present legal difficulties are removed. The old lead mines in the towns of Rossie and Macomb, St Lawrence co., have received some attention during the year. The mine near Pierces Corners has been under exploration by O.-J. David of Gouverneur. The formation of a company under the title of the St Lawrence Lead Mining & Developing Co. was effected for the purpose of carrying on exploration and mining work in this section. 3 . The mine near Otisville, Orange co., once owned by the Wash- ington Mining Co., has been under development by the Phoenix Lead Co. of Paterson, N. J. The vein is reported to be 6 feet wide. It carries galena and zinc blende. No ore was shipped during 1907. | ~ es ee eee ee bili 5 ie a ~ t= = = Fr, INDEX Acid-proof brick, 17. Adirondack Pyrite Co., 52. Adirondacks, feldspar, 27; garnet, 8, 28; granites, 61; graphite, 8-9, 29- 31; magnetite, 36; marble, 67; _ pyrite, 50; trap, 71. Akron Gypsum Co., 33. Albany, building sand, 56; slip clay, 25. Albany county, bluestone, 71; build- fe btick, 10; 21, 22; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; fire _ brick and stove lining, 23; lime- stone, 64, 65, 66, 67; molding sand, 57; potteries, 25; slip clay, 24; terra cotta, fireproofing and build- ing tile, 23. Albion, sandstone, 71. Alden, natural gas, 45. Alden-Batavia Natural Gas Co., 47. Algonquin Red Slate Co., 41. Allegany, petroleum, 48. Allegany county, clays, 18; natural gas, 44, 45, 46; petroleum, 48, 50; terra cotta, fireproofing and build- ing tile, 23. Allegany Pipe Line Co., 4o. Alma, petroleum, 48. American Glue Co., 28. American Gypsum Co., 33. American Pyrites Co., 50, 52. Amherst, natural gas, 45. Analyses, arsenical ore, 13; gypsum, 34; magnetite, 38; pyrite, 51. Andover, petroleum, 48. Anorthosite, 61, 62. Antwerp, iron ores, 36. Arlington, manufacture of clay ma- terials, 24. Arnold Mining Co., 36. Arsenical ore, 12-13; analysis, 13. Arsenopyrite, 13. Ausable Forks, granite, 62. Avon, natural gas, 45. NT Uh Ballston Springs, 41. Barton, H. H. & Sons Co., 28. Barton hill group, 37. Batchellerville, feldspar, 27. Bedford, feldspar, 27. Benson mines, 6, 37-38. Benson Mines Co., 36. Biotite, 30, 51, 56. Bishop, I. P., cited, 45. Blue Corundum Mining Co., 26. Bluestone, 59, 60, €9; value of pro- duction, 70. Bolivar, petroleum, 48. | Borst, C. A., 36, 40. Bradford, Pa., petroleum, 40. Bricks .9-12, £5. 16-17;-19-205. num- ber made, 7; value of output, 7, G-12,4 5-17, 19-20 > “prices, 1g; 22. See also_Sand-lime brick. ; Bridgeport Wood Finishing Co., 27. Brocton, natural gas, 45. Brooklyn, sand-lime brick, 58. Broome county, bluestone, 71; build- ing brick, 19; clays, 18. Brush mountain stone, 39. Buffalo, natural gas, 45. Buffalo Sandstone Brick Co., 58. Bugby, J. H., 26. Building brick, see Brick. Building marble, 68. Building materials, 7, 15. Building sand, 56. Building stone, 59-71; value of out- put, 7,.'590-71; from ‘sranite, - 62° from limestone, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67; from sandstone, 69, 70; from blue- stone, 7I. Building tile, 15, 17, 23. Burdick, O. M., 47. Buresch, Otto, 27. Byron, mineral springs, 42. Calcined plasters, 32. Caledonia, natural gas, 45. AG ik NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Canisteo, natural gas, 48. Carbonate, 35. Carbonic acid gas, 9. Carmel, arsenical ore, 12. Carrolton, petroleum, 48. Castleton, manufacture of clay ma- terials, 24. Catskill series, 41. Cattaraugus county, clays, 18; na- tural gas, 44, 45, 46; petroleum, 48; shale, 40. Cayuga county, building brick, 19; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; gypsum, 31; iron ores, 6, 36; limestone, 66, 67. Gayuiga vPlaster Cox 44: Cayuga salt works, 53. Cement, 13-15; value of output, 7, TA-1 5: Chateaugay Ore & Iron Co., 36. Chautauqua county, building brick, 19; manufacture of clay materials, 24; clays, 18; fire brick and stove lining, 23; natural, gas, 44, 45, 46, 47; potteries, 25; terra cotta, fire proofing and building tile, 23. Chazy limestone, 67. Cheektowaga, natural gas, 45. Cheever mine, 6, 36. Chemung county, building brick, 19; clays, 18. Chemung formation, 40, 45, 8 Chenango county, bluestone, 70, 71. Clarence, limestone, 66; natural gas, 45. Clarksville, petroleum, 48. Claspka Mining Co., 27 Glay.15-25 : crude, V9; 4 dees ee Clay materials, 9-12, 16-18; value, 7, Q-12, 16-18; new manufacturers,’ 22-2, Cleveland, glass manufacture, 57. Clifton Springs, 42. Clinton, hematite, 40; iron ores, 36. Clinton county, building brick, 19; clays, 18; granite, 61, 62; lime, 65; limestone, 64, 66, 67; trap, 71. Clinton Metallic. Paint +Cox. 41: Clinton sandstone, 60. Cocalico stone, 39. Columbia county, building brick, 10, 21, 225. icement,> 14: clays eater marble, 68; mineral springs, 42; molding sand, 57; slate, 58. Columbia Pipe Line Co., 49. Concrete, from limestone, ‘63, 64; from trap, 72. Conduit pipes, 17. Conglomerates, 60. Conklingville, graphite, 30. Connor, William, Paint Manufactur- ing Co. Ai; Constantia, glass sand, 57. Cook Brick & Tile Co., 24. Crown Point Graphite Co., 29. Crown Point Spar Co., 27. Crushed stone, 59-60; from granite, 61, 62; value of output, 7, 50-00; from limestone, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67; from sandstone, 69, 70; from trap, Fhe ap Crystalline limestones, 63. Curbstone, 60; value of output, 7; from granite, 61; from limestone, 63, 64; from sandstone, 609, 70; from bluestone, 71. Cuylerville, salt, 55. Darien, natural gas, 47. David; "O27. Ji 74: Davidson marble quarry, 68. Deep Rock spring, 43. Delaware county, bluestone, 71; shale, 4I. Delaware river district, Hiaetons 70, 71. Devonic sandstones, 609. Diabase, 71. Diatomaceous earth, 25-26. Diorite, 61. Dixon, Joseph, Crucible Co., 29. Dobbs Ferry, marble, 68. Dodgeville, talc, 73. Dolomites, 63, 67. Drain tile, 517,23, Dunkirk Ice & Fuel Co., 24. Durhamville, glass manufacture, 57. Dutchess county, building brick, 10, 21, 22; clays, 18; manufacture of clay materials, 24; limestone, 64, INDEX TO MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 72 6s, 66, 67; marble, 68; molding sand; 57; slate, 58. Eagle Bridge, red slate, 41. Earthenware, .24, 25. East Ithaca, manufacture of clay materials, 24. Easton, Pa., emery mills, 26. Ebenezer, natural gas, 47. Edenville, arsenopyrite, 13. Edwards, zinc, 74. Electric and sanitary supplies, 25. Elko Paint Co., 40. Ellenville, Shawangunk grit, 57. Elma, natural gas, 47. Emery, 9, 10; II, 12, 26. Empire Brick & Supply Co., 24. Empire Graphite Co., 30. Erie county, building brick, 19; ce- ment, 14; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; fire brick and stove lining, 23; gypsum, 31, 33; lime- stone, 64, 65, 66, 67; natural gas, Ac, 40, 47; potteries, 25. Esopus stone, 38. Essex county, arsenopyrite, 13; feldspar, 27; garnet, 28; granite, Gis esraphite; 20; irom ores, 6; limestone, 66; trap, 7I. Fair Haven Iron Co., 6, 36. Beldspar, 09, 10; 11, 12; 24, °27-28, 51; 61. Ferenbaugh, natural gas, 48. Fillmore, petroleum, 50. Filtration sands, 56. Fire brick, 17, 23. Fire sand, 56. Fire tile and shapes, 17. Fireproofing, 17, 23; value of out- put, 7, 17, 23. Flagstone, 60; value of output, 7; from limestone, 63, 64; from sand- stone, 60, 70; from bluestone, 71. . Flue lining, 17. Flux, see Furnace flux. Fords Brook Pipe Line Co., 4o. Forest of Dean mine, 36. Fort Ann, trap, 72. Towler, zinc, 74. I'rankford, Pa., emery mills, 26. Franklin Iron Manufacturing Co., 36. Franklin Springs, limestone, 66. Fredonia, natural gas, 44, 45. Front brick, 17. Hrost..Gas-€oz 47: Fulton, spring water, 43. Fulton county, clays, 18; granite, 61; _ limestone, 66, 67. Furnace flux, 60; from limestone, 63, 64, 66. Furnace sand, 56. Furnaceville Iron Ore Co., 36, 40. Gabbro, 61. Galena, 74. Garbutt, calcined plasters, 32. Garnet, 9-12, 28-29; value of output, 8, Q-12, 20. Genesee, petroleum, 48. Genesee county, calcined plasters, 32; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; gypsum, 31; limestone, 64, 65, 66, 67; mineral springs, 42; natural @as. AS, 475 salt, 53..555 tetra cotta, fireproofing and building tile, 23. Gerry, natural gas, 47. . Glasco, manufacture of clay ma- terials, 24. / Glass: sand, QO, KO, 1.. 12) 56-57. Glen salt works, 53. Glens Falls, marble, 67; sand-lime brick, 58. Glens Falls Graphite Co., 29. Gneisses, 61. Gouverneur, marble, 67, 68; pyrite, EO aos bale .on 73.0 7A: Gowanda, natural gas, 45. Granger, petroleum, 48. Granite (village), millstones, 39. Granite, 9, 10, II, 12, 50, 60, 61-62. Granite Brick Co., Glens Falls, 58. Granite Brick Co., Sandy Hill, 58. Granville, slate, 58. Graphite, 8-12, 29-31; value of pro- duction, 8-12, 20. Great Bear spring, 43. Greene county, bluestone, 71; build- ing brick, 19, 21, 22; cement, 14; 78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM clays, 18; limestone, 66, 67; paving brick, °22: Greenfield, graphite, 30; trap, 71, 72. Greenport, marble, 68. Grits, 60. Gunnville, limestone, 66. Gypsum, 9-12, 31-34; value of out- put, 8-12, 33; analysis, 34. Hague, graphite, 20. Hailesboro, talc, 73. Hammondsport, natural gas, 48. Hampton, slate, 58. Hatch Hill, slate, 58. Haverstraw, trap, 71, 72. Hawley salt works, 53. Hebron, slate, 58. Hematite, 35, 36, 40. Herkimer county, diatomaceous earth, 26; granite, 61; limestone, €6,. 67; shale, 40; trap, 71. High Falls, pyrite, 52. Hoag, William M., Cement Co., 14. Holley, sandstone, 71. Hooper, F. C., 28. Hoosick, slate, 58. Hornblende, 51, 56. Hubbell, James E., 34. Hudson Iron Co., 36. Iudson river district, bluestone, 70, 71; building brick, 20-22; granites, 61; molding sand, 57. Hudson River sandstone, 60. Thumdscy J ..2 4ie Hydraulic cement, 13; value of out- put, 7: - Infusorial earth, 25. International Mineral Co., 27. International Pulp Co., 73. International Salt Co., 53. Iron, diarsenid of, 13. Iron mining industry, progress, 6. Iron ore, 9, 10,11, 12; 34-38; analy- Sis, 38. Ithaca, salt works, 53. Jamesville, gypsum, 34. Jefferson county, building brick, 19; clays, 18; granite, 61; lime, 65; limestone, 66, 67; natural gas, 45. Judd, Edward K., cited, 13. | Kaolin, 24. Kerhonkson, millstones, 30. Keuka, natural gas, 48. Keystone Emery Mills, 26. Kings county, clays, 18; fire brick and stove lining, 23; potteries, 25; terra cotta, fireproofing and build- ing tile, 23. Kingston, millstones, 39. Kinkel, P. H. Sons, 27. Kyserike, millstones, 309. | Lake Champlain, marble, 67. Lake Erie, building sand, 56. Lake mine, 36, 38. Lake Ontario Iron Ore Co., 36. Lake Sanford, titaniferous ores, 6, 36. Lancaster Jo Rerce: Lancaster, natural gas, 45. Lancaster Sand-Lime Brick Co., 58. | Land plaster, 33. Lane & Co., 24. Lead, 74. Lebanon spring, 42. Leblond, Ernest, 62. Lengsholz & Diedling, 24. Leucopyrite, . 13. Levant, natural gas, 47. Lewis, arsenopyrite, 13. Lewis. county, lime, 65; limestone, 66;.67;> tale2742 Lime, 60, 63, 64-65, 66. Limestone, 9-12, 50, 60, 63-67; value of production, 9-12, 60, 63-67. Limonite, 35, 40. Little Falls, granite, 62; trap, 71. Livingston county, cement, 14; nat- ural gas, 45, 46; petroleum, 48; Salts-6, 52 69.05e: Long Island, building sand, 56. Lyon Mountain, iron ore, 36. Macomb, lead, 74. Madison county, clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; gypsum, 313 limestone, 66, 67; potteries, 25. Magnetic Iron Ore Co., 37. Magnetite, 35, 56; analysis, 38. Malden, manufacture of clay ma- terials, 24. Bs ores, ~ Manhattan island, marble, 68. Marble, 9-12, 50, 60, 63, 66, 67-68; value of output, 7, 9-12, 59, 60, 68. Marcellus formation, 45. Massena Springs, 42. Mayville, natural gas, 45. Medina sandstone, 45, 47, 60, 71, Metallic paint, 9, I0, II, 12. Wied, 28; 31. Microcline, 28. Millstones, 9, 10, II, 12, 38-40. Mineral industry, 30 different ma- terials mined or quarried, 6; value of output, 6. Mineral paint, 40-41. Mineral production of New York in 7OO4, QO; .1n. 1905; 10;.in 1906, I1; in I907, 12. Mineral springs, 9-12, 41-44. Mineville, iron ores, 36-37. Mohawk Valley Brick Co., 24. Molding sands, 56, 57. Monroe county, building brick, I9; calcined plasters, 32; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; _ gypsum, 31; limestone, 66, 67; pot- teries, 25; terra cotta, fireproofing and building tile, 23. Montgomery county, limestone, 66, 67. Monumental stone, 60; value of out- put, 7, 60; from granite, 61, 62; marble, 67, 68. Mt Joy, trap, 72. Myers, salt, 53. Naples, natural gas, 47. Nassau county, building brick, 19; clays, 18; potteries, 25. National Pyrites Co., 52. Natural Bridge, talc, 74. Natural carbon dioxid, 9. Natural gas, 9-12, 44-48; value of output, 8, 9-12, 46. Natural rock cement, 9-12, 14-15; value of output, 7, 9-12, 14-15. New Hamburg, slate, 58. New Lebanon, slate, 58. New Paltz, millstones, 30. New York Cement Co., 15. INDEX TO MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY 1907 79 New York county, granite, 61; terra cotta, fireproofing and building tile, 23. Newburgh Sand-Lime Brick Co., 58. Newstead, natural gas, 45. Niagara county, building brick, 19; clays, 18; limestone, 66, 67. North Leroy, limestone, 66. North River Garnet Co., 28. North Side Gas & Oil Co., 48. Northcastle, feldspar, 27. Northumberland, trap, 72. Nyack, trap, 72. Oak Orchard springs, 42. | Oakfield, calcined plasters, 32; gyp- sum, 34. os Ocher, 41. Old Sterling Iron Co., 36. Olean, petroleum, 48. Oliver Iron Mining Co., 52. Oneida county, building brick, 109; manufacture of clay materials, 24; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer Pipe, 23; glass sand, 57; limestone, 40, 66, 67; natural gas, 45. Oneida lake, glass sand, 57; molding Sands 57. Onondaga county, building brick, 19; cement, 14; clay-working industry, 17; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; fire brick and stove lining, 23; gypsum, 31, 34; lime, 64; limestone, 64, 65, 66, 67; natural gas, 44, 46; paving brick, 22; pot- teries, 25; salt, 8, 53, 54, 55; stone- ware clays, 24; terra cotta, fire- proofing and building tile, 23. Onondaga formation, 45, 66. Onondaga Reservation, salt, 52. Onondaga Salt Springs, 54. Ontario, hematite, 40. Ontario county, building brick, 19; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; gypsum, 34; limestone, 67; mineral springs, 42; natural gas, 47; potteries, 25. Ontario: Iron Ore Co., 36. L_ Ontario Tale Co. 73: 80 Orange county, arsenopyrite, 13; building brick, 19, 21, 22; clays, 18; galena and zinc blende, 74. Oriskany Falls, limestone, 66. Orleans county, sandstone, 70, 71. Orthoclase, 28. Oscawana, marble, 68. Ossining, marble, 68. Oswego, spring water, 43. Oswego county, glass sand, 57; nat- ural gas, 44, 46. Oswego sandstone, 45. Otisville, galena and zinc blende, 74. Palisades, 71. Paragon Plaster Co., 58. Paterson, N. J., mining company from, 74. Pavilion, natural gas, 45. Pavilion, Natural »Gas, ‘Co. 47. Paving blocks, 60; from granite, 61; from sandstone, 69, 70; from trap, 72. Sy Paving brick, manufacture, 22. Pebble mills, lining of, 4o. Peekskill, emery, 20. Pegmatite, 27. Pennock, N. I., 24. Petroleum, 9-12, 45, 48-50; value of output, 8, 9-12, 40. Phlogopite, 30. Phoenix Lead. Co., 74. Picton Island Red Granite Co., oe Pierce, John, Co., 62. Pierces Corners, lead, 74. Plaster, 33. Plaster of paris, 32. Pleasantville, marble, Porcelain, 25. Port Henry, iron ores, 6, 36; stone, 66. Port Henry Iron Ore Co., 36, 37: Port Richmond, trap, 71, 72. Portage beds, 45. Portland cement, 9-12, 14, 15; value of output, 7; Q=12. 14. (ES. Potsdam sandstone, 57, 60. Potter tale mine, 73. Pottery, Q-12; 17; 24-2527; .valuieor OUiput. 7, .0s12) 470 2425 68. lime- a NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Poultry grit, 27. Putnam county, arsenical ore, 12. Putnam County Mining Corporation, 12: Pyrite, oo, cOr 2k0; analysis, 51. Pyrites (village), 52. Pyrrhotite, 51. Ii, 12,13, 50-525 Quarries, value of products of, 7. QOuiariZ Oy sO, is 12) ee eee Quartz sand, 56. Quartzites, 69. Queens county, clays, 18; terra cotta, fireproofing and building tile, 23. Randolph, shale, 4o. Reed’s Corners, natural gas, 48. Rensselaer county, building brick, 19, 21, 22; clays, 18; manufacture of clay materials, 24; fire brick and stove lining, 23; slate, 58; terra cotta, fireproofing and build- ing tile, 23. Retsof Mining Co., 55. Rexville, petroleum, 50. Richfield Springs, 41, 42. Richmond county, building brick, 19; clays, 17; fire brick and _ stove lining, 23; terra cotta, fireproofing and building tile, 23; trap, 72. Ripley, natural gas, 45. Riprap, 60; from granite, 61, 62; from limestone, 63, 64; from sand- stone, 70. Road metal, from limestone, 63, 643 from, trap; 71: Rochester, building sand, 56; pe- troleum, 49. Rochester Composite Brick Co., 57, 53. Rochester Iron Ore Co., 36. Rock pond, feldspar, 27. Rock salt, 53. ‘Rockland county, building brick, 19, 21, 22; clays, 17; limestone, 64, 65; 66,67: “traph 72: Rome, glass sand, 57. Roofing material, 27. Roofing slate, 9, 10, II, 12, 58. INDEX TO MINING AND QUARRY INDUSTRY IQ07 SI Rosendale, cement, 14. Roseton Sand-Lime Brick Co., 58. Rossie, graphite, 30; lead, 74. Rossie Iron Ore Co., 36, 40. Rourke, F. W. & Co., 58. Roxbury, shale, 41. Rubble, 60; from granite, 61, 62; from limestone, 63, 64; from sand- stone, 69, 70. St Josen, millstones, 30. St Lawrence county, building brick, 20; graphite, 30, 31; hematite, 40; iron ores, 6, 36; limestone, 66, 67; marble, 67, 68; mineral springs, 42; pyrite, 8, 50; talc, 72; zinc and lead, 74. St Lawrence Lead Mining & De- veloping Co., 74. St Lawrence Pyrite Co., 50. Salem, slate, 58. Saee x O, FO, IT, 12, 52-55. Sand, 56-57. Sand-lime brick, 11, 12, 57-58. Sand Stone Brick Co., 58. Sandstone, 9-12, 59, 60, 63, 69-71; value of production, 9-12, 59, 60, SD Se Sandy Hill, sand-lime brick, 58. Saratoga county, building brick, 20; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; feldspar, 27; graphite, 30; limestone, 66, 67; trap, 71, 72. Saratoga Springs, 41; carbonic acid gas, 9. Schenectady, sand-lime brick, 58. Schenectady Brick Co., 58. Schenectady county, clays, 18; fire _ brick and stove lining, 23; pot- teries, 25. Schists, 61. Schoharie county, cement, 14; lime- stone, 66, 67. Schuyler county, salt, 53, 55. Scio, petroleum, 48. Scorodite, 13. Searles, George W., 26. Seneca county, building brick, 20; clays, 18; limestone, 66, 67. Sewer pipe, 17, 23. shatter; A. . L.;.47. Sharon Springs, 42. Shawangunk grit, 38, 57, 60. Sheridan, natural gas, 47. Shushan, slate, 58. Sidewalk brick, 17. Sienna, 4I. Silver Creek, natural gas, 45. Slate; 1G) Fos Ja, 12, 58-50: Slate pigment, 9,10, II, 12. Smith, G. W., 29. Solvay Process Co., 53, 54, 65. South Dover Marble Co., 68. South Shore Gas Co., 47. Spencer, manufacture of clay ma- terials, 24. Staten Island, trap, 71. Stellaville, pyrite, 50. Sterling, iron ores, 36. Sterling Iron & Railway Co., 36, 38. Sterling Salt C€o., 55. Steuben county, building brick, 20; cement, 14; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; natural gas, 48; paving brick, 22; petroleum, 48, 50. Steuben Oil and Gas Co., 48. Stone, 50-74. See also Building stone; Crushed stone; Curbstone; Flagstone; Monumental stone. Stoneware, 24, 25. Stove lining, 17, 23. Stroudsburg, Pa., emery mills, 26. Stucco, 32. Suffolk county, building brick, 20; clays, 18; potteries, 25. Sullivan, John J., 68. Sullivan county, bluestone, 71. Syenite, 61, 62. Syracuse, calcined plasters, 32; sand- lime brick, 58. ales .G) O10. 15, 12. 92-74. Tanite Co., 26. Vetta, ¢otia,~ 15,4 47,23: value. of output, 7s 175, 23: Tide Water Pipe Co., 40. Tile, 15, 17, 23; value of output, 7, EG 22: . 82 Tioga county, manufacture of clay materials, 24 Tioga Red Brick Co., 24. Tompkins county, building brick, 20; cement, 14; clays, 18; manufacture of clay materials, 24; salt, 53, 55. Toppin, Henry, 24. Tourmalin, 28. Trap, 0; 70F. 11) 12 600r 71-72. Trenton formation, 44, 67. Troupsburg, natural gas, 48. Troy, mineral paints, 41. Tuckahoe, marble, 68. Tully, salt, 53. Ulster county, bluestone, 609, 71; building brick, 20, 21, 22; cement, 14; clays, 17; manufacture of clay materials, 24; millstones, 38; Shawangunk grit, 57; terra cotta, fireproofing and building tile, 23. Ulster Landing, manufacture of clay materials, 24. Union Pipe Line Co., 40. Union Springs, gypsum, 34. Union TaleCo., 73. United States Gypsum Co., 34. Wutted> States, Talc: Cox 472: Utica, manufacture of clay materials, Bite oa Utica shale, 45. Vacuum Oil Co., 4o. Van Namee farm, talc, 73. Van Nostrand farm, 50. Vernon beds, -40-41. Verona, glass sand, 57. Victor Gypsum Co., 33. Vienna, glass sand, 57. Vitrified paving brick, 17. Vogel, William, 47. Wall plaster, 32, 33. Warren county, building brick, 20; cement, 14; clays, 18; garnet, 28; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM granite, 61; graphite, 9, 29; lime, 65; limestone, 64, 66, 67. Warsaw, salt, 53. Washington county, building bei 20; clays, 18; drain tile and sewer pipe, 23; fire brick and stove lining, 23; lime, 65; limestone, 66, 67; ocher, 41; potteries, 25; slate, 4I, Bos braps 72: Weachineton Mining Co., 74. Watertown Sand Brick Co., 58. Watkins, salt, 53. Waverly Marble Co., 68. Wayne, petroleum, 50. Wayne county, iron ores, 6, 36, 40; potteries, 25. Wayne Iron Ore Co., 36. Welch Gas Co., 47. Wellsville, petroleum, 49. West Chazy, limestone, 66. West Union, petroleum, 48. Westchester county, building brick, 20, 21, 22: clays; 18: cemeny, ee feldspar, 27; fire brick and stove lining, 23; granite, 61; lime, 65; limestone, 64, 65, 66, 67; marble, 68. Westfield, natural gas, 45, 47. Wheatland, calcined plasters, 32. White Plains, marble, 68. Whitehall, sienna, 41; slate, 58. Wilson, James E., 48. Wirt, petroleum, 48. Witherbee, Sherman & Co., 36, 37. Worcester, Mass., red slate company, Al. Wyoming county, bluestone, 70, 71; natural gas, 46; salt, 53, 55. Yorkshire salt works, 53. Zinc blende, 51, 74. Education Department Bulletin Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York Entered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., under the act of July 16, 1894 No. 434 ACE B A INGY NONE: NOVEMBER I, 1908 New York State Museum Joun M. Crarke, Director Museum bulletin 123 IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION IN NEW YORK STATE BY D. H. NEWLAND AND CG. A. HART NAGEL PAGE PAGE IAIEION: 5. 5 os os oa en ee eee NOLES: Maaets cued wie Cs coho ae 45 eewies Studies... 2.2... 280- 7 Mineralogy and structural fea- Distribution of the Clinton forma- Ble Sito. Ss nem aa Se oe oh 45 0 Pig Sa CE SS = 8 Chenucaleharacter. i... 62-0. 47 : Mapoesapnic features. ..5 ssh =: 9 Origin of the Clinton ores..... 49 General eeology.... 200.5. 2000< Bin, Winnie 1WeLhOdSe.\. <- onl ens « 53 Stratigraphic relations of the Description of ore localities and C@hason formation...) .sccis< II TAAENES eee ee Slew AR eo cto 56 Genceal structure?.... ov... 22 16 Caytteay Conittysa tes. ec aks 56 Details of Clinton stratigraphy 18 Onemdaicounty (ec. 3k oes as 58 Exploration of the Clinton forma- Wayne county s,s. as. occ. 2's oe 67 EST, AS gOS gare oer Pe ng an 20. vO Apna ch oie eee Sete eS 71 Wr distribution and resources... 41 | Index 2.320. <6 0.5... eep ee seeee- 73 a ® 3 snd 4 ' ‘ 4) \ * i . ie i ead wee a ati Bo Se hee ee 7 ‘ - e a A ss "ho ; ¢ . ‘ “« a i) . 4 x q ou ; { ¢ Rsae ty ’ A i EE ews i b Ye a me yy , | LN j . fe a . f f F ery peta t se Deas i. New York State Education Department Science Division, August 31, 1908 _ Hon. Andrew S. Draper LL. D. ‘ Commissioner of Education Dear sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith for publication as a bulletin of the State Museum, a report on the iron ores of central New York, prepared in pursuance of a provision in chapter - 578, laws of 1907, “for determining what deposits of iron ore exist _ within the State of New York and the extent and availability thereof.” | pee The investigations, the results whereof are here given, have been carried on by continuous drilling during the autumn, winter and spring of 1907-8 in a field where but slight effort has heretofore been made to estimate the volume of iron ore available for pro- duction. This report conclusively indicates that in the region of central New York there exists a commercial asset in iron of great magnitude and vast importance to the people of this State and the conclusions herewith set forth are in essential accord with the pre- diction made when it was recommended that the work be under- taken. | These operations have been carried on and the report prepared by D. H. Newland, Assistant State Geologist, and C. A. Hartnagel, Assistant in Economic Geology. Very respectfully Joun M. CLARKE State Geologist State of New York Education Department COM MISSIONER’S ROOM Albany, August 31, 1908 _ This is the report of the State Geologist covering a painstaking investigation of the extent of deposits of iron ore in the State, and having particular reference to the territory, something like one hundred miles in length, extending through the central part of the State, from Oneida and Otsego counties on the east to Wayne county on the west, for which a special appropriation was provided © in the annual supply bill of 1907. Having very earnestly recom- mended the appropriation, I find much satisfaction in the assurance of the Geologist that a conservative estimate, based upon this investi- gation, of the quantity of iron ore deposited in this region places the amount at six hundred millions of tons. If this estimate is war- ranted, New York might yet easily become the leading iron state in the Union. Of course, this report is scientific and technical, but surely signifies much; and if it points the way truly, as the experi- ence, attainments and assiduity of Dr Clarke, the State Geologist, warrant me in believing it does, it adds much to the economic re- sources, and is of much moment to the commercial prosperity 6f the State. The information it contains should be extended as quickly and as widely as practicable. Publication is approved and I hope it may be expedited. ALR JOO Commissioner of Education -_——~ Education Department Bulletin Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York Entered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., undez the act of July 16, 1894 No. 434 ALBANY, .Ni-Y¥: NOVEMBER I, 1908 New York State Museum JoHNn M. Crarke, Director Museum bulletin 123 IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION IN NEW YORK STATE BY D. H. NEWLAND AND Cais HAR TNAGEL INTRODUCTION The hematites accompanying the belt of Clinton strata in New York State have been worked commercially, though with some inter- ruptions, since the early part of the last century. It is on record ‘that a mining lease was granted in Oneida county as far back as 1797, and a small quantity of ore was shipped from Wayne county during the War of 1812. Regular mining operations were not instituted, probably, until about 1825. A few years later charcoal forges and furnaces had been erected in Wayne, Madison and Oneida counties, as reported by the geologists connected with the Natural History Survey of the State. The production of Clinton ores has averaged about 75,000 tons for the last few years. In 1907 it was 109,025 tons. The aggregate from the beginning may be placed at from 4,000,000 to 5,000,000 tons, which is approximately the yield obtainable, with the average workable seam, from a square mile of area. Mining has been restricted entirely to the surface portion of the beds, and little or nothing has been done by the mine interests, hitherto, toward exploration outside the limited fields of operations. u —_— iG NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM By the present investigation it is hoped to anticipate, so far as may be, the need for a practical guide to the development of these deposits. With the aid of a legislative appropriation, specially — granted for the purpose, it has been possible to perform a series of exploratory tests with the diamond drill and, from the results thus secured, to gain for the first time a general view of the ore dis- tribution over a considerable section of the Clinton belt. A detailed account of this work is included in the report. The resources of the Clinton formation, known to exist within easy reach of mining operations, are so extensive that they seem to offer a promise of increased commercial importance for the future. The principal handicap to the use of the ores, hitherto, has been their relatively low iron content— from 35 to 45%. But with the rapidly growing demand made upon other eastern mining fields — which has been reflected by a steady falling off in the quality of the product in most cases — its effect is now much less apparent than formerly and will be subject, doubtless, to further reduction. A factor of considerable importance, also, in this connection is the fluxing nature of the Clinton ores, which counterbalances to an appreciable extent their deficiency of iron when used in the furnace. Because of the unusual interest which is being manifested in the deposits, it has been deemed best to make the results of the investi- gation public at an early date. To that end some matters of more remote economic application have received scant attention or have been omitted altogether from the discussion, though they might properly come within the scope of the report. The recent field work and exploration have brought out much that is new concern- ing Clinton stratigraphy and shown the need for a more thorough study of the New York section, to our knowledge of which little has been added since the reports of Hall and Vanuxem. The rela- tions of the formation to its associates, particularly, are open to inquiry. For the present nothing further can be done thas to indicate some important corrections and to record observations on which such restudy may be based. : For cooperation in the preparation of the report it is desired to express grateful acknowledgment to the mining and development enterprises and owners of ore properties, who have always given a ready response to inquiries and have extended many other courte- sies during the field and office work. The report has specially benefited by the assistance of Mr Charles A. Borst of Clinton, who Ee IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION | s contributed many facts relating to ore localities and mines in Oneida county, and of Mr H. M. Selleck and Mr Freeman Pintler of Ontario, who furnished much information about the ores of Wayne county. The line drawings accompanying the report have been made by Mr H. P. Whitlock. PREVIOUS STUDIES The researches of Hall and Vanuxem in connection with the first Geological Survey of New York State have been the source of most of our knowledge concerning the Clinton formation. The descriptions of its bounds and relations, as set forth in their final reports of 1842-43, have undergone no essential amend- ment to this day and are still standard for the recognition and comparison of the different Clinton occurrences elsewhere. Previous to their investigations, Amos Eaton had given a brief account of the ores and associated beds in his monograph, ‘A Geological and Agricultural Survey of the District adjoiming the Erie Canal. Eaton seems to have visited the outcrops along the belt at intervals from Herkimer county to the Niagara river. The hematites are placed in the class of “secondary ferriferous _ rocks,” which are stated to consist principally of slate and sand- stone. It is not always possible to recognize the various mem- bers referred to by Eaton, though there is little doubt that the class includes parts of the Medina and Rochester formations, as now understood, in addition to the Clinton beds. Vanuxem, whose field of work was in the central part of the State, first described the Clinton and Niagara representatives under a single group which he called Protean. It was later found that the upper and lower members were of unequal dis- tribution, the latter having their strongest development in the eastern section, while the former were predominant in the west. The group accordingly was subdivided. The name Clinton was given to the lower part, from the village of Clinton, Oneida co., and as a “tribute to one who spared no effort to extend a knowledge of science and to add to its acquisitions.” The out- crop of the strata was traced by Vanuxem as far west as Cayuga county. In the final report by James Hall, covering the western section of the Clinton, the following subdivisions are recognized; in as- cending order: 1 Lower green shale; 2 Oolitic or lenticular iron ore; 3 Pentamerus limestone; 4 Second green shale, with S NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM second iron ore bed; 5 Upper limestone. The exposures of iron ore existing at the time are recorded in detail by both Hall and Vanuxem whose reports, also, are replete with information relat- ing to the character, thickness and other features of the beds. The portion of the Clinton belt included in the limits of the Rochester quadrangle, about 13 miles from east to west, has been mapped by C. A. Hartnagel. The map is on the usual scale of the folio sheets (1 mile to the inch) which are in prep- aration for the whole State. In the report accompanying the map the five subdivisions of Hall are described under the local names: Sodus shale, Furnaceville iron ore, Wolcott limestone, Williamson shale, Irondequoit limestone. The papers by C. H. Smyth jr, contain an accurate and ex- haustive exposition of the origin of the Clinton ores —by far the most satisfactory that has appeared. The evidences Professor Smyth has brought to bear upon the question, from the stand- points of geology and chemistry, must be convincing to any one familiar with the local deposits. For these, at least, the view of secondary replacement which has been advanced by some geolo- gists, may be regarded as completely disproved. A discussion of the subject of origin, with a statement. of Professor Smyth’s views, is given in a subsequent chapter. DISTRIBUTION OF THE CLINTON FORMATION The Clinton strata— comprising shales, limestones, sand- stones and interbedded layers of iron ore—are found in a single belt which extends from the eastern central part of the State to the Niagara river and thence for some distance into the Province of Ontario. The length of the belt, included within the limits of the State, is about 225 miles. On the east the strata can be traced into Otsego county, where they thin out to disappearance, though they were formerly sup- posed to continue southeasterly into Schoharie and Albany counties. From field observations made recently by one of the writers (C. A. Hartnagel) it would appear that they terminate in the town of Cherry Valley, a short distance east of Salt Springville. This is undoubtedly the limit of their deposition in eastern New York. West from Otsego county the Clinton belt passes successively through Herkimer, Oneida, Madison, Onondaga, Oswego, Cayuga, Wayne, Monroe, Orleans and Niagara counties; it r m ms ys 5 > ¥ é ze Ae s —* a4 Bde it. a rT 1 eet % Be | At ‘- e , iw 1 ’ - ‘ r *¢ i. — re 9 a4 EDUCATION DEPARTMENT JOHN M. CLARKE STATE GEOLOGIST STATE MUSEUM Toronto | © S t.Cathert MAP SHOWING POSITION AND EXTENT OF THE OUTOCROP OF THE CLINTON FORMATION IN NEW YORK Port Ho Port Colborne ahs * — —$ = == = NOLNIND fea 140d907 YNITWS Ze QIUNTIS Y3MO7 ee ee YO IIYVINO 4a1S3HO0U YNIIVS = VUHSI18O THMS31909 AMOQGNOY | SNOILYWHOS DINOAIG SAMINVIN ant SNOLLYWNOS QINOAO (=) i) = = = 2 =! 5 & z = S a & 3 & = oa a we z i! @ e a ~ ay s oO = o 9 = ° So ° co eo ° = @ eee a er IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION | 13 to overlapping of the strata, due to a slight uplift which seems to have occurred at the close of the Clinton age. The effect of the uplift is apparent in limiting the transgression of the Niagaran sea to the east, causing the. disappearance of the upper members in that direction and bringing the Salina into contact with the Clinton beds. The whole series of Upper Siluric strata of central and western New York from the Medina up to and including the Niagaran group was laid down in the great mediterranean, known as the Mississip- pian sea, which came into existence probably during Cambric times. The sea was shut off from the Atlantic basin by a broad barrier that extended along the Appalachian protaxis from. New Brunswick through New England, eastern New York and the intervening states to northern Alabama and connected on the north with the conti- nental old-land or Laurentia of Canada. At the opening of Upper Siluric time the barrier had assumed increased proportions through the Taconic revolution. The sediments which had accumulated along the shore of the Appalachian and Canadian regions during Cam- bric and Lower Siluric times were upraised and folded. Thus, the entire eastern section of New York State became land. Follow- ing this uplift the interior sea began to extend its limits so that the Upper Siluric deposits encroached more and more upon the land surface to the east. With the Cayugan period, sedimentation took place again in southeastern New York. Representatives of this group are found — across the State from the Niagara river to Albany county. Here their line of outcrop bends to the south, passing into Ulster county, and thence southwest through Sullivan and Orange counties and into New Jersey in the vicinity of Port Jervis. Disconnected areas, constituting outliers of the main belts, are met with in Orange county, running southwest from the Skunnemunk mountain region. These outliers consist of conglomerate of Salina age (the Shawan- gunk conglomerate of New York State and the Green Pond con- glomerate of New Jersey) followed by a series of sandstones, shales and limestones. Formerly the series was considered to be- long to an earlier period of deposition, the conglomerate having been taken for the equivalent of the Oneida in central New York and some of the overlying beds for the Clinton. The Upper Siluric beds follow each other in conformable ar- rangement. After the Taconic upheaval sedimentation appears to have been continuous during the whole of the following era. The 14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Taconic disturbance is most apparent in the eastern part of the State where there exists a strong erosional unconformity between the Lower and the Upper Siluric that is well marked also by basal conglomerates (Oneida, Skunnemunk and Shawangunk).; its appar- ent influence can not be traced farther west than Oswego county, as Vanuxem?’ has noted that no break occurs in the succession from the Lower Siluric to the Oswego sandstone of that section. The Upper Siluric formations, for the most part, have the char- acters of shallow water accumulations. In the basal members sand- stones and conglomerates prevail and are made up of the coarser quartzose detritus from the wash of the nearby land. Some finer sands and muds were brought down and deposited during Medina time to form the shales which are interbedded with the sandstones, but it was not until Clinton time that they came to be the predomi- nant material. During this and the succeeding Rochester ages silts were accumulated in great thickness, though there were brief periods in the Clinton when they gave way to limestones and in eastern New York to calcareous sandstones. With the beginning of Lock- port time the conditions of sedimentation became favorable to the deposition of limestones and these rocks were laid down all through the rest of the Upper Siluric, with one notable interruption repre- sented by the Salina shales. The changes in the character of the sedimentation are to be regarded, doubtless, as reflecting a certain amount of coastal oscillation which produced shallowing or deepen- ing of the waters adapted to the different deposits. It is not neces- sary to suppose, however, that the shales and limestones required any great depths for their accumulation. On the other hand there are unmistakable evidences that they were laid down for the most part within the littoral reign. The Clinton and many of the over- lying limestones are of fragmental character, composed of fossils that were washed up on the old beaches where they were worked over and ground by wave action. Abundant beach markings, such as ripple marks, shrinkage cracks, worm borings and tracks of crustaceans are to be found in the shales. During Clinton time there seems to have been an approach to the conditions which later in the Salina age led to the extensive deposi- tion of salt and gypsum. These conditions may have been initiated even as early as Medina time. Salt springs are found not infre- quently along the outcrop of the Medina sandstones and in such a state of concentration that they were once used commercially for “Geol. N.Y. 3d Dist: 1842." p.) Or eb seg: IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION es) 5 the extraction of salt. Their presence, even if not due to included beds of rock salt, which so far have never been discovered, indicates a high degree of salinity for the waters, that is likely to have been brought about by evaporation in basins shut off from free communi- cation with the sea. The deposition of the Clinton hematites required a similar concentration, as will be explained later in the discussion of their origin. The existence of shallow waters, sheltered bays and lagoons re- quisite to the accumulation of deposits like those characteristic of the Clinton formation may be considered as indicative of an exten- sive coastal plain stretching southward from the ancient land masses _—the Laurentian and Adirondack areas. Such a coastal plain had been built up from wash of the lands during the long interval from Potsdam to Medina time. During the Medina age there must have been a gradual sinking of this platform with the progress of sedi- mentation, and the subsidence continued into Clinton time, though not on the same scale. As to the northern limits of the shore line during Clinton time, there is little information to be gained from present conditions. Since the uplifting of-the strata, they have been continuously sub- jected to erosion and their outcropping portions worn back until they are now considerably south of the original limits. It seems scarcely probable, however, that the Clinton beds ever extended so far north as to overlap on the crystallines, since this would involve the removal of more than 100 miles of rock on the western end of the belt, between the present line of outcrop and the southern edge of the Canadian Precambric area. The materials of which the Clinton strata are composed were derived ultimately from the Precambric crystallines. A small por- tion may have been furnished by the Paleozoic sediments fringing the crystalline areas and previously upraised above sea level. But -as these sediments are for the most part low in iron, it is to the Precambric gneisses and schists with their relatively high iron con- tent and extensive iron ore deposits that we must look for the source of the Clinton hematites. The only sedimentary strata of the lower Paleozoic that contain appreciable percentages of iron are the Me- dina and Potsdam sandstones. The crystalline rocks, on the other hand, uniformly carry several per cent of iron oxids, both free as magnetite and combined in the silicate minerals, and in the Adiron- dack region they inclose important bodies of magnetite, hen.atite and pyrite. 16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The ferruginous minerals were set free from the containing rocks by the processes of weathering and denudation which were operative during a vast time interval. The Adirondack region ex- isted as a land area throughout the latter part of the Precambric and all of the Cambric eras. In the Lower Siluric era it was de- pressed and encroached upon by the sea, but with the Taconic revolution it was again upraised to remain as a land surface to the present time. The weathering sufficed to break up the ferromag- nesian constituents, the iron going into solution, while the magnetite and pyrite were also changed more or less completely into soluble compounds. Very little magnetite and none of the original pyrite are found in the early sediments formed from the decay of the - crystallines. While it appears reasonable that the magnetite may have been brought down partly as sand and subsequently altered to hematite, producing the red sandstones of the Potsdam and Medina formations, there is much reason for believing that the Clinton ores were deposited from solution in which the iron existed for the most part as ferrous carbonate but to some extent possibly as sulfate. The conditions under which the ores were formed are set forth more fully in a subsequent chapter. General structure The Clinton beds are uniformly inclined toward the south, the direction of slope of the original coastal plain on which they were deposited. Their uplift from sea level seems to have taken place gradually and with little disturbance of their relative position. They are nowhere displaced by faults, apparently, and only in a broad way, as will be explained later, can they be said to show evidences of flexure. : | The lowest dips are encountered in the central portion of the belt, in Wayne and Cayuga counties. From the records of the deep wells driven south of the outcrops, it has been possible to determine the dips for this section with great exactitude. Beginning in the central part, along the meridian of middle Wayne county, the strata have an inclination amounting to 820 feet in the 18 miles from the Alloway well to the outcrops on Second creek, or an average of 45 feet to the mile. In the 13 miles from the Clyde well to the line of outcrop due north, as near as it can be located, the aggregate is 640 feet or 49 feet to the mile. Between the well at Seneca Falls and the Wolcott exposures, a distance of 25 miles along the meridian, the average is 48 feet to the mile. From the Auburn well to Sterling Station on a line slightly west of north the mean dip for the 25 miles is 51 feet to the mile. | 17 _ ‘aytur ay4 07 Jooy os megs o4 Sutjunoure ‘poyeotput ueyy ssoy yontu st vqyetys 944 fo uotyeutout yenjor oy y, ‘Aqunod oudAe A UlO sve ut OLIN{IS todd 94} ssotoe uoljo0s [Vap] 2 “Sly IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION (RoR. ATR Q die ty be ¢ Q : 2 E Oe oS 5 : = Be a8 : ‘ . > aoe a. 3 ORer -* = B « ° 18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In Erie county on the western end of the belt the dip of the Upper Siluric strata has usually been estimated at 50 feet or less to the mile. The Clinton outcrop, however, here lies fully 150 feet higher with respect to sea level than it does in the central part, a circumstance that seems to indicate a higher rate of inclination than the above, when it is further considered that the line of out- crop is somewhat south of its position in Wayne and Cayuga coun- ties. At Rochester the dip has been stated at 80 feet to the mile, in a direction slightly east of south. On the eastern section of the belt the dips increase progressively from Madison to Herkimer county, while there is likewise a grad- ual increase of elevation of the outcrop. The average dip, as determined from the Chittenango and Lakeport wells, in Madison county, is 62 feet to the mile over a distance of 8 miles. The dip of the iron ore at Clinton as determined by leveling is 150 feet to the mile. There is little basis for calculation of the dips in the part of the belt beyond Oneida county, but it is to be expected naturally that the beds are more highly inclined as they come more and more within the zone of the Appalachian uplift. It is in this region that the Clinton outcrop reaches its highest elevation which is about 1400 feet. At Clinton the elevation is about 700 feet. In eastern Wayne county the iron ore bed lies at nearly the level of Lake Ontario which is 246 feet. In Niagara county the northern outcropping edge of the Clinton is found at about 400 Freer 7 A comparison of the dips given above shows that the uplifting of the beds has been accompanied by a certain amount of warping, the effect of which has been to give the formation as a whole a broad synclinal arrangement, with the depressed portion in the central part near the Wayne-Cayuga county line, where the beds attain their. most northerly extent within the State. East of this line the gen- eral dip is toward the southwest, becoming more marked as the eastern termination is approached. Between Cayuga and Monroe counties the dip is slightly east of south. West of Monroe county the syncline appears to be interrupted by a minor. undulation, indi- cated by the southwesterly dip of the beds at Niagara Falls. Details of Clinton stratigraphy The name Protean originally applied to the Clinton beds by Van- uxem is significant of their extreme variability. ‘They comprise a heterogeneous assemblage of sedimentary types that show little uni- ’ 7 F ‘ IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION _ ' 1g formity from place to place. Frequent changes in lithic character, thickness and faunal contents are observable throughout their ex- tent in New York State. In Niagara county, on the western end of the belt, limestone with a smaller amount of shale constitutes the entire formation. Passing through Orleans into Monroe county where the beds are again well exposed, it is found that the shale predominates over the limestone, a relation which holds true in a general way throughout the re- mainder of the distance to Herkimer county. In Monroe county the first hematite seam is encountered in outcrop, though it prob- ably begins farther west. In Wayne and Cayuga counties there are important changes with respect to the relative development of the shales above and below the lower or main ore bed, while a second hematite stratum accompanied by limestone makes its appearance. Duplication of the ore seam is a common feature from here to Oneida county. Within the interval included by Oswego, Onondaga and Madison counties the shales attain even greater relative strength, compared with the limestone. Throughout the middle part of the belt, from Wayne to Madison counties, the lower ore bed lies but a few feet above the Medina formation. In Oneida county, how- ever, there is a very appreciable thickening of the basal green shale which causes the ore to lie from 40 to 100 feet over the Medina. Toward eastern Oneida county, the shale becomes quartzose, grad- ing into thinly bedded sandstone with shaly layers. From Oneida county the stratigraphic bounds of the formation are somewhat indefinite. It is particularly difficult to establish the upper limits, since the extent of the Rochester beds above has not been definitely ascertained. Recent paleontological investigations around Clinton and east of there seem to indicate that the sandstone and shale beds heretofore regarded as upper Clinton may belong to the’ Rochester. The strata in Herkimer county are closely involved at the base with the Oneida conglomerate and the exact line of demar- cation betwcen them has not, as yet, been satisfactorily determined. The stratigraphic succession along the belt will be shown nore in detail by a number of sections that have been prepared from exposures and records of drill borings. The sections are given in order from west to east. Attention may be called here to the records of the test holes recently put down in the portion of the belt from Wayne to Oneida county given in detail in the chapter relat- ing to exploration. 20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Niagara river. The Clinton strata are exposed within the Niagara gorge all the way from the falls to Lewiston at the north end. They are overlain by 70 feet of Rochester shale and rest upon the “gray band” that forms the uppermost layer of the Medina.? Their aggregate thickness is 32 feet. STRATA FEET Bluish gray limestone, somewhat crystalline, fossiliferous. 12 Compact limestone, few fossils, carries iron pyrite in lower portion, the only semblance of the iron ore seams farther east Soh os ee z 14 Rochester. Between Niagara river and Rochester, a distance - of 75 miles, no complete sections of the Clinton are available. At Rochester the Genesee river cuts through the entire formation, af- fording one of the best exposures along the entire belt. STRATA FEET Bluish gray limestone (Irondequoit), crystalline, abun- dant: fossils ‘in icertain parts. /2.:\.- 2: =-< cee ee 18 Green shale (Williamson) with dark bands containing graptolites and pearly bands near top with Anoplo- theca hemisjriver rca. eee 24 Hard limestone (Wolcott), silicious, holding Pentam- erus oblongus, commonly known as Pentam- erts limestone }2 0 Sale. Ro eae ke ee 14 Iron ore (Furnaceville), fossil hematite.......... ee 14 in. Green shale (Sodus); téw=fessils {55-5 si cee 24 The formation is here 81 feet thick, a gain of 49 feet over the thickness shown at Niagara Falls, mostly represented in the shale members [see pl. 2]. Ontario, Wayne co. From the mine workings and drill holes near Ontario, 15 miles northeast of Rochester, the following suc- cession has been established for the lower members of the for- mation. STRATA FEET Soil and svavel os ieee ee eee eee 10+ Shale (Williamson) grading into foe below oc. c2n% 2 1For fuller description of the Niagara Falls section, Grabau, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 45. rgo1. Plate 2 Rochester shale ) | | : J } es | Upper limestone | (frondequoit) ] | | J ) { J ) Upper green shale (Williamson) Lower limestone (Wolcott) Iron ore (Furnace- ville) Clinton beds 81 feet. Lower green shale (Sodus) Medina gray band Red Medina shales | Genesee gorge, Rochester, showing the upper Medina, the Clinton beds and the base of the Rochester shale g : IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION , 21 STRATA FEET Limestone (Wolcott), with abundant Pentamerus...... 8 oe EES AE SO a ee a nro 22°41. feceen shale (Sodus) compact, calcareous............. IO+ RMN Sn cg eae sb oF RY congas Rieck RA Wallington, Wayne co. From the test hole put down at-this locality, the following condensed section has been prepared. The full details are given in the part of the present report relating to the recent exploration. The section is introduced here for the pur- pose of elucidating the stratigraphic relations in this region which have not, heretofore, been satisfactorily explained. STRATA FEET (2 12 DLE Es otis SIG RGAE Sie api Peale aoa Seige ee ee ELS pe 10 Pena side, with graptolites.........2..... a aA ee 36 MEME AIM ESIC. coc th a A gan ote See ete ew 14 . Shale, thin bedded, with. few fossil varieties............ 54 Bemesmeriis limestone...) 2c. 2... 2a rie ee ra REARS cfr so Stes Pn Bee ee hg ee ee Wee I PeeOMe 2. ey se RNa hela § eG ares enor a koa eg I dU ee ote ows Pe aa eee 8 in. DeeneMd te CaICALCOUS 1. ke i ee ee ees ee 5 UES es eee ee se ae St ee ok ee Se: 2+ The total thickness of the Clinton shown in the hole is 135 feet, an increase of 54 feet over the amount at Rochester. It will be observed that there are two beds of the Pentamerus limestone, separated by 54 feet of shale. In the early reports this duplication of the limestone was not recognized, which led to a mis- interpretation of Clinton stratigraphy in the eastern half of Wayne county. The main or lower ore horizon, indicated by the two seams in the above section, occurs just below the first limestone bed, a position that is constant throughout Wayne county. There is in some places a third ore seam immediately above the upper Pentam- erus limestone. This is shown on Second creek, near the entrance to Sodus bay, a little way east of Wallington, a locality referred to by Hall as the Shaker settlement. From study of the Second creek exposure Hall expressed the opinion that the limestone there was identical with the lower Pentamerus and that the iron ore bed found above it was the only one in that locality. It is now certain that there are two ore horizons, the lower being concealed, as its line of 29 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM outcrop brings it beneath Sodus bay. In the same way Hall identi- fied the ore bed at Wolcott furnace with the seam opened to the east and recently worked at Sterling Station, while they are really two different beds separated by from 75 to 100 feet of shale. Clyde,, Wayne co. A deep well was put down in 1887, in the village of Clyde, about 13 miles south of the Clinton outcrop. The altitude at the mouth of the well is given by Prosser, from whose paper the record has been taken, as 389 feet. The boring was made with a churn drill. The iron ore reported is near the top of the Clinton and represents probably the upper ore horizon. STRATA FEET Gray; @reen and blue amarls \(Salitia "ys eee 152 Red «marls » CSalina’) sae nics) conse ae eee lee ieee eee 156 Blue* and: green «marls/ se, es IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 25 Niagaran strata. Oolitic hematite was encountered at 976 feet and continued, according to the record, till 986 feet. The passage from the Clinton into the Medina strata was taken at 1007 feet depth and according to Prosser’s interpretation at 991 feet. On the latter . basis the combined thickness of the Clinton, Rochester and Lock- port beds amounted to 466 feet. The second well, known as the State well,t was drilled a short distance southeast of the Gale well. The record given by Dr Englehardt does not vary essentially from the preceding, so far as the Clinton is concerned. The ore bed was encountered at 995 feet, with an estimated thickness of 5 feet. Chittenango, Madison co. This is the site of a deep well which was drilled in 1890. The altitude at the top of the well is estimated at 444 feet. Prosser? gives the Clinton as beginning at 507 feet depth, with a green argillaceous shale 33 feet thick. Below this is bluish gray shale, 44 feet. Then follows dark gray calcareous material with iron ore, 11 feet, and at the base green argillaceous shale, 235 feet; the lower 10 feet having “a few reddish chips like iron ore.” Lakeport, Madison co. A section from the base to the top of the Clinton formation is afforded by the test hole drilled at Lake- port, on the south shore of Oneida lake, about 6 miles from the eastern end. The hole was started in the basal Lockport, a dolomitic limestone, which was underlain by 22 feet of Rochester shale. | STRATA | FEET Limestone, with much shale and 6 inches of iron ore at : Meee EA coe sia tia thse oe Were wen. ee Ae ee 7. peer Winey bands. 5 0a eis shoe Ge eee 22 Ore, fossil, alternating with limestone and shale........ 214 pale erie tid it LaMeSTONG hs... 42s a'e aes. sais Coes ee he ok 45 NRE ON Me SO So ras og ea) Soa, bod ah ow ek a eS es I ere OOM SIAL Ab COP) or). cine 6 o vn oho, oles ws oon bese bale c ae The thickness of the strata aggregates 295 feet. This is about the maximum for the Clinton in New York State. The main element of the formation, as will be observed, consists of the upper shale, above the ore horizon, which reaches a much greater thickness than in any other portion of the belt. The presence of this great bed of shale affords an explanation for the depression occupied by Oneida “Geol, Soch Am: Bul. 892. “4: 102: *Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 1892. 4: 97. 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM lake which lies mainly within its area of outcrop, extending east and west along the strike. The more resistent strata of the Oneida and Medina formations border the lake on the north and the contours rise rather rapidly from the shore line, while to the south there is a level stretch several miles wide underlain by the upper Niagaran and Salina beds before the first line of ridges is reached. The basin is the result, thus, of differential weathering and erosion, performed in large part perhaps during glacial times. 3 . Verona, Oneida co. The Clinton strata are well exposed in Verona township, northeast of the city of Oneida. They occupy a strip from 4 to 5 miles wide that is clearly defined by the outcrop of the Oneida conglomerate on the north and the Lockport limestone on the south. The conglomerate occurs in close proximity to the lower Clinton shale. The latter, as shown by the section obtained in the test well at Verona Station, has a thickness of over 35 feet, considerably more than in the sections to the west. It increases stil! more eastward until at Clinton the thickness is nearly 100 feet. There is much interest attached to the ore occurrence in this vicinity, since the character of the hematites appears to be quite different from that of the ores exposed around Clinton and in the town of Westmoreland where the next outcrops to the east are found. The main bed is a fossil ore and occupies the same relative horizon in the formation as the Clinton oolitic bed. The presence of a second seam, from 25 to 30 feet above this bed, is evidenced by the excavations made in the village of Verona. This seam con- sists of lean, limey fossil ore containing crinoid fragments and large-sized brachipods. There appears to be a third ore horizon, still higher up, represented by the seam that comes to the surface on the Donnelly farm, 5 miles northwest of Oneida and is possibly identical with the ore mentioned by Vanuxem! as occurring at Josce- lin’s Corners, between the hamlets of Lakeport and Oneida Lake. Its horizon is shown by the thin band found at 66 feet in the Lake- port hole. Clinton, Oneida co. Though this is the type locality for the Clinton formation, the stratigraphic relations here are still somewhat indefinite. No sharp line of demarcation can be found between the Clinton and the Oneida-Medina formations below, and the upper limits are equally difficult to determine. A solution of the problem must await further comparison of the fauna with that afforded by the exposures to the west. From a paleontological standpoint, some 1'Geoles Ni Y. od. Diste 2é42, Sp. co: IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION | 27 evidence exists that a part of the upper beds hitherto assigned to the formation may belong to the age of the Rochester shale. The section at this locality, as given by C. H. Smyth jr,! is as follows: 7 STRATA FEET @eateareous sandstone, thin shale layers......5.0...00...°. 50+ MMO vias wee tien GE A ony a eae s 6 EME Mee SATGSLOC (2 os tse ne eR Reed 6 eimeesiale titin sandstone layers... . 0.0. ieee ee eet 15 WUE ces ec ek Oo ee Pea ards ees cg Geel os 2 Rc Se ee aN Y oh eR oe wale 2 RRM MNBINEIAD GS soe cer tye en eck ce Cai a Rio hee i femememere, tin sandstone layers... 2.4.0.0. coe eo ee IOO+ It is manifest that the formation here assumes a lithic character that is quite different from the succession heretofore described. Above the upper calcareous sandstone there is a gap of undetermined extent before the Lockport is reached. In the sections to the east, occurs a heavy gray sandstone, 70 feet thick as a maximum, form- ing what has been considered the uppermost member of the Clinton. Herkimer county. The eastern end of the Clinton belt crosses southern Herkimer county into Otsego county. The relations in this region are not well known, and it is impossible as yet to fix accurately the bounds of the formation. The following sections from Hall? show the details of the succession so far as established. Near the boundary of the towns of German Flats and Warren the strata are exposed along Flat creek. This locality is referred to by Hall as Tisdale’s mill. STRATA FEET Gray sandstone, upper termination of formation...... 60 STE BL Sis SUR SS 0 AP tele oe a re 2 Sardstoae and shale with iron ore... 22... . ee eke ees 20 Green shale with aremaceous matter, pebbles -etc.:...'.. 25 Coarse sandstone, with much shaly matter.............. IO-1'5 Green shale with fucoids..:............. Re ete er ? The Oneida conglomerate below was not observed by Hall, but its presence both here and in the vicinity has been determined by one of the writers (C. A. H.). The ore can not be seen in place, though it occurs as fleat in the creek bed. It is of oolitic character. 1In Kemp’s Ore Deposits of the United States. 1895. p. 104. * Palaeontology of New York. 1852. 2:15 et seq. 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Near Deck, in the town of Little Falls, is the section described by Hall as found at Wick’s store in the town of Stark. STRATA FEET Sandstone and conglomerate, uppermost Clinton member.... ? Sandstone, thin bedded, with fucoids, alternating with shale.. ? Red sandstone, cross-beddéd 3 5 fs a See eee eee ? White sandstone, with pebbles and green shale.............. P Corislomerate. COneida) 2:. sao Sains. 2 ee ee P Montgomery county. The following section is reported by Hall as found at Vanhornesville in the town of Stark. STRATA FEET . Red sandstone, coarsely laminated, friable, containing much iron. Ore, but no “distmet beds 27-2. 2a eee ae 6a ? Green shale, fossiliferous.......... AAD ccs ase Rha ose ee ener eae Red: sandstone, “cross-beddede.ic2 a eee He ee ? Gray sandstone and conglomerate with thin layers of green Shales. ssglig pace hoo Os RPE cae eee eee eae re P Conglomerate (Oneida) a5 ona. oe te eee P The locality in the town of Canajoharie mentioned by Hall has not been certainly identified. The highest formation occurring within the present limits of the township is the Hudson river. The section may be the one on Canajoharie creek, in Otsego county, or more likely the section north of Cherry Valley, near Salt Springville, which is approximately at the eastern termination of the Clinton formation. The section is as follows: — STRATA FEET Coarse : sandstone; wath, much irons ore... on 2 eae ee P Sigler ie te ee me ? Grayish sandstone, conglomeritic below, darker and laminated DOVE. 5) .5e Sora eo oa ea eee Set ae me P Conclomerate (Onemda ys it eet oot oe ee P The total thickness is estimated at less than 50 feet. The pres- ence of the Clinton beds can not be ascertained from the exposures at Cherry Valley, and they may have thinned out entirely. At Sharon Springs, 7 miles farther east, the Salina rests directly upon the Hudson River shales, the whole of the Niagaran and Oswegan groups having disappeared. IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION © 29 EXPLORATION OF THE CLINTON FORMATION - Little or no effort has been made, hitherto, toward the explora- tion of the Clinton ores outside the limited sections where they are. mined. In the stretch from the Oneida-Herkimer county line to the western border of Wayne county, a distance of 120 miles measured along the outcrop, only a small portion is revealed sufficiently by exposure Or mining excavations to permit of investigations from the surface. Previous knowledge of this area has been based largely on data secured from the eastern and western extremities; the in- cluded interval of nearly 100 miles in which the beds are, for the most part, mantled by glacial drift, has attracted little attention from mining enterprises and its possibilities for ore production re- mained practically unknown. The mine developments so far made, moreover, are superficial, giving no safe basis for inference as to the changes that may take place in depth. A recommendation for an appropriation to be used in conducting exploratory operations within the Clinton belt was submitted to the State Legislature last year through the Education Department. The sum of $5000 (one half the amount requested) was allotted for the purpose. With this assistance, it has been possible to put down a number of test holes along the concealed portion of the outcrop and for the first time to establish the position, extent and character of the ore in a general way over many parts of the area. While the original plans called for the drilling qf holes at intervals of 4 or 5 miles, east and west, with occasional deeper borings as might be required to explore the continuations of the beds on the dip, they lad to be modified materially to meet the limitation in the allowed _ appropriation. Instead of attempting to carry out the work on a - detailed comprehensive scale, which could only have been brought to partial completion under the circumstances, it was considered advisable to cover as much of the-territory as possible by placing the holes far apart and restricting them to a single series near the outcrop. The conditions throughout the Clinton belt, fortunately, are such that they both facilitate exploratory operations with the dril! and permit reliable deductions from the obtained data. The ore seams maintain a fairly constant horizon in the series so that there need be little error in estimating the depth at which they will be encountered in most places. This regularity of position is attended by an equa! uniformity in their areal development, as might be expected from bedded deposits. The character or thickness of any seam is subject ' to local variations, of course, but permanent changes take place 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM very gradually as a rule. The volume of ore contained by a given area can thus be ascertained with reasonable accuracy from observa- tions taken at wide intervals, even of several miles under favorable circumstances. The present exploratory work was performed entirely with a diamond core drill. By this means a core, 1 inch in diameter, rep- resenting a section of the rocks and ore penetrated was secured. The cost of drilling has been somewhat greater than if the holes had been put down without attempting to obtain a core, but the increased expense may be considered to be counterbalanced by greater accu- racy and detail in the results.’ With the meager information to be had from outcrops, the drill cores have served also to clear up many doubtful points regarding Clinton stratigraphy. The succession of rocks has now been estab- lished with satisfactory completeness throughout the belt. The holes to the number of 8 in all were put down between Wall- ington, Wayne co., and Verona Station, Oneida co. The average interval between successive holes may be stated at about Io miles. Most of the sites were selected with a view to striking the ore at depths between 100 and 200 feet, a convenient depth for the drill as well as one that permits estimation of a large volume of the - deposits. Under normal conditions of dip and surface topography the holes would be from 1 to 3 miles from the outcrop, and their results can thus be accepted with a degree of safety as an average for about twice that width across the dip. The detailed sections for each drill hole are shown in the tabula- tions that follow. From their consideration, together with the facts hitherto ascertained, it has been possible to prepare a general survey of the ore distribution throughout the belt. Wallington, Wayne co. The site of the drill hole is on ite farm of Isaac Du Bois about %4 mile west of the trolley station at Wallington, on the west side of Salmon creek and approximately 5 rods north of the highway leading from Wallington to Sodus village. The locality lies 114 miles north of the outcropping edge of the Lockport dolomite, which is shown in the vicinity of Sodus Center, and 25¢ miles directly south of the site of the old Sodus iron furnace on Salmon creek, near which the Clinton strata with a thin seam of ore are exposed. 1Tt may be mentioned that the diamond drill proved to be well adapted for the work. Owing to the frequent altcrnations of hard and soft strata characteristic of the forma- tion, it was thought some difficulty might be encountered in removing a core, but in every case a nearly complete section was obtained. The occasional loss of a part of the core due to grinding of the harder material in the “core barrel” entailed no serious discrepancies in measurements, since a constant check was maintained by observations of the lengths of the drill rods in use and the character of the rock material washed up from below. q d a IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 31 SECTION AT WALLINGTON From We) Strata Character 4 Feet Inches | Feet Inches | SES eee fe) ° 2 6 5) "2 6 70 o |: Light gray above, becoming darker and more fossiliferous be- low.. Represents basal Rochester. hamdtestones...... 70 fo) 80 fo) Light colored, layers 2 to 16 : inches separated by thin shales, rie ou mches.; «= Upper Clinton limestone. a In appearance this shale is a . similar to the basal Rochester. 4 It is fully as dark and its numer- ous fossils are evenly distributed through the mass, giving it a variegated appearance. ¥ 22 88 o | 100 fo) Similar to above, but with P fewer fossils and of a lighter shade. E pemeMe 2 fe. I00 Cu ies 8 These dark layers include the a graptolite beds with the charac- ‘teristic form M. clintonen- S iss Pamestone..:.... I15 8 |>13e 6 The limestone contains layers of shale 1 to 3 inches thick. Pen- tamerus is the characteristic fos- sil of the limestone. SG 2 een 130 6-433 6 Fossiliferous dark and olive- ; gray shale with included bands of limestone.’ Transitional from the limestone above. The division is at point where shale predomi- nates over the limestone. Bat Goes soc 23 G1 2882 fo) A uniform purple shale; con- tains bands of pearly limestone made up of the fossil Anoplo- ier a henichs.p het 1-3: <2) Sa 182 o | 184 ° The purple shale above changes rather abruptly to this olive-gray shale which passes gradually into | ; the limestone below. | 4 Limestone....... 184 G. ao 7 6 Characterized by the fossil } Pentamerus. The limestone is uniform above. Near the middle -is found some flinty material giv- ing the rock a brecciated appear- ance. Layers of shale in lower patt. {First trace of ore at 195 feet. WM ip job) — iq’) [0,¢) (e) ()} ie) ee) (e) DM =p job) —_— @ MOTO oe. ks. bes Oy 6 | 198 6 Impure fossil ore. 4 Limestone....... 198 6 | 199 4 Includes some shale. ; Mme s escia ss 199 4 | 200 fo) Fossil ore. SU" ee eee 200 oO. |" 205 fe) Soft green calcareous shale. . The upper 24 inches is brecciated, arenaceous limestone containing ; black shale pebbles. a Shales 29 >.<... ese oy oO. -2a7 fo) Soft mottled shale } @ eI ion \O oot mmo The test hole shows that the bed exposed at Sterling Station extends thus far in undiminished thickness. There is no noticeable change also in the character of the ore. A sample of the drill core was analyzed by E. Touceda with the following results: Be Oa S ek Keyan ae hee aoe fee eae en 48.7 hl OFM mares ity Mure lave se or dens peck A IS: sake Pall on, © PM Is hah LRN nn ea MNS ao ec 4.99 Viel @ Perera eae te ee Mast anges San oS Sir 003 (O16 Meer aberter yes nor, ait tu eer ool ze 12.6 WE) 2 05 a ee re le ka poate ear eee gana 7575 SOs il ORE a ) tela ee eee en ae oele | se 6 Paereramere raat ren peer ee ge a) net ae 477 CO re: BART eters? yee ster! vitae s 18.35 iDEN © Pere ota Plo in pht pe rorr eho em ait sxe bch & iy aay HER: 98.096 IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 35 Martville, Cayuga co. .The site of this drill hole is on the west bank of Sterling creek about 15 rods below the bridge at Martville, on the property of Dr John Chapman. The locality is 3 miles southeast of Sterling Station and 5 miles northeast of Red Creek. -SECTION AT MARTVILLE From | Aue Feet Inches Feet Inches Strata Character BRP ae esis RUSS a 93 fo) 98 fo) Upper few inches brecciated, followed below by greenish shale and sandstone. Below this is a very hard white sandstone, fol- lowed by a foot of mottled sand- stone. Medina horizon. This section seems to establish that the ore body which stretches across Wayne county and as far east as Sterling Station, Cayuga co., terminates practically near the latter locality. The excavations made by the Fair Haven Iron Co., at Sterling Station, give some in- 4 dications of a wedging out of the ore toward the east, though from : the evidence here it does not follow that this is anything more than 7 a local condition. The ore bodies are everywhere subject to moder- ate variations in thickness, but the pinches are usually succeeded in turn by bulges that maintain the average. There is no other 36 : ~. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM locality, so far as has been determined, where a thick bed diminishes in such short distance to a thin seam. 3 South Granby, Oswego co. The site of this drill hole is on the farm of Alonzo Lutentelly, 1 mile southwest of South Granby, and 1% miles north of Little Utica, on the west side of the high- way leading north from the latter place where it is crossed by a small stream. SECTION AT SOUTH GRANBY Strata From To Character Feet Inches | Feet Inches Sand and gravel. fo) Oo 22 fo) Shale ae lrsece 22 ° 39 fe) Dark shale, full of fossils— Rochester horizon. Mimestone son. = 39 Q 40 6 Impure limestone with fossils. SQ fat oes 40 6 89 ° Shale with a little limestone. At 76 feet is a 1 inch band show- ing dark pebbles with pyrite. neil. 5 ie ie mn. 89 Cn te2 fo) Shale quite free from limestone bands. At 1o1 feet there is a thin seam of ore and the shale con- tains for 4 inches numerous crys- tals of pyrite. At 102 feet there are 4 inches of limestone with large brachiopods. ial fo.% soos Bie eO2 Odi 7a)5 2 Shale with some very dark : bands towards the base. Eunestone. yi .2 ies Bre Sr a6 I Light colored limestone with fossils. Near the middle the fos- sils are replaced by iron ore. Sethe) tenes 136 L-|2438 9 Calcareous shale. . JC Aa peeia a eines 138 Oe} 130 ° This band of ore is richest be- low, grading into a highly colored shale above with thin seams of ore. rola) | Sa peo ar 139 o | 140 ° Shale with band of limestone at the middle. Limestone....... 140 o | 140 8 Coarse, light colored limestone. Lumestone. 5 140 8 | 145 2 Coarse, fossil limestone with some shale. Limestone? 52 - 145 3.| 145 6 Lean fossil ore. Limestone and 1 (Sa ae te rhe. 145 Oi), a 54 fo) Gray compact limestone and alternations of lighter colored limestone and shale. mibailew es: aes 154 G5) 223 I Gray shale with bands of lime- stone. The limestone bands in- clude a number of the pearly layers; also some fine compact bands. None of the bands of limestone are over 6 inches thick. Oren cs ot Fe 223 Zaha woes 9 Oolitic ore with some fossils at : base. Sales. ee fot et 223 9 | 228 ° Mottled shale with bands of limestone. Oneinchof shale with pebbles found 2 feet below the ore. Mottled appearance of shale due to organic remains. SSS SSS ee ee IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 37 The hole is about midway between Sterling Station and the west end of Oneida lake, an interval that seems to be barren of workable deposits. More tests are needed, however, to demonstrate their entire absence, since the distance to the Martville locality is 10 miles and to Brewerton, the next drill site to the east, about 12 miles. Brewerton, Onondaga co. The drill was set up on the south shore of Oneida river, within the village, about 75 yards west of the bridge. This point is very near the Oswego-Onondaga county border and the south line of the route- followed by the new Barge canal. : SECTION AT BREWERTON Strata From To Character Feet Inches! Feet Inches Le ° ° 14 ° . <2 eae 14 ° 56 4 Olive-gray shale with many dark bands in the lower part and with few thin bands of limestone. At 19 feet there is a 4 inch band with black pebbles. Birca at © Fossil ore, inclosed in shale. 79 6 Shale with limestone bands 3 to ; 4 inches thick found at quite regular intervals. The limestone contains cavities lined with crys- tals. Traces of ore, as threadlike veinlets, are found in the lime- stone. Shale with thin bands of lime- stone that probably represent the pearly layers. Trace of ore at 133 feet. Oolitic ore. ‘e) S @ on on aR _ Seas ae 138 4 | 139 8 The layers below the ore are quite variable. The 2 inches immediately below the ore is shale; then follows a sandstone or conglomerate, becoming coarser toward the bottom. eit ee 139 8 | 145 fe) WM =i © — @ ~T \o ron re ; w (o°e) TS This section is similar to the one at South Granby in showing two ore seams separated by many feet of rock. The absence of limestone is a striking feature and serves to connect this section with the eastern development of the Clinton, as exemplified in Oneida and Madison counties, rather than the western belt. This is further indicated by the oolitic structure of the lower ore seam. The 16-inch bed is solid ore of uniform character. It will repay 38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM further exploration. The site of the hole was chosen purely for convenience, and the chances are very remote that the thickest por- tion of the bed was encountered by the single test. The dis- covery is thus of considerable potential importance. The ore was sampled by taking a longitudinal section of the core and an analysis by E. Touceda gave the following percentages. Fest oS Ce Py i ee ae ae ee 48.71 SIO SER PAT RES Ole cee ee 9.69 Di, AS Le FE a ao ee pce ete et area 244 Pls O8 ee ais Le ee Aloe ee Re ee 2.21 MnO. S33 Ieee ee ec a ree tr Cae Sea Fe ee ee 13.8 MeO. S285 Oe ee leer ap aac 4.23 SO fees ere eke es eee ee I4l | eh © Perper nna sone inns SAP nL Pay eae Go 2.28 OG ee ares ee Oe habs is a 15.45 la Ge Ceca bse ene prince tine ae tans fer ame Se 2.24 q 100.185 LG (6) ened ees nce em aMpr Ry ena tai tegei dame tsta a et: RAE Phosphorusse viel sie. . Oa te eae oars 1.038 Lakeport, Madison co. The site of this drill hole is 1% miles northeast of Lakeport on the farm of Robert Cowen. The drill was placed near the spring south of the highway, a little more than 1% mile distant from the shore of Oneida lake. SECTION AT LAKEPORT | Girt From To Character Feet Inches | Feet Inches Waste eR ce ee fo) fo) 7 fo) Teimdestone << a. 7 ° 2I 6) This is a dolomitic limestone representing the basal Lockport. Sitiale es .c. 8 och. oT ° 50 fo) Fossil shale—Rochester hori- zon. Lamestone< (- 24.551. 50 fo) Ae eo) Limestone with considerable shale. Six inches of lean fossil ore at 66. Other traces of ore in the. limestone. Slates e005 Poh s 67 os) 120 ro) Alternating layers of dark, light and mottled shales with considerable amount of light fine grained calcareous sandstone. eee sss ss ae ee eee a EE eee “oe ee ae ee Fr ~~ ae eee a cy aes eee Pe ee ee a eee ey ee ee eee IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 5 SECTION AT LAKEPORT (continued ) ————— Strata From 10 TE Feet Inches To 135 152 IY se 1e) Io Feet Inches | Character This is a shaly limestone with bands of shale. The limestone is fossiliferous and contains several bands of very lean ore, with many crinoid stems. Shale with abundant fossils. Olive-gray shale with fossils— a few thin bands of limestone. Light and dark shale, with few bands of limestone. At 171 feet there is a 4 inch band with black pebbles. Shale with limestone bands, 3 to 4 inches thick. Some of the bands show faint traces of ore. Lean fossil ore. Gray shale. Fossil ore. Whitish limestone with 14 inch of shale at base. Fossil ore. Light and dark shale with thin bands of limestone. Trace of ore at 328- feet. Shales with bands of limestone. Both contain fossils. Soft, very dark shale with a few bands of a lighter color. Oolitic ore, with fragments of bryozoans. This is a dark shale dividing | the ore. Coarse grained ore, associated with calcareous sandstone. The upper 4 inches is a band of shale with 2 inches at middle of a conglomeratic nature. The basal 6 inches is a white sandstone. The remaining portion. contains thin layers of mottled, dark, sandy shale. Some of the sand- stone has a reddish tinge showing faint traces of ore. This. hole was intended to test the long stretch between Brewerton and Verona throughout which the Clinton forma- ton is mostly concealed. The results indicate some similarity of conditions in regard to ore deposition with the section at Brewer- ton and also with that at Clinton, but the oolitic bed is much 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM thinner and the fossil ore is broken by intercalations of lime- stone and shale. The latter rock reaches its extreme thickness here, the hole showing 227 feet without practical interruption from the base of the limestone which is taken as the uppermost Clinton to the first seam of ore. : Verona, Oneida co. The site of this drill hole is 100 yards west of Verona Station, on the Davis farm, just south of the highway where it is crossed by the creek. It is 2% miles soutli- west from the nearest outcrop of the Oneida conglomerate. The Cagwin opening for ore is 1 mile and the Klein opening 14 miles from this locality. i SECTION AT VERONA STATION Sa To Strata _ Character Feet Inches| Feet Inches Sand and clay. ~. ° fo) 18 fo) fo)! (eget iene eee 18 Olen a7 2 This is a light colored shale with only a few thin bands of limestone. Ones ee a7 2 Ges Fossil ore. ANS Loe eee a 38 2 74 fe) Shale quite uniform as regards limestone, up to 2 inches thick. Sandstone and salts Sioned o eag uae 74 fo) 84 4 These layers are quite variable. Some are made up of light sand in a dark shale matrix. The upper 2 feet is a fine grained cal- careous sandstone. EA a 13.09 aU NO een rier eye ee ee ye a BE ee 5-99 MnO args eng Se ee ees 19 Cas oi cee Bats s Paces pice oe, Se Ses Ree ee re 5-85 MgO) soso ie sa a eae ed ree 2.69 Sire eae fra a ee enn mre ee nee Pca tvigg nh pie ait face a Cnet Sess ee eae 53 CO)in Se Ee ie os ahs ie Nets oe eee 6.08 EEO Mee La aE pares ae Oe em yin Sh 2S = 1.45 ©) © amid Poo 226 sl Breen Boe eee eae LO. 100.29 The percentages would indicate that the ores analyzed were chiefly from the oolitic bed, though no mention of localities is made in the paper. Phosphorus and sulfur are both comparatively high in Fe Clinton ores. The former is seldom less than .25¢ and ranges up to more than 1%. Reckoned on the basis of metallic iron, the phos- phorus content will average from I to 2%. The sulfur is more variable, being found in some ores only in traces and in others running up to .5%. It occurs always in the form of pyrite which seems to be associated rather with the shale partings than in- termixed with the hematite. Between the ore and wall rock there is oftentimes a thin seam of pyrite. : Among the other important impurities of the ores are silica, alumina, lime and magnesia. Most of the silica is in the free state as quartz. Its proportion varies from a minimum of 2 or 3% up to 15%, the higher percentages being shown by oolitic ores. In the fossiliferous hematites the average may be placed at about 7 or 8%. The alumina is combined with apart of the silica to 1 Address delivered before the Utica Mercantile Manufacturing Association, Utica, 1881. Plate 5 GSS OOO OOGo® eGee L9Ggsggrrersods Fossil fragments from the red flux bed. The ore is largely made up of such fragments of bryozoans and crinoid stems which have been partially or wholly replaced by hematite. Plate 6 Oolitic ore, magnified so as to show quartz nuclei and concentric structure : | ! IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION , 49 form clay and amounts to some 2 or 3% as a.rule. The lime and magnesia are due to limestone which occurs as a cementing ma- terial or as unreplaced fossil fragments. They are in largest quan- tity in the fossil ores where the carbonates average from 15 to 204. The oolitic ores carry about 10 or 12% of carbonates as a rule. Origin of the Clinton ores The subject of the derivation of the hematites, which are so con- stant an accompaniment of the Clinton formation, has been re- peatedly discussed in the literature relating to the geology of the different fields. There is more than scientific interest involved in the question, since the mode of origin has-a bearing upon the distri- bution of the deposits and its determination is desirable as an aid to exploration. It has become quite evident with the progress of investigations that there is a great degree of uniformity in the character and manner of occurrence of the Clinton ores throughout their extent and that they have been formed in most, if not all, cases under similar conditions. Of the many principles that are known to govern the accumula- tion of iron ores in their varied development, it is possible to elimi- nate all but a few as having no conceivable relation to the Clinton hematites. In fact there are but two explanations which have re- ceived the attention of geologists and need to be considered here. According to the first view, originally advanced by James Hall in his description of the Clinton formation in western New York, the ores were formed in standing water at the same time as the iuclosing beds. Hall further expresses the belief that the source of the iron is to be found in the bodies of iron oxids and pyrite con- tained in the old crystalline rocks. Thermal waters are considered to have been influential in the deposition of the oolitic ore and they may have hastened the decomposition of the pyrite.. These con- _ clusions were generally adopted by the early writers. The alternative explanation, proposed by Shaler for the Clinton ores in Kentucky and favored by some geologists for the whole as- semblage of Clinton ores, regards the hematite as a secondary intro- duction after the formation had been upraised above sea level. The ore beds are considered to be replacements of original limestones, effected by the circulation of ground waters which leached the ferruginous constituents from the overlying strata. This theory of replacement has found its principal advocates among geologists 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM who have worked in the southern fields where the occurrence of rich ores at the surface is at times succeeded by lean, limey ores in depth. The evidence in support of both views has been traversed very thoroughly by C. H. Smyth jr, in a paper! which represents as well the results of long experience and close study of the Clinton ores both in the northern and southern districts. There can be no doubt after an impartial perusal of Professor Smyth’s paper that the theory of sedimentary origin is fully substantiated for most of the occurrences. For the ores under present consideration this is » the only explanation at all compatible with the conditions. The stratigraphic features presented by the New York section of the Clinton do not lend themselves to the conception of vertical circulations of ground water such as would be required to dissolve and carry iron from,the overlying strata. The ore beds everywhere lie nearly horizontal; their dip is universally toward the south at — an angle no greater probably in many places than that given by _ the contour of the original sea bottom on which they were deposited. At no time in their subsequent history have they been steeply in- clined. Moreover, they are overlain by thick shales not readily permeable to water. Underground flowage must necessarily be limited and be dependent for the most part on the cropping out of the more porous strata like the limestone and sandstone layers. Thus, it is directed rather along the bedding planes than across them. Below the ore there is also more or less shale intervening before the top of the sandstone and conglomerate basement is reached. The existence of limestone above the ore beds has been remarked by Professor Smyth in the paper already quoted. In Cayuga and Wayne counties the fossil hematite is covered directly by limestone and there are one or more layers at varying horizons in the shale. The main ore bed in this part is generally split into two portions by a thin seam of limestone. No noticeable replacement has taken place in the overlying limestones, though this would be the first to be affected by descending iron-bearing solutions. The limestones are fine grained and compact and, where protected by shale, they show little effect of leaching in the mass or of solution along the joint planes. The ore beds are separated by sharp division planes above and below, with no intervening zone of gradation from ore to rock. This feature is well illustrated in the process of open-cut 1Zeits, fur prak. Geol. Aug. I894. See also paper in Am, Jour. Sci. 1892. 143:487. yaed soddn ut poq xny pot Surmoys ‘uojul[D 3e spoq Uo] oY} JO UoT}OeS jeIIeg ‘ eid: WE, Ere IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 5I mining, by which the overlying burden is removed over a con- siderable area before the ore is taken out; the surface of the stratum is extremely regular and smooth, not less so than the surface of the superincumbent limestone. In their uniformity of character the hematites possess a fea- ture that is consistent only with a sedimentary derivation. This uniformity holds true for the beds near the surface and also with regard to the ores encountered at depths of several hun- dred feet from the surface. The recent exploration with the diamond drill has shown that there is no notable change of eharacter on the dip for distances of 5 or 6 miles from the out- crop. Deep borings made some years since at Syracuse and Chittenango found the hematite below 600 feet showing it to be of normal composition... The ores hold out to much greater depths than could be expected from the work of underground waters. Enrichment by solution and redeposition of the iron has not occurred in the New York beds. Whatever variation in iron content there may be is to be regarded as original or as due to weathering on the surface. There are no bodies of soft ores at all comparable to those found in the southern districts. This may be ascribed in large measure perhaps to the effects of the glacial invasion; during the long period previously in which the beds were exposed to atmospheric agencies it seems likely that the ores may have weathered for some distance from the out- crop but were planed off by the ice in its southward advance. Yet, the horizontal disposition of the beds has no doubt retarded disintegration. The chief effect of weathering is the removal of calcite which cements the particles of hematite. > The physical constitution of the hematites has already been described and need not be considered in this connection further than to allude to the almost universal presence of oolitic grains in the ores, even those which are apparently of purely fossilifer- ous nature. The deposition of iron about a nucleus in layer after layer can scarcely be conceived as taking place elsewhere than in bodies of standing water, with the nucleal grains free to roll about and completely in contact with the ferruginous solutions. . 7 ) sabe The probable conditions prevailing in Clinton time, bearing 1C. S. Prosser. The Thickness of the Devonian and Silurian Rocks in Central New York. Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 4: g1. 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM upon the formation of the ore beds, have been well stated by Professor Smyth in a paragraph of his paper of which the fol- lowing is a translation. By reference to a geological map of the eastern United States, it willbe observed that the Clinton beds were deposited in a sea which received the drainage from an extensive area of crys- talline rocks. Long continued denundation of these rocks, which are made up in part of iron-bearing silicates and inclose import- ant bodies of magnetite and pyrite, set free large amounts of iron to be carried seaward in solution or suspension. Along the coast of the sea there were in Clinton time extensive swamps and mud flats, evidenced by the frequent surface markings, cracks and tracks of crustaceans and worms found in the shales and sandstones. In other places calcareous fossil frag- ments accumulated and were rolled about and ground by the waves. and finally deposited in- shallow water forming shell beaches similar to those of the present day, for example, the coquina on the Florida coast. Most of the iron brought down by land drainage of course would be wasted, but a part would be precipitated to form the ore beds. The precipitation occurred in two ways, thereby giving rise to two ore varieties. Where the waters were collected in partially or completely inclosed basins, the iron was thrown down by slow oxidation and gath- ered in layer upon layer about the sand grains, thus forming the oolitic- ore. The conditions requisite to this method of precipi- tation obtained apparently over no great areas, so that the oolitic beds are generally of limited extent. Again the ferruginous waters came in contact with the calcareous shell fragments; here the iron was precipitated partly by reaction with the lime carbonate, yet mostly by oxidation, while the lime was carried off in solution by the aid of the carbon dioxid set free. As this process took place while the shells were being rolled about or heaped up in loose aggregates and was chiefly a result of oxida- tion, the iron took the form of oxid rather than carbonate. It need scarcely be stated that this method of replacement is widely different from the other process of replacement that has been applied to the ores. The progress of the reaction advanced step by step. with the accumulation of the fossil fragments. Thus, while the iron is a secondary product as regards the individual particles of ore, it is primary in relation to the ore bed _ itself. After the ores had thus been collected into loosely aggregated masses of grains and altered fossils, they were compacted into beds and covered by shales, sandstones and limestones. As a result, the grains and fragments rich in iron are frequently sur- rounded by pure calcite, a circumstance that is far from being opposed to. the present theory of ore formation, but rather in line. with what one would expect. 09 sux AA “IOJUND OLIRJUGQ “OD UOIT o]tAooeuIN ‘S12D 94} OJ 910 OY} SuIproy pue SurAcWdl Ul pPasn YIJop SulAJOAeT pur [IXAOYS Weojs [[VWIs SuUIMOYS MoI, 8 98d br tate ee Cs Raine © Sei euiienaach Davies toe ay et te ante ded IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 53 - The deposition of the iron partly in the form of carbonate is indicated by the fact that the fossil ores quite commonly show a small percentage of this mineral. It is probable, however, that the iron was mostly precipitated as the hydrated oxid. The change from limonite to hematite took place subsequent to the upraising of the beds under the influence of pressure from. the overlying strata. _ The New York Clinton beds, in common Sat fase of Ohio, Onto and Wisconsin, were deposited along the northern margin of the interior Mississippian sea, and the ferruginous materials must-have been derived largely from the wash of the Precambric land mass on the north and northeast. The New York section-has its maximum development in the stretch from Clinton to the west end of Oneida lake where there was ap- parently an embayment curving around the southwestern border of the Adirondacks. The present outcrop in this part is every- where within 50 miles at most of the crystalline area. Farther west the beds diminish gradually with the increase of distance from the-Adirondack highland, and in the extreme west the materials probably came from the remoter crystalline region of Canada. East of Clinton there is a more rapid thinning of the beds, since the old Appalachian highland that limited the sea in this direction is soon reached. The Pennsylvanian and southern Clinton deposits were laid down on the western shore of the _ Appalachian highland; their materiais were probably gathered from this land mass rather than from the north. There is an interval of more than 100 miles between the eastern end of the New York belt and the next appearance of the Clinton rocks to the south, which is in central Pennsylvania. It is possible, however, that this gap is due to the overlapping of the higher Upper Siluric members which are represented in eastern New York and pass into Pennsylvania in the vicinity of Port Jervis. A comparison of the faunas of the Clinton in New York and Pennsylvania shows a close relationship that is sug- gestive of stratigraphic continuity, the buried portion coming to the surface only aiter it peraetes Meise in the abe ectian eee MIN ING METHODS From the beginning of active mining along the Clinton belt, attention has naturally been directed to the northern edge or outcrop of the beds as being the most accessible for develop- a WEA 4A FOE 4awas Wwe www -_—-~s i \endinjiaatien Conan tina a Ye ae 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ment. ‘The conditions are well suited for surface work by stripping or trenching throughout much of the stretch from Herkimer to western Wayne county. In places the ore is en- countered. directly beneath the soil or at most a few feet of glacial materials, while with its flat dip there is often oppor- tunity to extend the field of operations to considerable distances from the outcrop before the overburden becomes excessive. There is still an abundance of ore that can be removed to ad- vantage by open-cut work. It is quite recently that mechanical methods of excavation have been introduced, and the greater portion of the product in the past has been won by the crude system of hand labor first employed. With the use of portable steam shovels, the cost of taking out the ore has.been so reduced that it is now practicable to strip fully twice as much rock as formerly, notwithstanding the material reduction that has taken place in iron ore prices. An example of good practice in open-cut excavation is af- forded by the recent operations of the Furnaceville Iron Co. at Ontario Center. This company has been engaged in working a strip of land lying to the north of that place and extending for over 4 miles in an east and west line. The plan adopted here consists: briefly in opening longitudinal trenches, the first along the northern limits of the property, near the outcrop, and the following ones in parallel order progressively with the removal of the ore from the preceding trench. At the present time about 20 feet of overburden is taken off, while in the first cut some 40 rods to the north the ore lay beneath 6 feet of soil and rock. The trench has a width of 60 feet and until recently two shovels were used in its excavation, each cutting 30 feet or one half the whole width. The shovels loaded into buckets which were hoisted by revolving derricks and dumped on the spoil bank - opposite the long face of the trench and just beyond the edge of the ore that was being uncovered. The outer shovel worked somewhat in advance. During the last year the trenching has been done by a single 100-ton shovel which removes the rock for a width of about 45 feet, dumping directly on the spoil bank, and then returns to clear the remainder with the aid of a der- rick! The shovels and derricks are mounted to run on tracks - 1Since the above account was written, the methods have been somewhat modified in _ that a conveyor has been installed, as shown in the accompanying plates. The con- veyor consists of a portable structure, with two skips each of 6 cubic yards capacity which receive the rock material from the. steam. shovel and carry it up the incline (129: feet long): to the dump. This apparatus. increases the efficiency of the steam shovel, at the same time enabling the latter to excavate the trench to the full width of 60 feet without return. —_—T a 9 Plate 9 View showing steam shovel and conveyor used to remove the overburden from the ore. Furnaceville Iron Co., Ontario Center, Wayne co. - 6 — —— eS ‘od oUAe AA $19}U9D OLIRIUD “OD UOIT I][lAoovuINy ‘aAoqe Uspinq19Ao YM poq 210 oY} UMOYS SE }YSII dy} 0} pu osveq 94} JY ‘910 puv UspINqioAO fo [RAOUL JoZe YUIT] JO MTA OL 9}%Iq IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 55 set in the trench. The overburden consists of 10 feet or slightly more of limestone, somewhat shaly toward the top, and about the same thickness of soil and glacial material. It is loosened for the shovels by drilling and blasting. The 6-inch holes made by churn drills, extend into the ore for about 3 inches and are 16 feet apart, the first row being 6 feet from the edge of the trench. A layer of limestone, 15 to 18 inches thick, that remains on the ore has to be removed by hand. The ore is then loosened by blasting, after holes 3 feet apart and extending a _few inches into the underlying green argillaceous limestone, have _ been made by steam drills. A small amount of the limestone sometimes adheres to the ore but is readily removed. The ore is broken by sledges into convenient size for handling, after which it is loaded, by means of a 40-ton steam shovel, into the buckets of a derrick and hoisted into cars for shipment. A spur from the Rome, Watertown & Ogdensburg Railroad extends along the trench on the side opposite the spoil bank; it is moved back from time to time with the advance of operations toward the south. The Fair Haven Iron Co. has pursued a similar plan in opening the property at Sterling Station. The rock is here mostly shale, so that its excavation presents less difficulty than the limestone farther west. Instead of wasting the material in the abandoned part of the workings, the shovel loads into cars which run out on a track at one end and are dumped to the north of the pit. The shale and soil covering has a thickness of from Io to 20 feet. The material is loosened by blasting in advance of the shovel in the manner above described. _ The mines at Clinton furnish the only examples of underground exploitation of the ores in the State. The long-wall method is employed, the same as used in many coal mines. This method admits of complete extraction of the ore in one operation. It is particularly adapted to comparatively thin deposits that have a flat dip. En- trance to the workings may be had either through a shaft, or, if the seam outcrops anywhere, through an adit driven on the level. By taking advantage of the surface features, it has been possible at Clinton to follow the ore from its outcrop and to make use of the slight inclination of the beds in securing natural drainage. The main entries or gangways are run in an easterly or northeasterly direction across the dip. From these, branches turn off at every 100 feet to the working face, which is kept a short distance ahead 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of the gangway. As the ore measures 30 inches on the average, approximately 2 feet of the overlying shale is taken down for con- venience in working. This material is packed some distance behind the face for roof support, while between the pack and the face wooden posts are placed from 5 to 10 feet apart for further security. As far as possible the posts are removed with the advance of the workings to be again used in the same manner. The bottom of the face is taken out first by drilling diagonally from the top of the ore bed. Upon blasting the lower portion of the ore is loosened and taken out, after which horizontal holes are drilled into the shale and the upper part, including the remainder of the ore bed, is removed. ‘Tracks are laid to the working face and the ore is trammed by hand or by mules to the mine dump outside. The soft _ character of the Clinton strata is an advantage in this system of working in that it tends to produce a constant and uniform settle- ment of the ground with the advance of operations. There is thus little or no danger from roof falls. The only drawback seems to be that of occasional creeping of the floor in the gangways which requires attention from time to time. The few data bearing upon costs that have been obtained would indicate that when the covering does not exceed 20 feet or so the ore can be removed most economically by open cutting. With a 2 foot ore seam, which yields approximately 8000 gross tons to the acre of surface, the cost of stripping and removing the ore under ordinary conditions may be placed at about $1.50 a ton. It has been reported that underground mining has been carried on at Clinton for somewhat less, but here the ore is from 30 to 36 inches thick. Account must be taken also of the expense connected with develop- ment work and equipment, which is considerably larger in the case of an underground mine than in surface work. DESCRIPTION OF -ORE LOCALIZES AN» MINES Cayuga county The outcrop of the fossil ore is encountered near Sterling Station where mining operations were first instituted about 35 years ago and have recently been revived by the Fair Haven Iron Co. Sterling Station lies at the eastern end of the ore belt which stretches across Wayne county. East of this point the ore diminishes rapidly ane ‘within a short distance becomes too thin to be workable. Fair Haven Iron Co. The property of the Fair Haven Iron ‘Co. comprises 280 acres situated just south of Sterling Station - ern ee eee i“ a . ; o— ~~ he ae . - - - oC oe ae - As | ‘ is . he oe - ‘ Ji o ’ : y x aan) ere - : i | ~ a » - te ci | : _ St ~~. ah Ue . nie natn Tg , y Tha, 7 ff - : - “+ a io ’ 2 , i ,, + ee — i tein, a. | Pe ki TF ig ee ee ; F Tees oa Bae 4 ; 5 ; q : MPO cea | : . P : * ; , ‘ iy y oe 54 ’ 2 q }- * Por a amend im t) ; A ze ,. 4 \ q eens Fg Age c RET 9 ty alfa Rey bY iagectretiqs | rE * .eehthubo sign Yc ie Mee rid \ewoale: ozle bedi od wonil’ Dp ation whet 1 aslodt at those dd BY «| 1 os *” ‘ an ; ‘ En NT Se IRs ge lS hal tant nis te ty jextbury Fig. 3 Sketch map of the Clinton ore belt in Cayuga and eastern Wayne counties. The approximate outcrop of the lower or main ore bed is indicated by the broken line. The map also shows the out- crop of the upper ore seam north of Wolcott and position of the recent test holes. Scale 1 mile to % inch 7 4 f aa } ; 5 yi ‘1 7 At 4 eRe ee Ce ee oe ea ers rc \ Pe gle pth a A al ert tie mle All She a aha pes : op f yo i \ 7 ra ; sigh \ has a Lo eee {wie ane rayne Oe i , i) ; uf oe i ~~ me | ; ee j . Pe ‘eae a > ae } wo] Bhs 8 PA he ries, 3, ae! Wil, f z q s - *\ a j . * Fy { 2 ‘ 4 Bit uae ; oe Loa ee ih Li aul ala \ ! \ . i * mo IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION | 57 between the Lehigh Valley and New York Central (R. W. & O. branch) railroad lines. The company was organized in 1906. The work done thus far consists in the opening of a trench which begins about 400 yards southwest of the station, near the railroad track, and follows the line of outcrop to the east. The bed is found here beneath 10 to 25 feet of soil and rock. The loose overburden represented by soil and glacial materials varies from 18 inches to 10 feet. A general section involving the ore, made some distance back from the outcrop, with a maximum of covering, is as follows: MATERIAL FEET 2 ES en ee rh 10 EM Ee eno od a sie ceo ase aw aoe me Oe se MN OMN Bc oo ar h:'G- wo Liebe ay OO ed wre GIO Se 4s Lab to: 2 I Re Cre tee ke eh Sserat oGs A a sh acs a 2 teen shaly limestone.......< . sable eel rena 5 MEME rears Fhe SE a ee kage 2 4s IO+ The ore as shown in the trench ranges from 30 to 38 inches thick, the average mineable thickness being probably about 30 inches. There is generally a seam of limestone I or 2 inches thick in the middle of the ore, while the limestone covering the ore is from Io to 18 inches thick. Eight feet above the main bed is a thin seam of ore, reaching 4 inches as a maximum. The shale above the ore bed is at times quite compact, but presents no difficulty to excava- tion after loosening by blasting. It carries one or more layers of limestone which appear at different horizons and are not persistent for any distance, their total thickness amounting to 5 or 6 inches. An analysis of the ore, supplied by Mr W. L. Cumings, showed the following percentages: NaN ran EEE Se Susie SEIN Te om ate cial a 49.97 8 int ee ea rian ee ae ie See Oe ee 6.01 PI a estes lees erator ST at ah Lory Panarats au are 05 Oa GaSe tie age eon eee A eee AT REI) ors RR carn ie tah pedis Set Ohara tole wate 13.96 of SIRI ae Sa Seng ie eae Alar nl ee a 7.8 eS a i Sis te Ne ee ee eee pam tay ceo er tess FET a Rae oie ekg get ea Care ee Bee linge ple 8 ope SE ee ees ee pce pC tne ei 19.39 Rees ICOM Shy an yes ee ree aa ees Ae 45 o9-91 nortion heino indicated hy the iron nine. 58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM i :) nen re PS any yer ee A ee ke 34.98 L PEER Pre Me eer oat se an i hos ss Ban .351 Djs es oh USS E SF Sic ER ie bee ee -O44 The shipments from the property during 1907 are reported to have averaged between 36 and 38¢ iron. A spur from the R. W. & O. Railroad extends into the pit fae the western end and the ore can be loaded directly on cars for shipment. The rock is run out at the opposite end on a track and dumped on the waste land north of the pit. The excavation has been carried on by means of-:a-65-ton Marion steam shovel which works down to the limestone capping. The limestone = ore are then removed by drilling and blasting. » cit? Swartout opening. Just west of this. aes across the rail- road track, is the Swartout opening, which was worked about 35 years ago. The workings are small and-the amount of ore taken out could not have amounted to more than a few hundred tons. | Furnaceville Iron Co. A short distance farther west, on the Josiah Gailey farm, ore was mined during the years 1887 and 1888 by the Furnaceville Iron Co. The locality is referred to by Smock? who states that the ore occurs in two beds, each about 18 inches thick. It would appear that the two beds are the same as the main bed on the property of the Fair Haven Iron Co. which, as already stated, is divided by a thin seam of limestone. From information obtained locally, the thickness of the ore as mined ranged from 30 to 40 inches. The ore was uncovered by steam shovel. The prop- erty is said to be still owned by the Furnaceville Iron Co. Oneida county The section of the Clinton belt extending through the towns of New Hartford, Kirkland, Westmoreland. and Verona, Oneida co., has afforded most of the ore obtained from the formation in the eastern part of the State. Openings have been made in the ore at intervals all the way from the Oneida-Herkimer county line on the east to Verona Station on the west. Most of the work has been done by open cutting along the outcrop, a method exclusively pur- sued in the early days of mining, but. now abandoned. For some years past operations have been restricted to the properties just 1 First Report on the Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in the State of New York. WN: ¥o State Mus Bulk- 721889. pp 53. dd... a ———— ae - ots ee —— ——- ~ —— _ i ~ os 7 » : —--- eal ————=— “odId WOar oY} AQ poyeorpur Sureq uors0d — - IOMO] S}t ‘do} Jvau sivodde poq xny poy ‘“woUTD “oD sSulinjoesnueyy uosy ulpyueI oy} JO sourut 94} 0} Arua Ik 9}%Iq Se ee IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION , 59 east of Clinton owned by C. A. Borst and the Franklin Iron Manu- facturing Co. who obtain the ore entirely by underground mining. The outcrop of the main ore bed in this region is shown on the map [pl. 12], which reproduces portions of the Oriskany and Utica topographic: sheets on the scale of 1 mile to the inch. The mining industry around Clinton dates back to the beginning of the last century. The first lease for digging ore is said to have been granted in 1797. The Norton mine at the foot of College hill west of Clinton is the site of some of the earliest operations and supplied ore to forges in the vicinity. Charcoal furnaces soon super- seded the forges and were operated until the erection of the larger furnaces using anthracite coal. The charcoal plants were located as far away as Taberg and Constantia, while there were others nearer by at Lenox, Walesville, and in the town of Frankfort, Herkimer co. With the opening of the Chenango canal, shipments of ore began to be made to Pennsylvania furnaces. From 1845 to 1850 the Scranton Iron Co. engaged in this business on an extensive scale, shipping the ore from New Hartford and Clinton by boat to Binghamton and then onto Scranton. In 1852 the Franklin Iron Works erected a plant on the site of the present furnace of the Franklin Iron Manufacturing Co., and began operations with an output of 150 tons of pig iron a week. The fuel used was anthracite coal. An additional furnace was built in 1869-70 giving a combined output of about 300 tons a week. The Clinton Iron Co. was organized in 1872 to manufacture iron at Kirkland, just north of Clinton. The furnace was placed in operation in 1872, the ore supply being obtained from Westmoreland. This furnace has been closed down for the last 20 years, while the Frank- lin furnace has been operated intermittently, depending upon the iron market. Besides the ore used by these furnaces considerable quantities were shipped at one time to Geddes (near Syracuse), Albany and Poughkeepsie. The mining of the Clinton ore for paint manufacture has been carried on by C. A. Borst since 1890. From 5,000 to 10,000 tons are produced each year for that purpose. Davis opening. . This is the most easterly working in Oneidu county, being within about a mile of the Herkimer county line. It is also known as the East Hill opening and was once a part of the property owned by the Scranton Iron Co. It was worked for some years by J. G. Egert and afterwards by C. A. Borst. The open-cut excavation extends over several acres beginning a little over a mile east of Washington Mills and extending eastward along the outcrop. The ore is covered by from 6 to Io feet of soil, with a little shale, > 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and has a thickness of 22 inches as a maximum, diminishing grad- ually as one proceeds in an easterly direction. At the upper reser- voir on Starch Factory creek, across the county line, the bed is only 10 inches thick, The overlying rocks are shown here up to the red flux bed which has a thickness of 40 inches and is exposed over a _ considerable area. The ore from the Davis mine was shipped to Poughkeepsie and other points. An analysis given by Putnam shows the following percentages: Wells and Ellingwood openings. Continuing westward from the Davis mine, the outcrop of the ore bed comes out into the Sauquoit valley and then turns upstream or southward to a point beyond Chadwicks where it crosses the Sauquoit and follows a nearly northerly course to a point about a mile west of Washington Mills. Some ore has been taken out in the valley near Chadwicks, but there are no extensive excavations until the outcrop is encoun- tered along the highway from Washington Mills to Clinton. In this stretch of about 4 miles the surface is quite level, with only a gradual rise to the south, and a large area of the ore bed can be ex- ploited by shallow workings. The outcrop has already been stripped for much of the distance, as there are many places where the only covering is soil and glacial materials. The Wells, situated in the eastern part of the town of Kirkland about half way between Washington Mills and Clinton, is an open cut extending along the outcrop for several hundred feet. It was once operated by the Franklin Iron Co. It was idle at the time of Smock’s report. The property now belongs to C. A. Borst of Clin- ton. According to the descriptions of Putnam the ore as worked averaged about 21 inches and was covered by 12 to 15 feet of shale and gravel. An analysis of a sample from 400 tons showed the fol- lowing percentage of iron and phosphorus. East of the Wells open cut, there is about 1 mile of the outcrop that has not been exploited, while beyond this interval an opening has been made by C. A. Borst over a small area. The Ellingwood opening adjoins the Wells on the west. An analy- — 4 4 by “a + 7 innate aside el re, ; | | | | | — en eet Se ee ee Ne ee — “A STATE MUSEUM SG) SAIS ees as = 8 5 Ic ie Na ae FLY fiat He OMS PARTS OF ORISKANY AND UTICA QUADRANGLES — IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 61 sis of the ore made by J. B. Britton and quoted by Putnam gave the following results. NO see a rt Mena die ert eae AT AES ew oon 58.2 eG etn hd he ate ee ens we cis aan 10.14 So 5 AESReRE Sania Sade e ok weer eve ye chee ae ge 51 RS cia ran des eer et nee Oe ee ae 2.557 ag an Suc pe tent ARIE ach es AA a nae 3.98 Meret ee eh we aay, Mee ane 39 5 2 Ree Sieve ee ee SS e's veers: 6.66 | 2 3) EES ge aS Peer Pe ee 2g Ot ROS ere ne t5-14 (520, SPR GIS Rte er ee ee oe .443 100.000 esha SSP Ih SRE ied ale, a AI .O5 DD ED SOIREE ee ey Franklin and Clinton mines. With the sloping of the surface toward the Oriskany valley, the ore beds beyond the Ellingwood opening come out just east of Clinton in a northeast-southwest course at about the 700 foot contour, as shown on the topographic sheet. A large quantity of ore has been removed: here by open cutting, the excavations extending nearly a mile on the outcrop, with a width of several hundred feet in places. These workings date back man}. years. For the last 25 years or more the ore has been mined under- ground. Altogether an area of about 200 acres has been worked over by mining or stripping, and the ore product must amount to nearly 2,000,000 tons. : The Franklin and Clinton mines are a part of the ore properties. owned by the Franklin Iron Manufacturing Co. and have always been operated in connection with the company’s furnace at Franklin Springs, 2 miles south of Clinton. They are entered by adit levels that follow the main ore bed in an easterly and southeasterly direc- tion. The advancing long-wall system of mining is employed. From 18 to 24 inches of overlying shale is blasted down with the ore to gain sufficient room for the miners to work. The ore is trammed on cars, holding a little more than a ton, to a loading plat- form near the mine and is then run over a spur to the Ontario & Western Railroad for shipment to the furnace. Since the rebuilding of the Franklin furnace in 1880 the mines have been intermittently 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM active, producing about 60,000 tons a year when operated. They were closed down last in November 1907, after a campaign of two years. The exposures of the Clinton strata at this locality have much interest, as indeed they afford one of the best sections of the forma- tion in eastern New York. The following is the succession as given by C. H. Smyth jr7 MATERIAL FEET Calcareons sandstone and thintshale 2s... a... a ee 5ot+ Non-oelitic-ore (red flux) ye eee ea ee 6 Calcareous sandstone. . ore ae ee ee es ees 6 Blue shale-and” thin. sandstome= ==. aan ee eee 15 Ooliti@ okey gedos ot Se Gian tS eee eats eee 2 Shales Sane ie co Se ico he 2 ee ar ceed ea 2 Oolitu@.QE erg. Gees sb eee uae wipe chee eo cee eee I Blue shade ‘and thinvsandstone “s........ i... <+ < ose The red flux bed reaches its greatest thickness at this point. The oolitic ore alone is mined. The existence of two oolitic beds in the Clinton: ‘section has. been generally accepted as a normal condition, but this is not the case. There is convincing evidence to show that the lower seam represents nothing more than a split in the main bed due toa thickening locally of the shale or sandstone parting that is nearly . everywhere present. There are few places where the two beds are more than a few inches apart. As a rule the ore in this vicinity really measures from 30 to 36 inches, that is the combined thickness of the two beds, and it has been the recent practice to ex- tract the entire oolitic ore without reference to the intervening rock layer. The composition of the oolitic ore at this locality i is shown by the following analyses. I 2 3 4 5 Fe, 0.9 ee ee 4 GQ.E% > 42.07. 79/085 “6g See ‘SiO: eee BL57 (20.72 9.98". 12.63) Saeeem Oke eR A ee A123 2.4 5-45 3.91 Min Oe cic ae .19 I 2 3 4 5 1S EES eae ee rae A075 O35 | \ 9-47 4-39 | \ 2.47 a SR ae NIG Si teas he aa 257 MES te ne eta toes: .439 Bu Pehl ae, .554 99.676 100.000 100.000 100.85 100.000 Rg een? EAA 30.400" ..50.37. 44.1 50.68 Phosphorus... . 22. .754 .67 541 .65 .OI5 ——————___—_—_ ————_—__—___+ —__—____—____- —————— = Analysis no. I was made by C. H. Smyth jr. No. 2 relates to the bottom tier of oolitic ore from the Franklin mine; J. B. Britton, analyst. No. 3 is from the same mine, by J. B. Britton. No. 4 is an average analysis of ore from the Franklin and Clin- ton mimes made by A. H. Chester in 1873. No. 5 is from a sample of ore from the Clinton mine, J. B. Britton, analyst. With the exception of no. I which is taken from the report by John C. Smock, the analyses are quoted from Putnam’s paper in the Report of the Tenth Census. The variations in the iron percentages shown by the analyses are extreme and may be ascribed to lack of uniformity in taking samples. The ore as roughly mined will run about 40%; the average return during the last period of operations is stated to have been 40.27%. By removing the rock parting the content can be raised to 45%. The median 12 inches or so of the oolitic bed will assay above 50%. The red flux bed has been analyzed by E. C. Sullivan! with the following results: Nee rie ce es kw eects hide Conde 320.24 Se ei Ra oe dln cbs as dele diees’ 8.71 i Me PRET or Nh SL a cog i Pew 08 3 $67 Sen et aa a vee 20.64 MARI eC ee ie Pace bes 7.84 EN ee AN ale ee arr 15 Leo es pk ew ee tees Ay = Nee ee ee AY pas: 24.78 [ 1Eckel,E.C. The Clinton Hematite. Eng. & Min. Jour. May 11, 1905. p 897. 64 NEW YORK STATE~MUSEUM Elliott and Butler, or Borst mines. The properties described in the early reports under the names of the Elliott and Butler openings lie just north of the preceding mines along the east- west outcrop of the Clinton. Since their purchase by C. A. Borst, they have been converted into underground mines. They cover an area of 60 acres. The method of mining is the same as practised by the Franklin Iron Manufacturing Co., but the workings are so laid out that natural drainage is secured. The entry is from the west and the ore is trammed by hand to the stock pile where there are facilities for loading directly on cars for shipment. The mining equipment is exceptionally complete while the underground development is such that a large output can be made. An independent spur connects the mine with the main railroad line.. Most-of the ore- heretofore has been sold for grinding into mortar colors and metallic paint, the output for that purpose being much the largest of any hematite mine in the region. The paint ore ‘is shipped with an average of 45¢ Fe, the quality being somewhat: higher than the run-of-mine, since the sandstone parting is" removed by cobbing. An analysis of a sample of the ore is eee by Putnam to have given the fol- lowing pene . The: oolitic bed measures about 30 inches, with variations To: a ne inches above and below the average. foege? . Clinton Mills opening. This open cut, also called the Ferman, is situated.2 miles northwest of the preceding mines, on the opposite side of the Oriskany valley. From the mines east of Clinton village, the ore outcrop runs southwest and, forming an upstream deflec- tion as at. Sauquoit, crosses the Oriskany at some distance from the surface’in the vicinity of Franklin Springs. Continuing north, on the west side of the valley, the ore is first encountered in exposure within. the small glen just south of the road that leads up College hill. One mile further north is the Clinton Mills locality, stated by Te ae ay a eX. © Le oe 8 A a oe Smock to have afforded some ore for the Kirkland piece An uoWTD Ysisog “V ‘D fo jueld Sururypy VI 9}eIq ae IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 65 acre or more of ground was worked by the open-cut method, the operations dating back to the year 1888. On account of the steep valley slope here the overburden increases rapidly away from the outcrop. The section as given by Smock. follows: Glacial drift... ...- 2.1... eee see ee 18-30 feet Beeson ray Shale... 22. ee oe a ee 20 inches MEMO ete yee oie Scat aie a wim wo ale » > 24-30 inches Floor of ferruginous sandstone. The ore bed dips at the rate of 3 feet in 100 feet to the south- west, and drainage is not so readily effected as on the east side of the valley. A peculiar feature is the occurrence of slight offsets which displace the bed as much as 6 inches. The ore has the same general character as the Clinton oolitic bed but contains a greater proportion of shaly material. Norton opening. This adjoins the Clinton Mills property on the north. It is described by Putnam as under operation at the time of his report. The ore is 21 inches thick, with shale covering. An analysis of a sample from 30 tons of the ore is reported by Putnam to have shown: Openings in town of Westmoreland. The oolitic bed con- tinues north and west into the town of Westmoreland where it has been worked at different places for the supply of the Kirkland and Taberg furnaces. One was dug on the Pryer and Laughlin farms, about a mile west of Kirkland, for use in the local furnace. The bed is here 18 inches thick. An analysis, quoted from Putnam, shows the follow- ing percentages: GCA Pe hace, «gin Sk te oie, hee whe Hence ns 42.9 About 34 of a mile north of the Pryer farm, across the small stream that drains into the Oriskany, are the openings on the Derwin farm and a little south of them, across the stream, the Freibergher opening, all of which were made by the Kirkland Iron Co. The ore from the Derwin farm is about 16 inches thick and somewhat Ullton 66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shaly. It was sorted before smelting. A sample of the sorted ore showed: eae Sat eo ee 5am achat Aca ea re dle Res ot oc ac tia AD Phosphorits 2.00. ear eee REPOS - Lathe an .693 - About 1% mile west from the Derwin farm there are two openings on the adjoining farms of Fred Richer, and a little beyond is another on the Egan farm. .The product was partly used in the Taberg furnace. Continuing farther west there are outcrops of the oolitic bed on the farm of Henry Kingsnorth and at Newland’s Mills. 1, Klein, 2. Stevens, 3, Dann, follows: ’ The excavations are numbered as - Verona, Oneida co., showing outcrop of the Oneida conglomerate, openings Fig. 4 Sketch map of the district about for ore and position of tere. t test boring. 4 and 5, Cagwin. go wt) JO YOU solu Z “OD VplouC ‘purely ‘210 uoyTD uodn uns pue ‘oD UOJ] purlyIryy oy} Aq WYINq sovUIN; yseIq PIO Sr avg IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 67 Openings in the town of Verona. In the interval of about 6 miles from Hecla works to Verona village the oolitic bed disappears, Or at least it is nowhere seen in the exposures. The next openings to the west lie just north of Verona village on the Klein farm. The bed is about 1 foot thick and of fossil character, resembling in ap- pearance the red flux bed around Clinton. It lies beneath 5 or 6 feet of earth. The iron content is low, as shown by the following analysis: West of Verona village, across the New York Central Railroad, is the Cagwin farm, which is mentioned by Putnam as operated under lease by the Onondaga Iron Co. The ore is 15 to 17 inches thick and richer in iron than the eastern part of the same bed. An analysis showed: The farms owned by M. Stevens, W. E. Dann and Timothy Smith, near by, have furnished a limited amount of ore in the past. There has been no production of ore in this section for some time. The fossil bed seems to have been discovered at an early date, and was worked in places before 1830. The ore was used mainly in the furnaces at Taberg, Constantia and Lenox, while in later years some ore was shipped to Geddes, near Syracuse. | Wayne county The belt of Clinton rocks crosses northern Wayne county in an east-west direction. The ore outcrop is encountered in the towns of Wolcott, Huron, Sodus, Williamson and Ontario. The mine work- ings are entirely of open-cut character, situated on the outcrop or near by, where the maximum covering of soil and rock does not ex- ceed 25 feet. The ore belt, so far as it has been located, is shown on the maps facing pages 56 and 70. The discovery of the hematites in the county dates back to the opening of the last century. Hall records that ore was dug in the town of Ontario during the War of 1812 and carried to Auburn for grinding into paint. Spafford’s Gazeteer, published in 1824, refers 68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to active mining operations as carried on in that section for the sup- ply of three local forges and a furnace at Manchester. According to the same authority ore was obtained, also, from the town of Sodus. Hall in 1838 mentioned the existence of workings on the outlet of Salmon creek, town of Sodus, near which a forge was still standing at the time. A furnace had been erected before that date on- Bear creek, at the locality now known as Furnaceville, 2 miles north of Ontario village. The furnace was run upon ores taken from the vicinity and continued to operate for many years. About 1869, a new stack having a capacity of 80 tons a day was erected. In the town of Wolcott the manufacture of iron was begun soon after 1820, undoubtedly at the old furnace just north of Wolcott vil- lage. The iron after it was converted into castings was hauled to Clyde and shipped to outside points by canal. The last run of iron at this furnace was made in 1869, since which time there has been little or no ore produced in the vicinity. In the town of Ontario mining operations have been carried on more or less steadily from the first discovery. 7 | Openings in the town of Wolcott. The oldest working in this town is that found along the bed of Wolcott creek, 1%4 miles north of-Wolcott village, near the furnace site. ‘The ore outcrops — cn both sides of the creek immediately below the soil. It is of fossil character and belongs to the upper ore horizon shown in the record of the test hole put down at Wolcott. It is about 1 foot thick. An analysis quoted from Beck! shows the following compo- sition : | Fe Oe PS8 F iecc es Cs ae fat bs SI Oger 5 Ss ch lashd Siew eas GAR eee ee 6.0 AL, O§ fasc Fee e, ee 75 CaO inns cae e Sin eet aes eee ree eee ciate Bou = M SCO a Dee ee 79S FY se sh a ee rie ea 207s 100.00 Trofi..o:’, nage ef pee at aban ee ee 36.05 A second locality, where ore was obtained in the early days, is about 5 miles northeast of Wolcott village, on the course of the little stream called Bear creek. The bed here is 30 inches thick, representing the lower or main seam of ore as developed in this }f{ineralogy of New_York. 1842.= p. 28. ayeys use1s Aq ulejiopun ‘do} 38 paq 910 SIIJOO ‘09 eprouC ‘syIOAA B[IOF{ Jeou ‘STI Spue[MoN 3e posodxe spoq uoj,UTTD 24} Jo UoT}DaS QI e%Id IRON ORES OF THE CLINTON FORMATION 69 region. It has been worked from the outcrop back into the face of a low hill over an area of more than’an acre. There has been no work done for the last 40 years. An analysis of the ore is here given: ‘- DP. oy RE eG EE Bye LAC ie ee ene aSca7 Sik Sb A Sa a oe 2A SL. EGR Seon ees ha ae ea aa erg th ein ee i os eh bees .O18 EE er eK aa ee we nek 374 - Town of Huron. Hematite is reported to outcrop on lot 339 but has not been worked. Town of Sodus. There is an old working on Salmon creek, near the mouth, but apparently very little ore has been taken out. Hall states that operations were abandoned before 1838. Openings in town of Ontario. This township has yielded most of the ore output from the western section of the Clinton belt. The workings extend almost continuously across the whole width of wn, between 5 and 6 miles, and for as much as 14 mile back we _.. outcrop. The bed passes into the town of Williamson on the - * .vhere it maintains its average thickness for at least 2 miles farther, but has not been opened. The line of workings lies about 3 miles south of Lake Ontario and % mile north of the R. W. & O. Railroad tracks. The ore belongs to the fossil variety, averaging about 20 inches thick. It occurs below the Pentamerus limestone, which reaches its maximum in this section of the State. The Furnaceville Iron Co. owns extensive properties along the ore outcrop from Ontario village westward. At present the strip from Ontario to Ontario Center is under exploitation. The com- pany has-been active for many years and its methods of excavation and extraction of the ore have been perfected to a degree rarely seen in such work. At the present time a little more than 20 feet of rock and soil are removed from above the ore bed. The work- ings are connected by a branch railroad with the main line at On- tario Center. The ore is shipped to Emporium, Pa. Its compo- sition is exhibited by the following analyses, of which no. 1 has been reported by Mr W. L. Cumings and no. 2 has been taken from Putnam’s report. 70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CaO cn ee ee er Fae eae MBO)... 2 i oy aca ae 2.20 a eee MnO bv Be a oe a eee eee ih. see ee Ps be he ee ee ee -494 578 SD a cere digs pital Bey Ray eee, eee nee ae 1028 SA. nage In the Report of the Tenth Census, Putnam mentions several properties as under operation and shows their location. The prop- erties in order from east to west include the Bennet, Ontario Fur- nace Co., Hurly, La Frois, Bundy and Ontario Furnace Co., of which all but the first one were active. The principal holdings of the Ontario Furnace Co. have been taken over by the Furnaceville Iron Co., the former company having gone out of existence. The analyses below are from Putnam and refer to ores from these prop- erties: no. 1, Hurly; no, 2, La Prois; and no. 3; Buany. Feros chun Sane setae: 40.73 42.25 38. 36 P23 Wire eeee sates whee ce! 481 471 The Ontario Iron Ore Co. is a new producer in this section and began shipments in 1907. The company owns properties lying east of the Slocum road and a little west of Ontario Center. The Wayne Iron Ore Co. has properties under development near those of the Furnaceville Iron Co., north of Ontario, and also farther west, near the Wayne-Monroe county line. The holdings near Ontario have been tested with a core drill and the ore bed found to range from 18 to 30 inches thick. The ore on the western properties has an average thickness of 18 inches. A series. of 15 analyses from samples of the ore represented by the drill cores and test pits distributed over all parte of these properties shows the following average: ¢ ‘ ket ys ma ieee v ‘ Po ee ae ee ee ee a | : a ve a thread Sree of oh ~ y TWEE * — 2 ‘ 3. 1 Wy ¢. Lex! 2 rat bet Se o ala nh ene a oe So ae JOHN M.C STATE GEOLOGIST EDUCATION DEPARTMENT STATE UM LARKE MUSE ; BULLETIN 123, PLATE 17 ———— = —